Title: 'Amazon Web Services' Compute Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' compute services, including 'Elastic Compute Cloud' ('EC2'), 'Lambda' functions-as-a-service, containers, batch processing, and more https://aws.amazon.com/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.compute
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'apprunner_service.R' 'apprunner_interfaces.R' 'apprunner_operations.R' 'batch_service.R' 'batch_interfaces.R' 'batch_operations.R' 'braket_service.R' 'braket_interfaces.R' 'braket_operations.R' 'computeoptimizer_service.R' 'computeoptimizer_interfaces.R' 'computeoptimizer_operations.R' 'ec2_service.R' 'ec2_interfaces.R' 'ec2_operations.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_service.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_interfaces.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_operations.R' 'ecr_service.R' 'ecr_interfaces.R' 'ecr_operations.R' 'ecrpublic_service.R' 'ecrpublic_interfaces.R' 'ecrpublic_operations.R' 'ecs_service.R' 'ecs_interfaces.R' 'ecs_operations.R' 'eks_service.R' 'eks_interfaces.R' 'eks_operations.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_service.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_interfaces.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_operations.R' 'emrcontainers_service.R' 'emrcontainers_interfaces.R' 'emrcontainers_operations.R' 'emrserverless_service.R' 'emrserverless_interfaces.R' 'emrserverless_operations.R' 'imagebuilder_service.R' 'imagebuilder_interfaces.R' 'imagebuilder_operations.R' 'lambda_service.R' 'lambda_interfaces.R' 'lambda_operations.R' 'lightsail_service.R' 'lightsail_interfaces.R' 'lightsail_operations.R' 'proton_service.R' 'proton_interfaces.R' 'proton_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_service.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_interfaces.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_operations.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:20:04 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 14:00:02 UTC

AWS App Runner

Description

App Runner

App Runner is an application service that provides a fast, simple, and cost-effective way to go directly from an existing container image or source code to a running service in the Amazon Web Services Cloud in seconds. You don't need to learn new technologies, decide which compute service to use, or understand how to provision and configure Amazon Web Services resources.

App Runner connects directly to your container registry or source code repository. It provides an automatic delivery pipeline with fully managed operations, high performance, scalability, and security.

For more information about App Runner, see the App Runner Developer Guide. For release information, see the App Runner Release Notes.

To install the Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools that you can use to access the API, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Endpoints

For a list of Region-specific endpoints that App Runner supports, see App Runner endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Usage

apprunner(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- apprunner(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_custom_domain Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service
create_auto_scaling_configuration Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
create_connection Create an App Runner connection resource
create_observability_configuration Create an App Runner observability configuration resource
create_service Create an App Runner service
create_vpc_connector Create an App Runner VPC connector resource
create_vpc_ingress_connection Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource
delete_auto_scaling_configuration Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
delete_connection Delete an App Runner connection
delete_observability_configuration Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource
delete_service Delete an App Runner service
delete_vpc_connector Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource
delete_vpc_ingress_connection Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service
describe_auto_scaling_configuration Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
describe_custom_domains Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service
describe_observability_configuration Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource
describe_service Return a full description of an App Runner service
describe_vpc_connector Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource
describe_vpc_ingress_connection Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource
disassociate_custom_domain Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service
list_auto_scaling_configurations Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account
list_connections Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account
list_observability_configurations Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account
list_operations Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service
list_services Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account
list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration
list_tags_for_resource List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource
list_vpc_connectors Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account
list_vpc_ingress_connections Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account
pause_service Pause an active App Runner service
resume_service Resume an active App Runner service
start_deployment Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service
tag_resource Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource
untag_resource Remove tags from an App Runner resource
update_default_auto_scaling_configuration Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default
update_service Update an App Runner service
update_vpc_ingress_connection Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- apprunner()
svc$associate_custom_domain(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service

Description

Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_associate_custom_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_associate_custom_domain(
  ServiceArn,
  DomainName,
  EnableWWWSubdomain = NULL
)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to associate a custom domain name with.

DomainName

[required] A custom domain endpoint to associate. Specify a root domain (for example, example.com), a subdomain (for example, login.example.com or admin.login.example.com), or a wildcard (for example, ⁠*.example.com⁠).

EnableWWWSubdomain

Set to true to associate the subdomain www.DomainName with the App Runner service in addition to the base domain.

Default: true


Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource

Description

Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource. App Runner requires this resource when you create or update App Runner services and you require non-default auto scaling settings. You can share an auto scaling configuration across multiple services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_auto_scaling_configuration(
  AutoScalingConfigurationName,
  MaxConcurrency = NULL,
  MinSize = NULL,
  MaxSize = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationName

[required] A name for the auto scaling configuration. When you use it for the first time in an Amazon Web Services Region, App Runner creates revision number 1 of this name. When you use the same name in subsequent calls, App Runner creates incremental revisions of the configuration.

Prior to the release of Auto scale configuration enhancements, the name DefaultConfiguration was reserved.

This restriction is no longer in place. You can now manage DefaultConfiguration the same way you manage your custom auto scaling configurations. This means you can do the following with the DefaultConfiguration that App Runner provides:

  • Create new revisions of the DefaultConfiguration.

  • Delete the revisions of the DefaultConfiguration.

  • Delete the auto scaling configuration for which the App Runner DefaultConfiguration was created.

  • If you delete the auto scaling configuration you can create another custom auto scaling configuration with the same DefaultConfiguration name. The original DefaultConfiguration resource provided by App Runner remains in your account unless you make changes to it.

MaxConcurrency

The maximum number of concurrent requests that you want an instance to process. If the number of concurrent requests exceeds this limit, App Runner scales up your service.

Default: 100

MinSize

The minimum number of instances that App Runner provisions for your service. The service always has at least MinSize provisioned instances. Some of them actively serve traffic. The rest of them (provisioned and inactive instances) are a cost-effective compute capacity reserve and are ready to be quickly activated. You pay for memory usage of all the provisioned instances. You pay for CPU usage of only the active subset.

App Runner temporarily doubles the number of provisioned instances during deployments, to maintain the same capacity for both old and new code.

Default: 1

MaxSize

The maximum number of instances that your service scales up to. At most MaxSize instances actively serve traffic for your service.

Default: 25

Tags

A list of metadata items that you can associate with your auto scaling configuration resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Create an App Runner connection resource

Description

Create an App Runner connection resource. App Runner requires a connection resource when you create App Runner services that access private repositories from certain third-party providers. You can share a connection across multiple services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_connection(ConnectionName, ProviderType, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

ConnectionName

[required] A name for the new connection. It must be unique across all App Runner connections for the Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region.

ProviderType

[required] The source repository provider.

Tags

A list of metadata items that you can associate with your connection resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Create an App Runner observability configuration resource

Description

Create an App Runner observability configuration resource. App Runner requires this resource when you create or update App Runner services and you want to enable non-default observability features. You can share an observability configuration across multiple services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_observability_configuration(
  ObservabilityConfigurationName,
  TraceConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ObservabilityConfigurationName

[required] A name for the observability configuration. When you use it for the first time in an Amazon Web Services Region, App Runner creates revision number 1 of this name. When you use the same name in subsequent calls, App Runner creates incremental revisions of the configuration.

The name DefaultConfiguration is reserved. You can't use it to create a new observability configuration, and you can't create a revision of it.

When you want to use your own observability configuration for your App Runner service, create a configuration with a different name, and then provide it when you create or update your service.

TraceConfiguration

The configuration of the tracing feature within this observability configuration. If you don't specify it, App Runner doesn't enable tracing.

Tags

A list of metadata items that you can associate with your observability configuration resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Create an App Runner service

Description

Create an App Runner service. After the service is created, the action also automatically starts a deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_service(
  ServiceName,
  SourceConfiguration,
  InstanceConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  EncryptionConfiguration = NULL,
  HealthCheckConfiguration = NULL,
  AutoScalingConfigurationArn = NULL,
  NetworkConfiguration = NULL,
  ObservabilityConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

ServiceName

[required] A name for the App Runner service. It must be unique across all the running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region.

SourceConfiguration

[required] The source to deploy to the App Runner service. It can be a code or an image repository.

InstanceConfiguration

The runtime configuration of instances (scaling units) of your service.

Tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the App Runner service resource. A tag is a key-value pair.

EncryptionConfiguration

An optional custom encryption key that App Runner uses to encrypt the copy of your source repository that it maintains and your service logs. By default, App Runner uses an Amazon Web Services managed key.

HealthCheckConfiguration

The settings for the health check that App Runner performs to monitor the health of the App Runner service.

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource that you want to associate with your service. If not provided, App Runner associates the latest revision of a default auto scaling configuration.

Specify an ARN with a name and a revision number to associate that revision. For example: arn:aws:apprunner:us-east-1:123456789012:autoscalingconfiguration/high-availability/3

Specify just the name to associate the latest revision. For example: arn:aws:apprunner:us-east-1:123456789012:autoscalingconfiguration/high-availability

NetworkConfiguration

Configuration settings related to network traffic of the web application that the App Runner service runs.

ObservabilityConfiguration

The observability configuration of your service.


Create an App Runner VPC connector resource

Description

Create an App Runner VPC connector resource. App Runner requires this resource when you want to associate your App Runner service to a custom Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_vpc_connector(
  VpcConnectorName,
  Subnets,
  SecurityGroups = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

VpcConnectorName

[required] A name for the VPC connector.

Subnets

[required] A list of IDs of subnets that App Runner should use when it associates your service with a custom Amazon VPC. Specify IDs of subnets of a single Amazon VPC. App Runner determines the Amazon VPC from the subnets you specify.

App Runner currently only provides support for IPv4.

SecurityGroups

A list of IDs of security groups that App Runner should use for access to Amazon Web Services resources under the specified subnets. If not specified, App Runner uses the default security group of the Amazon VPC. The default security group allows all outbound traffic.

Tags

A list of metadata items that you can associate with your VPC connector resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource

Description

Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource. App Runner requires this resource when you want to associate your App Runner service with an Amazon VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_create_vpc_ingress_connection(
  ServiceArn,
  VpcIngressConnectionName,
  IngressVpcConfiguration,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for this App Runner service that is used to create the VPC Ingress Connection resource.

VpcIngressConnectionName

[required] A name for the VPC Ingress Connection resource. It must be unique across all the active VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region.

IngressVpcConfiguration

[required] Specifications for the customer’s Amazon VPC and the related Amazon Web Services PrivateLink VPC endpoint that are used to create the VPC Ingress Connection resource.

Tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the VPC Ingress Connection resource. A tag is a key-value pair.


Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource

Description

Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource. You can delete a top level auto scaling configuration, a specific revision of one, or all revisions associated with the top level configuration. You can't delete the default auto scaling configuration or a configuration that's used by one or more App Runner services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_auto_scaling_configuration(
  AutoScalingConfigurationArn,
  DeleteAllRevisions = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to delete.

The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is deleted.

DeleteAllRevisions

Set to true to delete all of the revisions associated with the AutoScalingConfigurationArn parameter value.

When DeleteAllRevisions is set to true, the only valid value for the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is a partial ARN ending with: .../name.


Delete an App Runner connection

Description

Delete an App Runner connection. You must first ensure that there are no running App Runner services that use this connection. If there are any, the delete_connection action fails.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)

Arguments

ConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner connection that you want to delete.


Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource

Description

Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource. You can delete a specific revision or the latest active revision. You can't delete a configuration that's used by one or more App Runner services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_observability_configuration(ObservabilityConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ObservabilityConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner observability configuration that you want to delete.

The ARN can be a full observability configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is deleted.


Delete an App Runner service

Description

Delete an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_service(ServiceArn)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to delete.


Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource

Description

Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource. You can't delete a connector that's used by one or more App Runner services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_vpc_connector(VpcConnectorArn)

Arguments

VpcConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC connector that you want to delete.

The ARN must be a full VPC connector ARN.


Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service

Description

Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service. The VPC Ingress Connection must be in one of the following states to be deleted:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_delete_vpc_ingress_connection(VpcIngressConnectionArn)

Arguments

VpcIngressConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection that you want to delete.


Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource

Description

Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_auto_scaling_configuration(AutoScalingConfigurationArn)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want a description for.

The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is described.


Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service

Description

Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_custom_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_custom_domains(
  ServiceArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want associated custom domain names to be described for.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that each response (result page) can include. It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.


Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource

Description

Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_observability_configuration(ObservabilityConfigurationArn)

Arguments

ObservabilityConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner observability configuration that you want a description for.

The ARN can be a full observability configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is described.


Return a full description of an App Runner service

Description

Return a full description of an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_service(ServiceArn)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want a description for.


Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource

Description

Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_vpc_connector(VpcConnectorArn)

Arguments

VpcConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC connector that you want a description for.

The ARN must be a full VPC connector ARN.


Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource

Description

Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_describe_vpc_ingress_connection(VpcIngressConnectionArn)

Arguments

VpcIngressConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection that you want a description for.


Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service

Description

Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_disassociate_custom_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_disassociate_custom_domain(ServiceArn, DomainName)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to disassociate a custom domain name from.

DomainName

[required] The domain name that you want to disassociate from the App Runner service.


Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account. You can query the revisions for a specific configuration name or the revisions for all active configurations in your account. You can optionally query only the latest revision of each requested name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_auto_scaling_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_auto_scaling_configurations(
  AutoScalingConfigurationName = NULL,
  LatestOnly = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationName

The name of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to list. If specified, App Runner lists revisions that share this name. If not specified, App Runner returns revisions of all active configurations.

LatestOnly

Set to true to list only the latest revision for each requested configuration name.

Set to false to list all revisions for each requested configuration name.

Default: true

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_connections(
  ConnectionName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionName

If specified, only this connection is returned. If not specified, the result isn't filtered by name.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). Used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. Used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account. You can query the revisions for a specific configuration name or the revisions for all active configurations in your account. You can optionally query only the latest revision of each requested name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_observability_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_observability_configurations(
  ObservabilityConfigurationName = NULL,
  LatestOnly = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ObservabilityConfigurationName

The name of the App Runner observability configuration that you want to list. If specified, App Runner lists revisions that share this name. If not specified, App Runner returns revisions of all active configurations.

LatestOnly

Set to true to list only the latest revision for each requested configuration name.

Set to false to list all revisions for each requested configuration name.

Default: true

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service

Description

Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_operations/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_operations(ServiceArn, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want a list of operations for.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.


Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_services(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. Used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.


Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration

Description

Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration(
  AutoScalingConfigurationArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to list the services for.

The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is used.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource

Description

List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource. The response contains a list of tag key-value pairs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that a tag list is requested for.

It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource.


Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_vpc_connectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_vpc_connectors(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_vpc_ingress_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_list_vpc_ingress_connections(
  Filter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The VPC Ingress Connections to be listed based on either the Service Arn or Vpc Endpoint Id, or both.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request.

If you don't specify MaxResults, the request retrieves all available results in a single response.

NextToken

A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request.

If you don't specify NextToken, the request retrieves the first result page.


Pause an active App Runner service

Description

Pause an active App Runner service. App Runner reduces compute capacity for the service to zero and loses state (for example, ephemeral storage is removed).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_pause_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_pause_service(ServiceArn)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to pause.


Resume an active App Runner service

Description

Resume an active App Runner service. App Runner provisions compute capacity for the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_resume_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_resume_service(ServiceArn)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to resume.


Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service

Description

Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_start_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_start_deployment(ServiceArn)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to manually deploy to.


Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource

Description

Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource. A tag is a key-value pair.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to update tags for.

It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource.

Tags

[required] A list of tag key-value pairs to add or update. If a key is new to the resource, the tag is added with the provided value. If a key is already associated with the resource, the value of the tag is updated.


Remove tags from an App Runner resource

Description

Remove tags from an App Runner resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from.

It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys that you want to remove.


Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default

Description

Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default. The existing default auto scaling configuration will be set to non-default automatically.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_default_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_update_default_auto_scaling_configuration(
  AutoScalingConfigurationArn
)

Arguments

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to set as the default.

The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN ending with either .../name or .../name/revision . If a revision isn't specified, the latest active revision is set as the default.


Update an App Runner service

Description

Update an App Runner service. You can update the source configuration and instance configuration of the service. You can also update the ARN of the auto scaling configuration resource that's associated with the service. However, you can't change the name or the encryption configuration of the service. These can be set only when you create the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_update_service(
  ServiceArn,
  SourceConfiguration = NULL,
  InstanceConfiguration = NULL,
  AutoScalingConfigurationArn = NULL,
  HealthCheckConfiguration = NULL,
  NetworkConfiguration = NULL,
  ObservabilityConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

ServiceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to update.

SourceConfiguration

The source configuration to apply to the App Runner service.

You can change the configuration of the code or image repository that the service uses. However, you can't switch from code to image or the other way around. This means that you must provide the same structure member of SourceConfiguration that you originally included when you created the service. Specifically, you can include either CodeRepository or ImageRepository. To update the source configuration, set the values to members of the structure that you include.

InstanceConfiguration

The runtime configuration to apply to instances (scaling units) of your service.

AutoScalingConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource that you want to associate with the App Runner service.

HealthCheckConfiguration

The settings for the health check that App Runner performs to monitor the health of the App Runner service.

NetworkConfiguration

Configuration settings related to network traffic of the web application that the App Runner service runs.

ObservabilityConfiguration

The observability configuration of your service.


Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource

Description

Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource. The VPC Ingress Connection must be in one of the following states to be updated:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

apprunner_update_vpc_ingress_connection(
  VpcIngressConnectionArn,
  IngressVpcConfiguration
)

Arguments

VpcIngressConnectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (Arn) for the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that you want to update.

IngressVpcConfiguration

[required] Specifications for the customer’s Amazon VPC and the related Amazon Web Services PrivateLink VPC endpoint that are used to update the VPC Ingress Connection resource.


AWS Batch

Description

Batch

Using Batch, you can run batch computing workloads on the Amazon Web Services Cloud. Batch computing is a common means for developers, scientists, and engineers to access large amounts of compute resources. Batch uses the advantages of the batch computing to remove the undifferentiated heavy lifting of configuring and managing required infrastructure. At the same time, it also adopts a familiar batch computing software approach. You can use Batch to efficiently provision resources, and work toward eliminating capacity constraints, reducing your overall compute costs, and delivering results more quickly.

As a fully managed service, Batch can run batch computing workloads of any scale. Batch automatically provisions compute resources and optimizes workload distribution based on the quantity and scale of your specific workloads. With Batch, there's no need to install or manage batch computing software. This means that you can focus on analyzing results and solving your specific problems instead.

Usage

batch(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- batch(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_job Cancels a job in an Batch job queue
create_compute_environment Creates an Batch compute environment
create_job_queue Creates an Batch job queue
create_scheduling_policy Creates an Batch scheduling policy
delete_compute_environment Deletes an Batch compute environment
delete_job_queue Deletes the specified job queue
delete_scheduling_policy Deletes the specified scheduling policy
deregister_job_definition Deregisters an Batch job definition
describe_compute_environments Describes one or more of your compute environments
describe_job_definitions Describes a list of job definitions
describe_job_queues Describes one or more of your job queues
describe_jobs Describes a list of Batch jobs
describe_scheduling_policies Describes one or more of your scheduling policies
get_job_queue_snapshot Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE jobs associated to a single job queue
list_jobs Returns a list of Batch jobs
list_scheduling_policies Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags for an Batch resource
register_job_definition Registers an Batch job definition
submit_job Submits an Batch job from a job definition
tag_resource Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
terminate_job Terminates a job in a job queue
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource
update_compute_environment Updates an Batch compute environment
update_job_queue Updates a job queue
update_scheduling_policy Updates a scheduling policy

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- batch()
# This example cancels a job with the specified job ID.
svc$cancel_job(
  jobId = "1d828f65-7a4d-42e8-996d-3b900ed59dc4",
  reason = "Cancelling job."
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels a job in an Batch job queue

Description

Cancels a job in an Batch job queue. Jobs that are in a SUBMITTED, PENDING, or RUNNABLE state are cancelled and the job status is updated to FAILED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_cancel_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_cancel_job(jobId, reason)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The Batch job ID of the job to cancel.

reason

[required] A message to attach to the job that explains the reason for canceling it. This message is returned by future describe_jobs operations on the job. It is also recorded in the Batch activity logs.

This parameter has as limit of 1024 characters.


Creates an Batch compute environment

Description

Creates an Batch compute environment. You can create MANAGED or UNMANAGED compute environments. MANAGED compute environments can use Amazon EC2 or Fargate resources. UNMANAGED compute environments can only use EC2 resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_compute_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_create_compute_environment(
  computeEnvironmentName,
  type,
  state = NULL,
  unmanagedvCpus = NULL,
  computeResources = NULL,
  serviceRole = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  eksConfiguration = NULL,
  context = NULL
)

Arguments

computeEnvironmentName

[required] The name for your compute environment. It can be up to 128 characters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

type

[required] The type of the compute environment: MANAGED or UNMANAGED. For more information, see Compute Environments in the Batch User Guide.

state

The state of the compute environment. If the state is ENABLED, then the compute environment accepts jobs from a queue and can scale out automatically based on queues.

If the state is ENABLED, then the Batch scheduler can attempt to place jobs from an associated job queue on the compute resources within the environment. If the compute environment is managed, then it can scale its instances out or in automatically, based on the job queue demand.

If the state is DISABLED, then the Batch scheduler doesn't attempt to place jobs within the environment. Jobs in a STARTING or RUNNING state continue to progress normally. Managed compute environments in the DISABLED state don't scale out.

Compute environments in a DISABLED state may continue to incur billing charges. To prevent additional charges, turn off and then delete the compute environment. For more information, see State in the Batch User Guide.

When an instance is idle, the instance scales down to the minvCpus value. However, the instance size doesn't change. For example, consider a c5.8xlarge instance with a minvCpus value of 4 and a desiredvCpus value of 36. This instance doesn't scale down to a c5.large instance.

unmanagedvCpus

The maximum number of vCPUs for an unmanaged compute environment. This parameter is only used for fair-share scheduling to reserve vCPU capacity for new share identifiers. If this parameter isn't provided for a fair-share job queue, no vCPU capacity is reserved.

This parameter is only supported when the type parameter is set to UNMANAGED.

computeResources

Details about the compute resources managed by the compute environment. This parameter is required for managed compute environments. For more information, see Compute Environments in the Batch User Guide.

serviceRole

The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Batch to make calls to other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. For more information, see Batch service IAM role in the Batch User Guide.

If your account already created the Batch service-linked role, that role is used by default for your compute environment unless you specify a different role here. If the Batch service-linked role doesn't exist in your account, and no role is specified here, the service attempts to create the Batch service-linked role in your account.

If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must specify either the full role ARN (recommended) or prefix the role name with the path. For example, if a role with the name bar has a path of ⁠/foo/⁠, specify ⁠/foo/bar⁠ as the role name. For more information, see Friendly names and paths in the IAM User Guide.

Depending on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might contain the service-role path prefix. When you only specify the name of the service role, Batch assumes that your ARN doesn't use the service-role path prefix. Because of this, we recommend that you specify the full ARN of your service role when you create compute environments.

tags

The tags that you apply to the compute environment to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference.

These tags can be updated or removed using the tag_resource and untag_resource API operations. These tags don't propagate to the underlying compute resources.

eksConfiguration

The details for the Amazon EKS cluster that supports the compute environment.

context

Reserved.


Creates an Batch job queue

Description

Creates an Batch job queue. When you create a job queue, you associate one or more compute environments to the queue and assign an order of preference for the compute environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_job_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_create_job_queue(
  jobQueueName,
  state = NULL,
  schedulingPolicyArn = NULL,
  priority,
  computeEnvironmentOrder,
  tags = NULL,
  jobStateTimeLimitActions = NULL
)

Arguments

jobQueueName

[required] The name of the job queue. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

state

The state of the job queue. If the job queue state is ENABLED, it is able to accept jobs. If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs can't be added to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can finish.

schedulingPolicyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair-share scheduling policy. Job queues that don't have a fair-share scheduling policy are scheduled in a first-in, first-out (FIFO) model. After a job queue has a fair-share scheduling policy, it can be replaced but can't be removed.

The format is aws:Partition:batch:Region:Account:scheduling-policy/Name .

An example is aws:aws:batch:us-west-2:123456789012:scheduling-policy/MySchedulingPolicy.

A job queue without a fair-share scheduling policy is scheduled as a FIFO job queue and can't have a fair-share scheduling policy added. Jobs queues with a fair-share scheduling policy can have a maximum of 500 active share identifiers. When the limit has been reached, submissions of any jobs that add a new share identifier fail.

priority

[required] The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a higher priority (or a higher integer value for the priority parameter) are evaluated first when associated with the same compute environment. Priority is determined in descending order. For example, a job queue with a priority value of 10 is given scheduling preference over a job queue with a priority value of 1. All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); EC2 and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed.

computeEnvironmentOrder

[required] The set of compute environments mapped to a job queue and their order relative to each other. The job scheduler uses this parameter to determine which compute environment runs a specific job. Compute environments must be in the VALID state before you can associate them with a job queue. You can associate up to three compute environments with a job queue. All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT); EC2 and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed.

All compute environments that are associated with a job queue must share the same architecture. Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture types in a single job queue.

tags

The tags that you apply to the job queue to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging your Batch resources in Batch User Guide.

jobStateTimeLimitActions

The set of actions that Batch performs on jobs that remain at the head of the job queue in the specified state longer than specified times. Batch will perform each action after maxTimeSeconds has passed. (Note: The minimum value for maxTimeSeconds is 600 (10 minutes) and its maximum value is 86,400 (24 hours).)


Creates an Batch scheduling policy

Description

Creates an Batch scheduling policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_create_scheduling_policy(name, fairsharePolicy = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the fair-share scheduling policy. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

fairsharePolicy

The fair-share scheduling policy details.

tags

The tags that you apply to the scheduling policy to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference.

These tags can be updated or removed using the tag_resource and untag_resource API operations.


Deletes an Batch compute environment

Description

Deletes an Batch compute environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_compute_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_delete_compute_environment(computeEnvironment)

Arguments

computeEnvironment

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment to delete.


Deletes the specified job queue

Description

Deletes the specified job queue. You must first disable submissions for a queue with the update_job_queue operation. All jobs in the queue are eventually terminated when you delete a job queue. The jobs are terminated at a rate of about 16 jobs each second.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_job_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_delete_job_queue(jobQueue)

Arguments

jobQueue

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the queue to delete.


Deletes the specified scheduling policy

Description

Deletes the specified scheduling policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_delete_scheduling_policy(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scheduling policy to delete.


Deregisters an Batch job definition

Description

Deregisters an Batch job definition. Job definitions are permanently deleted after 180 days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_deregister_job_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_deregister_job_definition(jobDefinition)

Arguments

jobDefinition

[required] The name and revision (name:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job definition to deregister.


Describes one or more of your compute environments

Description

Describes one or more of your compute environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_compute_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_describe_compute_environments(
  computeEnvironments = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

computeEnvironments

A list of up to 100 compute environment names or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries.

maxResults

The maximum number of cluster results returned by describe_compute_environments in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_compute_environments only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_compute_environments request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_compute_environments returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_compute_environments request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Describes a list of job definitions

Description

Describes a list of job definitions. You can specify a status (such as ACTIVE) to only return job definitions that match that status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_job_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_describe_job_definitions(
  jobDefinitions = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  jobDefinitionName = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

jobDefinitions

A list of up to 100 job definitions. Each entry in the list can either be an ARN in the format ⁠arn:aws:batch:${Region}:${Account}:job-definition/${JobDefinitionName}:${Revision}⁠ or a short version using the form ⁠${JobDefinitionName}:${Revision}⁠. This parameter can't be used with other parameters.

maxResults

The maximum number of results returned by describe_job_definitions in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_job_definitions only returns maxResults results in a single page and a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_job_definitions request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_job_definitions returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

jobDefinitionName

The name of the job definition to describe.

status

The status used to filter job definitions.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_job_definitions request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Describes one or more of your job queues

Description

Describes one or more of your job queues.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_job_queues/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_describe_job_queues(
  jobQueues = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

jobQueues

A list of up to 100 queue names or full queue Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries.

maxResults

The maximum number of results returned by describe_job_queues in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_job_queues only returns maxResults results in a single page and a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_job_queues request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_job_queues returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_job_queues request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Describes a list of Batch jobs

Description

Describes a list of Batch jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_describe_jobs(jobs)

Arguments

jobs

[required] A list of up to 100 job IDs.


Describes one or more of your scheduling policies

Description

Describes one or more of your scheduling policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_scheduling_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_describe_scheduling_policies(arns)

Arguments

arns

[required] A list of up to 100 scheduling policy Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries.


Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE jobs associated to a single job queue

Description

Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE jobs associated to a single job queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_get_job_queue_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_get_job_queue_snapshot(jobQueue)

Arguments

jobQueue

[required] The job queue’s name or full queue Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


Returns a list of Batch jobs

Description

Returns a list of Batch jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_list_jobs(
  jobQueue = NULL,
  arrayJobId = NULL,
  multiNodeJobId = NULL,
  jobStatus = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  filters = NULL
)

Arguments

jobQueue

The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job queue used to list jobs.

arrayJobId

The job ID for an array job. Specifying an array job ID with this parameter lists all child jobs from within the specified array.

multiNodeJobId

The job ID for a multi-node parallel job. Specifying a multi-node parallel job ID with this parameter lists all nodes that are associated with the specified job.

jobStatus

The job status used to filter jobs in the specified queue. If the filters parameter is specified, the jobStatus parameter is ignored and jobs with any status are returned. If you don't specify a status, only RUNNING jobs are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results returned by list_jobs in a paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_jobs returns up to maxResults results in a single page and a nextToken response element, if applicable. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_jobs request with the returned nextToken value.

The following outlines key parameters and limitations:

  • The minimum value is 1.

  • When --job-status is used, Batch returns up to 1000 values.

  • When --filters is used, Batch returns up to 100 values.

  • If neither parameter is used, then list_jobs returns up to 1000 results (jobs that are in the RUNNING status) and a nextToken value, if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_jobs request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

filters

The filter to apply to the query. Only one filter can be used at a time. When the filter is used, jobStatus is ignored. The filter doesn't apply to child jobs in an array or multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs. The results are sorted by the createdAt field, with the most recent jobs being first.

JOB_NAME

The value of the filter is a case-insensitive match for the job name. If the value ends with an asterisk (), the filter matches any job name that begins with the string before the ''. This corresponds to the jobName value. For example, test1 matches both Test1 and test1, and ⁠test1*⁠ matches both test1 and Test10. When the JOB_NAME filter is used, the results are grouped by the job name and version.

JOB_DEFINITION

The value for the filter is the name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job definition. This corresponds to the jobDefinition value. The value is case sensitive. When the value for the filter is the job definition name, the results include all the jobs that used any revision of that job definition name. If the value ends with an asterisk (), the filter matches any job definition name that begins with the string before the ''. For example, jd1 matches only jd1, and ⁠jd1*⁠ matches both jd1 and jd1A. The version of the job definition that's used doesn't affect the sort order. When the JOB_DEFINITION filter is used and the ARN is used (which is in the form ⁠arn:${Partition}:batch:${Region}:${Account}:job-definition/${JobDefinitionName}:${Revision}⁠), the results include jobs that used the specified revision of the job definition. Asterisk (*) isn't supported when the ARN is used.

BEFORE_CREATED_AT

The value for the filter is the time that's before the job was created. This corresponds to the createdAt value. The value is a string representation of the number of milliseconds since 00:00:00 UTC (midnight) on January 1, 1970.

AFTER_CREATED_AT

The value for the filter is the time that's after the job was created. This corresponds to the createdAt value. The value is a string representation of the number of milliseconds since 00:00:00 UTC (midnight) on January 1, 1970.


Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies

Description

Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_scheduling_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_list_scheduling_policies(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results that's returned by list_scheduling_policies in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_scheduling_policies only returns maxResults results in a single page and a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another list_scheduling_policies request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, list_scheduling_policies returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated list_scheduling_policies request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the tags for an Batch resource

Description

Lists the tags for an Batch resource. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource that tags are listed for. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.


Registers an Batch job definition

Description

Registers an Batch job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_register_job_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_register_job_definition(
  jobDefinitionName,
  type,
  parameters = NULL,
  schedulingPriority = NULL,
  containerProperties = NULL,
  nodeProperties = NULL,
  retryStrategy = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  timeout = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  platformCapabilities = NULL,
  eksProperties = NULL,
  ecsProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

jobDefinitionName

[required] The name of the job definition to register. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

type

[required] The type of job definition. For more information about multi-node parallel jobs, see Creating a multi-node parallel job definition in the Batch User Guide.

  • If the value is container, then one of the following is required: containerProperties, ecsProperties, or eksProperties.

  • If the value is multinode, then nodeProperties is required.

If the job is run on Fargate resources, then multinode isn't supported.

parameters

Default parameter substitution placeholders to set in the job definition. Parameters are specified as a key-value pair mapping. Parameters in a submit_job request override any corresponding parameter defaults from the job definition.

schedulingPriority

The scheduling priority for jobs that are submitted with this job definition. This only affects jobs in job queues with a fair-share policy. Jobs with a higher scheduling priority are scheduled before jobs with a lower scheduling priority.

The minimum supported value is 0 and the maximum supported value is 9999.

containerProperties

An object with properties specific to Amazon ECS-based single-node container-based jobs. If the job definition's type parameter is container, then you must specify either containerProperties or nodeProperties. This must not be specified for Amazon EKS-based job definitions.

If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify nodeProperties; use only containerProperties.

nodeProperties

An object with properties specific to multi-node parallel jobs. If you specify node properties for a job, it becomes a multi-node parallel job. For more information, see Multi-node Parallel Jobs in the Batch User Guide.

If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify nodeProperties; use containerProperties instead.

If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify nodeProperties.

retryStrategy

The retry strategy to use for failed jobs that are submitted with this job definition. Any retry strategy that's specified during a submit_job operation overrides the retry strategy defined here. If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried.

propagateTags

Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags are not propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over job definitions tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job and job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the FAILED state.

If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify propagateTags.

timeout

The timeout configuration for jobs that are submitted with this job definition, after which Batch terminates your jobs if they have not finished. If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value for the timeout is 60 seconds. Any timeout configuration that's specified during a submit_job operation overrides the timeout configuration defined here. For more information, see Job Timeouts in the Batch User Guide.

tags

The tags that you apply to the job definition to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Batch User Guide.

platformCapabilities

The platform capabilities required by the job definition. If no value is specified, it defaults to EC2. To run the job on Fargate resources, specify FARGATE.

If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify platformCapabilities.

eksProperties

An object with properties that are specific to Amazon EKS-based jobs. This must not be specified for Amazon ECS based job definitions.

ecsProperties

An object with properties that are specific to Amazon ECS-based jobs. This must not be specified for Amazon EKS-based job definitions.


Submits an Batch job from a job definition

Description

Submits an Batch job from a job definition. Parameters that are specified during submit_job override parameters defined in the job definition. vCPU and memory requirements that are specified in the resourceRequirements objects in the job definition are the exception. They can't be overridden this way using the memory and vcpus parameters. Rather, you must specify updates to job definition parameters in a resourceRequirements object that's included in the containerOverrides parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_submit_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_submit_job(
  jobName,
  jobQueue,
  shareIdentifier = NULL,
  schedulingPriorityOverride = NULL,
  arrayProperties = NULL,
  dependsOn = NULL,
  jobDefinition,
  parameters = NULL,
  containerOverrides = NULL,
  nodeOverrides = NULL,
  retryStrategy = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  timeout = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  eksPropertiesOverride = NULL,
  ecsPropertiesOverride = NULL
)

Arguments

jobName

[required] The name of the job. It can be up to 128 letters long. The first character must be alphanumeric, can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_).

jobQueue

[required] The job queue where the job is submitted. You can specify either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the queue.

shareIdentifier

The share identifier for the job. Don't specify this parameter if the job queue doesn't have a fair-share scheduling policy. If the job queue has a fair-share scheduling policy, then this parameter must be specified.

This string is limited to 255 alphanumeric characters, and can be followed by an asterisk (*).

schedulingPriorityOverride

The scheduling priority for the job. This only affects jobs in job queues with a fair-share policy. Jobs with a higher scheduling priority are scheduled before jobs with a lower scheduling priority. This overrides any scheduling priority in the job definition and works only within a single share identifier.

The minimum supported value is 0 and the maximum supported value is 9999.

arrayProperties

The array properties for the submitted job, such as the size of the array. The array size can be between 2 and 10,000. If you specify array properties for a job, it becomes an array job. For more information, see Array Jobs in the Batch User Guide.

dependsOn

A list of dependencies for the job. A job can depend upon a maximum of 20 jobs. You can specify a SEQUENTIAL type dependency without specifying a job ID for array jobs so that each child array job completes sequentially, starting at index 0. You can also specify an N_TO_N type dependency with a job ID for array jobs. In that case, each index child of this job must wait for the corresponding index child of each dependency to complete before it can begin.

jobDefinition

[required] The job definition used by this job. This value can be one of definition-name, definition-name:revision, or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the job definition, with or without the revision (arn:aws:batch:region:account:job-definition/definition-name:revision , or arn:aws:batch:region:account:job-definition/definition-name ).

If the revision is not specified, then the latest active revision is used.

parameters

Additional parameters passed to the job that replace parameter substitution placeholders that are set in the job definition. Parameters are specified as a key and value pair mapping. Parameters in a submit_job request override any corresponding parameter defaults from the job definition.

containerOverrides

An object with properties that override the defaults for the job definition that specify the name of a container in the specified job definition and the overrides it should receive. You can override the default command for a container, which is specified in the job definition or the Docker image, with a command override. You can also override existing environment variables on a container or add new environment variables to it with an environment override.

nodeOverrides

A list of node overrides in JSON format that specify the node range to target and the container overrides for that node range.

This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate resources; use containerOverrides instead.

retryStrategy

The retry strategy to use for failed jobs from this submit_job operation. When a retry strategy is specified here, it overrides the retry strategy defined in the job definition.

propagateTags

Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task creation. For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over job definitions tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job and job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the FAILED state. When specified, this overrides the tag propagation setting in the job definition.

timeout

The timeout configuration for this submit_job operation. You can specify a timeout duration after which Batch terminates your jobs if they haven't finished. If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried. The minimum value for the timeout is 60 seconds. This configuration overrides any timeout configuration specified in the job definition. For array jobs, child jobs have the same timeout configuration as the parent job. For more information, see Job Timeouts in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

tags

The tags that you apply to the job request to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference.

eksPropertiesOverride

An object, with properties that override defaults for the job definition, can only be specified for jobs that are run on Amazon EKS resources.

ecsPropertiesOverride

An object, with properties that override defaults for the job definition, can only be specified for jobs that are run on Amazon ECS resources.


Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn

Description

Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags that are associated with that resource are deleted as well. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that tags are added to. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.

tags

[required] The tags that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Terminates a job in a job queue

Description

Terminates a job in a job queue. Jobs that are in the STARTING or RUNNING state are terminated, which causes them to transition to FAILED. Jobs that have not progressed to the STARTING state are cancelled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_terminate_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_terminate_job(jobId, reason)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The Batch job ID of the job to terminate.

reason

[required] A message to attach to the job that explains the reason for canceling it. This message is returned by future describe_jobs operations on the job. It is also recorded in the Batch activity logs.

This parameter has as limit of 1024 characters.


Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to delete tags. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to be removed.


Updates an Batch compute environment

Description

Updates an Batch compute environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_compute_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_update_compute_environment(
  computeEnvironment,
  state = NULL,
  unmanagedvCpus = NULL,
  computeResources = NULL,
  serviceRole = NULL,
  updatePolicy = NULL,
  context = NULL
)

Arguments

computeEnvironment

[required] The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment to update.

state

The state of the compute environment. Compute environments in the ENABLED state can accept jobs from a queue and scale in or out automatically based on the workload demand of its associated queues.

If the state is ENABLED, then the Batch scheduler can attempt to place jobs from an associated job queue on the compute resources within the environment. If the compute environment is managed, then it can scale its instances out or in automatically, based on the job queue demand.

If the state is DISABLED, then the Batch scheduler doesn't attempt to place jobs within the environment. Jobs in a STARTING or RUNNING state continue to progress normally. Managed compute environments in the DISABLED state don't scale out.

Compute environments in a DISABLED state may continue to incur billing charges. To prevent additional charges, turn off and then delete the compute environment. For more information, see State in the Batch User Guide.

When an instance is idle, the instance scales down to the minvCpus value. However, the instance size doesn't change. For example, consider a c5.8xlarge instance with a minvCpus value of 4 and a desiredvCpus value of 36. This instance doesn't scale down to a c5.large instance.

unmanagedvCpus

The maximum number of vCPUs expected to be used for an unmanaged compute environment. Don't specify this parameter for a managed compute environment. This parameter is only used for fair-share scheduling to reserve vCPU capacity for new share identifiers. If this parameter isn't provided for a fair-share job queue, no vCPU capacity is reserved.

computeResources

Details of the compute resources managed by the compute environment. Required for a managed compute environment. For more information, see Compute Environments in the Batch User Guide.

serviceRole

The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Batch to make calls to other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. For more information, see Batch service IAM role in the Batch User Guide.

If the compute environment has a service-linked role, it can't be changed to use a regular IAM role. Likewise, if the compute environment has a regular IAM role, it can't be changed to use a service-linked role. To update the parameters for the compute environment that require an infrastructure update to change, the AWSServiceRoleForBatch service-linked role must be used. For more information, see Updating compute environments in the Batch User Guide.

If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must either specify the full role ARN (recommended) or prefix the role name with the path.

Depending on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might contain the service-role path prefix. When you only specify the name of the service role, Batch assumes that your ARN doesn't use the service-role path prefix. Because of this, we recommend that you specify the full ARN of your service role when you create compute environments.

updatePolicy

Specifies the updated infrastructure update policy for the compute environment. For more information about infrastructure updates, see Updating compute environments in the Batch User Guide.

context

Reserved.


Updates a job queue

Description

Updates a job queue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_job_queue/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_update_job_queue(
  jobQueue,
  state = NULL,
  schedulingPolicyArn = NULL,
  priority = NULL,
  computeEnvironmentOrder = NULL,
  jobStateTimeLimitActions = NULL
)

Arguments

jobQueue

[required] The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job queue.

state

Describes the queue's ability to accept new jobs. If the job queue state is ENABLED, it can accept jobs. If the job queue state is DISABLED, new jobs can't be added to the queue, but jobs already in the queue can finish.

schedulingPolicyArn

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair-share scheduling policy. Once a job queue is created, the fair-share scheduling policy can be replaced but not removed. The format is aws:Partition:batch:Region:Account:scheduling-policy/Name . For example, aws:aws:batch:us-west-2:123456789012:scheduling-policy/MySchedulingPolicy.

priority

The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a higher priority (or a higher integer value for the priority parameter) are evaluated first when associated with the same compute environment. Priority is determined in descending order. For example, a job queue with a priority value of 10 is given scheduling preference over a job queue with a priority value of 1. All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT). EC2 and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed.

computeEnvironmentOrder

Details the set of compute environments mapped to a job queue and their order relative to each other. This is one of the parameters used by the job scheduler to determine which compute environment runs a given job. Compute environments must be in the VALID state before you can associate them with a job queue. All of the compute environments must be either EC2 (EC2 or SPOT) or Fargate (FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT). EC2 and Fargate compute environments can't be mixed.

All compute environments that are associated with a job queue must share the same architecture. Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture types in a single job queue.

jobStateTimeLimitActions

The set of actions that Batch perform on jobs that remain at the head of the job queue in the specified state longer than specified times. Batch will perform each action after maxTimeSeconds has passed. (Note: The minimum value for maxTimeSeconds is 600 (10 minutes) and its maximum value is 86,400 (24 hours).)


Updates a scheduling policy

Description

Updates a scheduling policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

batch_update_scheduling_policy(arn, fairsharePolicy = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scheduling policy to update.

fairsharePolicy

The fair-share policy scheduling details.


Braket

Description

The Amazon Braket API Reference provides information about the operations and structures supported in Amazon Braket.

Additional Resources:

Usage

braket(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- braket(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_job Cancels an Amazon Braket job
cancel_quantum_task Cancels the specified task
create_job Creates an Amazon Braket job
create_quantum_task Creates a quantum task
get_device Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket
get_job Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job
get_quantum_task Retrieves the specified quantum task
list_tags_for_resource Shows the tags associated with this resource
search_devices Searches for devices using the specified filters
search_jobs Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values
search_quantum_tasks Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values
tag_resource Add a tag to the specified resource
untag_resource Remove tags from a resource

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- braket()
svc$cancel_job(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels an Amazon Braket job

Description

Cancels an Amazon Braket job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_cancel_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_cancel_job(jobArn)

Arguments

jobArn

[required] The ARN of the Amazon Braket job to cancel.


Cancels the specified task

Description

Cancels the specified task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_cancel_quantum_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_cancel_quantum_task(clientToken, quantumTaskArn)

Arguments

clientToken

[required] The client token associated with the request.

quantumTaskArn

[required] The ARN of the task to cancel.


Creates an Amazon Braket job

Description

Creates an Amazon Braket job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_create_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_create_job(
  algorithmSpecification,
  associations = NULL,
  checkpointConfig = NULL,
  clientToken,
  deviceConfig,
  hyperParameters = NULL,
  inputDataConfig = NULL,
  instanceConfig,
  jobName,
  outputDataConfig,
  roleArn,
  stoppingCondition = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

algorithmSpecification

[required] Definition of the Amazon Braket job to be created. Specifies the container image the job uses and information about the Python scripts used for entry and training.

associations

The list of Amazon Braket resources associated with the hybrid job.

checkpointConfig

Information about the output locations for job checkpoint data.

clientToken

[required] A unique token that guarantees that the call to this API is idempotent.

deviceConfig

[required] The quantum processing unit (QPU) or simulator used to create an Amazon Braket job.

hyperParameters

Algorithm-specific parameters used by an Amazon Braket job that influence the quality of the training job. The values are set with a string of JSON key:value pairs, where the key is the name of the hyperparameter and the value is the value of th hyperparameter.

inputDataConfig

A list of parameters that specify the name and type of input data and where it is located.

instanceConfig

[required] Configuration of the resource instances to use while running the hybrid job on Amazon Braket.

jobName

[required] The name of the Amazon Braket job.

outputDataConfig

[required] The path to the S3 location where you want to store job artifacts and the encryption key used to store them.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that Amazon Braket can assume to perform tasks on behalf of a user. It can access user resources, run an Amazon Braket job container on behalf of user, and output resources to the users' s3 buckets.

stoppingCondition

The user-defined criteria that specifies when a job stops running.

tags

A tag object that consists of a key and an optional value, used to manage metadata for Amazon Braket resources.


Creates a quantum task

Description

Creates a quantum task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_create_quantum_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_create_quantum_task(
  action,
  associations = NULL,
  clientToken,
  deviceArn,
  deviceParameters = NULL,
  jobToken = NULL,
  outputS3Bucket,
  outputS3KeyPrefix,
  shots,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

action

[required] The action associated with the task.

associations

The list of Amazon Braket resources associated with the quantum task.

clientToken

[required] The client token associated with the request.

deviceArn

[required] The ARN of the device to run the task on.

deviceParameters

The parameters for the device to run the task on.

jobToken

The token for an Amazon Braket job that associates it with the quantum task.

outputS3Bucket

[required] The S3 bucket to store task result files in.

outputS3KeyPrefix

[required] The key prefix for the location in the S3 bucket to store task results in.

shots

[required] The number of shots to use for the task.

tags

Tags to be added to the quantum task you're creating.


Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket

Description

Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_get_device(deviceArn)

Arguments

deviceArn

[required] The ARN of the device to retrieve.


Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job

Description

Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_get_job(additionalAttributeNames = NULL, jobArn)

Arguments

additionalAttributeNames

A list of attributes to return information for.

jobArn

[required] The ARN of the job to retrieve.


Retrieves the specified quantum task

Description

Retrieves the specified quantum task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_quantum_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_get_quantum_task(additionalAttributeNames = NULL, quantumTaskArn)

Arguments

additionalAttributeNames

A list of attributes to return information for.

quantumTaskArn

[required] The ARN of the task to retrieve.


Shows the tags associated with this resource

Description

Shows the tags associated with this resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] Specify the resourceArn for the resource whose tags to display.


Searches for devices using the specified filters

Description

Searches for devices using the specified filters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_devices/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_search_devices(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filters

[required] The filter values to use to search for a device.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request continue results where the previous request ended.


Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values

Description

Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_search_jobs(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filters

[required] The filter values to use when searching for a job.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request to continue results where the previous request ended.


Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values

Description

Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_quantum_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_search_quantum_tasks(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filters

[required] Array of SearchQuantumTasksFilter objects.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request continue results where the previous request ended.


Add a tag to the specified resource

Description

Add a tag to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] Specify the resourceArn of the resource to which a tag will be added.

tags

[required] Specify the tags to add to the resource.


Remove tags from a resource

Description

Remove tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

braket_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] Specify the resourceArn for the resource from which to remove the tags.

tagKeys

[required] Specify the keys for the tags to remove from the resource.


AWS Compute Optimizer

Description

Compute Optimizer is a service that analyzes the configuration and utilization metrics of your Amazon Web Services compute resources, such as Amazon EC2 instances, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups, Lambda functions, Amazon EBS volumes, and Amazon ECS services on Fargate. It reports whether your resources are optimal, and generates optimization recommendations to reduce the cost and improve the performance of your workloads. Compute Optimizer also provides recent utilization metric data, in addition to projected utilization metric data for the recommendations, which you can use to evaluate which recommendation provides the best price-performance trade-off. The analysis of your usage patterns can help you decide when to move or resize your running resources, and still meet your performance and capacity requirements. For more information about Compute Optimizer, including the required permissions to use the service, see the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

Usage

computeoptimizer(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- computeoptimizer(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

delete_recommendation_preferences Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
describe_recommendation_export_jobs Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days
export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups
export_ebs_volume_recommendations Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes
export_ec2_instance_recommendations Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances
export_ecs_service_recommendations Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate
export_idle_recommendations Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources
export_lambda_function_recommendations Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions
export_license_recommendations Export optimization recommendations for your licenses
export_rds_database_recommendations Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS)
get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations
get_ebs_volume_recommendations Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations
get_ec2_instance_recommendations Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations
get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations
get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations
get_ecs_service_recommendations Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations
get_effective_recommendation_preferences Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
get_enrollment_status Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service
get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account
get_idle_recommendations Returns idle resource recommendations
get_lambda_function_recommendations Returns Lambda function recommendations
get_license_recommendations Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license
get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations
get_rds_database_recommendations Returns Amazon RDS recommendations
get_recommendation_preferences Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
get_recommendation_summaries Returns the optimization findings for an account
put_recommendation_preferences Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
update_enrollment_status Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- computeoptimizer()
svc$delete_recommendation_preferences(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics

Description

Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_delete_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_delete_recommendation_preferences(
  resourceType,
  scope = NULL,
  recommendationPreferenceNames
)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference to delete.

The Ec2Instance option encompasses standalone instances and instances that are part of Auto Scaling groups. The AutoScalingGroup option encompasses only instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group.

scope

An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to delete.

You can delete recommendation preferences that are created at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

recommendationPreferenceNames

[required] The name of the recommendation preference to delete.


Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days

Description

Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_describe_recommendation_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_describe_recommendation_export_jobs(
  jobIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

jobIds

The identification numbers of the export jobs to return.

An export job ID is returned when you create an export using the export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations or export_ec2_instance_recommendations actions.

All export jobs created in the last seven days are returned if this parameter is omitted.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of export jobs.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of export jobs.

maxResults

The maximum number of export jobs to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.


Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups

Description

Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Auto Scaling group recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Auto Scaling group recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required] An object to specify the destination Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket name and key prefix for the export job.

You must create the destination Amazon S3 bucket for your recommendations export before you create the export job. Compute Optimizer does not create the S3 bucket for you. After you create the S3 bucket, ensure that it has the required permissions policy to allow Compute Optimizer to write the export file to it. If you plan to specify an object prefix when you create the export job, you must include the object prefix in the policy that you add to the S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Policy for Compute Optimizer in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The only export file format currently supported is Csv.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted.

recommendationPreferences

An object to specify the preferences for the Auto Scaling group recommendations to export.


Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes

Description

Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ebs_volume_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_ebs_volume_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Amazon EBS volume recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon EBS volume recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The only export file format currently supported is Csv.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted.


Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances

Description

Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ec2_instance_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_ec2_instance_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export instance recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of instance recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required] An object to specify the destination Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket name and key prefix for the export job.

You must create the destination Amazon S3 bucket for your recommendations export before you create the export job. Compute Optimizer does not create the S3 bucket for you. After you create the S3 bucket, ensure that it has the required permissions policy to allow Compute Optimizer to write the export file to it. If you plan to specify an object prefix when you create the export job, you must include the object prefix in the policy that you add to the S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Policy for Compute Optimizer in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The only export file format currently supported is Csv.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted.

recommendationPreferences

An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 instance recommendations to export.


Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate

Description

Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ecs_service_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_ecs_service_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export Amazon ECS service recommendations.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to.

This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon ECS service recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported.

includeMemberAccounts

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file.

If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.


Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources

Description

Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_idle_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_idle_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export idle resource recommendations.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to.

This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of idle resource recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file. The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported.

includeMemberAccounts

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file.

If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.


Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions

Description

Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_lambda_function_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_lambda_function_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Lambda function recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Lambda function recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The only export file format currently supported is Csv.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted.

This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted.


Export optimization recommendations for your licenses

Description

Export optimization recommendations for your licenses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_license_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_license_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export license recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations.

This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of license recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

A CSV file is the only export format currently supported.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file .

This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.


Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS)

Description

Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_rds_database_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_export_rds_database_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  fieldsToExport = NULL,
  s3DestinationConfig,
  fileFormat = NULL,
  includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export Amazon RDS recommendations.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to.

This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive.

If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.

You can specify multiple account IDs per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon RDS recommendations.

fieldsToExport

The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

s3DestinationConfig

[required]

fileFormat

The format of the export file.

The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported.

includeMemberAccounts

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization.

The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file.

If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export.

recommendationPreferences

Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations

Description

Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  autoScalingGroupArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return Auto Scaling group recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return Auto Scaling group recommendations.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.

autoScalingGroupArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Auto Scaling groups for which to return recommendations.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of Auto Scaling group recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of Auto Scaling group recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Auto Scaling group recommendations.

recommendationPreferences

An object to specify the preferences for the Auto Scaling group recommendations to return in the response.


Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations

Description

Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ebs_volume_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_ebs_volume_recommendations(
  volumeArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL
)

Arguments

volumeArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the volumes for which to return recommendations.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of volume recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of volume recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of volume recommendations.

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return volume recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return volume recommendations.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.


Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations

Description

Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ec2_instance_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_ec2_instance_recommendations(
  instanceArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instances for which to return recommendations.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of instance recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of instance recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of instance recommendations.

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return instance recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return instance recommendations.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.

recommendationPreferences

An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 instance recommendations to return in the response.


Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations

Description

Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics(
  instanceArn,
  stat,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instances for which to return recommendation projected metrics.

stat

[required] The statistic of the projected metrics.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points.

startTime

[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return.

endTime

[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return.

recommendationPreferences

An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 recommendation projected metrics to return in the response.


Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations

Description

Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics(
  serviceArn,
  stat,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime
)

Arguments

serviceArn

[required] The ARN that identifies the Amazon ECS service.

The following is the format of the ARN:

arn:aws:ecs:region:aws_account_id:service/cluster-name/service-name

stat

[required] The statistic of the projected metrics.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points.

startTime

[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return.

endTime

[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return.


Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations

Description

Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendations(
  serviceArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL
)

Arguments

serviceArns

The ARN that identifies the Amazon ECS service.

The following is the format of the ARN:

arn:aws:ecs:region:aws_account_id:service/cluster-name/service-name

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of Amazon ECS service recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of Amazon ECS service recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Amazon ECS service recommendations.

accountIds

Return the Amazon ECS service recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the Amazon ECS service recommendations to specific member accounts.

You can only specify one account ID per request.


Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics

Description

Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics. Considers all applicable preferences that you might have set at the resource, account, and organization level.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_effective_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_effective_recommendation_preferences(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to confirm effective recommendation preferences. Only EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group ARNs are currently supported.


Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service

Description

Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_status()

Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account

Description

Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization(
  filters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of account enrollment statuses.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of account enrollment statuses.

maxResults

The maximum number of account enrollment statuses to return with a single request. You can specify up to 100 statuses to return with each request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.


Returns idle resource recommendations

Description

Returns idle resource recommendations. Compute Optimizer generates recommendations for idle resources that meet a specific set of requirements. For more information, see Resource requirements in the Compute Optimizer User Guide

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_idle_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_idle_recommendations(
  resourceArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL,
  orderBy = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArns

The ARN that identifies the idle resource.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of idle resource recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of idle resource recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of idle resource recommendations.

accountIds

Return the idle resource recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the idle resource recommendations to specific member accounts.

You can only specify one account ID per request.

orderBy

The order to sort the idle resource recommendations.


Returns Lambda function recommendations

Description

Returns Lambda function recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_lambda_function_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_lambda_function_recommendations(
  functionArns = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

functionArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the functions for which to return recommendations.

You can specify a qualified or unqualified ARN. If you specify an unqualified ARN without a function version suffix, Compute Optimizer will return recommendations for the latest (⁠$LATEST⁠) version of the function. If you specify a qualified ARN with a version suffix, Compute Optimizer will return recommendations for the specified function version. For more information about using function versions, see Using versions in the Lambda Developer Guide.

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return function recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return function recommendations.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of function recommendations.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of function recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of function recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.


Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license

Description

Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_license_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_license_recommendations(
  resourceArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArns

The ARN that identifies the Amazon EC2 instance.

The following is the format of the ARN:

arn:aws:ec2:region:aws_account_id:instance/instance-id

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of license recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of license recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of license recommendations.

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return license recommendations.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return license recommendations.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.


Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations

Description

Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics(
  resourceArn,
  stat,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN that identifies the Amazon RDS.

The following is the format of the ARN:

arn:aws:rds:{region}:{accountId}:db:{resourceName}

stat

[required] The statistic of the projected metrics.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points.

startTime

[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return.

endTime

[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return.

recommendationPreferences

Returns Amazon RDS recommendations

Description

Returns Amazon RDS recommendations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendations/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendations(
  resourceArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  accountIds = NULL,
  recommendationPreferences = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArns

The ARN that identifies the Amazon RDS.

The following is the format of the ARN:

arn:aws:rds:{region}:{accountId}:db:{resourceName}

The following is the format of a DB Cluster ARN:

arn:aws:rds:{region}:{accountId}:cluster:{resourceName}

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of Amazon RDS recommendations.

maxResults

The maximum number of Amazon RDS recommendations to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.

filters

An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Amazon RDS recommendations.

accountIds

Return the Amazon RDS recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs.

If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the Amazon RDS recommendations to specific member accounts.

You can only specify one account ID per request.

recommendationPreferences

Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics

Description

Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_preferences(
  resourceType,
  scope = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference for which to return preferences.

The Ec2Instance option encompasses standalone instances and instances that are part of Auto Scaling groups. The AutoScalingGroup option encompasses only instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group.

scope

An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to return.

You can return recommendation preferences that are created at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of recommendation preferences.

maxResults

The maximum number of recommendation preferences to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.


Returns the optimization findings for an account

Description

Returns the optimization findings for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_summaries/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_summaries(
  accountIds = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return recommendation summaries.

If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return recommendation summaries.

Only one account ID can be specified per request.

nextToken

The token to advance to the next page of recommendation summaries.

maxResults

The maximum number of recommendation summaries to return with a single request.

To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned nextToken value.


Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics

Description

Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_put_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_put_recommendation_preferences(
  resourceType,
  scope = NULL,
  enhancedInfrastructureMetrics = NULL,
  inferredWorkloadTypes = NULL,
  externalMetricsPreference = NULL,
  lookBackPeriod = NULL,
  utilizationPreferences = NULL,
  preferredResources = NULL,
  savingsEstimationMode = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference to create.

The Ec2Instance option encompasses standalone instances and instances that are part of Auto Scaling groups. The AutoScalingGroup option encompasses only instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group.

scope

An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to create.

You can create recommendation preferences at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

You cannot create recommendation preferences for Auto Scaling groups at the organization and account levels. You can create recommendation preferences for Auto Scaling groups only at the resource level by specifying a scope name of ResourceArn and a scope value of the Auto Scaling group Amazon Resource Name (ARN). This will configure the preference for all instances that are part of the specified Auto Scaling group. You also cannot create recommendation preferences at the resource level for instances that are part of an Auto Scaling group. You can create recommendation preferences at the resource level only for standalone instances.

enhancedInfrastructureMetrics

The status of the enhanced infrastructure metrics recommendation preference to create or update.

Specify the Active status to activate the preference, or specify Inactive to deactivate the preference.

For more information, see Enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

inferredWorkloadTypes

The status of the inferred workload types recommendation preference to create or update.

The inferred workload type feature is active by default. To deactivate it, create a recommendation preference.

Specify the Inactive status to deactivate the feature, or specify Active to activate it.

For more information, see Inferred workload types in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

externalMetricsPreference

The provider of the external metrics recommendation preference to create or update.

Specify a valid provider in the source field to activate the preference. To delete this preference, see the delete_recommendation_preferences action.

This preference can only be set for the Ec2Instance resource type.

For more information, see External metrics ingestion in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

lookBackPeriod

The preference to control the number of days the utilization metrics of the Amazon Web Services resource are analyzed. When this preference isn't specified, we use the default value DAYS_14.

You can only set this preference for the Amazon EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group resource types.

  • Amazon EC2 instance lookback preferences can be set at the organization, account, and resource levels.

  • Auto Scaling group lookback preferences can only be set at the resource level.

utilizationPreferences

The preference to control the resource’s CPU utilization threshold, CPU utilization headroom, and memory utilization headroom. When this preference isn't specified, we use the following default values.

CPU utilization:

  • P99_5 for threshold

  • PERCENT_20 for headroom

Memory utilization:

  • PERCENT_20 for headroom

  • You can only set CPU and memory utilization preferences for the Amazon EC2 instance resource type.

  • The threshold setting isn’t available for memory utilization.

preferredResources

The preference to control which resource type values are considered when generating rightsizing recommendations. You can specify this preference as a combination of include and exclude lists. You must specify either an includeList or excludeList. If the preference is an empty set of resource type values, an error occurs.

You can only set this preference for the Amazon EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group resource types.

savingsEstimationMode

The status of the savings estimation mode preference to create or update.

Specify the AfterDiscounts status to activate the preference, or specify BeforeDiscounts to deactivate the preference.

Only the account manager or delegated administrator of your organization can activate this preference.

For more information, see Savings estimation mode in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.


Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service

Description

Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_update_enrollment_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

computeoptimizer_update_enrollment_status(status, includeMemberAccounts = NULL)

Arguments

status

[required] The new enrollment status of the account.

The following status options are available:

  • Active - Opts in your account to the Compute Optimizer service. Compute Optimizer begins analyzing the configuration and utilization metrics of your Amazon Web Services resources after you opt in. For more information, see Metrics analyzed by Compute Optimizer in the Compute Optimizer User Guide.

  • Inactive - Opts out your account from the Compute Optimizer service. Your account's recommendations and related metrics data will be deleted from Compute Optimizer after you opt out.

The Pending and Failed options cannot be used to update the enrollment status of an account. They are returned in the response of a request to update the enrollment status of an account.

includeMemberAccounts

Indicates whether to enroll member accounts of the organization if the account is the management account of an organization.


Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud

Description

You can access the features of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) programmatically. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Developer Guide.

Usage

ec2(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ec2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_address_transfer Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer
accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account
accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call
accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain
accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request
accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway
accept_vpc_endpoint_connections Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service
accept_vpc_peering_connection Accept a VPC peering connection request
advertise_byoip_cidr Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP)
allocate_address Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account
allocate_hosts Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account
allocate_ipam_pool_cidr Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool
apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint
assign_ipv_6_addresses Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface
assign_private_ip_addresses Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface
assign_private_nat_gateway_address Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway
associate_address Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface
associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account
associate_client_vpn_target_network Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint
associate_dhcp_options Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC
associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate
associate_iam_instance_profile Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance
associate_instance_event_window Associates one or more targets with an event window
associate_ipam_byoasn Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region
associate_ipam_resource_discovery Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM
associate_nat_gateway_address Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway
associate_route_table Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC
associate_security_group_vpc Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region
associate_subnet_cidr_block Associates a CIDR block with your subnet
associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain
associate_transit_gateway_policy_table Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table
associate_transit_gateway_route_table Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table
associate_trunk_interface Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface
associate_vpc_cidr_block Associates a CIDR block with your VPC
attach_classic_link_vpc This action is deprecated
attach_internet_gateway Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC
attach_network_interface Attaches a network interface to an instance
attach_verified_access_trust_provider Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
attach_volume Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name
attach_vpn_gateway Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC
authorize_client_vpn_ingress Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint
authorize_security_group_egress Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group
authorize_security_group_ingress Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group
bundle_instance Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance
cancel_bundle_task Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance
cancel_capacity_reservation Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled
cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets
cancel_conversion_task Cancels an active conversion task
cancel_declarative_policies_report Cancels the generation of an account status report
cancel_export_task Cancels an active export task
cancel_image_launch_permission Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI
cancel_import_task Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task
cancel_reserved_instances_listing Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
cancel_spot_fleet_requests Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests
cancel_spot_instance_requests Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests
confirm_product_instance Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance
copy_fpga_image Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region
copy_image Initiates an AMI copy operation
copy_snapshot Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3
create_capacity_reservation Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes
create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation
create_capacity_reservation_fleet Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet
create_carrier_gateway Creates a carrier gateway
create_client_vpn_endpoint Creates a Client VPN endpoint
create_client_vpn_route Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint
create_coip_cidr Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses
create_coip_pool Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses
create_customer_gateway Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device
create_default_subnet Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC
create_default_vpc Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone
create_dhcp_options Creates a custom set of DHCP options
create_egress_only_internet_gateway [IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC
create_fleet Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances
create_flow_logs Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC
create_fpga_image Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP)
create_image Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped
create_instance_connect_endpoint Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint
create_instance_event_window Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run
create_instance_export_task Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket
create_internet_gateway Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC
create_ipam Create an IPAM
create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token Create a verification token
create_ipam_pool Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM)
create_ipam_resource_discovery Creates an IPAM resource discovery
create_ipam_scope Create an IPAM scope
create_key_pair Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format
create_launch_template Creates a launch template
create_launch_template_version Creates a new version of a launch template
create_local_gateway_route Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table
create_local_gateway_route_table Creates a local gateway route table
create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association
create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table
create_managed_prefix_list Creates a managed prefix list
create_nat_gateway Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet
create_network_acl Creates a network ACL in a VPC
create_network_acl_entry Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number
create_network_insights_access_scope Creates a Network Access Scope
create_network_insights_path Creates a path to analyze for reachability
create_network_interface Creates a network interface in the specified subnet
create_network_interface_permission Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account
create_placement_group Creates a placement group in which to launch instances
create_public_ipv_4_pool Creates a public IPv4 address pool
create_replace_root_volume_task Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance
create_reserved_instances_listing Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
create_restore_image_task Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using CreateStoreImageTask
create_route Creates a route in a route table within a VPC
create_route_table Creates a route table for the specified VPC
create_security_group Creates a security group
create_snapshot Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3
create_snapshots Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance
create_spot_datafeed_subscription Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs
create_store_image_task Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket
create_subnet Creates a subnet in the specified VPC
create_subnet_cidr_reservation Creates a subnet CIDR reservation
create_tags Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources
create_traffic_mirror_filter Creates a Traffic Mirror filter
create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule
create_traffic_mirror_session Creates a Traffic Mirror session
create_traffic_mirror_target Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session
create_transit_gateway Creates a transit gateway
create_transit_gateway_connect Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment
create_transit_gateway_connect_peer Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance
create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway
create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter)
create_transit_gateway_policy_table Creates a transit gateway policy table
create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
create_transit_gateway_route Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table
create_transit_gateway_route_table Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway
create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement Advertises a new transit gateway route table
create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway
create_verified_access_endpoint An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy
create_verified_access_group An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements
create_verified_access_instance An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met
create_verified_access_trust_provider A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices
create_volume Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone
create_vpc Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks
create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion
create_vpc_endpoint Creates a VPC endpoint
create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service
create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect
create_vpc_peering_connection Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection
create_vpn_connection Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway
create_vpn_connection_route Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway
create_vpn_gateway Creates a virtual private gateway
delete_carrier_gateway Deletes a carrier gateway
delete_client_vpn_endpoint Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint
delete_client_vpn_route Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint
delete_coip_cidr Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses
delete_coip_pool Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses
delete_customer_gateway Deletes the specified customer gateway
delete_dhcp_options Deletes the specified set of DHCP options
delete_egress_only_internet_gateway Deletes an egress-only internet gateway
delete_fleets Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets
delete_flow_logs Deletes one or more flow logs
delete_fpga_image Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
delete_instance_connect_endpoint Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint
delete_instance_event_window Deletes the specified event window
delete_internet_gateway Deletes the specified internet gateway
delete_ipam Delete an IPAM
delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token Delete a verification token
delete_ipam_pool Delete an IPAM pool
delete_ipam_resource_discovery Deletes an IPAM resource discovery
delete_ipam_scope Delete the scope for an IPAM
delete_key_pair Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2
delete_launch_template Deletes a launch template
delete_launch_template_versions Deletes one or more versions of a launch template
delete_local_gateway_route Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table
delete_local_gateway_route_table Deletes a local gateway route table
delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association
delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table
delete_managed_prefix_list Deletes the specified managed prefix list
delete_nat_gateway Deletes the specified NAT gateway
delete_network_acl Deletes the specified network ACL
delete_network_acl_entry Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL
delete_network_insights_access_scope Deletes the specified Network Access Scope
delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis
delete_network_insights_analysis Deletes the specified network insights analysis
delete_network_insights_path Deletes the specified path
delete_network_interface Deletes the specified network interface
delete_network_interface_permission Deletes a permission for a network interface
delete_placement_group Deletes the specified placement group
delete_public_ipv_4_pool Delete a public IPv4 pool
delete_queued_reserved_instances Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances
delete_route Deletes the specified route from the specified route table
delete_route_table Deletes the specified route table
delete_security_group Deletes a security group
delete_snapshot Deletes the specified snapshot
delete_spot_datafeed_subscription Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances
delete_subnet Deletes the specified subnet
delete_subnet_cidr_reservation Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation
delete_tags Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources
delete_traffic_mirror_filter Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter
delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule
delete_traffic_mirror_session Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session
delete_traffic_mirror_target Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target
delete_transit_gateway Deletes the specified transit gateway
delete_transit_gateway_connect Deletes the specified Connect attachment
delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer Deletes the specified Connect peer
delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain
delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment
delete_transit_gateway_policy_table Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table
delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
delete_transit_gateway_route Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table
delete_transit_gateway_route_table Deletes the specified transit gateway route table
delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted
delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment Deletes the specified VPC attachment
delete_verified_access_endpoint Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint
delete_verified_access_group Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group
delete_verified_access_instance Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
delete_verified_access_trust_provider Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider
delete_volume Deletes the specified EBS volume
delete_vpc Deletes the specified VPC
delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion
delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications
delete_vpc_endpoints Deletes the specified VPC endpoints
delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations
delete_vpc_peering_connection Deletes a VPC peering connection
delete_vpn_connection Deletes the specified VPN connection
delete_vpn_connection_route Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway
delete_vpn_gateway Deletes the specified virtual private gateway
deprovision_byoip_cidr Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool
deprovision_ipam_byoasn Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account
deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool
deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool
deregister_image Deregisters the specified AMI
deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region
deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group
deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group
describe_account_attributes Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account
describe_addresses Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses
describe_addresses_attribute Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses
describe_address_transfers Describes an Elastic IP address transfer
describe_aggregate_id_format Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region
describe_availability_zones Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you
describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions
describe_bundle_tasks Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks
describe_byoip_cidrs Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr
describe_capacity_block_extension_history Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time
describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using
describe_capacity_block_offerings Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using
describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation
describe_capacity_reservation_fleets Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets
describe_capacity_reservations Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations
describe_carrier_gateways Describes one or more of your carrier gateways
describe_classic_link_instances This action is deprecated
describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint
describe_client_vpn_connections Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint
describe_client_vpn_endpoints Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account
describe_client_vpn_routes Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint
describe_client_vpn_target_networks Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint
describe_coip_pools Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools
describe_conversion_tasks Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks
describe_customer_gateways Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways
describe_declarative_policies_reports Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report
describe_dhcp_options Describes your DHCP option sets
describe_egress_only_internet_gateways Describes your egress-only internet gateways
describe_elastic_gpus Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024
describe_export_image_tasks Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks
describe_export_tasks Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks
describe_fast_launch_images Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch
describe_fast_snapshot_restores Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots
describe_fleet_history Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time
describe_fleet_instances Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet
describe_fleets Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets
describe_flow_logs Describes one or more flow logs
describe_fpga_image_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
describe_fpga_images Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you
describe_host_reservation_offerings Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase
describe_host_reservations Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account
describe_hosts Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts
describe_iam_instance_profile_associations Describes your IAM instance profile associations
describe_identity_id_format Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user
describe_id_format Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs
describe_image_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI
describe_images Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you
describe_import_image_tasks Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created
describe_import_snapshot_tasks Describes your import snapshot tasks
describe_instance_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance
describe_instance_connect_endpoints Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints
describe_instance_credit_specifications Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances
describe_instance_event_notification_attributes Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region
describe_instance_event_windows Describes the specified event windows or all event windows
describe_instance_image_metadata Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed
describe_instances Describes the specified instances or all instances
describe_instance_status Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances
describe_instance_topology Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone
describe_instance_type_offerings Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location
describe_instance_types Describes the specified instance types
describe_internet_gateways Describes your internet gateways
describe_ipam_byoasn Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated
describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens Describe verification tokens
describe_ipam_pools Get information about your IPAM pools
describe_ipam_resource_discoveries Describes IPAM resource discoveries
describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM
describe_ipams Get information about your IPAM pools
describe_ipam_scopes Get information about your IPAM scopes
describe_ipv_6_pools Describes your IPv6 address pools
describe_key_pairs Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs
describe_launch_templates Describes one or more launch templates
describe_launch_template_versions Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template
describe_local_gateway_route_tables Describes one or more local gateway route tables
describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables
describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables
describe_local_gateways Describes one or more local gateways
describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups
describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces
describe_locked_snapshots Describes the lock status for a snapshot
describe_mac_hosts Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts
describe_managed_prefix_lists Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists
describe_moving_addresses This action is deprecated
describe_nat_gateways Describes your NAT gateways
describe_network_acls Describes your network ACLs
describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses
describe_network_insights_access_scopes Describes the specified Network Access Scopes
describe_network_insights_analyses Describes one or more of your network insights analyses
describe_network_insights_paths Describes one or more of your paths
describe_network_interface_attribute Describes a network interface attribute
describe_network_interface_permissions Describes the permissions for your network interfaces
describe_network_interfaces Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces
describe_placement_groups Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups
describe_prefix_lists Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service
describe_principal_id_format Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference
describe_public_ipv_4_pools Describes the specified IPv4 address pools
describe_regions Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions
describe_replace_root_volume_tasks Describes a root volume replacement task
describe_reserved_instances Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased
describe_reserved_instances_listings Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
describe_reserved_instances_modifications Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances
describe_reserved_instances_offerings Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase
describe_route_tables Describes your route tables
describe_scheduled_instance_availability Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria
describe_scheduled_instances Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances
describe_security_group_references Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request
describe_security_group_rules Describes one or more of your security group rules
describe_security_groups Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups
describe_security_group_vpc_associations Describes security group VPC associations made with AssociateSecurityGroupVpc
describe_snapshot_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot
describe_snapshots Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you
describe_snapshot_tier_status Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots
describe_spot_datafeed_subscription Describes the data feed for Spot Instances
describe_spot_fleet_instances Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet
describe_spot_fleet_request_history Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time
describe_spot_fleet_requests Describes your Spot Fleet requests
describe_spot_instance_requests Describes the specified Spot Instance requests
describe_spot_price_history Describes the Spot price history
describe_stale_security_groups Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association
describe_store_image_tasks Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks
describe_subnets Describes your subnets
describe_tags Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources
describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored
describe_traffic_mirror_filters Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters
describe_traffic_mirror_sessions Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions
describe_traffic_mirror_targets Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets
describe_transit_gateway_attachments Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways
describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers Describes one or more Connect peers
describe_transit_gateway_connects Describes one or more Connect attachments
describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains
describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments Describes your transit gateway peering attachments
describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables
describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements
describe_transit_gateway_route_tables Describes one or more transit gateway route tables
describe_transit_gateways Describes one or more transit gateways
describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments Describes one or more VPC attachments
describe_trunk_interface_associations Describes one or more network interface trunk associations
describe_verified_access_endpoints Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints
describe_verified_access_groups Describes the specified Verified Access groups
describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances
describe_verified_access_instances Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances
describe_verified_access_trust_providers Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers
describe_volume_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume
describe_volumes Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes
describe_volumes_modifications Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes
describe_volume_status Describes the status of the specified volumes
describe_vpc_attribute Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC
describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions
describe_vpc_block_public_access_options Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options
describe_vpc_classic_link This action is deprecated
describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support This action is deprecated
describe_vpc_endpoint_associations Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint
describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services
describe_vpc_endpoint_connections Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance
describe_vpc_endpoints Describes your VPC endpoints
describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services)
describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service
describe_vpc_endpoint_services Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint
describe_vpc_peering_connections Describes your VPC peering connections
describe_vpcs Describes your VPCs
describe_vpn_connections Describes one or more of your VPN connections
describe_vpn_gateways Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways
detach_classic_link_vpc This action is deprecated
detach_internet_gateway Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC
detach_network_interface Detaches a network interface from an instance
detach_verified_access_trust_provider Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
detach_volume Detaches an EBS volume from an instance
detach_vpn_gateway Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC
disable_address_transfer Disables Elastic IP address transfer
disable_allowed_images_settings Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions
disable_ebs_encryption_by_default Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region
disable_fast_launch Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots
disable_fast_snapshot_restores Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones
disable_image Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI
disable_image_block_public_access Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
disable_image_deprecation Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI
disable_image_deregistration_protection Disables deregistration protection for an AMI
disable_ipam_organization_admin_account Disable the IPAM account
disable_serial_console_access Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account
disable_snapshot_block_public_access Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region
disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table
disable_vgw_route_propagation Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC
disable_vpc_classic_link This action is deprecated
disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support This action is deprecated
disassociate_address Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with
disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted
disassociate_client_vpn_target_network Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint
disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate
disassociate_iam_instance_profile Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance
disassociate_instance_event_window Disassociates one or more targets from an event window
disassociate_ipam_byoasn Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR
disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM
disassociate_nat_gateway_address Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway
disassociate_route_table Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table
disassociate_security_group_vpc Disassociates a security group from a VPC
disassociate_subnet_cidr_block Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet
disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain
disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table
disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table
disassociate_trunk_interface Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface
disassociate_vpc_cidr_block Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC
enable_address_transfer Enables Elastic IP address transfer
enable_allowed_images_settings Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions
enable_ebs_encryption_by_default Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region
enable_fast_launch When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster
enable_fast_snapshot_restores Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones
enable_image Re-enables a disabled AMI
enable_image_block_public_access Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
enable_image_deprecation Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time
enable_image_deregistration_protection Enables deregistration protection for an AMI
enable_ipam_organization_admin_account Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account
enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations
enable_serial_console_access Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account
enable_snapshot_block_public_access Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region
enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table
enable_vgw_route_propagation Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC
enable_volume_io Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent
enable_vpc_classic_link This action is deprecated
enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support This action is deprecated
export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint
export_client_vpn_client_configuration Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint
export_image Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file
export_transit_gateway_routes Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket
export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance
get_allowed_images_settings Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region
get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate
get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool
get_aws_network_performance_data Gets network performance data
get_capacity_reservation_usage Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation
get_coip_pool_usage Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool
get_console_output Gets the console output for the specified instance
get_console_screenshot Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting
get_declarative_policies_report_summary Retrieves a summary of the account status report
get_default_credit_specification Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family
get_ebs_default_kms_key_id Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region
get_ebs_encryption_by_default Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region
get_flow_logs_integration_template Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena
get_groups_for_capacity_reservation Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added
get_host_reservation_purchase_preview Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host
get_image_block_public_access_state Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
get_instance_metadata_defaults Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
get_instance_tpm_ek_pub Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance
get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes
get_instance_uefi_data A binary representation of the UEFI variable store
get_ipam_address_history Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope
get_ipam_discovered_accounts Gets IPAM discovered accounts
get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM
get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery
get_ipam_pool_allocations Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool
get_ipam_pool_cidrs Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool
get_ipam_resource_cidrs Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope
get_launch_template_data Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance
get_managed_prefix_list_associations Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list
get_managed_prefix_list_entries Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list
get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis
get_network_insights_access_scope_content Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope
get_password_data Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance
get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance
get_security_groups_for_vpc Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC
get_serial_console_access_status Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances
get_snapshot_block_public_access_state Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region
get_spot_placement_scores Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements
get_subnet_cidr_reservations Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations
get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes
get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain
get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations
get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries
get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table
get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table
get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table
get_verified_access_endpoint_policy Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint
get_verified_access_endpoint_targets Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access
get_verified_access_group_policy Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group
get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection
get_vpn_connection_device_types Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided
get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance
import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint
import_image To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console
import_instance We recommend that you use the ImportImage API instead
import_key_pair Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool
import_snapshot Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot
import_volume This API action supports only single-volume VMs
list_images_in_recycle_bin Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin
list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin
lock_snapshot Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration
modify_address_attribute Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address
modify_availability_zone_group Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account
modify_capacity_reservation Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released
modify_capacity_reservation_fleet Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet
modify_client_vpn_endpoint Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint
modify_default_credit_specification Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances
modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region
modify_fleet Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet
modify_fpga_image_attribute Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
modify_hosts Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host
modify_identity_id_format Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account
modify_id_format Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis
modify_image_attribute Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI
modify_instance_attribute Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance
modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance
modify_instance_cpu_options By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance
modify_instance_credit_specification Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance
modify_instance_event_start_time Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event
modify_instance_event_window Modifies the specified event window
modify_instance_maintenance_options Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default
modify_instance_metadata_defaults Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
modify_instance_metadata_options Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance
modify_instance_network_performance_options Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance
modify_instance_placement Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance
modify_ipam Modify the configurations of an IPAM
modify_ipam_pool Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool
modify_ipam_resource_cidr Modify a resource CIDR
modify_ipam_resource_discovery Modifies a resource discovery
modify_ipam_scope Modify an IPAM scope
modify_launch_template Modifies a launch template
modify_local_gateway_route Modifies the specified local gateway route
modify_managed_prefix_list Modifies the specified managed prefix list
modify_network_interface_attribute Modifies the specified network interface attribute
modify_private_dns_name_options Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance
modify_reserved_instances Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type
modify_security_group_rules Modifies the rules of a security group
modify_snapshot_attribute Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot
modify_snapshot_tier Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot
modify_spot_fleet_request Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request
modify_subnet_attribute Modifies a subnet attribute
modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services Allows or restricts mirroring network services
modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule
modify_traffic_mirror_session Modifies a Traffic Mirror session
modify_transit_gateway Modifies the specified transit gateway
modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment Modifies the specified VPC attachment
modify_verified_access_endpoint Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint
modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy
modify_verified_access_group Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration
modify_verified_access_group_policy Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy
modify_verified_access_instance Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
modify_verified_access_trust_provider Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider
modify_volume You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity
modify_volume_attribute Modifies a volume attribute
modify_vpc_attribute Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC
modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions
modify_vpc_block_public_access_options Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options
modify_vpc_endpoint Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint
modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service
modify_vpc_peering_connection_options Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection
modify_vpc_tenancy Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC
modify_vpn_connection Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection
modify_vpn_connection_options Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection
modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate
modify_vpn_tunnel_options Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection
monitor_instances Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance
move_address_to_vpc This action is deprecated
move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool
move_capacity_reservation_instances Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation
provision_byoip_cidr Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool
provision_ipam_byoasn Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account
provision_ipam_pool_cidr Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool
provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool
purchase_capacity_block Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account
purchase_capacity_block_extension Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account
purchase_host_reservation Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host
purchase_reserved_instances_offering Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account
purchase_scheduled_instances You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances
reboot_instances Requests a reboot of the specified instances
register_image Registers an AMI
register_instance_event_notification_attributes Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources
register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group
register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group
reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account
reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain
reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request
reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway
reject_vpc_endpoint_connections Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service
reject_vpc_peering_connection Rejects a VPC peering connection request
release_address Releases the specified Elastic IP address
release_hosts When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released
release_ipam_pool_allocation Release an allocation within an IPAM pool
replace_iam_instance_profile_association Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance
replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs
replace_network_acl_association Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with
replace_network_acl_entry Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL
replace_route Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC
replace_route_table_association Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC
replace_transit_gateway_route Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table
replace_vpn_tunnel Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel
report_instance_status Submits feedback about the status of an instance
request_spot_fleet Creates a Spot Fleet request
request_spot_instances Creates a Spot Instance request
reset_address_attribute Resets the attribute of the specified IP address
reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS
reset_fpga_image_attribute Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value
reset_image_attribute Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value
reset_instance_attribute Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value
reset_network_interface_attribute Resets a network interface attribute
reset_snapshot_attribute Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot
restore_address_to_classic This action is deprecated
restore_image_from_recycle_bin Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin
restore_managed_prefix_list_version Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list
restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin
restore_snapshot_tier Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored
revoke_client_vpn_ingress Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint
revoke_security_group_egress Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group
revoke_security_group_ingress Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group
run_instances Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions
run_scheduled_instances Launches the specified Scheduled Instances
search_local_gateway_routes Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table
search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information
search_transit_gateway_routes Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table
send_diagnostic_interrupt Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances)
start_declarative_policies_report Generates an account status report
start_instances Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped
start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope
start_network_insights_analysis Starts analyzing the specified path
start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service
stop_instances Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance
terminate_client_vpn_connections Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections
terminate_instances Shuts down the specified instances
unassign_ipv_6_addresses Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface
unassign_private_ip_addresses Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface
unassign_private_nat_gateway_address Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway
unlock_snapshot Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period
unmonitor_instances Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance
update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule
update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule
withdraw_byoip_cidr Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ec2()
# This example allocates an Elastic IP address to use with an instance in
# a VPC.
svc$allocate_address(
  Domain = "vpc"
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer

Description

Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Accept a transferred Elastic IP address in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_address_transfer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_address_transfer(Address, TagSpecifications = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Address

[required] The Elastic IP address you are accepting for transfer.

TagSpecifications

tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account

Description

Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityReservationId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation for which to accept the request.


Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call

Description

Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ReservedInstanceIds,
  TargetConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ReservedInstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for another Convertible Reserved Instance of the same or higher value.

TargetConfigurations

The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances.


Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the transit gateway attachment.

SubnetIds

The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request

Description

Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request. The peering attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway

Description

Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service

Description

Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_vpc_endpoint_connections(DryRun = NULL, ServiceId, VpcEndpointIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the VPC endpoint service.

VpcEndpointIds

[required] The IDs of the interface VPC endpoints.


Accept a VPC peering connection request

Description

Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance state, and you must be the owner of the peer VPC. Use describe_vpc_peering_connections to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_accept_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the request.


Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP)

Description

Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_advertise_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_advertise_byoip_cidr(
  Cidr,
  Asn = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] The address range, in CIDR notation. This must be the exact range that you provisioned. You can't advertise only a portion of the provisioned range.

Asn

The public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN that you want to advertise.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkBorderGroup

If you have Local Zones enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with must reside in the same network border group.

You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups:

  • us-east-1-dfw-2

  • us-west-2-lax-1

  • us-west-2-phx-2

You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this time.


Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account. After you allocate the Elastic IP address you can associate it with an instance or network interface. After you release an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool and can be allocated to a different Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_allocate_address(
  Domain = NULL,
  Address = NULL,
  PublicIpv4Pool = NULL,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
  CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  IpamPoolId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Domain

The network (vpc).

Address

The Elastic IP address to recover or an IPv4 address from an address pool.

PublicIpv4Pool

The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2 select an address from the address pool. To specify a specific address from the address pool, use the Address parameter instead.

NetworkBorderGroup

A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. Use this parameter to limit the IP address to this location. IP addresses cannot move between network border groups.

CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool

The ID of a customer-owned address pool. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2 select an address from the address pool. Alternatively, specify a specific address from the address pool.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Elastic IP address.

IpamPoolId

The ID of an IPAM pool which has an Amazon-provided or BYOIP public IPv4 CIDR provisioned to it. For more information, see Allocate sequential Elastic IP addresses from an IPAM pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account

Description

Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At a minimum, specify the supported instance type or instance family, the Availability Zone in which to allocate the host, and the number of hosts to allocate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_allocate_hosts(
  InstanceFamily = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  HostRecovery = NULL,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  HostMaintenance = NULL,
  AssetIds = NULL,
  AutoPlacement = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  Quantity = NULL,
  AvailabilityZone
)

Arguments

InstanceFamily

Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you specify an instance family, the Dedicated Hosts support multiple instance types within that instance family.

If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host during creation.

HostRecovery

Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. Host recovery is disabled by default. For more information, see Host recovery in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: off

OutpostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Outpost on which to allocate the Dedicated Host. If you specify OutpostArn, you can optionally specify AssetIds.

If you are allocating the Dedicated Host in a Region, omit this parameter.

HostMaintenance

Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host maintenance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

AssetIds

The IDs of the Outpost hardware assets on which to allocate the Dedicated Hosts. Targeting specific hardware assets on an Outpost can help to minimize latency between your workloads. This parameter is supported only if you specify OutpostArn. If you are allocating the Dedicated Hosts in a Region, omit this parameter.

  • If you specify this parameter, you can omit Quantity. In this case, Amazon EC2 allocates a Dedicated Host on each specified hardware asset.

  • If you specify both AssetIds and Quantity, then the value for Quantity must be equal to the number of asset IDs specified.

AutoPlacement

Indicates whether the host accepts any untargeted instance launches that match its instance type configuration, or if it only accepts Host tenancy instance launches that specify its unique host ID. For more information, see Understanding auto-placement and affinity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: off

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

InstanceType

Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you specify an instance type, the Dedicated Hosts support instances of the specified instance type only.

If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance types in a specific instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request.

Quantity

The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate to your account with these parameters. If you are allocating the Dedicated Hosts on an Outpost, and you specify AssetIds, you can omit this parameter. In this case, Amazon EC2 allocates a Dedicated Host on each specified hardware asset. If you specify both AssetIds and Quantity, then the value that you specify for Quantity must be equal to the number of asset IDs specified.

AvailabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone in which to allocate the Dedicated Host.


Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool

Description

Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_allocate_ipam_pool_cidr(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  Cidr = NULL,
  NetmaskLength = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  PreviewNextCidr = NULL,
  AllowedCidrs = NULL,
  DisallowedCidrs = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool from which you would like to allocate a CIDR.

Cidr

The CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following:

  • If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set on the pool, you must specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR.

  • If the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule is set on the pool, you can specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule will be ignored.

Possible values: Any available IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR.

NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following:

  • If there is no DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule set on the pool, you must specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR.

  • If the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule is set on the pool, you can specify either the NetmaskLength or the CIDR and the DefaultNetmaskLength allocation rule will be ignored.

Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Description

A description for the allocation.

PreviewNextCidr

A preview of the next available CIDR in a pool.

AllowedCidrs

Include a particular CIDR range that can be returned by the pool. Allowed CIDRs are only allowed if using netmask length for allocation.

DisallowedCidrs

Exclude a particular CIDR range from being returned by the pool. Disallowed CIDRs are only allowed if using netmask length for allocation.


Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint

Description

Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint. This action replaces the existing security groups with the specified security groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  VpcId,
  SecurityGroupIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC in which the associated target network is located.

SecurityGroupIds

[required] The IDs of the security groups to apply to the associated target network. Up to 5 security groups can be applied to an associated target network.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface

Description

Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify specific IPv6 addresses, or you can specify the number of IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from the subnet's IPv6 CIDR block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface as you can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies by instance type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_ipv_6_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_assign_ipv_6_addresses(
  Ipv6PrefixCount = NULL,
  Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
  Ipv6AddressCount = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv6PrefixCount

The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use the Ipv6Prefixes option.

Ipv6Prefixes

One or more IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you use the Ipv6PrefixCount option.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

Ipv6Addresses

The IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses.

Ipv6AddressCount

The number of additional IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The specified number of IPv6 addresses are assigned in addition to the existing IPv6 addresses that are already assigned to the network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses.


Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface

Description

Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_private_ip_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_assign_private_ip_addresses(
  Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
  Ipv4PrefixCount = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
  SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
  AllowReassignment = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv4Prefixes

One or more IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you use the Ipv4PrefixCount option.

Ipv4PrefixCount

The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface. You can't use this option if you use the ⁠Ipv4 Prefixes⁠ option.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

PrivateIpAddresses

The IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a number of secondary IP addresses.

If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range.

SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount

The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses.

AllowReassignment

Indicates whether to allow an IP address that is already assigned to another network interface or instance to be reassigned to the specified network interface.


Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway

Description

Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway. For more information, see Work with NAT gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_private_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_assign_private_nat_gateway_address(
  NatGatewayId,
  PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NatGatewayId

[required] The ID of the NAT gateway.

PrivateIpAddresses

The private IPv4 addresses you want to assign to the private NAT gateway.

PrivateIpAddressCount

The number of private IP addresses to assign to the NAT gateway. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface

Description

Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface. Before you can use an Elastic IP address, you must allocate it to your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_address(
  AllocationId = NULL,
  InstanceId = NULL,
  PublicIp = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
  AllowReassociation = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationId

The allocation ID. This is required.

InstanceId

The ID of the instance. The instance must have exactly one attached network interface. You can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both.

PublicIp

Deprecated.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than one network interface, you must specify a network interface ID.

You can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both.

PrivateIpAddress

The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the Elastic IP address. If no private IP address is specified, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary private IP address.

AllowReassociation

Reassociation is automatic, but you can specify false to ensure the operation fails if the Elastic IP address is already associated with another resource.


Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account

Description

Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityReservationId,
  UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId

[required] The ID of the consumer account to which to assign billing.


Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint. A target network is a subnet in a VPC. You can associate multiple subnets from the same VPC with a Client VPN endpoint. You can associate only one subnet in each Availability Zone. We recommend that you associate at least two subnets to provide Availability Zone redundancy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_client_vpn_target_network(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  SubnetId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet to associate with the Client VPN endpoint.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC

Description

Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_dhcp_options(DhcpOptionsId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DhcpOptionsId

[required] The ID of the DHCP options set, or default to associate no DHCP options with the VPC.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate

Description

Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. This enables the certificate to be used by the ACM for Nitro Enclaves application inside an enclave. For more information, see Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role(
  CertificateArn,
  RoleArn,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate with which to associate the IAM role.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role to associate with the ACM certificate. You can associate up to 16 IAM roles with an ACM certificate.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance

Description

Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance. You cannot associate more than one IAM instance profile with an instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_iam_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_iam_instance_profile(IamInstanceProfile, InstanceId)

Arguments

IamInstanceProfile

[required] The IAM instance profile.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.


Associates one or more targets with an event window

Description

Associates one or more targets with an event window. Only one type of target (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or tags) can be specified with an event window.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_instance_event_window(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceEventWindowId,
  AssociationTarget
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceEventWindowId

[required] The ID of the event window.

AssociationTarget

[required] One or more targets associated with the specified event window.


Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, Asn, Cidr)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Asn

[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN.

Cidr

[required] The BYOIP CIDR you want to associate with an ASN.


Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM

Description

Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_ipam_resource_discovery(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamId,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] An IPAM ID.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] A resource discovery ID.

TagSpecifications

Tag specifications.

ClientToken

A client token.


Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway

Description

Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway. For more information, see Work with NAT gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_nat_gateway_address(
  NatGatewayId,
  AllocationIds,
  PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NatGatewayId

[required] The ID of the NAT gateway.

AllocationIds

[required] The allocation IDs of EIPs that you want to associate with your NAT gateway.

PrivateIpAddresses

The private IPv4 addresses that you want to assign to the NAT gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC

Description

Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC. This association causes traffic from the subnet or gateway to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns an association ID, which you need in order to disassociate the route table later. A route table can be associated with multiple subnets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_route_table(
  GatewayId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SubnetId = NULL,
  RouteTableId
)

Arguments

GatewayId

The ID of the internet gateway or virtual private gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SubnetId

The ID of the subnet.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.


Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region

Description

Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region. This enables you to use the same security group with network interfaces and instances in the specified VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_security_group_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_security_group_vpc(GroupId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] A security group ID.

VpcId

[required] A VPC ID.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates a CIDR block with your subnet

Description

Associates a CIDR block with your subnet. You can only associate a single IPv6 CIDR block with your subnet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_subnet_cidr_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_subnet_cidr_block(
  Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv6IpamPoolId

An IPv6 IPAM pool ID.

Ipv6NetmaskLength

An IPv6 netmask length.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of your subnet.

Ipv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet.


Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  SubnetIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.

SubnetIds

[required] The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table

Description

Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_transit_gateway_policy_table(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table to associate with the transit gateway attachment.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to associate with the policy table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table. You can associate only one route table with an attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_transit_gateway_route_table(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface

Description

Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_trunk_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_trunk_interface(
  BranchInterfaceId,
  TrunkInterfaceId,
  VlanId = NULL,
  GreKey = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

BranchInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the branch network interface.

TrunkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the trunk network interface.

VlanId

The ID of the VLAN. This applies to the VLAN protocol.

GreKey

The application key. This applies to the GRE protocol.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates a CIDR block with your VPC

Description

Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can associate a secondary IPv4 CIDR block, an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block, or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_vpc_cidr_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_associate_vpc_cidr_block(
  CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
  Ipv6Pool = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
  Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
  VpcId,
  AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)

Arguments

CidrBlock

An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC.

Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup

The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the CIDR block to this location.

You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter.

You can have one IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group.

Ipv6Pool

The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block.

Ipv6CidrBlock

An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool in the request.

To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter.

Ipv4IpamPoolId

Associate a CIDR allocated from an IPv4 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv4NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv6IpamPoolId

Associates a CIDR allocated from an IPv6 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv6NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock

Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses or the size of the CIDR block.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_classic_link_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_classic_link_vpc(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, VpcId, Groups)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the EC2-Classic instance.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the ClassicLink-enabled VPC.

Groups

[required] The IDs of the security groups. You cannot specify security groups from a different VPC.


Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC

Description

Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information, see Internet gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId, VpcId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InternetGatewayId

[required] The ID of the internet gateway.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Attaches a network interface to an instance

Description

Attaches a network interface to an instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_network_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_network_interface(
  NetworkCardIndex = NULL,
  EnaSrdSpecification = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  InstanceId,
  DeviceIndex
)

Arguments

NetworkCardIndex

The index of the network card. Some instance types support multiple network cards. The primary network interface must be assigned to network card index 0. The default is network card index 0.

EnaSrdSpecification

Configures ENA Express for the network interface that this action attaches to the instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

DeviceIndex

[required] The index of the device for the network interface attachment.


Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance

Description

Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_verified_access_trust_provider(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name

Description

Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_volume(Device, InstanceId, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Device

[required] The device name (for example, ⁠/dev/sdh⁠ or xvdh).

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same Availability Zone.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC

Description

Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private gateway to one VPC at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_attach_vpn_gateway(VpcId, VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

VpnGatewayId

[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint. Ingress authorization rules act as firewall rules that grant access to networks. You must configure ingress authorization rules to enable clients to access resources in Amazon Web Services or on-premises networks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_client_vpn_ingress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_authorize_client_vpn_ingress(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  TargetNetworkCidr,
  AccessGroupId = NULL,
  AuthorizeAllGroups = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

TargetNetworkCidr

[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is being authorized.

AccessGroupId

The ID of the group to grant access to, for example, the Active Directory group or identity provider (IdP) group. Required if AuthorizeAllGroups is false or not specified.

AuthorizeAllGroups

Indicates whether to grant access to all clients. Specify true to grant all clients who successfully establish a VPN connection access to the network. Must be set to true if AccessGroupId is not specified.

Description

A brief description of the authorization rule.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group

Description

Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_security_group_egress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_authorize_security_group_egress(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupId,
  SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
  IpProtocol = NULL,
  FromPort = NULL,
  ToPort = NULL,
  CidrIp = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags applied to the security group rule.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupId

[required] The ID of the security group.

SourceSecurityGroupName

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

IpProtocol

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

FromPort

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

ToPort

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

CidrIp

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

IpPermissions

The permissions for the security group rules.


Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group

Description

Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_security_group_ingress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_authorize_security_group_ingress(
  CidrIp = NULL,
  FromPort = NULL,
  GroupId = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL,
  IpProtocol = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
  ToPort = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CidrIp

The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format.

Amazon Web Services canonicalizes IPv4 and IPv6 CIDRs. For example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18 for the CIDR block, Amazon Web Services canonicalizes the CIDR block to 100.68.0.0/18. Any subsequent DescribeSecurityGroups and DescribeSecurityGroupRules calls will return the canonicalized form of the CIDR block. Additionally, if you attempt to add another rule with the non-canonical form of the CIDR (such as 100.68.0.18/18) and there is already a rule for the canonicalized form of the CIDR block (such as 100.68.0.0/18), the API throws an duplicate rule error.

To specify an IPv6 address range, use IP permissions instead.

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

FromPort

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

GroupId

The ID of the security group.

GroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. For security groups for a default VPC you can specify either the ID or the name of the security group. For security groups for a nondefault VPC, you must specify the ID of the security group.

IpPermissions

The permissions for the security group rules.

IpProtocol

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers). To specify all protocols, use -1.

To specify icmpv6, use IP permissions instead.

If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, traffic is allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify.

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

SourceSecurityGroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the source security group.

The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, specify a set of IP permissions instead.

SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId

The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account.

The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, use IP permissions instead.

ToPort

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes).

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

TagSpecifications

The tags applied to the security group rule.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance

Description

Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_bundle_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_bundle_instance(InstanceId, Storage, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance to bundle.

Default: None

Storage

[required] The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance

Description

Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_bundle_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_bundle_task(BundleId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

BundleId

[required] The ID of the bundle task.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled

Description

Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation(CapacityReservationId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation to be cancelled.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets

Description

Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets. When you cancel a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the following happens:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityReservationFleetIds
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityReservationFleetIds

[required] The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to cancel.


Cancels an active conversion task

Description

Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an exception.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_conversion_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_conversion_task(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ConversionTaskId,
  ReasonMessage = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ConversionTaskId

[required] The ID of the conversion task.

ReasonMessage

The reason for canceling the conversion task.


Cancels the generation of an account status report

Description

Cancels the generation of an account status report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_declarative_policies_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_declarative_policies_report(DryRun = NULL, ReportId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ReportId

[required] The ID of the report.


Cancels an active export task

Description

Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export, including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_export_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_export_task(ExportTaskId)

Arguments

ExportTaskId

[required] The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by the create_instance_export_task and export_image operations.


Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI

Description

Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI. For more information, see Cancel having an AMI shared with your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_image_launch_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_image_launch_permission(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI that was shared with your Amazon Web Services account.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task

Description

Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_import_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_import_task(CancelReason = NULL, DryRun = NULL, ImportTaskId = NULL)

Arguments

CancelReason

The reason for canceling the task.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ImportTaskId

The ID of the import image or import snapshot task to be canceled.


Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace

Description

Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_reserved_instances_listing/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_reserved_instances_listing(ReservedInstancesListingId)

Arguments

ReservedInstancesListingId

[required] The ID of the Reserved Instance listing.


Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests

Description

Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_spot_fleet_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_spot_fleet_requests(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotFleetRequestIds,
  TerminateInstances
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotFleetRequestIds

[required] The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.

Constraint: You can specify up to 100 IDs in a single request.

TerminateInstances

[required] Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the Spot Fleet request is canceled. The default is to terminate the instances.

To let the instances continue to run after the Spot Fleet request is canceled, specify no-terminate-instances.


Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests

Description

Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_spot_instance_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_cancel_spot_instance_requests(DryRun = NULL, SpotInstanceRequestIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotInstanceRequestIds

[required] The IDs of the Spot Instance requests.


Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance

Description

Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner must verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_confirm_product_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_confirm_product_instance(InstanceId, ProductCode, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

ProductCode

[required] The product code. This must be a product code that you own.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region

Description

Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_fpga_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_copy_fpga_image(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SourceFpgaImageId,
  Description = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  SourceRegion,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SourceFpgaImageId

[required] The ID of the source AFI.

Description

The description for the new AFI.

Name

The name for the new AFI. The default is the name of the source AFI.

SourceRegion

[required] The Region that contains the source AFI.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Initiates an AMI copy operation

Description

Initiates an AMI copy operation. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI to another partition, see create_store_image_task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_copy_image(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Encrypted = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  Name,
  SourceImageId,
  SourceRegion,
  DestinationOutpostArn = NULL,
  CopyImageTags = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

Description

A description for the new AMI in the destination Region.

Encrypted

Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key for Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Use encryption with EBS-backed AMIs in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

KmsKeyId

The identifier of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use when creating encrypted volumes. If this parameter is not specified, your Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If you specify a KMS key, you must also set the encrypted state to true.

You can specify a KMS key using any of the following:

  • Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias.

  • Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an identifier that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails.

The specified KMS key must exist in the destination Region.

Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

Name

[required] The name of the new AMI in the destination Region.

SourceImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI to copy.

SourceRegion

[required] The name of the Region that contains the AMI to copy.

DestinationOutpostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the AMI. Only specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

CopyImageTags

Indicates whether to include your user-defined AMI tags when copying the AMI.

The following tags will not be copied:

  • System tags (prefixed with ⁠aws:⁠)

  • For public and shared AMIs, user-defined tags that are attached by other Amazon Web Services accounts

Default: Your user-defined AMI tags are not copied.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new AMI and new snapshots. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.

  • To tag the new AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image.

  • To tag the new snapshots, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot. The same tag is applied to all the new snapshots.

If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails.

To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see create_tags.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3

Description

Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_copy_snapshot(
  Description = NULL,
  DestinationOutpostArn = NULL,
  DestinationRegion = NULL,
  Encrypted = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  PresignedUrl = NULL,
  SourceRegion,
  SourceSnapshotId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  CompletionDurationMinutes = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description for the EBS snapshot.

DestinationOutpostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the snapshot. Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

DestinationRegion

The destination Region to use in the PresignedUrl parameter of a snapshot copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination Region in a PresignedUrl parameter, where it is required.

The snapshot copy is sent to the regional endpoint that you sent the HTTP request to (for example, ⁠ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com⁠). With the CLI, this is specified using the --region parameter or the default Region in your Amazon Web Services configuration file.

Encrypted

To encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot if encryption by default is not enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter. Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

KmsKeyId

The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true.

You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:

  • Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias.

  • Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails.

PresignedUrl

When you copy an encrypted source snapshot using the Amazon EC2 Query API, you must supply a pre-signed URL. This parameter is optional for unencrypted snapshots. For more information, see Query requests.

The PresignedUrl should use the snapshot source endpoint, the copy_snapshot action, and include the SourceRegion, SourceSnapshotId, and DestinationRegion parameters. The PresignedUrl must be signed using Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in Authenticating Requests: Using Query Parameters (Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4) in the Amazon S3 API Reference. An invalid or improperly signed PresignedUrl will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and the snapshot will move to an error state.

SourceRegion

[required] The ID of the Region that contains the snapshot to be copied.

SourceSnapshotId

[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new snapshot.

CompletionDurationMinutes

Specify a completion duration, in 15 minute increments, to initiate a time-based snapshot copy. Time-based snapshot copy operations complete within the specified duration. For more information, see Time-based copies.

If you do not specify a value, the snapshot copy operation is completed on a best-effort basis.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes

Description

Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes. Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone for any duration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_capacity_reservation(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceType,
  InstancePlatform,
  AvailabilityZone = NULL,
  AvailabilityZoneId = NULL,
  Tenancy = NULL,
  InstanceCount,
  EbsOptimized = NULL,
  EphemeralStorage = NULL,
  EndDate = NULL,
  EndDateType = NULL,
  InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  PlacementGroupArn = NULL,
  StartDate = NULL,
  CommitmentDuration = NULL,
  DeliveryPreference = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency.

InstanceType

[required] The instance type for which to reserve capacity.

You can request future-dated Capacity Reservations for instance types in the C, M, R, I, and T instance families only.

For more information, see Instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

InstancePlatform

[required] The type of operating system for which to reserve capacity.

AvailabilityZone

The Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation.

AvailabilityZoneId

The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation.

Tenancy

Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following tenancy settings:

  • default - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts.

  • dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account.

InstanceCount

[required] The number of instances for which to reserve capacity.

You can request future-dated Capacity Reservations for an instance count with a minimum of 100 vCPUs. For example, if you request a future-dated Capacity Reservation for m5.xlarge instances, you must request at least 25 instances (25 * m5.xlarge = 100 vCPUs).

Valid range: 1 - 1000

EbsOptimized

Indicates whether the Capacity Reservation supports EBS-optimized instances. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS- optimized instance.

EphemeralStorage

Deprecated.

EndDate

The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired when it reaches its end date and time.

You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited. Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited.

If the EndDateType is limited, the Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.

If you are requesting a future-dated Capacity Reservation, you can't specify an end date and time that is within the commitment duration.

EndDateType

Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:

  • unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate if the EndDateType is unlimited.

  • limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if the EndDateType value is limited.

InstanceMatchCriteria

Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts. The options include:

  • open - The Capacity Reservation automatically matches all instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). Instances that have matching attributes run in the Capacity Reservation automatically without specifying any additional parameters.

  • targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted instances can use the reserved capacity.

If you are requesting a future-dated Capacity Reservation, you must specify targeted.

Default: open

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Capacity Reservation during launch.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

OutpostArn

Not supported for future-dated Capacity Reservations.

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the Capacity Reservation.

PlacementGroupArn

Not supported for future-dated Capacity Reservations.

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster placement group in which to create the Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

StartDate

Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter.

The date and time at which the future-dated Capacity Reservation should become available for use, in the ISO8601 format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ).

You can request a future-dated Capacity Reservation between 5 and 120 days in advance.

CommitmentDuration

Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter.

Specify a commitment duration, in seconds, for the future-dated Capacity Reservation.

The commitment duration is a minimum duration for which you commit to having the future-dated Capacity Reservation in the active state in your account after it has been delivered.

For more information, see Commitment duration.

DeliveryPreference

Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter.

Indicates that the requested capacity will be delivered in addition to any running instances or reserved capacity that you have in your account at the requested date and time.

The only supported value is incremental.


Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation

Description

Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation. The new Capacity Reservation will have the same attributes as the source Capacity Reservation except for tags. The source Capacity Reservation must be active and owned by your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  SourceCapacityReservationId,
  InstanceCount,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency.

SourceCapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation from which you want to split the capacity.

InstanceCount

[required] The number of instances to split from the source Capacity Reservation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new Capacity Reservation.


Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet

Description

Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_capacity_reservation_fleet(
  AllocationStrategy = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceTypeSpecifications,
  Tenancy = NULL,
  TotalTargetCapacity,
  EndDate = NULL,
  InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationStrategy

The strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet to determine which of the specified instance types to use. Currently, only the prioritized allocation strategy is supported. For more information, see Allocation strategy in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Valid values: prioritized

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency.

InstanceTypeSpecifications

[required] Information about the instance types for which to reserve the capacity.

Tenancy

Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this tenancy. The Capacity Reservation Fleet can have one of the following tenancy settings:

  • default - The Capacity Reservation Fleet is created on hardware that is shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts.

  • dedicated - The Capacity Reservations are created on single-tenant hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account.

TotalTargetCapacity

[required] The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

EndDate

The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire.

The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.

InstanceMatchCriteria

Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation Fleet accepts. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this instance matching criteria.

Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support open instance matching criteria only. This means that instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone) run in the Capacity Reservations automatically. Instances do not need to explicitly target a Capacity Reservation Fleet to use its reserved capacity.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Capacity Reservation Fleet. The tags are automatically assigned to the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a carrier gateway

Description

Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see Carrier gateways in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_carrier_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_carrier_gateway(
  VpcId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC to associate with the carrier gateway.

TagSpecifications

The tags to associate with the carrier gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Creates a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Creates a Client VPN endpoint. A Client VPN endpoint is the resource you create and configure to enable and manage client VPN sessions. It is the destination endpoint at which all client VPN sessions are terminated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_client_vpn_endpoint(
  ClientCidrBlock,
  ServerCertificateArn,
  AuthenticationOptions,
  ConnectionLogOptions,
  DnsServers = NULL,
  TransportProtocol = NULL,
  VpnPort = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  SplitTunnel = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  VpcId = NULL,
  SelfServicePortal = NULL,
  ClientConnectOptions = NULL,
  SessionTimeoutHours = NULL,
  ClientLoginBannerOptions = NULL,
  DisconnectOnSessionTimeout = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientCidrBlock

[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, from which to assign client IP addresses. The address range cannot overlap with the local CIDR of the VPC in which the associated subnet is located, or the routes that you add manually. The address range cannot be changed after the Client VPN endpoint has been created. Client CIDR range must have a size of at least /22 and must not be greater than /12.

ServerCertificateArn

[required] The ARN of the server certificate. For more information, see the Certificate Manager User Guide.

AuthenticationOptions

[required] Information about the authentication method to be used to authenticate clients.

ConnectionLogOptions

[required] Information about the client connection logging options.

If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged:

  • Client connection requests

  • Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful)

  • Reasons for unsuccessful client connection requests

  • Client connection termination time

DnsServers

Information about the DNS servers to be used for DNS resolution. A Client VPN endpoint can have up to two DNS servers. If no DNS server is specified, the DNS address configured on the device is used for the DNS server.

TransportProtocol

The transport protocol to be used by the VPN session.

Default value: udp

VpnPort

The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic.

Valid Values: 443 | 1194

Default Value: 443

Description

A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint.

SplitTunnel

Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled on the Client VPN endpoint.

By default, split-tunnel on a VPN endpoint is disabled.

For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Client VPN endpoint during creation.

SecurityGroupIds

The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network. You must also specify the ID of the VPC that contains the security groups.

VpcId

The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. If no security group IDs are specified in the request, the default security group for the VPC is applied.

SelfServicePortal

Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint.

Default Value: enabled

ClientConnectOptions

The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections.

SessionTimeoutHours

The maximum VPN session duration time in hours.

Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24

Default value: 24

ClientLoginBannerOptions

Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established.

DisconnectOnSessionTimeout

Indicates whether the client VPN session is disconnected after the maximum timeout specified in SessionTimeoutHours is reached. If true, users are prompted to reconnect client VPN. If false, client VPN attempts to reconnect automatically. The default value is false.


Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint. Each Client VPN endpoint has a route table that describes the available destination network routes. Each route in the route table specifies the path for traffic to specific resources or networks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_client_vpn_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_client_vpn_route(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  TargetVpcSubnetId,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which to add the route.

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route destination. For example:

  • To add a route for Internet access, enter ⁠0.0.0.0/0⁠

  • To add a route for a peered VPC, enter the peered VPC's IPv4 CIDR range

  • To add a route for an on-premises network, enter the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection's IPv4 CIDR range

  • To add a route for the local network, enter the client CIDR range

TargetVpcSubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet through which you want to route traffic. The specified subnet must be an existing target network of the Client VPN endpoint.

Alternatively, if you're adding a route for the local network, specify local.

Description

A brief description of the route.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses

Description

Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_coip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_coip_cidr(Cidr, CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] A customer-owned IP address range to create.

CoipPoolId

[required] The ID of the address pool.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses

Description

Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_coip_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_coip_pool(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the CoIP address pool.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device

Description

Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device. The customer gateway device is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. You must provide the IP address of the customer gateway device’s external interface. The IP address must be static and can be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_customer_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_customer_gateway(
  BgpAsn = NULL,
  PublicIp = NULL,
  CertificateArn = NULL,
  Type,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DeviceName = NULL,
  IpAddress = NULL,
  BgpAsnExtended = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

BgpAsn

For customer gateway devices that support BGP, specify the device's ASN. You must specify either BgpAsn or BgpAsnExtended when creating the customer gateway. If the ASN is larger than ⁠2,147,483,647⁠, you must use BgpAsnExtended.

Default: 65000

Valid values: 1 to ⁠2,147,483,647⁠

PublicIp

This member has been deprecated. The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface. The address must be static.

CertificateArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer gateway certificate.

Type

[required] The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (ipsec.1).

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the customer gateway.

DeviceName

A name for the customer gateway device.

Length Constraints: Up to 255 characters.

IpAddress

IPv4 address for the customer gateway device's outside interface. The address must be static. If OutsideIpAddressType in your VPN connection options is set to PrivateIpv4, you can use an RFC6598 or RFC1918 private IPv4 address. If OutsideIpAddressType is set to PublicIpv4, you can use a public IPv4 address.

BgpAsnExtended

For customer gateway devices that support BGP, specify the device's ASN. You must specify either BgpAsn or BgpAsnExtended when creating the customer gateway. If the ASN is larger than ⁠2,147,483,647⁠, you must use BgpAsnExtended.

Valid values: ⁠2,147,483,648⁠ to ⁠4,294,967,295⁠

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC

Description

Creates a default subnet with a size ⁠/20⁠ IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet per Availability Zone. For more information, see Create a default subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_default_subnet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_default_subnet(AvailabilityZone, DryRun = NULL, Ipv6Native = NULL)

Arguments

AvailabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone in which to create the default subnet.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Ipv6Native

Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet. If you already have a default subnet for this Availability Zone, you must delete it before you can create an IPv6 only subnet.


Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone

Description

Creates a default VPC with a size ⁠/16⁠ IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a default VPC, see Default VPCs in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the default VPC yourself.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_default_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_default_vpc(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a custom set of DHCP options

Description

Creates a custom set of DHCP options. After you create a DHCP option set, you associate it with a VPC. After you associate a DHCP option set with a VPC, all existing and newly launched instances in the VPC use this set of DHCP options.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_dhcp_options(
  DhcpConfigurations,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DhcpConfigurations

[required] A DHCP configuration option.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the DHCP option.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC

Description

[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from instances in your VPC to the internet, and prevents hosts outside of your VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_egress_only_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_egress_only_internet_gateway(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only internet gateway.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the egress-only internet gateway.


Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances

Description

Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances. Instances are launched immediately if there is available capacity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_fleet(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  SpotOptions = NULL,
  OnDemandOptions = NULL,
  ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateConfigs,
  TargetCapacitySpecification,
  TerminateInstancesWithExpiration = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  ValidFrom = NULL,
  ValidUntil = NULL,
  ReplaceUnhealthyInstances = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  Context = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency.

For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

SpotOptions

Describes the configuration of Spot Instances in an EC2 Fleet.

OnDemandOptions

Describes the configuration of On-Demand Instances in an EC2 Fleet.

ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet.

Supported only for fleets of type maintain.

LaunchTemplateConfigs

[required] The configuration for the EC2 Fleet.

TargetCapacitySpecification

[required] The number of units to request.

TerminateInstancesWithExpiration

Indicates whether running instances should be terminated when the EC2 Fleet expires.

Type

The fleet type. The default value is maintain.

  • maintain - The EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous request for your desired capacity, and continues to maintain your desired Spot capacity by replenishing interrupted Spot Instances.

  • request - The EC2 Fleet places an asynchronous one-time request for your desired capacity, but does submit Spot requests in alternative capacity pools if Spot capacity is unavailable, and does not maintain Spot capacity if Spot Instances are interrupted.

  • instant - The EC2 Fleet places a synchronous one-time request for your desired capacity, and returns errors for any instances that could not be launched.

For more information, see EC2 Fleet request types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

ValidFrom

The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately.

ValidUntil

The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). At this point, no new EC2 Fleet requests are placed or able to fulfill the request. If no value is specified, the request remains until you cancel it.

ReplaceUnhealthyInstances

Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy Spot Instances. Supported only for fleets of type maintain. For more information, see EC2 Fleet health checks in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

TagSpecifications

The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. For more information, see Tag your resources.

If the fleet type is instant, specify a resource type of fleet to tag the fleet or instance to tag the instances at launch.

If the fleet type is maintain or request, specify a resource type of fleet to tag the fleet. You cannot specify a resource type of instance. To tag instances at launch, specify the tags in a launch template.

Context

Reserved.


Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC

Description

Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_flow_logs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_flow_logs(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DeliverLogsPermissionArn = NULL,
  DeliverCrossAccountRole = NULL,
  LogGroupName = NULL,
  ResourceIds,
  ResourceType,
  TrafficType = NULL,
  LogDestinationType = NULL,
  LogDestination = NULL,
  LogFormat = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  MaxAggregationInterval = NULL,
  DestinationOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

DeliverLogsPermissionArn

The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to the log destination.

This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs, or if the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose and the delivery stream and the resources to monitor are in different accounts.

DeliverCrossAccountRole

The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs across accounts.

LogGroupName

The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2 publishes your flow logs.

This parameter is valid only if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs.

ResourceIds

[required] The IDs of the resources to monitor. For example, if the resource type is VPC, specify the IDs of the VPCs.

Constraints: Maximum of 25 for transit gateway resource types. Maximum of 1000 for the other resource types.

ResourceType

[required] The type of resource to monitor.

TrafficType

The type of traffic to monitor (accepted traffic, rejected traffic, or all traffic). This parameter is not supported for transit gateway resource types. It is required for the other resource types.

LogDestinationType

The type of destination for the flow log data.

Default: cloud-watch-logs

LogDestination

The destination for the flow log data. The meaning of this parameter depends on the destination type.

  • If the destination type is cloud-watch-logs, specify the ARN of a CloudWatch Logs log group. For example:

    arn:aws:logs:region:account_id:log-group:my_group

    Alternatively, use the LogGroupName parameter.

  • If the destination type is s3, specify the ARN of an S3 bucket. For example:

    arn:aws:s3:::my_bucket/my_subfolder/

    The subfolder is optional. Note that you can't use AWSLogs as a subfolder name.

  • If the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose, specify the ARN of a Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. For example:

    arn:aws:firehose:region:account_id:deliverystream:my_stream

LogFormat

The fields to include in the flow log record. List the fields in the order in which they should appear. If you omit this parameter, the flow log is created using the default format. If you specify this parameter, you must include at least one field. For more information about the available fields, see Flow log records in the Amazon VPC User Guide or Transit Gateway Flow Log records in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

Specify the fields using the ⁠${field-id}⁠ format, separated by spaces.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the flow logs.

MaxAggregationInterval

The maximum interval of time during which a flow of packets is captured and aggregated into a flow log record. The possible values are 60 seconds (1 minute) or 600 seconds (10 minutes). This parameter must be 60 seconds for transit gateway resource types.

When a network interface is attached to a Nitro-based instance, the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless of the value that you specify.

Default: 600

DestinationOptions

The destination options.


Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP)

Description

Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_fpga_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_fpga_image(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InputStorageLocation,
  LogsStorageLocation = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InputStorageLocation

[required] The location of the encrypted design checkpoint in Amazon S3. The input must be a tarball.

LogsStorageLocation

The location in Amazon S3 for the output logs.

Description

A description for the AFI.

Name

A name for the AFI.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the FPGA image during creation.


Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped

Description

Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_image(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  NoReboot = NULL,
  BlockDeviceMappings = NULL
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.

  • To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image.

  • To tag the snapshots that are created of the root volume and of other Amazon EBS volumes that are attached to the instance, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot. The same tag is applied to all of the snapshots that are created.

If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails.

To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see create_tags.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

Name

[required] A name for the new image.

Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_)

Description

A description for the new image.

NoReboot

Indicates whether or not the instance should be automatically rebooted before creating the image. Specify one of the following values:

  • true - The instance is not rebooted before creating the image. This creates crash-consistent snapshots that include only the data that has been written to the volumes at the time the snapshots are created. Buffered data and data in memory that has not yet been written to the volumes is not included in the snapshots.

  • false - The instance is rebooted before creating the image. This ensures that all buffered data and data in memory is written to the volumes before the snapshots are created.

Default: false

BlockDeviceMappings

The block device mappings.

When using the CreateImage action:

  • You can't change the volume size using the VolumeSize parameter. If you want a different volume size, you must first change the volume size of the source instance.

  • You can't modify the encryption status of existing volumes or snapshots. To create an AMI with volumes or snapshots that have a different encryption status (for example, where the source volume and snapshots are unencrypted, and you want to create an AMI with encrypted volumes or snapshots), use the copy_image action.

  • The only option that can be changed for existing mappings or snapshots is DeleteOnTermination.


Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint

Description

Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_connect_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_instance_connect_endpoint(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  PreserveClientIp = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet in which to create the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.

SecurityGroupIds

One or more security groups to associate with the endpoint. If you don't specify a security group, the default security group for your VPC will be associated with the endpoint.

PreserveClientIp

Indicates whether the client IP address is preserved as the source. The following are the possible values.

  • true - Use the client IP address as the source.

  • false - Use the network interface IP address as the source.

Default: false

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint during creation.


Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run

Description

Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_instance_event_window(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  TimeRanges = NULL,
  CronExpression = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Name

The name of the event window.

TimeRanges

The time range for the event window. If you specify a time range, you can't specify a cron expression.

CronExpression

The cron expression for the event window, for example, ⁠* 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5⁠. If you specify a cron expression, you can't specify a time range.

Constraints:

  • Only hour and day of the week values are supported.

  • For day of the week values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6, or alternative single values SUN through SAT.

  • The minute, month, and year must be specified by *.

  • The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or ⁠0-4,20-23⁠.

  • Each hour range must be \>= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23.

  • The event window must be \>= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the event window must be \>= 4 hours.

For more information about cron expressions, see cron on the Wikipedia website.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the event window.


Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_export_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_instance_export_task(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  TargetEnvironment,
  ExportToS3Task
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the export instance task during creation.

Description

A description for the conversion task or the resource being exported. The maximum length is 255 characters.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

TargetEnvironment

[required] The target virtualization environment.

ExportToS3Task

[required] The format and location for an export instance task.


Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC

Description

Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the internet gateway, you attach it to a VPC using attach_internet_gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_internet_gateway(TagSpecifications = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the internet gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Create an IPAM

Description

Create an IPAM. Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_ipam(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  OperatingRegions = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tier = NULL,
  EnablePrivateGua = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Description

A description for the IPAM.

OperatingRegions

The operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions.

For more information about operating Regions, see Create an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

TagSpecifications

The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Tier

IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see Amazon VPC pricing \> IPAM tab.

EnablePrivateGua

Enable this option to use your own GUA ranges as private IPv6 addresses. This option is disabled by default.


Create a verification token

Description

Create a verification token. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] The ID of the IPAM that will create the token.

TagSpecifications

Token tags.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM)

Description

Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM). In IPAM, a pool is a collection of contiguous IP addresses CIDRs. Pools enable you to organize your IP addresses according to your routing and security needs. For example, if you have separate routing and security needs for development and production applications, you can create a pool for each.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_ipam_pool(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamScopeId,
  Locale = NULL,
  SourceIpamPoolId = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  AddressFamily,
  AutoImport = NULL,
  PubliclyAdvertisable = NULL,
  AllocationMinNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AllocationMaxNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AllocationResourceTags = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  AwsService = NULL,
  PublicIpSource = NULL,
  SourceResource = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the scope in which you would like to create the IPAM pool.

Locale

The locale for the pool should be one of the following:

  • An Amazon Web Services Region where you want this IPAM pool to be available for allocations.

  • The network border group for an Amazon Web Services Local Zone where you want this IPAM pool to be available for allocations (supported Local Zones). This option is only available for IPAM IPv4 pools in the public scope.

Possible values: Any Amazon Web Services Region or supported Amazon Web Services Local Zone. Default is none and means any locale.

SourceIpamPoolId

The ID of the source IPAM pool. Use this option to create a pool within an existing pool. Note that the CIDR you provision for the pool within the source pool must be available in the source pool's CIDR range.

Description

A description for the IPAM pool.

AddressFamily

[required] The IP protocol assigned to this IPAM pool. You must choose either IPv4 or IPv6 protocol for a pool.

AutoImport

If selected, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of this pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs that will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to other resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR regardless of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of them only.

A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work.

PubliclyAdvertisable

Determines if the pool is publicly advertisable. The request can only contain PubliclyAdvertisable if AddressFamily is ipv6 and PublicIpSource is byoip.

AllocationMinNetmaskLength

The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. The minimum netmask length must be less than the maximum netmask length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.

AllocationMaxNetmaskLength

The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. The maximum netmask length must be greater than the minimum netmask length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.

AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength

The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example, the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16.

AllocationResourceTags

Tags that are required for resources that use CIDRs from this IPAM pool. Resources that do not have these tags will not be allowed to allocate space from the pool. If the resources have their tags changed after they have allocated space or if the allocation tagging requirements are changed on the pool, the resource may be marked as noncompliant.

TagSpecifications

The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

AwsService

Limits which service in Amazon Web Services that the pool can be used in. "ec2", for example, allows users to use space for Elastic IP addresses and VPCs.

PublicIpSource

The IP address source for pools in the public scope. Only used for provisioning IP address CIDRs to pools in the public scope. Default is byoip. For more information, see Create IPv6 pools in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. By default, you can add only one Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block to a top-level IPv6 pool if PublicIpSource is amazon. For information on increasing the default limit, see Quotas for your IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

SourceResource

The resource used to provision CIDRs to a resource planning pool.


Creates an IPAM resource discovery

Description

Creates an IPAM resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_ipam_resource_discovery(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  OperatingRegions = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Description

A description for the IPAM resource discovery.

OperatingRegions

Operating Regions for the IPAM resource discovery. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions.

TagSpecifications

Tag specifications for the IPAM resource discovery.

ClientToken

A client token for the IPAM resource discovery.


Create an IPAM scope

Description

Create an IPAM scope. In IPAM, a scope is the highest-level container within IPAM. An IPAM contains two default scopes. Each scope represents the IP space for a single network. The private scope is intended for all private IP address space. The public scope is intended for all public IP address space. Scopes enable you to reuse IP addresses across multiple unconnected networks without causing IP address overlap or conflict.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_ipam_scope(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamId,
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] The ID of the IPAM for which you're creating this scope.

Description

A description for the scope you're creating.

TagSpecifications

The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format

Description

Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format. Amazon EC2 stores the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#1 private key or an unencrypted PPK formatted private key for use with PuTTY. If a key with the specified name already exists, Amazon EC2 returns an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_key_pair(
  KeyName,
  KeyType = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  KeyFormat = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyName

[required] A unique name for the key pair.

Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters

KeyType

The type of key pair. Note that ED25519 keys are not supported for Windows instances.

Default: rsa

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new key pair.

KeyFormat

The format of the key pair.

Default: pem

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a launch template

Description

Creates a launch template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_launch_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_launch_template(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateData,
  Operator = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.

LaunchTemplateName

[required] A name for the launch template.

VersionDescription

A description for the first version of the launch template.

LaunchTemplateData

[required] The information for the launch template.

Operator

Reserved for internal use.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch template, the resource type must be launch-template.

To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance is launched, you must use the TagSpecifications parameter in the launch template data structure.


Creates a new version of a launch template

Description

Creates a new version of a launch template. You must specify an existing launch template, either by name or ID. You can determine whether the new version inherits parameters from a source version, and add or overwrite parameters as needed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_launch_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_launch_template_version(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
  SourceVersion = NULL,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateData,
  ResolveAlias = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.

LaunchTemplateId

The ID of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

LaunchTemplateName

The name of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

SourceVersion

The version of the launch template on which to base the new version. Snapshots applied to the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version unless they are explicitly included.

If you specify this parameter, the new version inherits the launch parameters from the source version. If you specify additional launch parameters for the new version, they overwrite any corresponding launch parameters inherited from the source version.

If you omit this parameter, the new version contains only the launch parameters that you specify for the new version.

VersionDescription

A description for the version of the launch template.

LaunchTemplateData

[required] The information for the launch template.

ResolveAlias

If true, and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId, the AMI ID is displayed in the response for imageID. For more information, see Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: false


Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table

Description

Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table. You must specify one of the following targets:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_local_gateway_route(
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match.

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId

The ID of the virtual interface group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

The ID of the network interface.

DestinationPrefixListId

The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock. You cannot use DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same request.


Creates a local gateway route table

Description

Creates a local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table(
  LocalGatewayId,
  Mode = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayId

[required] The ID of the local gateway.

Mode

The mode of the local gateway route table.

TagSpecifications

The tags assigned to the local gateway route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association

Description

Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association.

TagSpecifications

The tags assigned to the local gateway route table virtual interface group association.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table

Description

Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  VpcId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the local gateway route table VPC association.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a managed prefix list

Description

Creates a managed prefix list. You can specify entries for the prefix list. Each entry consists of a CIDR block and an optional description.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_managed_prefix_list(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PrefixListName,
  Entries = NULL,
  MaxEntries,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  AddressFamily,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListName

[required] A name for the prefix list.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. The name cannot start with com.amazonaws.

Entries

One or more entries for the prefix list.

MaxEntries

[required] The maximum number of entries for the prefix list.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the prefix list during creation.

AddressFamily

[required] The IP address type.

Valid Values: IPv4 | IPv6

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Constraints: Up to 255 UTF-8 characters in length.


Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet

Description

Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. This action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. You can create either a public NAT gateway or a private NAT gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_nat_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_nat_gateway(
  AllocationId = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ConnectivityType = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
  SecondaryAllocationIds = NULL,
  SecondaryPrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
  SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationId

[Public NAT gateways only] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to associate with the NAT gateway. You cannot specify an Elastic IP address with a private NAT gateway. If the Elastic IP address is associated with another resource, you must first disassociate it.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet in which to create the NAT gateway.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the NAT gateway.

ConnectivityType

Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public or private connectivity. The default is public connectivity.

PrivateIpAddress

The private IPv4 address to assign to the NAT gateway. If you don't provide an address, a private IPv4 address will be automatically assigned.

SecondaryAllocationIds

Secondary EIP allocation IDs. For more information, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

SecondaryPrivateIpAddresses

Secondary private IPv4 addresses. For more information about secondary addresses, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount

[Private NAT gateway only] The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses you want to assign to the NAT gateway. For more information about secondary addresses, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide.


Creates a network ACL in a VPC

Description

Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_acl(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcId
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the network ACL.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number

Description

Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number. Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed in or out of a subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in the ACL according to the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL has a set of ingress rules and a separate set of egress rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_acl_entry(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkAclId,
  RuleNumber,
  Protocol,
  RuleAction,
  Egress,
  CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  IcmpTypeCode = NULL,
  PortRange = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkAclId

[required] The ID of the network ACL.

RuleNumber

[required] The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number.

Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use.

Protocol

[required] The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code.

RuleAction

[required] Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.

Egress

[required] Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving the subnet).

CidrBlock

The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example ⁠172.16.0.0/24⁠). We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you specify ⁠100.68.0.18/18⁠, we modify it to ⁠100.68.0.0/18⁠.

Ipv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example ⁠2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64⁠).

IcmpTypeCode

ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.

PortRange

TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP).


Creates a Network Access Scope

Description

Creates a Network Access Scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_insights_access_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_insights_access_scope(
  MatchPaths = NULL,
  ExcludePaths = NULL,
  ClientToken,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

MatchPaths

The paths to match.

ExcludePaths

The paths to exclude.

ClientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a path to analyze for reachability

Description

Creates a path to analyze for reachability.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_insights_path/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_insights_path(
  SourceIp = NULL,
  DestinationIp = NULL,
  Source,
  Destination = NULL,
  Protocol,
  DestinationPort = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken,
  FilterAtSource = NULL,
  FilterAtDestination = NULL
)

Arguments

SourceIp

The IP address of the source.

DestinationIp

The IP address of the destination.

Source

[required] The ID or ARN of the source. If the resource is in another account, you must specify an ARN.

Destination

The ID or ARN of the destination. If the resource is in another account, you must specify an ARN.

Protocol

[required] The protocol.

DestinationPort

The destination port.

TagSpecifications

The tags to add to the path.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

FilterAtSource

Scopes the analysis to network paths that match specific filters at the source. If you specify this parameter, you can't specify the parameters for the source IP address or the destination port.

FilterAtDestination

Scopes the analysis to network paths that match specific filters at the destination. If you specify this parameter, you can't specify the parameter for the destination IP address.


Creates a network interface in the specified subnet

Description

Creates a network interface in the specified subnet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_interface(
  Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
  Ipv4PrefixCount = NULL,
  Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
  Ipv6PrefixCount = NULL,
  InterfaceType = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
  ConnectionTrackingSpecification = NULL,
  Operator = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  Description = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
  Groups = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
  SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
  Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
  Ipv6AddressCount = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv4Prefixes

The IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface.

You can't specify IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses.

Ipv4PrefixCount

The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface.

You can't specify a count of IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses.

Ipv6Prefixes

The IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface.

You can't specify IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses.

Ipv6PrefixCount

The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface.

You can't specify a count of IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses.

InterfaceType

The type of network interface. The default is interface.

If you specify efa-only, do not assign any IP addresses to the network interface. EFA-only network interfaces do not support IP addresses.

The only supported values are interface, efa, efa-only, and trunk.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new network interface.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

EnablePrimaryIpv6

If you’re creating a network interface in a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you have the option to assign a primary IPv6 IP address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if the instance that this ENI will be attached to relies on its IPv6 address not changing. Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address.

ConnectionTrackingSpecification

A connection tracking specification for the network interface.

Operator

Reserved for internal use.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface.

Description

A description for the network interface.

PrivateIpAddress

The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses specified in privateIpAddresses as primary (only one IP address can be designated as primary).

Groups

The IDs of the security groups.

PrivateIpAddresses

The private IPv4 addresses.

You can't specify private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of the following: a count of private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes.

SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount

The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface. When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 selects these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using privateIpAddresses.

You can't specify a count of private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of the following: specific private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes.

Ipv6Addresses

The IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet.

You can't specify IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of IPv6 prefixes.

Ipv6AddressCount

The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range.

You can't specify a count of IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of IPv6 prefixes.

If your subnet has the AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation attribute set, you can override that setting by specifying 0 as the IPv6 address count.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account

Description

Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_interface_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_network_interface_permission(
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  AwsAccountId = NULL,
  AwsService = NULL,
  Permission,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

AwsAccountId

The Amazon Web Services account ID.

AwsService

The Amazon Web Services service. Currently not supported.

Permission

[required] The type of permission to grant.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a placement group in which to launch instances

Description

Creates a placement group in which to launch instances. The strategy of the placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_placement_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_placement_group(
  PartitionCount = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  SpreadLevel = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  Strategy = NULL
)

Arguments

PartitionCount

The number of partitions. Valid only when Strategy is set to partition.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the new placement group.

SpreadLevel

Determines how placement groups spread instances.

  • Host – You can use host only with Outpost placement groups.

  • Rack – No usage restrictions.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupName

A name for the placement group. Must be unique within the scope of your account for the Region.

Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters

Strategy

The placement strategy.


Creates a public IPv4 address pool

Description

Creates a public IPv4 address pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only. To monitor the status of pool creation, use describe_public_ipv_4_pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_public_ipv_4_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_public_ipv_4_pool(
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

NetworkBorderGroup

The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.


Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance

Description

Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_replace_root_volume_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_replace_root_volume_task(
  InstanceId,
  SnapshotId = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ImageId = NULL,
  DeleteReplacedRootVolume = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance for which to replace the root volume.

SnapshotId

The ID of the snapshot from which to restore the replacement root volume. The specified snapshot must be a snapshot that you previously created from the original root volume.

If you want to restore the replacement root volume to the initial launch state, or if you want to restore the replacement root volume from an AMI, omit this parameter.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the root volume replacement task.

ImageId

The ID of the AMI to use to restore the root volume. The specified AMI must have the same product code, billing information, architecture type, and virtualization type as that of the instance.

If you want to restore the replacement volume from a specific snapshot, or if you want to restore it to its launch state, omit this parameter.

DeleteReplacedRootVolume

Indicates whether to automatically delete the original root volume after the root volume replacement task completes. To delete the original root volume, specify true. If you choose to keep the original root volume after the replacement task completes, you must manually delete it when you no longer need it.


Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace

Description

Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you can use the describe_reserved_instances operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_reserved_instances_listing/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_reserved_instances_listing(
  ReservedInstancesId,
  InstanceCount,
  PriceSchedules,
  ClientToken
)

Arguments

ReservedInstancesId

[required] The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance.

InstanceCount

[required] The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to be listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less than or equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance ID specified in this call.

PriceSchedules

[required] A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month remaining in the Reserved Instance term.

ClientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.


Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using CreateStoreImageTask

Description

Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using create_store_image_task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_restore_image_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_restore_image_task(
  Bucket,
  ObjectKey,
  Name = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Bucket

[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the stored AMI object.

ObjectKey

[required] The name of the stored AMI object in the bucket.

Name

The name for the restored AMI. The name must be unique for AMIs in the Region for this account. If you do not provide a name, the new AMI gets the same name as the original AMI.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on restoration. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.

  • To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image.

  • To tag the snapshots, the value for ResourceType must be snapshot. The same tag is applied to all of the snapshots that are created.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a route in a route table within a VPC

Description

Creates a route in a route table within a VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_route(
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
  VpcEndpointId = NULL,
  TransitGatewayId = NULL,
  LocalGatewayId = NULL,
  CarrierGatewayId = NULL,
  CoreNetworkArn = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RouteTableId,
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  GatewayId = NULL,
  DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = NULL,
  InstanceId = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  VpcPeeringConnectionId = NULL,
  NatGatewayId = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationPrefixListId

The ID of a prefix list used for the destination match.

VpcEndpointId

The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only.

TransitGatewayId

The ID of a transit gateway.

LocalGatewayId

The ID of the local gateway.

CarrierGatewayId

The ID of the carrier gateway.

You can only use this option when the VPC contains a subnet which is associated with a Wavelength Zone.

CoreNetworkArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table for the route.

DestinationCidrBlock

The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you specify ⁠100.68.0.18/18⁠, we modify it to ⁠100.68.0.0/18⁠.

GatewayId

The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC.

DestinationIpv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match.

EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId

[IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway.

InstanceId

The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached.

NetworkInterfaceId

The ID of a network interface.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

The ID of a VPC peering connection.

NatGatewayId

[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.


Creates a route table for the specified VPC

Description

Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_route_table(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcId
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the route table.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Creates a security group

Description

Creates a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_security_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_security_group(
  Description,
  GroupName,
  VpcId = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

[required] A description for the security group.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length

Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*

GroupName

[required] The name of the security group.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Cannot start with ⁠sg-⁠.

Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*

VpcId

The ID of the VPC. Required for a nondefault VPC.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the security group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3

Description

Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_snapshot(
  Description = NULL,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  VolumeId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  Location = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description for the snapshot.

OutpostArn

Only supported for volumes on Outposts. If the source volume is not on an Outpost, omit this parameter.

  • To create the snapshot on the same Outpost as the source volume, specify the ARN of that Outpost. The snapshot must be created on the same Outpost as the volume.

  • To create the snapshot in the parent Region of the Outpost, omit this parameter.

For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EBS volume.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the snapshot during creation.

Location

Only supported for volumes in Local Zones. If the source volume is not in a Local Zone, omit this parameter.

  • To create a local snapshot in the same Local Zone as the source volume, specify local.

  • To create a regional snapshot in the parent Region of the Local Zone, specify regional or omit this parameter.

Default value: regional

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance

Description

Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Each volume attached to the specified instance will produce one snapshot that is crash-consistent across the instance. You can include all of the volumes currently attached to the instance, or you can exclude the root volume or specific data (non-root) volumes from the multi-volume snapshot set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_snapshots(
  Description = NULL,
  InstanceSpecification,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  CopyTagsFromSource = NULL,
  Location = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance.

InstanceSpecification

[required] The instance to specify which volumes should be included in the snapshots.

OutpostArn

Only supported for instances on Outposts. If the source instance is not on an Outpost, omit this parameter.

  • To create the snapshots on the same Outpost as the source instance, specify the ARN of that Outpost. The snapshots must be created on the same Outpost as the instance.

  • To create the snapshots in the parent Region of the Outpost, omit this parameter.

For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

TagSpecifications

Tags to apply to every snapshot specified by the instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CopyTagsFromSource

Copies the tags from the specified volume to corresponding snapshot.

Location

Only supported for instances in Local Zones. If the source instance is not in a Local Zone, omit this parameter.

  • To create local snapshots in the same Local Zone as the source instance, specify local.

  • To create a regional snapshots in the parent Region of the Local Zone, specify regional or omit this parameter.

Default value: regional


Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs

Description

Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL, Bucket, Prefix = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Bucket

[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed. For more information about bucket names, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide.

Prefix

The prefix for the data feed file names.


Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_store_image_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_store_image_task(
  ImageId,
  Bucket,
  S3ObjectTags = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

Bucket

[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which the AMI object will be stored. The bucket must be in the Region in which the request is being made. The AMI object appears in the bucket only after the upload task has completed.

S3ObjectTags

The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a subnet in the specified VPC

Description

Creates a subnet in the specified VPC. For an IPv4 only subnet, specify an IPv4 CIDR block. If the VPC has an IPv6 CIDR block, you can create an IPv6 only subnet or a dual stack subnet instead. For an IPv6 only subnet, specify an IPv6 CIDR block. For a dual stack subnet, specify both an IPv4 CIDR block and an IPv6 CIDR block.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_subnet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_subnet(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  AvailabilityZone = NULL,
  AvailabilityZoneId = NULL,
  CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  VpcId,
  Ipv6Native = NULL,
  Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
  Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the subnet.

AvailabilityZone

The Availability Zone or Local Zone for the subnet.

Default: Amazon Web Services selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we do not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet.

To create a subnet in a Local Zone, set this value to the Local Zone ID, for example ⁠us-west-2-lax-1a⁠. For information about the Regions that support Local Zones, see Available Local Zones.

To create a subnet in an Outpost, set this value to the Availability Zone for the Outpost and specify the Outpost ARN.

AvailabilityZoneId

The AZ ID or the Local Zone ID of the subnet.

CidrBlock

The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, ⁠10.0.0.0/24⁠. We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you specify ⁠100.68.0.18/18⁠, we modify it to ⁠100.68.0.0/18⁠.

This parameter is not supported for an IPv6 only subnet.

Ipv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. This parameter is required for an IPv6 only subnet.

OutpostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. If you specify an Outpost ARN, you must also specify the Availability Zone of the Outpost subnet.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

Ipv6Native

Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet.

Ipv4IpamPoolId

An IPv4 IPAM pool ID for the subnet.

Ipv4NetmaskLength

An IPv4 netmask length for the subnet.

Ipv6IpamPoolId

An IPv6 IPAM pool ID for the subnet.

Ipv6NetmaskLength

An IPv6 netmask length for the subnet.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a subnet CIDR reservation

Description

Creates a subnet CIDR reservation. For more information, see Subnet CIDR reservations in the Amazon VPC User Guide and Manage prefixes for your network interfaces in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_subnet_cidr_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_subnet_cidr_reservation(
  SubnetId,
  Cidr,
  ReservationType,
  Description = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet.

Cidr

[required] The IPv4 or IPV6 CIDR range to reserve.

ReservationType

[required] The type of reservation. The reservation type determines how the reserved IP addresses are assigned to resources.

  • prefix - Amazon Web Services assigns the reserved IP addresses to network interfaces.

  • explicit - You assign the reserved IP addresses to network interfaces.

Description

The description to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation.


Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources

Description

Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_tags(DryRun = NULL, Resources, Tags)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Resources

[required] The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces.

Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches.

Tags

[required] The tags. The value parameter is required, but if you don't want the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set the value to an empty string.


Creates a Traffic Mirror filter

Description

Creates a Traffic Mirror filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter(
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

The description of the Traffic Mirror filter.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror filter.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule

Description

Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(
  TrafficMirrorFilterId,
  TrafficDirection,
  RuleNumber,
  RuleAction,
  DestinationPortRange = NULL,
  SourcePortRange = NULL,
  Protocol = NULL,
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  SourceCidrBlock,
  Description = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterId

[required] The ID of the filter that this rule is associated with.

TrafficDirection

[required] The type of traffic.

RuleNumber

[required] The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending order by rule number.

RuleAction

[required] The action to take on the filtered traffic.

DestinationPortRange

The destination port range.

SourcePortRange

The source port range.

Protocol

The protocol, for example UDP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

For information about the protocol value, see Protocol Numbers on the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) website.

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

SourceCidrBlock

[required] The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

Description

The description of the Traffic Mirror rule.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

TagSpecifications

Traffic Mirroring tags specifications.


Creates a Traffic Mirror session

Description

Creates a Traffic Mirror session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_traffic_mirror_session(
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  TrafficMirrorTargetId,
  TrafficMirrorFilterId,
  PacketLength = NULL,
  SessionNumber,
  VirtualNetworkId = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the source network interface.

TrafficMirrorTargetId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.

TrafficMirrorFilterId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

PacketLength

The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN header. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet. To mirror a subset of the packet, set this to the length (in bytes) that you want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target.

If you do not want to mirror the entire packet, use the PacketLength parameter to specify the number of bytes in each packet to mirror.

For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) Traffic Mirror targets the default PacketLength will be set to 8500. Valid values are 1-8500. Setting a PacketLength greater than 8500 will result in an error response.

SessionNumber

[required] The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter is the one that mirrors the packets.

Valid values are 1-32766.

VirtualNetworkId

The VXLAN ID for the Traffic Mirror session. For more information about the VXLAN protocol, see RFC 7348. If you do not specify a VirtualNetworkId, an account-wide unique ID is chosen at random.

Description

The description of the Traffic Mirror session.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror session.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session

Description

Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_traffic_mirror_target(
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  NetworkLoadBalancerArn = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  GatewayLoadBalancerEndpointId = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInterfaceId

The network interface ID that is associated with the target.

NetworkLoadBalancerArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Network Load Balancer that is associated with the target.

Description

The description of the Traffic Mirror target.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Traffic Mirror target.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

GatewayLoadBalancerEndpointId

The ID of the Gateway Load Balancer endpoint.


Creates a transit gateway

Description

Creates a transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway(
  Description = NULL,
  Options = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description of the transit gateway.

Options

The transit gateway options.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the transit gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment

Description

Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment. A Connect attachment is a GRE-based tunnel attachment that you can use to establish a connection between a transit gateway and an appliance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect(
  TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  Options,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment. You can specify a VPC attachment or Amazon Web Services Direct Connect attachment.

Options

[required] The Connect attachment options.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Connect attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance

Description

Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect_peer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect_peer(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  TransitGatewayAddress = NULL,
  PeerAddress,
  BgpOptions = NULL,
  InsideCidrBlocks,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the Connect attachment.

TransitGatewayAddress

The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the transit gateway side of the Connect peer, which must be specified from a transit gateway CIDR block. If not specified, Amazon automatically assigns the first available IP address from the transit gateway CIDR block.

PeerAddress

[required] The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the appliance side of the Connect peer.

BgpOptions

The BGP options for the Connect peer.

InsideCidrBlocks

[required] The range of inside IP addresses that are used for BGP peering. You must specify a size /29 IPv4 CIDR block from the ⁠169.254.0.0/16⁠ range. The first address from the range must be configured on the appliance as the BGP IP address. You can also optionally specify a size /125 IPv6 CIDR block from the ⁠fd00::/8⁠ range.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Connect peer.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway

Description

Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
  TransitGatewayId,
  Options = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

Options

The options for the transit gateway multicast domain.

TagSpecifications

The tags for the transit gateway multicast domain.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter)

Description

Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter). The peer transit gateway can be in your account or a different Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
  TransitGatewayId,
  PeerTransitGatewayId,
  PeerAccountId,
  PeerRegion,
  Options = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

PeerTransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the peer transit gateway with which to create the peering attachment.

PeerAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the peer transit gateway.

PeerRegion

[required] The Region where the peer transit gateway is located.

Options

Requests a transit gateway peering attachment.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the transit gateway peering attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a transit gateway policy table

Description

Creates a transit gateway policy table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_policy_table(
  TransitGatewayId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway used for the policy table.

TagSpecifications

The tags specification for the transit gateway policy table created during the request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table

Description

Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  PrefixListId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  Blackhole = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list that is used for destination matches.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed.

Blackhole

Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_route(
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  Blackhole = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match.

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment.

Blackhole

Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway

Description

Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table(
  TransitGatewayId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the transit gateway route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Advertises a new transit gateway route table

Description

Advertises a new transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  PeeringAttachmentId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

PeeringAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the peering attachment.

TagSpecifications

The tags specifications applied to the transit gateway route table announcement.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway

Description

Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
  TransitGatewayId,
  VpcId,
  SubnetIds,
  Options = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

SubnetIds

[required] The IDs of one or more subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify at least one subnet, but we recommend that you specify two subnets for better availability. The transit gateway uses one IP address from each specified subnet.

Options

The VPC attachment options.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the VPC attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy

Description

An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_verified_access_endpoint(
  VerifiedAccessGroupId,
  EndpointType,
  AttachmentType,
  DomainCertificateArn = NULL,
  ApplicationDomain = NULL,
  EndpointDomainPrefix = NULL,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  LoadBalancerOptions = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceOptions = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL,
  RdsOptions = NULL,
  CidrOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access group to associate the endpoint with.

EndpointType

[required] The type of Verified Access endpoint to create.

AttachmentType

[required] The type of attachment.

DomainCertificateArn

The ARN of the public TLS/SSL certificate in Amazon Web Services Certificate Manager to associate with the endpoint. The CN in the certificate must match the DNS name your end users will use to reach your application.

ApplicationDomain

The DNS name for users to reach your application.

EndpointDomainPrefix

A custom identifier that is prepended to the DNS name that is generated for the endpoint.

SecurityGroupIds

The IDs of the security groups to associate with the Verified Access endpoint. Required if AttachmentType is set to vpc.

LoadBalancerOptions

The load balancer details. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is load-balancer.

NetworkInterfaceOptions

The network interface details. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is network-interface.

Description

A description for the Verified Access endpoint.

PolicyDocument

The Verified Access policy document.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Verified Access endpoint.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.

RdsOptions

The RDS details. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is rds.

CidrOptions

The CIDR options. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is cidr.


An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements

Description

An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements. Each instance within a Verified Access group shares an Verified Access policy. For example, you can group all Verified Access instances associated with "sales" applications together and use one common Verified Access policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_verified_access_group(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  Description = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

Description

A description for the Verified Access group.

PolicyDocument

The Verified Access policy document.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Verified Access group.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.


An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met

Description

An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_verified_access_instance(
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  FIPSEnabled = NULL,
  CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A description for the Verified Access instance.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Verified Access instance.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FIPSEnabled

Enable or disable support for Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) on the instance.

CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain

The custom subdomain.


A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices

Description

A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices. When an application request is made, the identity information sent by the trust provider is evaluated by Verified Access before allowing or denying the application request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_verified_access_trust_provider(
  TrustProviderType,
  UserTrustProviderType = NULL,
  DeviceTrustProviderType = NULL,
  OidcOptions = NULL,
  DeviceOptions = NULL,
  PolicyReferenceName,
  Description = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL,
  NativeApplicationOidcOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

TrustProviderType

[required] The type of trust provider.

UserTrustProviderType

The type of user-based trust provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is user.

DeviceTrustProviderType

The type of device-based trust provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is device.

OidcOptions

The options for a OpenID Connect-compatible user-identity trust provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is user.

DeviceOptions

The options for a device-based trust provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is device.

PolicyReferenceName

[required] The identifier to be used when working with policy rules.

Description

A description for the Verified Access trust provider.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the Verified Access trust provider.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.

NativeApplicationOidcOptions

The OpenID Connect (OIDC) options.


Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone

Description

Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_volume(
  AvailabilityZone,
  Encrypted = NULL,
  Iops = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  OutpostArn = NULL,
  Size = NULL,
  SnapshotId = NULL,
  VolumeType = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  MultiAttachEnabled = NULL,
  Throughput = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Operator = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AvailabilityZone

[required] The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. For example, ⁠us-east-1a⁠.

Encrypted

Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

Iops

The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For gp2 volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting.

The following are the supported values for each volume type:

  • gp3: 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS

  • io1: 100 - 64,000 IOPS

  • io2: 100 - 256,000 IOPS

For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the Nitro System. On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS.

This parameter is required for io1 and io2 volumes. The default for gp3 volumes is 3,000 IOPS. This parameter is not supported for gp2, st1, sc1, or standard volumes.

KmsKeyId

The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true.

You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:

  • Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias.

  • Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails.

OutpostArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the volume.

If you intend to use a volume with an instance running on an outpost, then you must create the volume on the same outpost as the instance. You can't use a volume created in an Amazon Web Services Region with an instance on an Amazon Web Services outpost, or the other way around.

Size

The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size.

The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:

  • gp2 and gp3: 1 - 16,384 GiB

  • io1: 4 - 16,384 GiB

  • io2: 4 - 65,536 GiB

  • st1 and sc1: 125 - 16,384 GiB

  • standard: 1 - 1024 GiB

SnapshotId

The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size.

VolumeType

The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:

  • General Purpose SSD: gp2 | gp3

  • Provisioned IOPS SSD: io1 | io2

  • Throughput Optimized HDD: st1

  • Cold HDD: sc1

  • Magnetic: standard

Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as boot volumes.

For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Default: gp2

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the volume during creation.

MultiAttachEnabled

Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Throughput

The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s.

This parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes.

Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency.

Operator

Reserved for internal use.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks

Description

Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks. For more information, see IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc(
  CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv6Pool = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
  Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
  Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceTenancy = NULL,
  AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)

Arguments

CidrBlock

The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, ⁠10.0.0.0/16⁠. We modify the specified CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you specify ⁠100.68.0.18/18⁠, we modify it to ⁠100.68.0.0/18⁠.

Ipv6Pool

The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block.

Ipv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify Ipv6Pool in the request.

To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter.

Ipv4IpamPoolId

The ID of an IPv4 IPAM pool you want to use for allocating this VPC's CIDR. For more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv4NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv6IpamPoolId

The ID of an IPv6 IPAM pool which will be used to allocate this VPC an IPv6 CIDR. IPAM is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv6NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup

The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the address to this location.

You must set AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock to true to use this parameter.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceTenancy

The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For default, instances are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For dedicated, instances are launched as dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a tenancy of dedicated or host into a dedicated tenancy VPC.

Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values only.

Default: default

AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock

Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR block.


Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion

Description

Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SubnetId = NULL,
  VpcId = NULL,
  InternetGatewayExclusionMode,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SubnetId

A subnet ID.

VpcId

A VPC ID.

InternetGatewayExclusionMode

[required] The exclusion mode for internet gateway traffic.

  • allow-bidirectional: Allow all internet traffic to and from the excluded VPCs and subnets.

  • allow-egress: Allow outbound internet traffic from the excluded VPCs and subnets. Block inbound internet traffic to the excluded VPCs and subnets. Only applies when VPC Block Public Access is set to Bidirectional.

TagSpecifications

tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.


Creates a VPC endpoint

Description

Creates a VPC endpoint. A VPC endpoint provides a private connection between the specified VPC and the specified endpoint service. You can use an endpoint service provided by Amazon Web Services, an Amazon Web Services Marketplace Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc_endpoint(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcEndpointType = NULL,
  VpcId,
  ServiceName = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  RouteTableIds = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  IpAddressType = NULL,
  DnsOptions = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  PrivateDnsEnabled = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  SubnetConfigurations = NULL,
  ServiceNetworkArn = NULL,
  ResourceConfigurationArn = NULL,
  ServiceRegion = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcEndpointType

The type of endpoint.

Default: Gateway

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

ServiceName

The name of the endpoint service.

PolicyDocument

(Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. If this parameter is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows full access to the service.

RouteTableIds

(Gateway endpoint) The route table IDs.

SubnetIds

(Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet.

SecurityGroupIds

(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC.

IpAddressType

The IP address type for the endpoint.

DnsOptions

The DNS options for the endpoint.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

PrivateDnsEnabled

(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, ⁠kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com⁠), which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.

To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to true: enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport. Use modify_vpc_attribute to set the VPC attributes.

Default: true

TagSpecifications

The tags to associate with the endpoint.

SubnetConfigurations

The subnet configurations for the endpoint.

ServiceNetworkArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a service network that will be associated with the VPC endpoint of type service-network.

ResourceConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource configuration that will be associated with the VPC endpoint of type resource.

ServiceRegion

The Region where the service is hosted. The default is the current Region.


Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service

Description

Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events. You must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see Creating an Amazon SNS topic in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId = NULL,
  VpcEndpointId = NULL,
  ConnectionNotificationArn,
  ConnectionEvents,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

The ID of the endpoint service.

VpcEndpointId

The ID of the endpoint.

ConnectionNotificationArn

[required] The ARN of the SNS topic for the notifications.

ConnectionEvents

[required] The endpoint events for which to receive notifications. Valid values are Accept, Connect, Delete, and Reject.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect

Description

Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration(
  DryRun = NULL,
  AcceptanceRequired = NULL,
  PrivateDnsName = NULL,
  NetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  GatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  SupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
  SupportedRegions = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AcceptanceRequired

Indicates whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to your service must be accepted manually.

PrivateDnsName

(Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the VPC endpoint service.

NetworkLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Network Load Balancers.

GatewayLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Gateway Load Balancers.

SupportedIpAddressTypes

The supported IP address types. The possible values are ipv4 and ipv6.

SupportedRegions

The Regions from which service consumers can access the service.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

TagSpecifications

The tags to associate with the service.


Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection

Description

Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection. The accepter VPC can belong to another Amazon Web Services account and can be in a different Region to the requester VPC. The requester VPC and accepter VPC cannot have overlapping CIDR blocks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpc_peering_connection(
  PeerRegion = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcId,
  PeerVpcId = NULL,
  PeerOwnerId = NULL
)

Arguments

PeerRegion

The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a Region other than the Region in which you make the request.

Default: The Region in which you make the request.

TagSpecifications

The tags to assign to the peering connection.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the requester VPC. You must specify this parameter in the request.

PeerVpcId

The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the request.

PeerOwnerId

The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC.

Default: Your Amazon Web Services account ID


Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway

Description

Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway. The supported connection type is ipsec.1.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpn_connection(
  CustomerGatewayId,
  Type,
  VpnGatewayId = NULL,
  TransitGatewayId = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Options = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomerGatewayId

[required] The ID of the customer gateway.

Type

[required] The type of VPN connection (ipsec.1).

VpnGatewayId

The ID of the virtual private gateway. If you specify a virtual private gateway, you cannot specify a transit gateway.

TransitGatewayId

The ID of the transit gateway. If you specify a transit gateway, you cannot specify a virtual private gateway.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the VPN connection.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Options

The options for the VPN connection.


Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway

Description

Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_connection_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpn_connection_route(DestinationCidrBlock, VpnConnectionId)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPN connection.


Creates a virtual private gateway

Description

Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private gateway before creating the VPC itself.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_create_vpn_gateway(
  AvailabilityZone = NULL,
  Type,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  AmazonSideAsn = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AvailabilityZone

The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway.

Type

[required] The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the virtual private gateway.

AmazonSideAsn

A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session. If you're using a 16-bit ASN, it must be in the 64512 to 65534 range. If you're using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range.

Default: 64512

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a carrier gateway

Description

Deletes a carrier gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_carrier_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_carrier_gateway(CarrierGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

CarrierGatewayId

[required] The ID of the carrier gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint. You must disassociate all target networks before you can delete a Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_client_vpn_endpoint(ClientVpnEndpointId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN to be deleted.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint. You can only delete routes that you manually added using the CreateClientVpnRoute action. You cannot delete routes that were automatically added when associating a subnet. To remove routes that have been automatically added, disassociate the target subnet from the Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_client_vpn_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_client_vpn_route(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  TargetVpcSubnetId = NULL,
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which the route is to be deleted.

TargetVpcSubnetId

The ID of the target subnet used by the route.

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route to be deleted.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses

Description

Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_coip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_coip_cidr(Cidr, CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] A customer-owned IP address range that you want to delete.

CoipPoolId

[required] The ID of the customer-owned address pool.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses

Description

Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_coip_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_coip_pool(CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

CoipPoolId

[required] The ID of the CoIP pool that you want to delete.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified customer gateway

Description

Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection before you can delete the customer gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_customer_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_customer_gateway(CustomerGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

CustomerGatewayId

[required] The ID of the customer gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified set of DHCP options

Description

Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set of options with the VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_dhcp_options(DhcpOptionsId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DhcpOptionsId

[required] The ID of the DHCP options set.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes an egress-only internet gateway

Description

Deletes an egress-only internet gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_egress_only_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_egress_only_internet_gateway(
  DryRun = NULL,
  EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId

[required] The ID of the egress-only internet gateway.


Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets

Description

Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_fleets(DryRun = NULL, FleetIds, TerminateInstances)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FleetIds

[required] The IDs of the EC2 Fleets.

Constraints: In a single request, you can specify up to 25 instant fleet IDs and up to 100 maintain or request fleet IDs.

TerminateInstances

[required] Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the EC2 Fleet is deleted. The default is to terminate the instances.

To let the instances continue to run after the EC2 Fleet is deleted, specify no-terminate-instances. Supported only for fleets of type maintain and request.

For instant fleets, you cannot specify NoTerminateInstances. A deleted instant fleet with running instances is not supported.


Deletes one or more flow logs

Description

Deletes one or more flow logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_flow_logs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_flow_logs(DryRun = NULL, FlowLogIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FlowLogIds

[required] One or more flow log IDs.

Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs.


Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)

Description

Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_fpga_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_fpga_image(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FpgaImageId

[required] The ID of the AFI.


Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint

Description

Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_instance_connect_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_instance_connect_endpoint(DryRun = NULL, InstanceConnectEndpointId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceConnectEndpointId

[required] The ID of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint to delete.


Deletes the specified event window

Description

Deletes the specified event window.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_instance_event_window(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ForceDelete = NULL,
  InstanceEventWindowId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ForceDelete

Specify true to force delete the event window. Use the force delete parameter if the event window is currently associated with targets.

InstanceEventWindowId

[required] The ID of the event window.


Deletes the specified internet gateway

Description

Deletes the specified internet gateway. You must detach the internet gateway from the VPC before you can delete it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InternetGatewayId

[required] The ID of the internet gateway.


Delete an IPAM

Description

Delete an IPAM. Deleting an IPAM removes all monitored data associated with the IPAM including the historical data for CIDRs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_ipam(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Cascade = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] The ID of the IPAM to delete.

Cascade

Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM, private scopes, pools in private scopes, and any allocations in the pools in private scopes. You cannot delete the IPAM with this option if there is a pool in your public scope. If you use this option, IPAM does the following:

  • Deallocates any CIDRs allocated to VPC resources (such as VPCs) in pools in private scopes.

    No VPC resources are deleted as a result of enabling this option. The CIDR associated with the resource will no longer be allocated from an IPAM pool, but the CIDR itself will remain unchanged.

  • Deprovisions all IPv4 CIDRs provisioned to IPAM pools in private scopes.

  • Deletes all IPAM pools in private scopes.

  • Deletes all non-default private scopes in the IPAM.

  • Deletes the default public and private scopes and the IPAM.


Delete a verification token

Description

Delete a verification token. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId

[required] The token ID.


Delete an IPAM pool

Description

Delete an IPAM pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_ipam_pool(DryRun = NULL, IpamPoolId, Cascade = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the pool to delete.

Cascade

Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM pool and all resources within that pool, including provisioned CIDRs, allocations, and other pools.

You can only use this option to delete pools in the private scope or pools in the public scope with a source resource. A source resource is a resource used to provision CIDRs to a resource planning pool.


Deletes an IPAM resource discovery

Description

Deletes an IPAM resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_ipam_resource_discovery(DryRun = NULL, IpamResourceDiscoveryId)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] The IPAM resource discovery ID.


Delete the scope for an IPAM

Description

Delete the scope for an IPAM. You cannot delete the default scopes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_ipam_scope(DryRun = NULL, IpamScopeId)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the scope to delete.


Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2

Description

Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_key_pair(KeyName = NULL, KeyPairId = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

KeyName

The name of the key pair.

KeyPairId

The ID of the key pair.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a launch template

Description

Deletes a launch template. Deleting a launch template deletes all of its versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_launch_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_launch_template(
  DryRun = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LaunchTemplateId

The ID of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

LaunchTemplateName

The name of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.


Deletes one or more versions of a launch template

Description

Deletes one or more versions of a launch template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_launch_template_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_launch_template_versions(
  DryRun = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
  Versions
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LaunchTemplateId

The ID of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

LaunchTemplateName

The name of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

Versions

[required] The version numbers of one or more launch template versions to delete. You can specify up to 200 launch template version numbers.


Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table

Description

Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_local_gateway_route(
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly.

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

DestinationPrefixListId

Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock. You cannot use DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same request.


Deletes a local gateway route table

Description

Deletes a local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table(LocalGatewayRouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association

Description

Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table

Description

Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationId

[required] The ID of the association.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified managed prefix list

Description

Deletes the specified managed prefix list. You must first remove all references to the prefix list in your resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_managed_prefix_list(DryRun = NULL, PrefixListId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.


Deletes the specified NAT gateway

Description

Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a public NAT gateway disassociates its Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_nat_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_nat_gateway(DryRun = NULL, NatGatewayId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NatGatewayId

[required] The ID of the NAT gateway.


Deletes the specified network ACL

Description

Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_acl(DryRun = NULL, NetworkAclId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkAclId

[required] The ID of the network ACL.


Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL

Description

Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_acl_entry(DryRun = NULL, NetworkAclId, RuleNumber, Egress)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkAclId

[required] The ID of the network ACL.

RuleNumber

[required] The rule number of the entry to delete.

Egress

[required] Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule.


Deletes the specified Network Access Scope

Description

Deletes the specified Network Access Scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId

[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope.


Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis

Description

Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId

[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified network insights analysis

Description

Deletes the specified network insights analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_insights_analysis(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInsightsAnalysisId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInsightsAnalysisId

[required] The ID of the network insights analysis.


Deletes the specified path

Description

Deletes the specified path.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_path/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_insights_path(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInsightsPathId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInsightsPathId

[required] The ID of the path.


Deletes the specified network interface

Description

Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface before you can delete it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_interface(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInterfaceId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.


Deletes a permission for a network interface

Description

Deletes a permission for a network interface. By default, you cannot delete the permission if the account for which you're removing the permission has attached the network interface to an instance. However, you can force delete the permission, regardless of any attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_interface_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_network_interface_permission(
  NetworkInterfacePermissionId,
  Force = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInterfacePermissionId

[required] The ID of the network interface permission.

Force

Specify true to remove the permission even if the network interface is attached to an instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified placement group

Description

Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information, see Placement groups in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_placement_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_placement_group(DryRun = NULL, GroupName)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupName

[required] The name of the placement group.


Delete a public IPv4 pool

Description

Delete a public IPv4 pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_public_ipv_4_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_public_ipv_4_pool(DryRun = NULL, PoolId, NetworkBorderGroup = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PoolId

[required] The ID of the public IPv4 pool you want to delete.

NetworkBorderGroup

The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.


Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances

Description

Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_queued_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_queued_reserved_instances(DryRun = NULL, ReservedInstancesIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ReservedInstancesIds

[required] The IDs of the Reserved Instances.


Deletes the specified route from the specified route table

Description

Deletes the specified route from the specified route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_route(
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RouteTableId,
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationPrefixListId

The ID of the prefix list for the route.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

DestinationCidrBlock

The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly.

DestinationIpv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly.


Deletes the specified route table

Description

Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_route_table(DryRun = NULL, RouteTableId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.


Deletes a security group

Description

Deletes a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_security_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_security_group(GroupId = NULL, GroupName = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GroupId

The ID of the security group.

GroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified snapshot

Description

Deletes the specified snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_snapshot(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances

Description

Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified subnet

Description

Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in the subnet before you can delete the subnet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_subnet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_subnet(SubnetId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation

Description

Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_subnet_cidr_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_subnet_cidr_reservation(SubnetCidrReservationId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SubnetCidrReservationId

[required] The ID of the subnet CIDR reservation.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources

Description

Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_tags(DryRun = NULL, Resources, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Resources

[required] The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces.

Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches.

Tags

The tags to delete. Specify a tag key and an optional tag value to delete specific tags. If you specify a tag key without a tag value, we delete any tag with this key regardless of its value. If you specify a tag key with an empty string as the tag value, we delete the tag only if its value is an empty string.

If you omit this parameter, we delete all user-defined tags for the specified resources. We do not delete Amazon Web Services-generated tags (tags that have the ⁠aws:⁠ prefix).

Constraints: Up to 1000 tags.


Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter

Description

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter(TrafficMirrorFilterId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule

Description

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session

Description

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_session(TrafficMirrorSessionId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorSessionId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target

Description

Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_target(TrafficMirrorTargetId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorTargetId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified transit gateway

Description

Deletes the specified transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway(TransitGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Connect attachment

Description

Deletes the specified Connect attachment. You must first delete any Connect peers for the attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect(TransitGatewayAttachmentId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the Connect attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified Connect peer

Description

Deletes the specified Connect peer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer(
  TransitGatewayConnectPeerId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayConnectPeerId

[required] The ID of the Connect peer.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment

Description

Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table

Description

Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_policy_table(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableId

[required] The transit gateway policy table to delete.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table

Description

Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  PrefixListId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Deletes the specified transit gateway route table. If there are any route tables associated with the transit gateway route table, you must first run disassociate_route_table before you can delete the transit gateway route table. This removes any route tables associated with the transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted

Description

Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId

[required] The transit gateway route table ID that's being deleted.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified VPC attachment

Description

Deletes the specified VPC attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint

Description

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_verified_access_endpoint(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group

Description

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_verified_access_group(
  VerifiedAccessGroupId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access group.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance

Description

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_verified_access_instance(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider

Description

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_verified_access_trust_provider(
  VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Deletes the specified EBS volume

Description

Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state (not attached to an instance).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_volume(VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified VPC

Description

Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on. When you delete the VPC, it deletes the default security group, network ACL, and route table for the VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc(VpcId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion

Description

Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(DryRun = NULL, ExclusionId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ExclusionId

[required] The ID of the exclusion.


Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications

Description

Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ConnectionNotificationIds
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ConnectionNotificationIds

[required] The IDs of the notifications.


Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations

Description

Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations. Before you can delete an endpoint service configuration, you must reject any Available or PendingAcceptance interface endpoint connections that are attached to the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations(DryRun = NULL, ServiceIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceIds

[required] The IDs of the services.


Deletes the specified VPC endpoints

Description

Deletes the specified VPC endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc_endpoints(DryRun = NULL, VpcEndpointIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcEndpointIds

[required] The IDs of the VPC endpoints.


Deletes a VPC peering connection

Description

Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or the owner of the accepter VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's in the active state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering connection in the pending-acceptance state. You cannot delete a VPC peering connection that's in the failed or rejected state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection.


Deletes the specified VPN connection

Description

Deletes the specified VPN connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpn_connection(VpnConnectionId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPN connection.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway

Description

Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_connection_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpn_connection_route(DestinationCidrBlock, VpnConnectionId)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network.

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPN connection.


Deletes the specified virtual private gateway

Description

Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. You must first detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and your network.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_delete_vpn_gateway(VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpnGatewayId

[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool

Description

Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deprovision_byoip_cidr(Cidr, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] The address range, in CIDR notation. The prefix must be the same prefix that you specified when you provisioned the address range.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account. This action can only be called after any BYOIP CIDR associations are removed from your Amazon Web Services account with disassociate_ipam_byoasn. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deprovision_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Asn)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] The IPAM ID.

Asn

[required] An ASN.


Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool

Description

Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool. If you deprovision a CIDR from a pool that has a source pool, the CIDR is recycled back into the source pool. For more information, see Deprovision pool CIDRs in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr(DryRun = NULL, IpamPoolId, Cidr = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the pool that has the CIDR you want to deprovision.

Cidr

The CIDR which you want to deprovision from the pool.


Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool

Description

Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr(DryRun = NULL, PoolId, Cidr)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PoolId

[required] The ID of the pool that you want to deprovision the CIDR from.

Cidr

[required] The CIDR you want to deprovision from the pool. Enter the CIDR you want to deprovision with a netmask of ⁠/32⁠. You must rerun this command for each IP address in the CIDR range. If your CIDR is a ⁠/24⁠, you will have to run this command to deprovision each of the 256 IP addresses in the ⁠/24⁠ CIDR.


Deregisters the specified AMI

Description

Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to launch new instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deregister_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region

Description

Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceTagAttribute
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceTagAttribute

[required] Information about the tag keys to deregister.


Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group

Description

Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
  GroupIpAddress = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

GroupIpAddress

The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.

NetworkInterfaceIds

The IDs of the group members' network interfaces.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group

Description

Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
  GroupIpAddress = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

GroupIpAddress

The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.

NetworkInterfaceIds

The IDs of the group sources' network interfaces.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the supported account attributes:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_account_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_account_attributes(DryRun = NULL, AttributeNames = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AttributeNames

The account attribute names.


Describes an Elastic IP address transfer

Description

Describes an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_address_transfers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_address_transfers(
  AllocationIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationIds

The allocation IDs of Elastic IP addresses.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of address transfers to return in one page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses

Description

Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_addresses(
  PublicIps = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  AllocationIds = NULL
)

Arguments

PublicIps

One or more Elastic IP addresses.

Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • allocation-id - The allocation ID for the address.

  • association-id - The association ID for the address.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any.

  • network-border-group - A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from where Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses.

  • network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface that the address is associated with, if any.

  • network-interface-owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner.

  • private-ip-address - The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address.

  • public-ip - The Elastic IP address, or the carrier IP address.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

AllocationIds

Information about the allocation IDs.


Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses

Description

Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_addresses_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_addresses_attribute(
  AllocationIds = NULL,
  Attribute = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationIds

[EC2-VPC] The allocation IDs.

Attribute

The attribute of the IP address.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region

Description

Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_aggregate_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_aggregate_id_format(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you

Description

Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_availability_zones/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_availability_zones(
  ZoneNames = NULL,
  ZoneIds = NULL,
  AllAvailabilityZones = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

ZoneNames

The names of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones.

ZoneIds

The IDs of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones.

AllAvailabilityZones

Include all Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones regardless of your opt-in status.

If you do not use this parameter, the results include only the zones for the Regions where you have chosen the option to opt in.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • group-name - The name of the zone group for the Availability Zone (for example, us-east-1-zg-1), the Local Zone (for example, us-west-2-lax-1), or the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1).

  • message - The Zone message.

  • ⁠opt-in-status⁠ - The opt-in status (⁠opted-in⁠ | ⁠not-opted-in⁠ | ⁠opt-in-not-required⁠).

  • parent-zone-id - The ID of the zone that handles some of the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone control plane operations, such as API calls.

  • parent-zone-name - The ID of the zone that handles some of the Local Zone and Wavelength Zone control plane operations, such as API calls.

  • region-name - The name of the Region for the Zone (for example, us-east-1).

  • state - The state of the Availability Zone, the Local Zone, or the Wavelength Zone (available).

  • zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone (for example, use1-az1), the Local Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1), or the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1).

  • zone-name - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, ⁠us-east-1a⁠), the Local Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2-lax-1a⁠), or the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1).

  • zone-type - The type of zone (availability-zone | local-zone | wavelength-zone).


Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions

Description

Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks

Description

Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_bundle_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_bundle_tasks(BundleIds = NULL, DryRun = NULL, Filters = NULL)

Arguments

BundleIds

The bundle task IDs.

Default: Describes all your bundle tasks.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • bundle-id - The ID of the bundle task.

  • error-code - If the task failed, the error code returned.

  • error-message - If the task failed, the error message returned.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

  • progress - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%).

  • s3-bucket - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI.

  • s3-prefix - The beginning of the AMI name.

  • start-time - The time the task started (for example, 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z).

  • state - The state of the task (pending | ⁠waiting-for-shutdown⁠ | bundling | storing | cancelling | complete | failed).

  • update-time - The time of the most recent update for the task.


Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr

Description

Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to provision_byoip_cidr.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_byoip_cidrs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_byoip_cidrs(DryRun = NULL, MaxResults, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time

Description

Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_history(
  CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationIds

The IDs of Capacity Block reservations that you want to display the history for.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Filters

One or more filters

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the extension.

  • availability-zone-id - The Availability Zone ID of the extension.

  • capacity-block-extension-offering-id - The ID of the extension offering.

  • capacity-block-extension-status - The status of the extension (payment-pending | payment-failed | payment-succeeded).

  • capacity-reservation-id - The reservation ID of the extension.

  • instance-type - The instance type of the extension.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using

Description

Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityBlockExtensionDurationHours,
  CapacityReservationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityBlockExtensionDurationHours

[required] The duration of the Capacity Block extension offering in hours.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity reservation to be extended.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using

Description

Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using. With Capacity Blocks, you purchase a specific instance type for a period of time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_block_offerings(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  InstanceCount = NULL,
  StartDateRange = NULL,
  EndDateRange = NULL,
  CapacityDurationHours,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceType

The type of instance for which the Capacity Block offering reserves capacity.

InstanceCount

The number of instances for which to reserve capacity.

StartDateRange

The earliest start date for the Capacity Block offering.

EndDateRange

The latest end date for the Capacity Block offering.

CapacityDurationHours

[required] The number of hours for which to reserve Capacity Block.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation

Description

Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests(
  CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
  Role,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationIds

The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

Role

[required] Specify one of the following:

  • odcr-owner - If you are the Capacity Reservation owner, specify this value to view requests that you have initiated. Not supported with the requested-by filter.

  • unused-reservation-billing-owner - If you are the consumer account, specify this value to view requests that have been sent to you. Not supported with the unused-reservation-billing-owner filter.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • status - The state of the request (pending | accepted | rejected | cancelled | revoked | expired).

  • requested-by - The account ID of the Capacity Reservation owner that initiated the request. Not supported if you specify requested-by for Role.

  • unused-reservation-billing-owner - The ID of the consumer account to which the request was sent. Not supported if you specify unused-reservation-billing-owner for Role.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets

Description

Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_fleets(
  CapacityReservationFleetIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationFleetIds

The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to describe.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • state - The state of the Fleet (submitted | modifying | active | partially_fulfilled | expiring | expired | cancelling | cancelled | failed).

  • instance-match-criteria - The instance matching criteria for the Fleet. Only open is supported.

  • tenancy - The tenancy of the Fleet (default | dedicated).

  • allocation-strategy - The allocation strategy used by the Fleet. Only prioritized is supported.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations

Description

Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations. The results describe only the Capacity Reservations in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_capacity_reservations(
  CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationIds

The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • instance-type - The type of instance for which the Capacity Reservation reserves capacity.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the Capacity Reservation.

  • instance-platform - The type of operating system for which the Capacity Reservation reserves capacity.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the Capacity Reservation.

  • tenancy - Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following tenancy settings:

    • default - The Capacity Reservation is created on hardware that is shared with other Amazon Web Services accounts.

    • dedicated - The Capacity Reservation is created on single-tenant hardware that is dedicated to a single Amazon Web Services account.

  • outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which the Capacity Reservation was created.

  • state - The current state of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can be in one of the following states:

    • active- The Capacity Reservation is active and the capacity is available for your use.

    • expired - The Capacity Reservation expired automatically at the date and time specified in your request. The reserved capacity is no longer available for your use.

    • cancelled - The Capacity Reservation was cancelled. The reserved capacity is no longer available for your use.

    • pending - The Capacity Reservation request was successful but the capacity provisioning is still pending.

    • failed - The Capacity Reservation request has failed. A request might fail due to invalid request parameters, capacity constraints, or instance limit constraints. Failed requests are retained for 60 minutes.

  • start-date - The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation was started.

  • end-date - The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired when it reaches its end date and time.

  • end-date-type - Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:

    • unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly cancel it.

    • limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date and time.

  • instance-match-criteria - Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts. The options include:

    • open - The Capacity Reservation accepts all instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone). Instances that have matching attributes launch into the Capacity Reservation automatically without specifying any additional parameters.

    • targeted - The Capacity Reservation only accepts instances that have matching attributes (instance type, platform, and Availability Zone), and explicitly target the Capacity Reservation. This ensures that only permitted instances can use the reserved capacity.

  • placement-group-arn - The ARN of the cluster placement group in which the Capacity Reservation was created.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more of your carrier gateways

Description

Describes one or more of your carrier gateways.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_carrier_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_carrier_gateways(
  CarrierGatewayIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CarrierGatewayIds

One or more carrier gateway IDs.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • carrier-gateway-id - The ID of the carrier gateway.

  • state - The state of the carrier gateway (pending | failed | available | deleting | deleted).

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the carrier gateway.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC associated with the carrier gateway.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_classic_link_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_classic_link_instances(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceIds

The instance IDs. Must be instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink.

Filters

The filters.

  • group-id - The ID of a VPC security group that's associated with the instance.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items.


Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • description - The description of the authorization rule.

  • destination-cidr - The CIDR of the network to which the authorization rule applies.

  • group-id - The ID of the Active Directory group to which the authorization rule grants access.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value.


Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_client_vpn_connections(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • connection-id - The ID of the connection.

  • username - For Active Directory client authentication, the user name of the client who established the client connection.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account

Description

Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_client_vpn_endpoints(
  ClientVpnEndpointIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointIds

The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • endpoint-id - The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

  • transport-protocol - The transport protocol (tcp | udp).

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_client_vpn_routes(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • destination-cidr - The CIDR of the route destination.

  • origin - How the route was associated with the Client VPN endpoint (associate | add-route).

  • target-subnet - The ID of the subnet through which traffic is routed.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_target_networks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_client_vpn_target_networks(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  AssociationIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

AssociationIds

The IDs of the target network associations.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • association-id - The ID of the association.

  • target-network-id - The ID of the subnet specified as the target network.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the target network is located.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools

Description

Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_coip_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_coip_pools(
  PoolIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolIds

The IDs of the address pools.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • coip-pool.local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table.

  • coip-pool.pool-id - The ID of the address pool.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks

Description

Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks. For more information, see the VM Import/Export User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_conversion_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_conversion_tasks(DryRun = NULL, ConversionTaskIds = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ConversionTaskIds

The conversion task IDs.


Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways

Description

Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_customer_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_customer_gateways(
  CustomerGatewayIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomerGatewayIds

One or more customer gateway IDs.

Default: Describes all your customer gateways.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • bgp-asn - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN).

  • customer-gateway-id - The ID of the customer gateway.

  • ip-address - The IP address of the customer gateway device's external interface.

  • state - The state of the customer gateway (pending | available | deleting | deleted).

  • type - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is ipsec.1.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report

Description

Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_declarative_policies_reports/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_declarative_policies_reports(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ReportIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

ReportIds

One or more report IDs.


Describes your DHCP option sets

Description

Describes your DHCP option sets. The default is to describe all your DHCP option sets. Alternatively, you can specify specific DHCP option set IDs or filter the results to include only the DHCP option sets that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_dhcp_options(
  DhcpOptionsIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DhcpOptionsIds

The IDs of DHCP option sets.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • dhcp-options-id - The ID of a DHCP options set.

  • key - The key for one of the options (for example, domain-name).

  • value - The value for one of the options.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the DHCP options set.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes your egress-only internet gateways

Description

Describes your egress-only internet gateways. The default is to describe all your egress-only internet gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific egress-only internet gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the egress-only internet gateways that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_egress_only_internet_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_egress_only_internet_gateways(
  DryRun = NULL,
  EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds

The IDs of the egress-only internet gateways.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

Filters

The filters.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024

Description

Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_elastic_gpus/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_elastic_gpus(
  ElasticGpuIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ElasticGpuIds

The Elastic Graphics accelerator IDs.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the Elastic Graphics accelerator resides.

  • elastic-gpu-health - The status of the Elastic Graphics accelerator (OK | IMPAIRED).

  • elastic-gpu-state - The state of the Elastic Graphics accelerator (ATTACHED).

  • elastic-gpu-type - The type of Elastic Graphics accelerator; for example, eg1.medium.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the Elastic Graphics accelerator is associated.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.


Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks

Description

Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_export_image_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_export_image_tasks(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  ExportImageTaskIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

Filter tasks using the task-state filter and one of the following values: active, completed, deleting, or deleted.

ExportImageTaskIds

The IDs of the export image tasks.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

NextToken

A token that indicates the next page of results.


Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks

Description

Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_export_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_export_tasks(Filters = NULL, ExportTaskIds = NULL)

Arguments

Filters

the filters for the export tasks.

ExportTaskIds

The export task IDs.


Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch

Description

Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fast_launch_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fast_launch_images(
  ImageIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageIds

Specify one or more Windows AMI image IDs for the request.

Filters

Use the following filters to streamline results.

  • resource-type - The resource type for pre-provisioning.

  • owner-id - The owner ID for the pre-provisioning resource.

  • state - The current state of fast launching for the Windows AMI.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots

Description

Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fast_snapshot_restores(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters. The possible values are:

  • availability-zone: The Availability Zone of the snapshot.

  • owner-id: The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that enabled fast snapshot restore on the snapshot.

  • snapshot-id: The ID of the snapshot.

  • state: The state of fast snapshot restores for the snapshot (enabling | optimizing | enabled | disabling | disabled).

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time

Description

Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleet_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fleet_history(
  DryRun = NULL,
  EventType = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  FleetId,
  StartTime
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

EventType

The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

FleetId

[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet.

StartTime

[required] The start date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).


Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet

Description

Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleet_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fleet_instances(
  DryRun = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  FleetId,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

FleetId

[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet.

Filters

The filters.

  • instance-type - The instance type.


Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets

Description

Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fleets(
  DryRun = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  FleetIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

FleetIds

The IDs of the EC2 Fleets.

If a fleet is of type instant, you must specify the fleet ID, otherwise it does not appear in the response.

Filters

The filters.

  • activity-status - The progress of the EC2 Fleet ( error | pending-fulfillment | pending-termination | fulfilled).

  • excess-capacity-termination-policy - Indicates whether to terminate running instances if the target capacity is decreased below the current EC2 Fleet size (true | false).

  • fleet-state - The state of the EC2 Fleet (submitted | active | deleted | failed | deleted-running | deleted-terminating | modifying).

  • replace-unhealthy-instances - Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy instances (true | false).

  • type - The type of request (instant | request | maintain).


Describes one or more flow logs

Description

Describes one or more flow logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_flow_logs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_flow_logs(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  FlowLogIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filter

One or more filters.

  • deliver-log-status - The status of the logs delivery (SUCCESS | FAILED).

  • log-destination-type - The type of destination for the flow log data (cloud-watch-logs | s3 | kinesis-data-firehose).

  • flow-log-id - The ID of the flow log.

  • log-group-name - The name of the log group.

  • resource-id - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface.

  • traffic-type - The type of traffic (ACCEPT | REJECT | ALL).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

FlowLogIds

One or more flow log IDs.

Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of items. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fpga_image_attribute(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId, Attribute)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FpgaImageId

[required] The ID of the AFI.

Attribute

[required] The AFI attribute.


Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you

Description

Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you. These include public AFIs, private AFIs that you own, and AFIs owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have load permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fpga_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_fpga_images(
  DryRun = NULL,
  FpgaImageIds = NULL,
  Owners = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FpgaImageIds

The AFI IDs.

Owners

Filters the AFI by owner. Specify an Amazon Web Services account ID, self (owner is the sender of the request), or an Amazon Web Services owner alias (valid values are amazon | aws-marketplace).

Filters

The filters.

  • create-time - The creation time of the AFI.

  • fpga-image-id - The FPGA image identifier (AFI ID).

  • fpga-image-global-id - The global FPGA image identifier (AGFI ID).

  • name - The name of the AFI.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the AFI owner.

  • product-code - The product code.

  • shell-version - The version of the Amazon Web Services Shell that was used to create the bitstream.

  • state - The state of the AFI (pending | failed | available | unavailable).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • update-time - The time of the most recent update.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase

Description

Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_host_reservation_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_host_reservation_offerings(
  Filter = NULL,
  MaxDuration = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  MinDuration = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  OfferingId = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The filters.

  • instance-family - The instance family of the offering (for example, m4).

  • payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | AllUpfront).

MaxDuration

This is the maximum duration of the reservation to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for three years.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a larger value than 500, you receive an error.

MinDuration

This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000 for one year.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

OfferingId

The ID of the reservation offering.


Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account

Description

Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_host_reservations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_host_reservations(
  Filter = NULL,
  HostReservationIdSet = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The filters.

  • instance-family - The instance family (for example, m4).

  • payment-option - The payment option (NoUpfront | PartialUpfront | AllUpfront).

  • state - The state of the reservation (payment-pending | payment-failed | active | retired).

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

HostReservationIdSet

The host reservation IDs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a larger value than 500, you receive an error.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.


Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts

Description

Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_hosts(
  HostIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filter = NULL
)

Arguments

HostIds

The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts. The IDs are used for targeted instance launches.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a larger value than 500, you receive an error.

You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request.

Filter

The filters.

  • auto-placement - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled (on | off).

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the host.

  • client-token - The idempotency token that you provided when you allocated the host.

  • host-reservation-id - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host.

  • instance-type - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured to support.

  • state - The allocation state of the Dedicated Host (available | under-assessment | permanent-failure | released | released-permanent-failure).

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes your IAM instance profile associations

Description

Describes your IAM instance profile associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_iam_instance_profile_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_iam_instance_profile_associations(
  AssociationIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AssociationIds

The IAM instance profile associations.

Filters

The filters.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

  • state - The state of the association (associating | associated | disassociating).

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs

Description

Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_id_format(Resource = NULL)

Arguments

Resource

The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway


Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user

Description

Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. For more information, see Resource IDs in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_identity_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_identity_id_format(Resource = NULL, PrincipalArn)

Arguments

Resource

The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway

PrincipalArn

[required] The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root user.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_image_attribute(Attribute, ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The AMI attribute.

Note: The blockDeviceMapping attribute is deprecated. Using this attribute returns the Client.AuthFailure error. To get information about the block device mappings for an AMI, use the describe_images action.

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you

Description

Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_images(
  ExecutableUsers = NULL,
  ImageIds = NULL,
  Owners = NULL,
  IncludeDeprecated = NULL,
  IncludeDisabled = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

ExecutableUsers

Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an Amazon Web Services account ID, self (the sender of the request), or all (public AMIs).

  • If you specify an Amazon Web Services account ID that is not your own, only AMIs shared with that specific Amazon Web Services account ID are returned. However, AMIs that are shared with the account’s organization or organizational unit (OU) are not returned.

  • If you specify self or your own Amazon Web Services account ID, AMIs shared with your account are returned. In addition, AMIs that are shared with the organization or OU of which you are member are also returned.

  • If you specify all, all public AMIs are returned.

ImageIds

The image IDs.

Default: Describes all images available to you.

Owners

Scopes the results to images with the specified owners. You can specify a combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, self, amazon, aws-backup-vault, and aws-marketplace. If you omit this parameter, the results include all images for which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership.

IncludeDeprecated

Specifies whether to include deprecated AMIs.

Default: No deprecated AMIs are included in the response.

If you are the AMI owner, all deprecated AMIs appear in the response regardless of what you specify for this parameter.

IncludeDisabled

Specifies whether to include disabled AMIs.

Default: No disabled AMIs are included in the response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • architecture - The image architecture (i386 | x86_64 | arm64 | x86_64_mac | arm64_mac).

  • block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean value that indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.

  • block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block device mapping (for example, ⁠/dev/sdh⁠ or xvdh).

  • block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot used for the Amazon EBS volume.

  • block-device-mapping.volume-size - The volume size of the Amazon EBS volume, in GiB.

  • block-device-mapping.volume-type - The volume type of the Amazon EBS volume (io1 | io2 | gp2 | gp3 | sc1 | st1 | standard).

  • block-device-mapping.encrypted - A Boolean that indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is encrypted.

  • creation-date - The time when the image was created, in the ISO 8601 format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example, ⁠2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z⁠. You can use a wildcard (*), for example, ⁠2021-09-29T*⁠, which matches an entire day.

  • description - The description of the image (provided during image creation).

  • ena-support - A Boolean that indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled.

  • hypervisor - The hypervisor type (ovm | xen).

  • image-allowed - A Boolean that indicates whether the image meets the criteria specified for Allowed AMIs.

  • image-id - The ID of the image.

  • image-type - The image type (machine | kernel | ramdisk).

  • is-public - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public.

  • kernel-id - The kernel ID.

  • manifest-location - The location of the image manifest.

  • name - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation).

  • owner-alias - The owner alias (amazon | aws-backup-vault | aws-marketplace). The valid aliases are defined in an Amazon-maintained list. This is not the Amazon Web Services account alias that can be set using the IAM console. We recommend that you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend that you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter.

  • platform - The platform. The only supported value is windows.

  • product-code - The product code.

  • product-code.type - The type of the product code (marketplace).

  • ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.

  • root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example, ⁠/dev/sda1⁠).

  • root-device-type - The type of the root device volume (ebs | instance-store).

  • source-image-id - The ID of the source AMI from which the AMI was created.

  • source-image-region - The Region of the source AMI.

  • source-instance-id - The ID of the instance that the AMI was created from if the AMI was created using CreateImage. This filter is applicable only if the AMI was created using create_image.

  • state - The state of the image (available | pending | failed).

  • state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.

  • state-reason-message - The message for the state change.

  • sriov-net-support - A value of simple indicates that enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 VF interface is enabled.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • virtualization-type - The virtualization type (paravirtual | hvm).


Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created

Description

Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_import_image_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_import_image_tasks(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  ImportTaskIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

Filter tasks using the task-state filter and one of the following values: active, completed, deleting, or deleted.

ImportTaskIds

The IDs of the import image tasks.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.

NextToken

A token that indicates the next page of results.


Describes your import snapshot tasks

Description

Describes your import snapshot tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_import_snapshot_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_import_snapshot_tasks(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  ImportTaskIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

ImportTaskIds

A list of import snapshot task IDs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.

NextToken

A token that indicates the next page of results.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_attribute(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, Attribute)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

Attribute

[required] The instance attribute.

Note that the enaSupport attribute is not supported.


Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints

Description

Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_connect_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_connect_endpoints(
  DryRun = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  InstanceConnectEndpointIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • instance-connect-endpoint-id - The ID of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.

  • state - The state of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint (⁠create-in-progress⁠ | create-complete | create-failed | ⁠delete-in-progress⁠ | delete-complete | delete-failed).

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint was created.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag with a specific value, regardless of tag key.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint was created.

InstanceConnectEndpointIds

One or more EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint IDs.


Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances

Description

Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances. The credit options are standard and unlimited.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_credit_specifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_credit_specifications(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

InstanceIds

The instance IDs.

Default: Describes all your instances.

Constraints: Maximum 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same call.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region

Description

Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_event_notification_attributes(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified event windows or all event windows

Description

Describes the specified event windows or all event windows.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_event_windows/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_event_windows(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceEventWindowIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceEventWindowIds

The IDs of the event windows.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • dedicated-host-id - The event windows associated with the specified Dedicated Host ID.

  • event-window-name - The event windows associated with the specified names.

  • instance-id - The event windows associated with the specified instance ID.

  • instance-tag - The event windows associated with the specified tag and value.

  • instance-tag-key - The event windows associated with the specified tag key, regardless of the value.

  • instance-tag-value - The event windows associated with the specified tag value, regardless of the key.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the event window. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value CMX, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and CMX for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the event window. Use this filter to find all event windows that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the event window. Use this filter to find all event windows that have a tag with a specific value, regardless of the tag key.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 20 and 500. You cannot specify this parameter and the event window IDs parameter in the same call.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.


Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed

Description

Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_image_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_image_metadata(
  Filters = NULL,
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2a⁠) or Local Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2-lax-1b⁠) of the instance.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

  • image-allowed - A Boolean that indicates whether the image meets the criteria specified for Allowed AMIs.

  • instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending | running | shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).

  • instance-type - The type of instance (for example, t3.micro).

  • launch-time - The time when the instance was launched, in the ISO 8601 format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example, ⁠2023-09-29T11:04:43.305Z⁠. You can use a wildcard (*), for example, ⁠2023-09-29T*⁠, which matches an entire day.

  • owner-alias - The owner alias (amazon | aws-marketplace | aws-backup-vault). The valid aliases are defined in an Amazon-maintained list. This is not the Amazon Web Services account alias that can be set using the IAM console. We recommend that you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend that you use the Owner request parameter instead of this filter.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone (for example, usw2-az2) or Local Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1) of the instance.

InstanceIds

The instance IDs.

If you don't specify an instance ID or filters, the output includes information for all instances.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Default: 1000

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances

Description

Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances. By default, only running instances are described, unless you specifically indicate to return the status of all instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_status(
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  IncludeAllInstances = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceIds

The instance IDs.

Default: Describes all your instances.

Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.

  • event.code - The code for the scheduled event (instance-reboot | system-reboot | system-maintenance | instance-retirement | instance-stop).

  • event.description - A description of the event.

  • event.instance-event-id - The ID of the event whose date and time you are modifying.

  • event.not-after - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example, ⁠2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z⁠).

  • event.not-before - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for example, ⁠2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z⁠).

  • event.not-before-deadline - The deadline for starting the event (for example, ⁠2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z⁠).

  • instance-state-code - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped).

  • instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending | running | shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).

  • instance-status.reachability - Filters on instance status where the name is reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).

  • instance-status.status - The status of the instance (ok | impaired | initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).

  • operator.managed - A Boolean that indicates whether this is a managed instance.

  • operator.principal - The principal that manages the instance. Only valid for managed instances, where managed is true.

  • system-status.reachability - Filters on system status where the name is reachability (passed | failed | initializing | insufficient-data).

  • system-status.status - The system status of the instance (ok | impaired | initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).

  • attached-ebs-status.status - The status of the attached EBS volume for the instance (ok | impaired | initializing | insufficient-data | not-applicable).

IncludeAllInstances

When true, includes the health status for all instances. When false, includes the health status for running instances only.

Default: false


Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone

Description

Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone. You can use this information to determine the relative proximity of your EC2 instances within the Amazon Web Services network to support your tightly coupled workloads.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_topology/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_topology(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  GroupNames = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request.

Default: 20

InstanceIds

The instance IDs.

Default: Describes all your instances.

Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs.

GroupNames

The name of the placement group that each instance is in.

Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified placement group names.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2a⁠) or Local Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2-lax-1b⁠) that the instance is in.

  • instance-type - The instance type (for example, p4d.24xlarge) or instance family (for example, ⁠p4d*⁠). You can use the * wildcard to match zero or more characters, or the ⁠?⁠ wildcard to match zero or one character.

  • zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone (for example, usw2-az2) or Local Zone (for example, usw2-lax1-az1) that the instance is in.


Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location

Description

Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location. If no location is specified, the default is to list the instance types that are offered in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_type_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_type_offerings(
  DryRun = NULL,
  LocationType = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LocationType

The location type.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone. When you specify a location filter, it must be an Availability Zone for the current Region.

  • availability-zone-id - The AZ ID. When you specify a location filter, it must be an AZ ID for the current Region.

  • outpost - The Outpost ARN. When you specify a location filter, it must be an Outpost ARN for the current Region.

  • region - The current Region. If you specify a location filter, it must match the current Region.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • instance-type - The instance type. For a list of possible values, see Instance.

  • location - The location. For a list of possible identifiers, see Regions and Zones.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the specified instance types

Description

Describes the specified instance types. By default, all instance types for the current Region are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instance_types(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceTypes = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceTypes

The instance types.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

  • auto-recovery-supported - Indicates whether Amazon CloudWatch action based recovery is supported (true | false).

  • bare-metal - Indicates whether it is a bare metal instance type (true | false).

  • burstable-performance-supported - Indicates whether the instance type is a burstable performance T instance type (true | false).

  • current-generation - Indicates whether this instance type is the latest generation instance type of an instance family (true | false).

  • ⁠ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-bandwidth-in-mbps⁠ - The baseline bandwidth performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps.

  • ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-iops - The baseline input/output storage operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type.

  • ⁠ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.baseline-throughput-in-mbps⁠ - The baseline throughput performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s.

  • ⁠ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-bandwidth-in-mbps⁠ - The maximum bandwidth performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in Mbps.

  • ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-iops - The maximum input/output storage operations per second for an EBS-optimized instance type.

  • ⁠ebs-info.ebs-optimized-info.maximum-throughput-in-mbps⁠ - The maximum throughput performance for an EBS-optimized instance type, in MB/s.

  • ebs-info.ebs-optimized-support - Indicates whether the instance type is EBS-optimized (supported | unsupported | default).

  • ebs-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether EBS encryption is supported (supported | unsupported).

  • ebs-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether non-volatile memory express (NVMe) is supported for EBS volumes (required | supported | unsupported).

  • free-tier-eligible - Indicates whether the instance type is eligible to use in the free tier (true | false).

  • hibernation-supported - Indicates whether On-Demand hibernation is supported (true | false).

  • hypervisor - The hypervisor (nitro | xen).

  • instance-storage-info.disk.count - The number of local disks.

  • ⁠instance-storage-info.disk.size-in-gb⁠ - The storage size of each instance storage disk, in GB.

  • instance-storage-info.disk.type - The storage technology for the local instance storage disks (hdd | ssd).

  • instance-storage-info.encryption-support - Indicates whether data is encrypted at rest (required | supported | unsupported).

  • instance-storage-info.nvme-support - Indicates whether non-volatile memory express (NVMe) is supported for instance store (required | supported | unsupported).

  • ⁠instance-storage-info.total-size-in-gb⁠ - The total amount of storage available from all local instance storage, in GB.

  • instance-storage-supported - Indicates whether the instance type has local instance storage (true | false).

  • instance-type - The instance type (for example c5.2xlarge or c5*).

  • ⁠memory-info.size-in-mib⁠ - The memory size.

  • network-info.bandwidth-weightings - For instances that support bandwidth weighting to boost performance (default, vpc-1, ebs-1).

  • network-info.efa-info.maximum-efa-interfaces - The maximum number of Elastic Fabric Adapters (EFAs) per instance.

  • network-info.efa-supported - Indicates whether the instance type supports Elastic Fabric Adapter (EFA) (true | false).

  • network-info.ena-support - Indicates whether Elastic Network Adapter (ENA) is supported or required (required | supported | unsupported).

  • ⁠network-info.encryption-in-transit-supported⁠ - Indicates whether the instance type automatically encrypts in-transit traffic between instances (true | false).

  • network-info.ipv4-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private IPv4 addresses per network interface.

  • network-info.ipv6-addresses-per-interface - The maximum number of private IPv6 addresses per network interface.

  • network-info.ipv6-supported - Indicates whether the instance type supports IPv6 (true | false).

  • network-info.maximum-network-cards - The maximum number of network cards per instance.

  • network-info.maximum-network-interfaces - The maximum number of network interfaces per instance.

  • network-info.network-performance - The network performance (for example, "25 Gigabit").

  • nitro-enclaves-support - Indicates whether Nitro Enclaves is supported (supported | unsupported).

  • nitro-tpm-support - Indicates whether NitroTPM is supported (supported | unsupported).

  • nitro-tpm-info.supported-versions - The supported NitroTPM version (2.0).

  • processor-info.supported-architecture - The CPU architecture (arm64 | i386 | x86_64).

  • ⁠processor-info.sustained-clock-speed-in-ghz⁠ - The CPU clock speed, in GHz.

  • processor-info.supported-features - The supported CPU features (amd-sev-snp).

  • supported-boot-mode - The boot mode (legacy-bios | uefi).

  • supported-root-device-type - The root device type (ebs | instance-store).

  • supported-usage-class - The usage class (on-demand | spot | capacity-block).

  • supported-virtualization-type - The virtualization type (hvm | paravirtual).

  • vcpu-info.default-cores - The default number of cores for the instance type.

  • vcpu-info.default-threads-per-core - The default number of threads per core for the instance type.

  • vcpu-info.default-vcpus - The default number of vCPUs for the instance type.

  • vcpu-info.valid-cores - The number of cores that can be configured for the instance type.

  • vcpu-info.valid-threads-per-core - The number of threads per core that can be configured for the instance type. For example, "1" or "1,2".

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the specified instances or all instances

Description

Describes the specified instances or all instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_instances(
  InstanceIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceIds

The instance IDs.

Default: Describes all your instances.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • affinity - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated Host (default | host).

  • architecture - The instance architecture (i386 | x86_64 | arm64).

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.

  • block-device-mapping.attach-time - The attach time for an EBS volume mapped to the instance, for example, ⁠2022-09-15T17:15:20.000Z⁠.

  • block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - A Boolean that indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.

  • block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name specified in the block device mapping (for example, ⁠/dev/sdh⁠ or xvdh).

  • block-device-mapping.status - The status for the EBS volume (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).

  • block-device-mapping.volume-id - The volume ID of the EBS volume.

  • boot-mode - The boot mode that was specified by the AMI (legacy-bios | uefi | uefi-preferred).

  • capacity-reservation-id - The ID of the Capacity Reservation into which the instance was launched.

  • capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-preference - The instance's Capacity Reservation preference (open | none).

  • capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-target.capacity-reservation-id - The ID of the targeted Capacity Reservation.

  • capacity-reservation-specification.capacity-reservation-target.capacity-reservation-resource-group-arn - The ARN of the targeted Capacity Reservation group.

  • client-token - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance.

  • current-instance-boot-mode - The boot mode that is used to launch the instance at launch or start (legacy-bios | uefi).

  • dns-name - The public DNS name of the instance.

  • ebs-optimized - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.

  • ena-support - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is enabled for enhanced networking with ENA.

  • enclave-options.enabled - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves.

  • hibernation-options.configured - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance is enabled for hibernation. A value of true means that the instance is enabled for hibernation.

  • host-id - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running, if applicable.

  • hypervisor - The hypervisor type of the instance (ovm | xen). The value xen is used for both Xen and Nitro hypervisors.

  • iam-instance-profile.arn - The instance profile associated with the instance. Specified as an ARN.

  • iam-instance-profile.id - The instance profile associated with the instance. Specified as an ID.

  • image-id - The ID of the image used to launch the instance.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance.

  • instance-lifecycle - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance, a Scheduled Instance, or a Capacity Block (spot | scheduled | capacity-block).

  • instance-state-code - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is used for internal purposes and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are: 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped).

  • instance-state-name - The state of the instance (pending | running | shutting-down | terminated | stopping | stopped).

  • instance-type - The type of instance (for example, t2.micro).

  • instance.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance.

  • instance.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance.

  • ip-address - The public IPv4 address of the instance.

  • ipv6-address - The IPv6 address of the instance.

  • kernel-id - The kernel ID.

  • key-name - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched.

  • launch-index - When launching multiple instances, this is the index for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on).

  • launch-time - The time when the instance was launched, in the ISO 8601 format in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ), for example, ⁠2021-09-29T11:04:43.305Z⁠. You can use a wildcard (*), for example, ⁠2021-09-29T*⁠, which matches an entire day.

  • maintenance-options.auto-recovery - The current automatic recovery behavior of the instance (disabled | default).

  • metadata-options.http-endpoint - The status of access to the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instance (enabled | disabled)

  • metadata-options.http-protocol-ipv4 - Indicates whether the IPv4 endpoint is enabled (disabled | enabled).

  • metadata-options.http-protocol-ipv6 - Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint is enabled (disabled | enabled).

  • metadata-options.http-put-response-hop-limit - The HTTP metadata request put response hop limit (integer, possible values 1 to 64)

  • metadata-options.http-tokens - The metadata request authorization state (optional | required)

  • metadata-options.instance-metadata-tags - The status of access to instance tags from the instance metadata (enabled | disabled)

  • metadata-options.state - The state of the metadata option changes (pending | applied).

  • monitoring-state - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled (disabled | enabled).

  • network-interface.addresses.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.association-id - The association ID.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.carrier-ip - The carrier IP address.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.customer-owned-ip - The customer-owned IP address.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id - The owner ID of the private IPv4 address associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name.

  • network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip - The ID of the association of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network interface.

  • network-interface.addresses.primary - Specifies whether the IPv4 address of the network interface is the primary private IPv4 address.

  • network-interface.addresses.private-dns-name - The private DNS name.

  • network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.

  • network-interface.association.association-id - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address.

  • network-interface.association.carrier-ip - The customer-owned IP address.

  • network-interface.association.customer-owned-ip - The customer-owned IP address.

  • network-interface.association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name.

  • network-interface.association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface.

  • network-interface.attachment.attach-time - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance.

  • network-interface.attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface attachment.

  • network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination - Specifies whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated.

  • network-interface.attachment.device-index - The device index to which the network interface is attached.

  • network-interface.attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached.

  • network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached.

  • network-interface.attachment.network-card-index - The index of the network card.

  • network-interface.attachment.status - The status of the attachment (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).

  • network-interface.availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the network interface.

  • network-interface.deny-all-igw-traffic - A Boolean that indicates whether a network interface with an IPv6 address is unreachable from the public internet.

  • network-interface.description - The description of the network interface.

  • network-interface.group-id - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.group-name - The name of a security group associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.ipv4-prefixes.ipv4-prefix - The IPv4 prefixes that are assigned to the network interface.

  • network-interface.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - The IPv6 address associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.ipv6-addresses.is-primary-ipv6 - A Boolean that indicates whether this is the primary IPv6 address.

  • network-interface.ipv6-native - A Boolean that indicates whether this is an IPv6 only network interface.

  • network-interface.ipv6-prefixes.ipv6-prefix - The IPv6 prefix assigned to the network interface.

  • network-interface.mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface.

  • network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.

  • network-interface.operator.managed - A Boolean that indicates whether the instance has a managed network interface.

  • network-interface.operator.principal - The principal that manages the network interface. Only valid for instances with managed network interfaces, where managed is true.

  • network-interface.outpost-arn - The ARN of the Outpost.

  • network-interface.owner-id - The ID of the owner of the network interface.

  • network-interface.private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network interface.

  • network-interface.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address.

  • network-interface.public-dns-name - The public DNS name.

  • network-interface.requester-id - The requester ID for the network interface.

  • network-interface.requester-managed - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by Amazon Web Services.

  • network-interface.status - The status of the network interface (available) | ⁠in-use⁠).

  • network-interface.source-dest-check - Whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled. The value must be false for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC.

  • network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface.

  • network-interface.tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the network interface.

  • network-interface.tag-value - The value of a tag assigned to the network interface.

  • network-interface.vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface.

  • network-performance-options.bandwidth-weighting - Where the performance boost is applied, if applicable. Valid values: default, vpc-1, ebs-1.

  • operator.managed - A Boolean that indicates whether this is a managed instance.

  • operator.principal - The principal that manages the instance. Only valid for managed instances, where managed is true.

  • outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the instance owner.

  • placement-group-name - The name of the placement group for the instance.

  • placement-partition-number - The partition in which the instance is located.

  • platform - The platform. To list only Windows instances, use windows.

  • platform-details - The platform (Linux/UNIX | ⁠Red Hat BYOL Linux⁠ | ⁠ Red Hat Enterprise Linux⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL Server Standard and HA⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL Server Enterprise and HA⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with SQL Server Enterprise⁠ | ⁠SQL Server Enterprise⁠ | ⁠SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠SUSE Linux⁠ | ⁠Ubuntu Pro⁠ | Windows | ⁠Windows BYOL⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Enterprise⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Web⁠).

  • private-dns-name - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance.

  • private-dns-name-options.enable-resource-name-dns-a-record - A Boolean that indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

  • private-dns-name-options.enable-resource-name-dns-aaaa-record - A Boolean that indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records.

  • private-dns-name-options.hostname-type - The type of hostname (ip-name | resource-name).

  • private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address of the instance. This can only be used to filter by the primary IP address of the network interface attached to the instance. To filter by additional IP addresses assigned to the network interface, use the filter network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address.

  • product-code - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the instance.

  • product-code.type - The type of product code (devpay | marketplace).

  • ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.

  • reason - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example, shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or terminate the instance). Similar to the state-reason-code filter.

  • requester-id - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on).

  • reservation-id - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation ID is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the same launch request. For example, if you launch one instance, you get one reservation ID. If you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you also get one reservation ID.

  • root-device-name - The device name of the root device volume (for example, ⁠/dev/sda1⁠).

  • root-device-type - The type of the root device volume (ebs | instance-store).

  • source-dest-check - Indicates whether the instance performs source/destination checking. A value of true means that checking is enabled, and false means that checking is disabled. The value must be false for the instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC.

  • spot-instance-request-id - The ID of the Spot Instance request.

  • state-reason-code - The reason code for the state change.

  • state-reason-message - A message that describes the state change.

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • tenancy - The tenancy of an instance (dedicated | default | host).

  • tpm-support - Indicates if the instance is configured for NitroTPM support (v2.0).

  • usage-operation - The usage operation value for the instance (run_instances | ⁠RunInstances:00g0⁠ | RunInstances:0010 | RunInstances:1010 | RunInstances:1014 | RunInstances:1110 | RunInstances:0014 | RunInstances:0210 | RunInstances:0110 | RunInstances:0100 | RunInstances:0004 | RunInstances:0200 | ⁠RunInstances:000g⁠ | ⁠RunInstances:0g00⁠ | RunInstances:0002 | RunInstances:0800 | RunInstances:0102 | RunInstances:0006 | RunInstances:0202).

  • usage-operation-update-time - The time that the usage operation was last updated, for example, ⁠2022-09-15T17:15:20.000Z⁠.

  • virtualization-type - The virtualization type of the instance (paravirtual | hvm).

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request.


Describes your internet gateways

Description

Describes your internet gateways. The default is to describe all your internet gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific internet gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the internet gateways that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_internet_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_internet_gateways(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  InternetGatewayIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InternetGatewayIds

The IDs of the internet gateways.

Default: Describes all your internet gateways.

Filters

The filters.

  • attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (available). Present only if a VPC is attached.

  • attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.

  • internet-gateway-id - The ID of the Internet gateway.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the internet gateway.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated

Description

Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describe verification tokens

Description

Describe verification tokens. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

Available filters:

  • ipam-arn

  • ipam-external-resource-verification-token-arn

  • ipam-external-resource-verification-token-id

  • ipam-id

  • ipam-region

  • state

  • status

  • token-name

  • token-value

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of tokens to return in one page of results.

IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenIds

Verification token IDs.


Get information about your IPAM pools

Description

Get information about your IPAM pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_pools(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  IpamPoolIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

IpamPoolIds

The IDs of the IPAM pools you would like information on.


Describes IPAM resource discoveries

Description

Describes IPAM resource discoveries. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discoveries/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discoveries(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryIds

The IPAM resource discovery IDs.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of resource discoveries to return in one page of results.

Filters

The resource discovery filters.


Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM

Description

Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM. An associated resource discovery is a resource discovery that has been associated with an IPAM..

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationIds

The resource discovery association IDs.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of resource discovery associations to return in one page of results.

Filters

The resource discovery association filters.


Get information about your IPAM scopes

Description

Get information about your IPAM scopes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_scopes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipam_scopes(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  IpamScopeIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

IpamScopeIds

The IDs of the scopes you want information on.


Get information about your IPAM pools

Description

Get information about your IPAM pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipams/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipams(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  IpamIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

IpamIds

The IDs of the IPAMs you want information on.


Describes your IPv6 address pools

Description

Describes your IPv6 address pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipv_6_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_ipv_6_pools(
  PoolIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolIds

The IDs of the IPv6 address pools.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs

Description

Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_key_pairs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_key_pairs(
  KeyNames = NULL,
  KeyPairIds = NULL,
  IncludePublicKey = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyNames

The key pair names.

Default: Describes all of your key pairs.

KeyPairIds

The IDs of the key pairs.

IncludePublicKey

If true, the public key material is included in the response.

Default: false

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • key-pair-id - The ID of the key pair.

  • fingerprint - The fingerprint of the key pair.

  • key-name - The name of the key pair.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.


Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template

Description

Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template. You can describe all versions, individual versions, or a range of versions. You can also describe all the latest versions or all the default versions of all the launch templates in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_launch_template_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_launch_template_versions(
  DryRun = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
  Versions = NULL,
  MinVersion = NULL,
  MaxVersion = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  ResolveAlias = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LaunchTemplateId

The ID of the launch template.

To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter.

LaunchTemplateName

The name of the launch template.

To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must specify either the launch template name or the launch template ID, but not both.

To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter.

Versions

One or more versions of the launch template. Valid values depend on whether you are describing a specified launch template (by ID or name) or all launch templates in your account.

To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, valid values are ⁠$Latest⁠, ⁠$Default⁠, and numbers.

To describe all launch templates in your account that are defined as the latest version, the valid value is ⁠$Latest⁠. To describe all launch templates in your account that are defined as the default version, the valid value is ⁠$Default⁠. You can specify ⁠$Latest⁠ and ⁠$Default⁠ in the same request. You cannot specify numbers.

MinVersion

The version number after which to describe launch template versions.

MaxVersion

The version number up to which to describe launch template versions.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 200.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • create-time - The time the launch template version was created.

  • ebs-optimized - A boolean that indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O.

  • http-endpoint - Indicates whether the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances is enabled (enabled | disabled).

  • http-protocol-ipv4 - Indicates whether the IPv4 endpoint for the instance metadata service is enabled (enabled | disabled).

  • host-resource-group-arn - The ARN of the host resource group in which to launch the instances.

  • http-tokens - The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests (optional | required).

  • iam-instance-profile - The ARN of the IAM instance profile.

  • image-id - The ID of the AMI.

  • instance-type - The instance type.

  • is-default-version - A boolean that indicates whether the launch template version is the default version.

  • kernel-id - The kernel ID.

  • license-configuration-arn - The ARN of the license configuration.

  • network-card-index - The index of the network card.

  • ram-disk-id - The RAM disk ID.

ResolveAlias

If true, and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId, the AMI ID is displayed in the response for imageId.

If false, and if a Systems Manager parameter is specified for ImageId, the parameter is displayed in the response for imageId.

For more information, see Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: false


Describes one or more launch templates

Description

Describes one or more launch templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_launch_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_launch_templates(
  DryRun = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateIds = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateNames = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LaunchTemplateIds

One or more launch template IDs.

LaunchTemplateNames

One or more launch template names.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • create-time - The time the launch template was created.

  • launch-template-name - The name of the launch template.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 200.


Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables

Description

Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationIds

The IDs of the associations.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.

  • local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local gateway route table for the virtual interface group.

  • local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table.

  • local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-association-id - The ID of the association.

  • local-gateway-route-table-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of the virtual interface group.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway virtual interface group association.

  • state - The state of the association.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables

Description

Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationIds

The IDs of the associations.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.

  • local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local gateway route table for the association.

  • local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the local gateway route table.

  • local-gateway-route-table-vpc-association-id - The ID of the association.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway route table for the association.

  • state - The state of the association.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more local gateway route tables

Description

Describes one or more local gateway route tables. By default, all local gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_tables(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableIds

The IDs of the local gateway route tables.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.

  • local-gateway-route-table-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the local gateway route table.

  • local-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of a local gateway route table.

  • outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway route table.

  • state - The state of the local gateway route table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups

Description

Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups(
  LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupIds

The IDs of the virtual interface groups.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.

  • local-gateway-virtual-interface-group-id - The ID of the virtual interface group.

  • local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual interface.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway virtual interface group.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces

Description

Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces(
  LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceIds

The IDs of the virtual interfaces.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-address - The local address.

  • local-bgp-asn - The Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN) of the local gateway.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of the local gateway.

  • local-gateway-virtual-interface-id - The ID of the virtual interface.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway virtual interface.

  • peer-address - The peer address.

  • peer-bgp-asn - The peer BGP ASN.

  • vlan - The ID of the VLAN.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more local gateways

Description

Describes one or more local gateways. By default, all local gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_local_gateways(
  LocalGatewayIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayIds

The IDs of the local gateways.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • local-gateway-id - The ID of a local gateway.

  • outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the local gateway.

  • state - The state of the association.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the lock status for a snapshot

Description

Describes the lock status for a snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_locked_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_locked_snapshots(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  SnapshotIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • lock-state - The state of the snapshot lock (compliance-cooloff | governance | compliance | expired).

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

SnapshotIds

The IDs of the snapshots for which to view the lock status.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts

Description

Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_mac_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_mac_hosts(
  Filters = NULL,
  HostIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host.

  • instance-type - The instance type size that the EC2 Mac Dedicated Host is configured to support.

HostIds

The IDs of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 500. If maxResults is given a larger value than 500, you receive an error.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.


Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists

Description

Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_managed_prefix_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_managed_prefix_lists(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PrefixListIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • owner-id - The ID of the prefix list owner.

  • prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.

  • prefix-list-name - The name of the prefix list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

PrefixListIds

One or more prefix list IDs.


This action is deprecated

Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_moving_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_moving_addresses(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PublicIps = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PublicIps

One or more Elastic IP addresses.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • moving-status - The status of the Elastic IP address (MovingToVpc | RestoringToClassic).

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if MaxResults is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned.

Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000.


Describes your NAT gateways

Description

Describes your NAT gateways. The default is to describe all your NAT gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific NAT gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the NAT gateways that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_nat_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_nat_gateways(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NatGatewayIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filter

The filters.

  • nat-gateway-id - The ID of the NAT gateway.

  • state - The state of the NAT gateway (pending | failed | available | deleting | deleted).

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NatGatewayIds

The IDs of the NAT gateways.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes your network ACLs

Description

Describes your network ACLs. The default is to describe all your network ACLs. Alternatively, you can specify specific network ACL IDs or filter the results to include only the network ACLs that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_acls/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_acls(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkAclIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkAclIds

The IDs of the network ACLs.

Filters

The filters.

  • association.association-id - The ID of an association ID for the ACL.

  • association.network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL involved in the association.

  • association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association.

  • default - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the VPC.

  • entry.cidr - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry.

  • entry.icmp.code - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any.

  • entry.icmp.type - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any.

  • entry.ipv6-cidr - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry.

  • entry.port-range.from - The start of the port range specified in the entry.

  • entry.port-range.to - The end of the port range specified in the entry.

  • entry.protocol - The protocol specified in the entry (tcp | udp | icmp or a protocol number).

  • entry.rule-action - Allows or denies the matching traffic (allow | deny).

  • entry.egress - A Boolean that indicates the type of rule. Specify true for egress rules, or false for ingress rules.

  • entry.rule-number - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in the set of ACL entries.

  • network-acl-id - The ID of the network ACL.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the network ACL.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL.


Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses

Description

Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisIds = NULL,
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId = NULL,
  AnalysisStartTimeBegin = NULL,
  AnalysisStartTimeEnd = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisIds

The IDs of the Network Access Scope analyses.

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId

The ID of the Network Access Scope.

AnalysisStartTimeBegin

Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on or after this time.

AnalysisStartTimeEnd

Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on or before this time.

Filters

There are no supported filters.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes the specified Network Access Scopes

Description

Describes the specified Network Access Scopes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scopes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scopes(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeIds

The IDs of the Network Access Scopes.

Filters

There are no supported filters.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes one or more of your network insights analyses

Description

Describes one or more of your network insights analyses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_analyses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_insights_analyses(
  NetworkInsightsAnalysisIds = NULL,
  NetworkInsightsPathId = NULL,
  AnalysisStartTime = NULL,
  AnalysisEndTime = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAnalysisIds

The ID of the network insights analyses. You must specify either analysis IDs or a path ID.

NetworkInsightsPathId

The ID of the path. You must specify either a path ID or analysis IDs.

AnalysisStartTime

The time when the network insights analyses started.

AnalysisEndTime

The time when the network insights analyses ended.

Filters

The filters. The following are the possible values:

  • path-found - A Boolean value that indicates whether a feasible path is found.

  • status - The status of the analysis (running | succeeded | failed).

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes one or more of your paths

Description

Describes one or more of your paths.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_paths/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_insights_paths(
  NetworkInsightsPathIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsPathIds

The IDs of the paths.

Filters

The filters. The following are the possible values:

  • destination - The ID of the resource.

  • filter-at-source.source-address - The source IPv4 address at the source.

  • filter-at-source.source-port-range - The source port range at the source.

  • filter-at-source.destination-address - The destination IPv4 address at the source.

  • filter-at-source.destination-port-range - The destination port range at the source.

  • filter-at-destination.source-address - The source IPv4 address at the destination.

  • filter-at-destination.source-port-range - The source port range at the destination.

  • filter-at-destination.destination-address - The destination IPv4 address at the destination.

  • filter-at-destination.destination-port-range - The destination port range at the destination.

  • protocol - The protocol.

  • source - The ID of the resource.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes a network interface attribute

Description

Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_interface_attribute(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  Attribute = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

Attribute

The attribute of the network interface. This parameter is required.


Describes the permissions for your network interfaces

Description

Describes the permissions for your network interfaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interface_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_interface_permissions(
  NetworkInterfacePermissionIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInterfacePermissionIds

The network interface permission IDs.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • network-interface-permission.network-interface-permission-id - The ID of the permission.

  • network-interface-permission.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.

  • network-interface-permission.aws-account-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID.

  • network-interface-permission.aws-service - The Amazon Web Services service.

  • network-interface-permission.permission - The type of permission (INSTANCE-ATTACH | EIP-ASSOCIATE).

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. If this parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces

Description

Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interfaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_network_interfaces(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. You cannot specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the same request. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceIds

The network interface IDs.

Default: Describes all your network interfaces.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • association.allocation-id - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface.

  • association.association-id - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address.

  • addresses.association.owner-id - The owner ID of the addresses associated with the network interface.

  • addresses.association.public-ip - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4).

  • addresses.primary - Whether the private IPv4 address is the primary IP address associated with the network interface.

  • addresses.private-ip-address - The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface.

  • association.ip-owner-id - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface.

  • association.public-ip - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface.

  • association.public-dns-name - The public DNS name for the network interface (IPv4).

  • attachment.attach-time - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance.

  • attachment.attachment-id - The ID of the interface attachment.

  • attachment.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated.

  • attachment.device-index - The device index to which the network interface is attached.

  • attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached.

  • attachment.instance-owner-id - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached.

  • attachment.status - The status of the attachment (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the network interface.

  • description - The description of the network interface.

  • group-id - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface.

  • ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address - An IPv6 address associated with the network interface.

  • interface-type - The type of network interface (api_gateway_managed | aws_codestar_connections_managed | branch | ec2_instance_connect_endpoint | efa | efa-only | efs | gateway_load_balancer | gateway_load_balancer_endpoint | global_accelerator_managed | interface | iot_rules_managed | lambda | load_balancer | nat_gateway | network_load_balancer | quicksight | transit_gateway | trunk | vpc_endpoint).

  • mac-address - The MAC address of the network interface.

  • network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.

  • operator.managed - A Boolean that indicates whether this is a managed network interface.

  • operator.principal - The principal that manages the network interface. Only valid for managed network interfaces, where managed is true.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the network interface owner.

  • private-dns-name - The private DNS name of the network interface (IPv4).

  • private-ip-address - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network interface.

  • requester-id - The alias or Amazon Web Services account ID of the principal or service that created the network interface.

  • requester-managed - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by an Amazon Web Services service (for example, Amazon Web Services Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on).

  • source-dest-check - Indicates whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of true means checking is enabled, and false means checking is disabled. The value must be false for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC.

  • status - The status of the network interface. If the network interface is not attached to an instance, the status is available; if a network interface is attached to an instance the status is ⁠in-use⁠.

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the network interface.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the network interface.


Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups

Description

Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_placement_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_placement_groups(
  GroupIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupNames = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupIds

The IDs of the placement groups.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupNames

The names of the placement groups.

Constraints:

  • You can specify a name only if the placement group is owned by your account.

  • If a placement group is shared with your account, specifying the name results in an error. You must use the GroupId parameter instead.

Filters

The filters.

  • group-name - The name of the placement group.

  • group-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the placement group.

  • spread-level - The spread level for the placement group (host | rack).

  • state - The state of the placement group (pending | available | deleting | deleted).

  • strategy - The strategy of the placement group (cluster | spread | partition).

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service

Description

Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_prefix_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_prefix_lists(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PrefixListIds = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • prefix-list-id: The ID of a prefix list.

  • prefix-list-name: The name of a prefix list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

PrefixListIds

One or more prefix list IDs.


Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference

Description

Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_principal_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_principal_id_format(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Resources = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Resources

The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.


Describes the specified IPv4 address pools

Description

Describes the specified IPv4 address pools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_public_ipv_4_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_public_ipv_4_pools(
  PoolIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolIds

The IDs of the address pools.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions

Description

Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_regions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_regions(
  RegionNames = NULL,
  AllRegions = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

RegionNames

The names of the Regions. You can specify any Regions, whether they are enabled and disabled for your account.

AllRegions

Indicates whether to display all Regions, including Regions that are disabled for your account.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • endpoint - The endpoint of the Region (for example, ⁠ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com⁠).

  • ⁠opt-in-status⁠ - The opt-in status of the Region (⁠opt-in-not-required⁠ | ⁠opted-in⁠ | ⁠not-opted-in⁠).

  • region-name - The name of the Region (for example, us-east-1).


Describes a root volume replacement task

Description

Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see Replace a root volume in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_replace_root_volume_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_replace_root_volume_tasks(
  ReplaceRootVolumeTaskIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ReplaceRootVolumeTaskIds

The ID of the root volume replacement task to view.

Filters

Filter to use:

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance for which the root volume replacement task was created.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased

Description

Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_reserved_instances(
  OfferingClass = NULL,
  ReservedInstancesIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  OfferingType = NULL
)

Arguments

OfferingClass

Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible.

ReservedInstancesIds

One or more Reserved Instance IDs.

Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used.

  • duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three years), in seconds (31536000 | 94608000).

  • end - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).

  • fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0).

  • instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation.

  • scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance (Region or ⁠Availability Zone⁠).

  • product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description (Linux/UNIX | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Enterprise⁠ | ⁠SUSE Linux⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA⁠ | Windows | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Enterprise⁠).

  • reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instance.

  • start - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z).

  • state - The state of the Reserved Instance (payment-pending | active | payment-failed | retired).

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84).

OfferingType

The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the ⁠Medium Utilization⁠ Reserved Instance offering type.


Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace

Description

Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_listings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_reserved_instances_listings(
  ReservedInstancesId = NULL,
  ReservedInstancesListingId = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedInstancesId

One or more Reserved Instance IDs.

ReservedInstancesListingId

One or more Reserved Instance listing IDs.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances.

  • reserved-instances-listing-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing.

  • status - The status of the Reserved Instance listing (pending | active | cancelled | closed).

  • status-message - The reason for the status.


Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances

Description

Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information about the specific modification is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_modifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_reserved_instances_modifications(
  ReservedInstancesModificationIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedInstancesModificationIds

IDs for the submitted modification request.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • client-token - The idempotency token for the modification request.

  • create-date - The time when the modification request was created.

  • effective-date - The time when the modification becomes effective.

  • modification-result.reserved-instances-id - The ID for the Reserved Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only available when the status of the modification is fulfilled.

  • modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the new Reserved Instances.

  • modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count - The number of new Reserved Instances.

  • modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type - The instance type of the new Reserved Instances.

  • reserved-instances-id - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified.

  • reserved-instances-modification-id - The ID of the modification request.

  • status - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request (processing | fulfilled | failed).

  • status-message - The reason for the status.

  • update-date - The time when the modification request was last updated.


Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase

Description

Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity errors, and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand instances for the actual time used.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_reserved_instances_offerings(
  AvailabilityZone = NULL,
  IncludeMarketplace = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  MaxDuration = NULL,
  MaxInstanceCount = NULL,
  MinDuration = NULL,
  OfferingClass = NULL,
  ProductDescription = NULL,
  ReservedInstancesOfferingIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  InstanceTenancy = NULL,
  OfferingType = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AvailabilityZone

The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used.

IncludeMarketplace

Include Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings in the response.

InstanceType

The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, m1.small). For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

MaxDuration

The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.

Default: 94608000 (3 years)

MaxInstanceCount

The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings.

Default: 20

MinDuration

The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings.

Default: 2592000 (1 month)

OfferingClass

The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be standard or convertible.

ProductDescription

The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include ⁠(Amazon VPC)⁠ in the description are for use with Amazon VPC.

ReservedInstancesOfferingIds

One or more Reserved Instances offering IDs.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used.

  • duration - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year or three years), in seconds (31536000 | 94608000).

  • fixed-price - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0).

  • instance-type - The instance type that is covered by the reservation.

  • marketplace - Set to true to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior, all offerings from both Amazon Web Services and the Reserved Instance Marketplace are listed.

  • product-description - The Reserved Instance product platform description (Linux/UNIX | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠Linux with SQL Server Enterprise⁠ | ⁠SUSE Linux⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux with HA⁠ | Windows | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Standard⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Web⁠ | ⁠Windows with SQL Server Enterprise⁠).

  • reserved-instances-offering-id - The Reserved Instances offering ID.

  • scope - The scope of the Reserved Instance (⁠Availability Zone⁠ or Region).

  • usage-price - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84).

InstanceTenancy

The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance with a tenancy of dedicated is applied to instances that run in a VPC on single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances).

Important: The host value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the default or dedicated values only.

Default: default

OfferingType

The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the ⁠Medium Utilization⁠ Reserved Instance offering type.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned NextToken value. The maximum is 100.

Default: 100


Describes your route tables

Description

Describes your route tables. The default is to describe all your route tables. Alternatively, you can specify specific route table IDs or filter the results to include only the route tables that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_route_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_route_tables(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RouteTableIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RouteTableIds

The IDs of the route tables.

Filters

The filters.

  • association.gateway-id - The ID of the gateway involved in the association.

  • association.route-table-association-id - The ID of an association ID for the route table.

  • association.route-table-id - The ID of the route table involved in the association.

  • association.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet involved in the association.

  • association.main - Indicates whether the route table is the main route table for the VPC (true | false). Route tables that do not have an association ID are not returned in the response.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the route table.

  • route-table-id - The ID of the route table.

  • route.destination-cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route in the table.

  • route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in a route in the route table.

  • route.destination-prefix-list-id - The ID (prefix) of the Amazon Web Services service specified in a route in the table.

  • route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id - The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway specified in a route in the route table.

  • route.gateway-id - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table.

  • route.instance-id - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the table.

  • route.nat-gateway-id - The ID of a NAT gateway.

  • route.transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway.

  • route.origin - Describes how the route was created. create_route_table indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table was created; create_route indicates that the route was manually added to the route table; enable_vgw_route_propagation indicates that the route was propagated by route propagation.

  • route.state - The state of a route in the route table (active | blackhole). The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the specified NAT instance has been terminated, and so on).

  • route.vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of a VPC peering connection specified in a route in the table.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the route table.


Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria

Description

Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_scheduled_instance_availability/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_scheduled_instance_availability(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  FirstSlotStartTimeRange,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  MaxSlotDurationInHours = NULL,
  MinSlotDurationInHours = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Recurrence
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2a⁠).

  • instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).

  • platform - The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).

FirstSlotStartTimeRange

[required] The time period for the first schedule to start.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.

MaxSlotDurationInHours

The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than MinSlotDurationInHours and less than 1,720.

MinSlotDurationInHours

The minimum available duration, in hours. The minimum required duration is 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results.

Recurrence

[required] The schedule recurrence.


Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances

Description

Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_scheduled_instances(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ScheduledInstanceIds = NULL,
  SlotStartTimeRange = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone (for example, ⁠us-west-2a⁠).

  • instance-type - The instance type (for example, c4.large).

  • platform - The platform (Linux/UNIX or Windows).

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results.

ScheduledInstanceIds

The Scheduled Instance IDs.

SlotStartTimeRange

The time period for the first schedule to start.


Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request

Description

Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_references/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_security_group_references(DryRun = NULL, GroupId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupId

[required] The IDs of the security groups in your account.


Describes one or more of your security group rules

Description

Describes one or more of your security group rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_security_group_rules(
  Filters = NULL,
  SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

One or more filters.

  • group-id - The ID of the security group.

  • security-group-rule-id - The ID of the security group rule.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

SecurityGroupRuleIds

The IDs of the security group rules.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items are returned. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes security group VPC associations made with AssociateSecurityGroupVpc

Description

Describes security group VPC associations made with associate_security_group_vpc.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_vpc_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_security_group_vpc_associations(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Security group VPC association filters.

  • group-id: The security group ID.

  • vpc-id: The ID of the associated VPC.

  • vpc-owner-id: The account ID of the VPC owner.

  • state: The state of the association.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠: The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key: The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups

Description

Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_security_groups(
  GroupIds = NULL,
  GroupNames = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupIds

The IDs of the security groups. Required for security groups in a nondefault VPC.

Default: Describes all of your security groups.

GroupNames

[Default VPC] The names of the security groups. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID.

Default: Describes all of your security groups.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items are returned. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - match all filters.

  • description - The description of the security group.

  • egress.ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an outbound security group rule.

  • egress.ip-permission.from-port - For an outbound rule, the start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.

  • egress.ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been referenced in an outbound security group rule.

  • egress.ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is referenced in an outbound security group rule.

  • egress.ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an outbound security group rule.

  • egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list to which a security group rule allows outbound access.

  • egress.ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an outbound security group rule (tcp | udp | icmp, a protocol number, or -1 for all protocols).

  • egress.ip-permission.to-port - For an outbound rule, the end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code.

  • egress.ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services account that has been referenced in an outbound security group rule.

  • group-id - The ID of the security group.

  • group-name - The name of the security group.

  • ip-permission.cidr - An IPv4 CIDR block for an inbound security group rule.

  • ip-permission.from-port - For an inbound rule, the start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number.

  • ip-permission.group-id - The ID of a security group that has been referenced in an inbound security group rule.

  • ip-permission.group-name - The name of a security group that is referenced in an inbound security group rule.

  • ip-permission.ipv6-cidr - An IPv6 CIDR block for an inbound security group rule.

  • ip-permission.prefix-list-id - The ID of a prefix list from which a security group rule allows inbound access.

  • ip-permission.protocol - The IP protocol for an inbound security group rule (tcp | udp | icmp, a protocol number, or -1 for all protocols).

  • ip-permission.to-port - For an inbound rule, the end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code.

  • ip-permission.user-id - The ID of an Amazon Web Services account that has been referenced in an inbound security group rule.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the security group.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_snapshot_attribute(Attribute, SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The snapshot attribute you would like to view.

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots

Description

Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshot_tier_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_snapshot_tier_status(
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • snapshot-id - The snapshot ID.

  • volume-id - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for.

  • last-tiering-operation - The state of the last archive or restore action. (⁠archival-in-progress⁠ | archival-completed | archival-failed | ⁠permanent-restore-in-progress⁠ | permanent-restore-completed | permanent-restore-failed | ⁠temporary-restore-in-progress⁠ | temporary-restore-completed | temporary-restore-failed)

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you

Description

Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_snapshots(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  OwnerIds = NULL,
  RestorableByUserIds = NULL,
  SnapshotIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

OwnerIds

Scopes the results to snapshots with the specified owners. You can specify a combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, self, and amazon.

RestorableByUserIds

The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that can create volumes from the snapshot.

SnapshotIds

The snapshot IDs.

Default: Describes the snapshots for which you have create volume permissions.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • description - A description of the snapshot.

  • encrypted - Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted (true | false)

  • owner-alias - The owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon). This is not the user-configured Amazon Web Services account alias set using the IAM console. We recommend that you use the related parameter instead of this filter.

  • owner-id - The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner. We recommend that you use the related parameter instead of this filter.

  • progress - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%).

  • snapshot-id - The snapshot ID.

  • start-time - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated.

  • status - The status of the snapshot (pending | completed | error).

  • storage-tier - The storage tier of the snapshot (archive | standard).

  • transfer-type - The type of operation used to create the snapshot (time-based | standard).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • volume-id - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for.

  • volume-size - The size of the volume, in GiB.


Describes the data feed for Spot Instances

Description

Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet

Description

Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_fleet_instances(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotFleetRequestId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotFleetRequestId

[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request.

NextToken

The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This value is null when there are no more items to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time

Description

Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_request_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_fleet_request_history(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotFleetRequestId,
  EventType = NULL,
  StartTime,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotFleetRequestId

[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request.

EventType

The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described.

StartTime

[required] The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).

NextToken

The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This value is null when there are no more items to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes your Spot Fleet requests

Description

Describes your Spot Fleet requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_fleet_requests(
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotFleetRequestIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotFleetRequestIds

The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests.

NextToken

The token to include in another request to get the next page of items. This value is null when there are no more items to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the specified Spot Instance requests

Description

Describes the specified Spot Instance requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_instance_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_instance_requests(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotInstanceRequestIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotInstanceRequestIds

The IDs of the Spot Instance requests.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone-group - The Availability Zone group.

  • create-time - The time stamp when the Spot Instance request was created.

  • fault-code - The fault code related to the request.

  • fault-message - The fault message related to the request.

  • instance-id - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request.

  • launch-group - The Spot Instance launch group.

  • launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination.

  • launch.block-device-mapping.device-name - The device name for the volume in the block device mapping (for example, ⁠/dev/sdh⁠ or xvdh).

  • launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id - The ID of the snapshot for the EBS volume.

  • launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size - The size of the EBS volume, in GiB.

  • launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type - The type of EBS volume: gp2 or gp3 for General Purpose SSD, io1 or io2 for Provisioned IOPS SSD, st1 for Throughput Optimized HDD, sc1 for Cold HDD, or standard for Magnetic.

  • launch.group-id - The ID of the security group for the instance.

  • launch.group-name - The name of the security group for the instance.

  • launch.image-id - The ID of the AMI.

  • launch.instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium).

  • launch.kernel-id - The kernel ID.

  • launch.key-name - The name of the key pair the instance launched with.

  • launch.monitoring-enabled - Whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the Spot Instance.

  • launch.ramdisk-id - The RAM disk ID.

  • launched-availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the request is launched.

  • network-interface.addresses.primary - Indicates whether the IP address is the primary private IP address.

  • network-interface.delete-on-termination - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.

  • network-interface.description - A description of the network interface.

  • network-interface.device-index - The index of the device for the network interface attachment on the instance.

  • network-interface.group-id - The ID of the security group associated with the network interface.

  • network-interface.network-interface-id - The ID of the network interface.

  • network-interface.private-ip-address - The primary private IP address of the network interface.

  • network-interface.subnet-id - The ID of the subnet for the instance.

  • product-description - The product description associated with the instance (Linux/UNIX | Windows).

  • spot-instance-request-id - The Spot Instance request ID.

  • spot-price - The maximum hourly price for any Spot Instance launched to fulfill the request.

  • state - The state of the Spot Instance request (open | active | closed | cancelled | failed). Spot request status information can help you track your Amazon EC2 Spot Instance requests. For more information, see Spot request status in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

  • status-code - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of your Spot Instance request.

  • status-message - The message explaining the status of the Spot Instance request.

  • ⁠tag:<key>⁠ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • type - The type of Spot Instance request (one-time | persistent).

  • valid-from - The start date of the request.

  • valid-until - The end date of the request.


Describes the Spot price history

Description

Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance pricing history in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_price_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_spot_price_history(
  DryRun = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  InstanceTypes = NULL,
  ProductDescriptions = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  AvailabilityZone = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

StartTime

The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).

EndTime

The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).

InstanceTypes

Filters the results by the specified instance types.

ProductDescriptions

Filters the results by the specified basic product descriptions.

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone for which prices should be returned.

  • instance-type - The type of instance (for example, m3.medium).

  • product-description - The product description for the Spot price (Linux/UNIX | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux⁠ | ⁠SUSE Linux⁠ | Windows | ⁠Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)⁠ | ⁠Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)⁠ | ⁠SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)⁠ | ⁠Windows (Amazon VPC)⁠).

  • spot-price - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards; greater than or less than comparison is not supported).

  • timestamp - The time stamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for example, ddd MMM dd HH:mm:ss UTC YYYY). You can use wildcards (* and ⁠?⁠). Greater than or less than comparison is not supported.

AvailabilityZone

Filters the results by the specified Availability Zone.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association

Description

Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group. Rules can also be stale if they reference a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted, across a transit gateway where the transit gateway has been deleted (or the transit gateway security group referencing feature has been disabled), or if a security group VPC association has been disassociated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_stale_security_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_stale_security_groups(
  DryRun = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  VpcId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks

Description

Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks. You can describe the store tasks for specified AMIs. If you don't specify the AMIs, you get a paginated list of store tasks from the last 31 days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_store_image_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_store_image_tasks(
  ImageIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageIds

The AMI IDs for which to show progress. Up to 20 AMI IDs can be included in a request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • task-state - Returns tasks in a certain state (InProgress | Completed | Failed)

  • bucket - Returns task information for tasks that targeted a specific bucket. For the filter value, specify the bucket name.

When you specify the ImageIds parameter, any filters that you specify are ignored. To use the filters, you must remove the ImageIds parameter.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

You cannot specify this parameter and the ImageIds parameter in the same call.


Describes your subnets

Description

Describes your subnets. The default is to describe all your subnets. Alternatively, you can specify specific subnet IDs or filter the results to include only the subnets that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_subnets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_subnets(
  Filters = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use availabilityZone as the filter name.

  • availability-zone-id - The ID of the Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use availabilityZoneId as the filter name.

  • available-ip-address-count - The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet that are available.

  • cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned for the subnet. You can also use cidr or cidrBlock as the filter names.

  • customer-owned-ipv4-pool - The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet.

  • ⁠default-for-az⁠ - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone (true | false). You can also use defaultForAz as the filter name.

  • enable-dns64 - Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations.

  • enable-lni-at-device-index - Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary network interface (eth1).

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - An association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet.

  • ipv6-native - Indicates whether this is an IPv6 only subnet (true | false).

  • map-customer-owned-ip-on-launch - Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a network interface created by run_instances) receives a customer-owned IPv4 address.

  • map-public-ip-on-launch - Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 address.

  • outpost-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the subnet.

  • private-dns-name-options-on-launch.hostname-type - The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be based on the instance IPv4 address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name). For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID (resource-name).

  • private-dns-name-options-on-launch.enable-resource-name-dns-a-record - Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

  • private-dns-name-options-on-launch.enable-resource-name-dns-aaaa-record - Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records.

  • state - The state of the subnet (pending | available).

  • subnet-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the subnet.

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC for the subnet.

SubnetIds

The IDs of the subnets.

Default: Describes all your subnets.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources

Description

Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_tags(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • key - The tag key.

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-type - The resource type. For a list of possible values, see TagSpecification.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of the tag. For example, specify "tag:Owner" for the filter name and "TeamA" for the filter value to find resources with the tag "Owner=TeamA".

  • value - The tag value.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. This value can be between 5 and 1000. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored

Description

Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules(
  TrafficMirrorFilterRuleIds = NULL,
  TrafficMirrorFilterId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterRuleIds

Traffic filter rule IDs.

TrafficMirrorFilterId

Traffic filter ID.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

Traffic mirror filters.

  • traffic-mirror-filter-rule-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule.

  • traffic-mirror-filter-id: The ID of the filter that this rule is associated with.

  • rule-number: The number of the Traffic Mirror rule.

  • rule-action: The action taken on the filtered traffic. Possible actions are accept and reject.

  • traffic-direction: The traffic direction. Possible directions are ingress and egress.

  • protocol: The protocol, for example UDP, assigned to the Traffic Mirror rule.

  • source-cidr-block: The source CIDR block assigned to the Traffic Mirror rule.

  • destination-cidr-block: The destination CIDR block assigned to the Traffic Mirror rule.

  • description: The description of the Traffic Mirror rule.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters

Description

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filters/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filters(
  TrafficMirrorFilterIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterIds

The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • description: The Traffic Mirror filter description.

  • traffic-mirror-filter-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions

Description

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions. By default, all Traffic Mirror sessions are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_sessions(
  TrafficMirrorSessionIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorSessionIds

The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • description: The Traffic Mirror session description.

  • network-interface-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror session network interface.

  • owner-id: The ID of the account that owns the Traffic Mirror session.

  • packet-length: The assigned number of packets to mirror.

  • session-number: The assigned session number.

  • traffic-mirror-filter-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

  • traffic-mirror-session-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

  • traffic-mirror-target-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.

  • virtual-network-id: The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets

Description

Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_targets(
  TrafficMirrorTargetIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorTargetIds

The ID of the Traffic Mirror targets.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • description: The Traffic Mirror target description.

  • network-interface-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror session network interface.

  • network-load-balancer-arn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Network Load Balancer that is associated with the session.

  • owner-id: The ID of the account that owns the Traffic Mirror session.

  • traffic-mirror-target-id: The ID of the Traffic Mirror target.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways

Description

Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways. By default, all attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results by attachment ID, attachment state, resource ID, or resource owner.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_attachments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_attachments(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentIds

The IDs of the attachments.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • association.state - The state of the association (associating | associated | disassociating).

  • association.transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the route table for the transit gateway.

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource.

  • resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.

  • state - The state of the attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • transit-gateway-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more Connect peers

Description

Describes one or more Connect peers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers(
  TransitGatewayConnectPeerIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayConnectPeerIds

The IDs of the Connect peers.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • state - The state of the Connect peer (pending | available | deleting | deleted).

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

  • transit-gateway-connect-peer-id - The ID of the Connect peer.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more Connect attachments

Description

Describes one or more Connect attachments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connects/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connects(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentIds

The IDs of the attachments.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • options.protocol - The tunnel protocol (gre).

  • state - The state of the attachment (initiating | initiatingRequest | pendingAcceptance | rollingBack | pending | available | modifying | deleting | deleted | failed | rejected | rejecting | failing).

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the Connect attachment.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • transport-transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the transit gateway attachment from which the Connect attachment was created.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains

Description

Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainIds

The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • state - The state of the transit gateway multicast domain. Valid values are pending | available | deleting | deleted.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • transit-gateway-multicast-domain-id - The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes your transit gateway peering attachments

Description

Describes your transit gateway peering attachments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentIds

One or more IDs of the transit gateway peering attachments.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the transit gateway attachment.

  • local-owner-id - The ID of your Amazon Web Services account.

  • remote-owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account in the remote Region that owns the transit gateway.

  • state - The state of the peering attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources that have a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables

Description

Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableIds

The IDs of the transit gateway policy tables.

Filters

The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements

Description

Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementIds

The IDs of the transit gateway route tables that are being advertised.

Filters

The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more transit gateway route tables

Description

Describes one or more transit gateway route tables. By default, all transit gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_tables(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableIds

The IDs of the transit gateway route tables.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • default-association-route-table - Indicates whether this is the default association route table for the transit gateway (true | false).

  • default-propagation-route-table - Indicates whether this is the default propagation route table for the transit gateway (true | false).

  • state - The state of the route table (available | deleting | deleted | pending).

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the transit gateway route table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more VPC attachments

Description

Describes one or more VPC attachments. By default, all VPC attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentIds

The IDs of the attachments.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • state - The state of the attachment. Valid values are available | deleted | deleting | failed | failing | initiatingRequest | modifying | pendingAcceptance | pending | rollingBack | rejected | rejecting.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more transit gateways

Description

Describes one or more transit gateways. By default, all transit gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_transit_gateways(
  TransitGatewayIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayIds

The IDs of the transit gateways.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • options.propagation-default-route-table-id - The ID of the default propagation route table.

  • options.amazon-side-asn - The private ASN for the Amazon side of a BGP session.

  • options.association-default-route-table-id - The ID of the default association route table.

  • options.auto-accept-shared-attachments - Indicates whether there is automatic acceptance of attachment requests (enable | disable).

  • options.default-route-table-association - Indicates whether resource attachments are automatically associated with the default association route table (enable | disable).

  • options.default-route-table-propagation - Indicates whether resource attachments automatically propagate routes to the default propagation route table (enable | disable).

  • options.dns-support - Indicates whether DNS support is enabled (enable | disable).

  • options.vpn-ecmp-support - Indicates whether Equal Cost Multipath Protocol support is enabled (enable | disable).

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the transit gateway.

  • state - The state of the transit gateway (available | deleted | deleting | modifying | pending).

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of the transit gateway.

  • tag-key - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more network interface trunk associations

Description

Describes one or more network interface trunk associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_trunk_interface_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_trunk_interface_associations(
  AssociationIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AssociationIds

The IDs of the associations.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • gre-key - The ID of a trunk interface association.

  • interface-protocol - The interface protocol. Valid values are VLAN and GRE.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.


Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints

Description

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_verified_access_endpoints(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointIds = NULL,
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
  VerifiedAccessGroupId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointIds

The ID of the Verified Access endpoint.

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

The ID of the Verified Access instance.

VerifiedAccessGroupId

The ID of the Verified Access group.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified Verified Access groups

Description

Describes the specified Verified Access groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_verified_access_groups(
  VerifiedAccessGroupIds = NULL,
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupIds

The ID of the Verified Access groups.

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

The ID of the Verified Access instance.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances

Description

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceIds

The IDs of the Verified Access instances.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances

Description

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_verified_access_instances(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceIds

The IDs of the Verified Access instances.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers

Description

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_trust_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_verified_access_trust_providers(
  VerifiedAccessTrustProviderIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessTrustProviderIds

The IDs of the Verified Access trust providers.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

Filters

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volume_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_volume_attribute(Attribute, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The attribute of the volume. This parameter is required.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the status of the specified volumes

Description

Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volume_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_volume_status(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  VolumeIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

VolumeIds

The IDs of the volumes.

Default: Describes all your volumes.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • action.code - The action code for the event (for example, enable-volume-io).

  • action.description - A description of the action.

  • action.event-id - The event ID associated with the action.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone of the instance.

  • event.description - A description of the event.

  • event.event-id - The event ID.

  • event.event-type - The event type (for io-enabled: passed | failed; for io-performance: io-performance:degraded | io-performance:severely-degraded | io-performance:stalled).

  • event.not-after - The latest end time for the event.

  • event.not-before - The earliest start time for the event.

  • volume-status.details-name - The cause for volume-status.status (io-enabled | io-performance).

  • volume-status.details-status - The status of volume-status.details-name (for io-enabled: passed | failed; for io-performance: normal | degraded | severely-degraded | stalled).

  • volume-status.status - The status of the volume (ok | impaired | warning | insufficient-data).


Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes

Description

Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volumes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_volumes(
  VolumeIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

VolumeIds

The volume IDs. If not specified, then all volumes are included in the response.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • attachment.attach-time - The time stamp when the attachment initiated.

  • attachment.delete-on-termination - Whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.

  • attachment.device - The device name specified in the block device mapping (for example, ⁠/dev/sda1⁠).

  • attachment.instance-id - The ID of the instance the volume is attached to.

  • attachment.status - The attachment state (attaching | attached | detaching).

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created.

  • create-time - The time stamp when the volume was created.

  • encrypted - Indicates whether the volume is encrypted (true | false)

  • fast-restored - Indicates whether the volume was created from a snapshot that is enabled for fast snapshot restore (true | false).

  • multi-attach-enabled - Indicates whether the volume is enabled for Multi-Attach (true | false)

  • operator.managed - A Boolean that indicates whether this is a managed volume.

  • operator.principal - The principal that manages the volume. Only valid for managed volumes, where managed is true.

  • size - The size of the volume, in GiB.

  • snapshot-id - The snapshot from which the volume was created.

  • status - The state of the volume (creating | available | ⁠in-use⁠ | deleting | deleted | error).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • volume-id - The volume ID.

  • volume-type - The Amazon EBS volume type (gp2 | gp3 | io1 | io2 | st1 | sc1| standard)

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes

Description

Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volumes_modifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_volumes_modifications(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VolumeIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VolumeIds

The IDs of the volumes.

Filters

The filters.

  • modification-state - The current modification state (modifying | optimizing | completed | failed).

  • original-iops - The original IOPS rate of the volume.

  • original-size - The original size of the volume, in GiB.

  • original-volume-type - The original volume type of the volume (standard | io1 | io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1).

  • originalMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether Multi-Attach support was enabled (true | false).

  • start-time - The modification start time.

  • target-iops - The target IOPS rate of the volume.

  • target-size - The target size of the volume, in GiB.

  • target-volume-type - The target volume type of the volume (standard | io1 | io2 | gp2 | sc1 | st1).

  • targetMultiAttachEnabled - Indicates whether Multi-Attach support is to be enabled (true | false).

  • volume-id - The ID of the volume.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a paginated request. For more information, see Pagination.


Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC

Description

Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_attribute(Attribute, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The VPC attribute.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions

Description

Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  ExclusionIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

Filters for the request:

  • resource-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a exclusion.

  • internet-gateway-exclusion-mode - The mode of a VPC BPA exclusion. Possible values: allow-bidirectional | allow-egress.

  • state - The state of VPC BPA. Possible values: ⁠create-in-progress | create-complete | update-in-progress | update-complete | delete-in-progress | deleted-complete | disable-in-progress | disable-complete⁠

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • tag-value: The value of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific value, regardless of the tag key.

ExclusionIds

IDs of exclusions.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.


Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options

Description

Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options. VPC Block Public Access (BPA) enables you to block resources in VPCs and subnets that you own in a Region from reaching or being reached from the internet through internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_options(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcIds = NULL, Filters = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcIds

The VPCs for which you want to describe the ClassicLink status.

Filters

The filters.

  • is-classic-link-enabled - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink (true | false).

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(
  VpcIds = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

VpcIds

The IDs of the VPCs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint

Description

Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_associations(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcEndpointIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcEndpointIds

The IDs of the VPC endpoints.

Filters

The filters.

  • vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the VPC endpoint.

  • associated-resource-accessibility - The association state. When the state is accessible, it returns AVAILABLE. When the state is inaccessible, it returns PENDING or FAILED.

  • association-id - The ID of the VPC endpoint association.

  • associated-resource-id - The ID of the associated resource configuration.

  • service-network-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the associated service network. Only VPC endpoints of type service network will be returned.

  • resource-configuration-group-arn - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource configuration of type GROUP.

  • service-network-resource-association-id - The ID of the association.

MaxResults

The maximum page size.

NextToken

The pagination token.


Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services

Description

Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ConnectionNotificationId = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ConnectionNotificationId

The ID of the notification.

Filters

The filters.

  • connection-notification-arn - The ARN of the SNS topic for the notification.

  • connection-notification-id - The ID of the notification.

  • connection-notification-state - The state of the notification (Enabled | Disabled).

  • connection-notification-type - The type of notification (Topic).

  • service-id - The ID of the endpoint service.

  • vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the VPC endpoint.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the returned NextToken value.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.


Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance

Description

Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connections(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

The filters.

  • ip-address-type - The IP address type (ipv4 | ipv6).

  • service-id - The ID of the service.

  • vpc-endpoint-owner - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the endpoint.

  • vpc-endpoint-region - The Region of the endpoint or cross-region to find endpoints for other Regions.

  • vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint (pendingAcceptance | pending | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed).

  • vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.


Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services)

Description

Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceIds

The IDs of the endpoint services.

Filters

The filters.

  • service-name - The name of the service.

  • service-id - The ID of the service.

  • service-state - The state of the service (Pending | Available | Deleting | Deleted | Failed).

  • supported-ip-address-types - The IP address type (ipv4 | ipv6).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.


Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service

Description

Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the service.

Filters

The filters.

  • principal - The ARN of the principal.

  • principal-type - The principal type (All | Service | OrganizationUnit | Account | User | Role).

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 5 and 1,000; if MaxResults is given a value larger than 1,000, only 1,000 results are returned.

NextToken

The token to retrieve the next page of results.


Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint

Description

Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_services(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceNames = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ServiceRegions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceNames

The service names.

Filters

The filters.

  • owner - The ID or alias of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the service.

  • service-name - The name of the service.

  • service-region - The Region of the service.

  • service-type - The type of service (Interface | Gateway | GatewayLoadBalancer).

  • supported-ip-address-types - The IP address type (ipv4 | ipv6).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items.

NextToken

The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.)

ServiceRegions

The service Regions.


Describes your VPC endpoints

Description

Describes your VPC endpoints. The default is to describe all your VPC endpoints. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC endpoint IDs or filter the results to include only the VPC endpoints that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_endpoints(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcEndpointIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcEndpointIds

The IDs of the VPC endpoints.

Filters

The filters.

  • ip-address-type - The IP address type (ipv4 | ipv6).

  • service-name - The name of the service.

  • service-region - The Region of the service.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides.

  • vpc-endpoint-id - The ID of the endpoint.

  • vpc-endpoint-state - The state of the endpoint (pendingAcceptance | pending | available | deleting | deleted | rejected | failed).

  • vpc-endpoint-type - The type of VPC endpoint (Interface | Gateway | GatewayLoadBalancer | Resource | ServiceNetwork).

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items.

NextToken

The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.)


Describes your VPC peering connections

Description

Describes your VPC peering connections. The default is to describe all your VPC peering connections. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC peering connection IDs or filter the results to include only the VPC peering connections that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_peering_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpc_peering_connections(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcPeeringConnectionIds = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcPeeringConnectionIds

The IDs of the VPC peering connections.

Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections.

Filters

The filters.

  • accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the accepter VPC.

  • accepter-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the accepter VPC.

  • accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the accepter VPC.

  • expiration-time - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering connection.

  • requester-vpc-info.cidr-block - The IPv4 CIDR block of the requester's VPC.

  • requester-vpc-info.owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the requester VPC.

  • requester-vpc-info.vpc-id - The ID of the requester VPC.

  • status-code - The status of the VPC peering connection (pending-acceptance | failed | expired | provisioning | active | deleting | deleted | rejected).

  • status-message - A message that provides more information about the status of the VPC peering connection, if applicable.

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-peering-connection-id - The ID of the VPC peering connection.


Describes your VPCs

Description

Describes your VPCs. The default is to describe all your VPCs. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC IDs or filter the results to include only the VPCs that match specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpcs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpcs(
  Filters = NULL,
  VpcIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The filters.

  • cidr - The primary IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be returned for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for example, ⁠/28⁠).

  • cidr-block-association.cidr-block - An IPv4 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv4 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv4 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • dhcp-options-id - The ID of a set of DHCP options.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-pool - The ID of the IPv6 address pool from which the IPv6 CIDR block is allocated.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id - The association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • ipv6-cidr-block-association.state - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC.

  • is-default - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC.

  • owner-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the VPC.

  • state - The state of the VPC (pending | available).

  • tag - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • vpc-id - The ID of the VPC.

VpcIds

The IDs of the VPCs.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more of your VPN connections

Description

Describes one or more of your VPN connections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpn_connections(
  Filters = NULL,
  VpnConnectionIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

One or more filters.

  • customer-gateway-configuration - The configuration information for the customer gateway.

  • customer-gateway-id - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the VPN connection.

  • state - The state of the VPN connection (pending | available | deleting | deleted).

  • option.static-routes-only - Indicates whether the connection has static routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

  • route.destination-cidr-block - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds to the subnet used in a customer data center.

  • bgp-asn - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP device.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • type - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type is ipsec.1.

  • vpn-connection-id - The ID of the VPN connection.

  • vpn-gateway-id - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with the VPN connection.

  • transit-gateway-id - The ID of a transit gateway associated with the VPN connection.

VpnConnectionIds

One or more VPN connection IDs.

Default: Describes your VPN connections.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways

Description

Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpn_gateways/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_describe_vpn_gateways(Filters = NULL, VpnGatewayIds = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Filters

One or more filters.

  • amazon-side-asn - The Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of the gateway.

  • attachment.state - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (attaching | attached | detaching | detached).

  • attachment.vpc-id - The ID of an attached VPC.

  • availability-zone - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway (if applicable).

  • state - The state of the virtual private gateway (pending | available | deleting | deleted).

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

  • type - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported type is ipsec.1.

  • vpn-gateway-id - The ID of the virtual private gateway.

VpnGatewayIds

One or more virtual private gateway IDs.

Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_classic_link_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_classic_link_vpc(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, VpcId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked.


Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC

Description

Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with Elastic IP addresses or public IPv4 addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId, VpcId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InternetGatewayId

[required] The ID of the internet gateway.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Detaches a network interface from an instance

Description

Detaches a network interface from an instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_network_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_network_interface(DryRun = NULL, AttachmentId, Force = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

Force

Specifies whether to force a detachment.

  • Use the Force parameter only as a last resort to detach a network interface from a failed instance.

  • If you use the Force parameter to detach a network interface, you might not be able to attach a different network interface to the same index on the instance without first stopping and starting the instance.

  • If you force the detachment of a network interface, the instance metadata might not get updated. This means that the attributes associated with the detached network interface might still be visible. The instance metadata will get updated when you stop and start the instance.


Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance

Description

Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_verified_access_trust_provider(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Detaches an EBS volume from an instance

Description

Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_volume(
  Device = NULL,
  Force = NULL,
  InstanceId = NULL,
  VolumeId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Device

The device name.

Force

Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures.

InstanceId

The ID of the instance. If you are detaching a Multi-Attach enabled volume, you must specify an instance ID.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC

Description

Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_detach_vpn_gateway(VpcId, VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

VpnGatewayId

[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables Elastic IP address transfer

Description

Disables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_address_transfer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_address_transfer(AllocationId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AllocationId

[required] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. When set to disabled, the image criteria in your Allowed AMIs settings do not apply, and no restrictions are placed on AMI discoverability or usage. Users in your account can launch instances using any public AMI or AMI shared with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_allowed_images_settings(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions

Description

Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription(
  Source = NULL,
  Destination = NULL,
  Metric = NULL,
  Statistic = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Source

The source Region or Availability Zone that the metric subscription is disabled for. For example, us-east-1.

Destination

The target Region or Availability Zone that the metric subscription is disabled for. For example, eu-north-1.

Metric

The metric used for the disabled subscription.

Statistic

The statistic used for the disabled subscription.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region

Description

Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots

Description

Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots. After you disable Windows fast launch, the AMI uses the standard launch process for each new instance. Amazon EC2 must remove all pre-provisioned snapshots before you can enable Windows fast launch again.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_fast_launch/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_fast_launch(ImageId, Force = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] Specify the ID of the image for which to disable Windows fast launch.

Force

Forces the image settings to turn off Windows fast launch for your Windows AMI. This parameter overrides any errors that are encountered while cleaning up resources in your account.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones

Description

Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_fast_snapshot_restores(
  AvailabilityZones,
  SourceSnapshotIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AvailabilityZones

[required] One or more Availability Zones. For example, ⁠us-east-2a⁠.

SourceSnapshotIds

[required] The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, ⁠snap-1234567890abcdef0⁠.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI

Description

Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI. A disabled AMI can't be used for instance launches.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. This removes the block public access restriction from your account. With the restriction removed, you can publicly share your AMIs in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_block_public_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_image_block_public_access(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI

Description

Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_deprecation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_image_deprecation(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables deregistration protection for an AMI

Description

Disables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection is disabled, the AMI can be deregistered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_deregistration_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_image_deregistration_protection(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disable the IPAM account

Description

Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_ipam_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_ipam_organization_admin_account(
  DryRun = NULL,
  DelegatedAdminAccountId
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

DelegatedAdminAccountId

[required] The Organizations member account ID that you want to disable as IPAM account.


Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account

Description

Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_serial_console_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_serial_console_access(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you disable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_snapshot_block_public_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_snapshot_block_public_access(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table

Description

Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the propagation route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId

The ID of the route table announcement.


Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC

Description

Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vgw_route_propagation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_vgw_route_propagation(GatewayId, RouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GatewayId

[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(VpcId = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

The ID of the VPC.


Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with

Description

Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_address(AssociationId = NULL, PublicIp = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AssociationId

The association ID. This parameter is required.

PublicIp

Deprecated.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted

Description

Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityReservationId,
  UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId

[required] The ID of the consumer account to which the request was sent.


Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint. When you disassociate the last target network from a Client VPN, the following happens:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_client_vpn_target_network(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  AssociationId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which to disassociate the target network.

AssociationId

[required] The ID of the target network association.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate

Description

Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. Disassociating an IAM role from an ACM certificate removes the Amazon S3 object that contains the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key from the Amazon S3 bucket. It also revokes the IAM role's permission to use the KMS key used to encrypt the private key. This effectively revokes the role's permission to use the certificate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role(
  CertificateArn,
  RoleArn,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate from which to disassociate the IAM role.

RoleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role to disassociate.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance

Description

Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_iam_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_iam_instance_profile(AssociationId)

Arguments

AssociationId

[required] The ID of the IAM instance profile association.


Disassociates one or more targets from an event window

Description

Disassociates one or more targets from an event window.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_instance_event_window(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceEventWindowId,
  AssociationTarget
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceEventWindowId

[required] The ID of the event window.

AssociationTarget

[required] One or more targets to disassociate from the specified event window.


Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR

Description

Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR. You may want to use this action to disassociate an ASN from a CIDR or if you want to swap ASNs. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, Asn, Cidr)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Asn

[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN.

Cidr

[required] A BYOIP CIDR.


Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM

Description

Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationId
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationId

[required] A resource discovery association ID.


Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway

Description

Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway. You cannot disassociate your primary EIP. For more information, see Edit secondary IP address associations in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_nat_gateway_address(
  NatGatewayId,
  AssociationIds,
  MaxDrainDurationSeconds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NatGatewayId

[required] The ID of the NAT gateway.

AssociationIds

[required] The association IDs of EIPs that have been associated with the NAT gateway.

MaxDrainDurationSeconds

The maximum amount of time to wait (in seconds) before forcibly releasing the IP addresses if connections are still in progress. Default value is 350 seconds.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table

Description

Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_route_table(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AssociationId

[required] The association ID representing the current association between the route table and subnet or gateway.


Disassociates a security group from a VPC

Description

Disassociates a security group from a VPC. You cannot disassociate the security group if any Elastic network interfaces in the associated VPC are still associated with the security group. Note that the disassociation is asynchronous and you can check the status of the request with describe_security_group_vpc_associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_security_group_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_security_group_vpc(GroupId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] A security group ID.

VpcId

[required] A VPC ID.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet

Description

Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet. Currently, you can disassociate an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_subnet_cidr_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_subnet_cidr_block(AssociationId)

Arguments

AssociationId

[required] The association ID for the CIDR block.


Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  SubnetIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

SubnetIds

[required] The IDs of the subnets;

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table

Description

Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableId

[required] The ID of the disassociated policy table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to disassociate from the policy table.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table

Description

Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface

Description

Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_trunk_interface/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_trunk_interface(
  AssociationId,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AssociationId

[required] The ID of the association

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC

Description

Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you must specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using describe_vpcs. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_vpc_cidr_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_disassociate_vpc_cidr_block(AssociationId)

Arguments

AssociationId

[required] The association ID for the CIDR block.


Enables Elastic IP address transfer

Description

Enables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_address_transfer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_address_transfer(AllocationId, TransferAccountId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AllocationId

[required] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address.

TransferAccountId

[required] The ID of the account that you want to transfer the Elastic IP address to.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. Two values are accepted:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_allowed_images_settings(AllowedImagesSettingsState, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AllowedImagesSettingsState

[required] Specify enabled to apply the image criteria specified by the Allowed AMIs settings. Specify audit-mode so that you can check which AMIs will be allowed or not allowed by the image criteria.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions

Description

Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription(
  Source = NULL,
  Destination = NULL,
  Metric = NULL,
  Statistic = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Source

The source Region (like us-east-1) or Availability Zone ID (like use1-az1) that the metric subscription is enabled for. If you use Availability Zone IDs, the Source and Destination Availability Zones must be in the same Region.

Destination

The target Region (like us-east-2) or Availability Zone ID (like use2-az2) that the metric subscription is enabled for. If you use Availability Zone IDs, the Source and Destination Availability Zones must be in the same Region.

Metric

The metric used for the enabled subscription.

Statistic

The statistic used for the enabled subscription.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region

Description

Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster

Description

When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster. To create the optimized Windows image, Amazon EC2 launches an instance and runs through Sysprep steps, rebooting as required. Then it creates a set of reserved snapshots that are used for subsequent launches. The reserved snapshots are automatically replenished as they are used, depending on your settings for launch frequency.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_fast_launch/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_fast_launch(
  ImageId,
  ResourceType = NULL,
  SnapshotConfiguration = NULL,
  LaunchTemplate = NULL,
  MaxParallelLaunches = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] Specify the ID of the image for which to enable Windows fast launch.

ResourceType

The type of resource to use for pre-provisioning the AMI for Windows fast launch. Supported values include: snapshot, which is the default value.

SnapshotConfiguration

Configuration settings for creating and managing the snapshots that are used for pre-provisioning the AMI for Windows fast launch. The associated ResourceType must be snapshot.

LaunchTemplate

The launch template to use when launching Windows instances from pre-provisioned snapshots. Launch template parameters can include either the name or ID of the launch template, but not both.

MaxParallelLaunches

The maximum number of instances that Amazon EC2 can launch at the same time to create pre-provisioned snapshots for Windows fast launch. Value must be 6 or greater.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones

Description

Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_fast_snapshot_restores(
  AvailabilityZones,
  SourceSnapshotIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AvailabilityZones

[required] One or more Availability Zones. For example, ⁠us-east-2a⁠.

SourceSnapshotIds

[required] The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, ⁠snap-1234567890abcdef0⁠. You can specify a snapshot that was shared with you from another Amazon Web Services account.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Re-enables a disabled AMI

Description

Re-enables a disabled AMI. The re-enabled AMI is marked as available and can be used for instance launches, appears in describe operations, and can be shared. Amazon Web Services accounts, organizations, and Organizational Units that lost access to the AMI when it was disabled do not regain access automatically. Once the AMI is available, it can be shared with them again.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. This prevents the public sharing of your AMIs. However, if you already have public AMIs, they will remain publicly available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_block_public_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_image_block_public_access(
  ImageBlockPublicAccessState,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageBlockPublicAccessState

[required] Specify block-new-sharing to enable block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Region. This will block any attempt to publicly share your AMIs in the specified Region.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time

Description

Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_deprecation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_image_deprecation(ImageId, DeprecateAt, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DeprecateAt

[required] The date and time to deprecate the AMI, in UTC, in the following format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. If you specify a value for seconds, Amazon EC2 rounds the seconds to the nearest minute.

You can’t specify a date in the past. The upper limit for DeprecateAt is 10 years from now, except for public AMIs, where the upper limit is 2 years from the creation date.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables deregistration protection for an AMI

Description

Enables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection is enabled, the AMI can't be deregistered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_deregistration_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_image_deregistration_protection(
  ImageId,
  WithCooldown = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

WithCooldown

If true, enforces deregistration protection for 24 hours after deregistration protection is disabled.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account

Description

Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account. You cannot select the Organizations management account as the IPAM admin account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_ipam_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_ipam_organization_admin_account(
  DryRun = NULL,
  DelegatedAdminAccountId
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

DelegatedAdminAccountId

[required] The Organizations member account ID that you want to enable as the IPAM account.


Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations

Description

Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations. This operation must be performed by the management account for the organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account

Description

Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_serial_console_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_serial_console_access(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you enable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can no longer request public sharing for snapshots in that Region. Snapshots that are already publicly shared are either treated as private or they remain publicly shared, depending on the State that you specify.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_snapshot_block_public_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_snapshot_block_public_access(State, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

State

[required] The mode in which to enable block public access for snapshots for the Region. Specify one of the following values:

  • block-all-sharing - Prevents all public sharing of snapshots in the Region. Users in the account will no longer be able to request new public sharing. Additionally, snapshots that are already publicly shared are treated as private and they are no longer publicly available.

  • block-new-sharing - Prevents only new public sharing of snapshots in the Region. Users in the account will no longer be able to request new public sharing. However, snapshots that are already publicly shared, remain publicly available.

unblocked is not a valid value for EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table

Description

Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the propagation route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId

The ID of the transit gateway route table announcement.


Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC

Description

Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vgw_route_propagation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_vgw_route_propagation(GatewayId, RouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GatewayId

[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway that is attached to a VPC. The virtual private gateway must be attached to the same VPC that the routing tables are associated with.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table. The routing table must be associated with the same VPC that the virtual private gateway is attached to.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent

Description

Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_volume_io/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_volume_io(DryRun = NULL, VolumeId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.


Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(VpcId = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

The ID of the VPC.


Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint. The Client VPN endpoint configuration file includes the Client VPN endpoint and certificate information clients need to establish a connection with the Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_client_vpn_client_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_export_client_vpn_client_configuration(ClientVpnEndpointId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file

Description

Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file. For more information, see Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_export_image(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DiskImageFormat,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ImageId,
  S3ExportLocation,
  RoleName = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Token to enable idempotency for export image requests.

Description

A description of the image being exported. The maximum length is 255 characters.

DiskImageFormat

[required] The disk image format.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ImageId

[required] The ID of the image.

S3ExportLocation

[required] The Amazon S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist.

RoleName

The name of the role that grants VM Import/Export permission to export images to your Amazon S3 bucket. If this parameter is not specified, the default role is named 'vmimport'.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the export image task during creation.


Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket

Description

Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket. By default, all routes are exported. Alternatively, you can filter by CIDR range.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_transit_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_export_transit_gateway_routes(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  S3Bucket,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment.

  • attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway attachment.

  • route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter.

  • route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the route.

  • route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the specified CIDR filter.

  • route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result returns 10.0.1.0/29.

  • state - The state of the route (active | blackhole).

  • transit-gateway-route-destination-cidr-block - The CIDR range.

  • type - The type of route (propagated | static).

S3Bucket

[required] The name of the S3 bucket.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance

Description

Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region

Description

Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_allowed_images_settings(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate

Description

Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate. It also returns the name of the Amazon S3 bucket and the Amazon S3 object key where the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key bundle are stored, and the ARN of the KMS key that's used to encrypt the private key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles(CertificateArn, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate for which to view the associated IAM roles, encryption keys, and Amazon S3 object information.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool

Description

Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs(
  PoolId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The ID of the IPv6 address pool.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets network performance data

Description

Gets network performance data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_aws_network_performance_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_aws_network_performance_data(
  DataQueries = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DataQueries

A list of network performance data queries.

StartTime

The starting time for the performance data request. The starting time must be formatted as yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss. For example, ⁠2022-06-10T12:00:00.000Z⁠.

EndTime

The ending time for the performance data request. The end time must be formatted as yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss. For example, ⁠2022-06-12T12:00:00.000Z⁠.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation

Description

Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation. If the Capacity Reservation is shared, it shows usage information for the Capacity Reservation owner and each Amazon Web Services account that is currently using the shared capacity. If the Capacity Reservation is not shared, it shows only the Capacity Reservation owner's usage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_capacity_reservation_usage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_capacity_reservation_usage(
  CapacityReservationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool

Description

Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_coip_pool_usage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_coip_pool_usage(
  PoolId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolId

[required] The ID of the address pool.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • coip-address-usage.allocation-id - The allocation ID of the address.

  • coip-address-usage.aws-account-id - The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that is using the customer-owned IP address.

  • coip-address-usage.aws-service - The Amazon Web Services service that is using the customer-owned IP address.

  • coip-address-usage.co-ip - The customer-owned IP address.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the console output for the specified instance

Description

Gets the console output for the specified instance. For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. For Windows instances, the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_console_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_console_output(InstanceId, Latest = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

Latest

When enabled, retrieves the latest console output for the instance.

Default: disabled (false)

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting

Description

Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_console_screenshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_console_screenshot(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, WakeUp = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

WakeUp

When set to true, acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's in standby or "sleep" mode.


Retrieves a summary of the account status report

Description

Retrieves a summary of the account status report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_declarative_policies_report_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_declarative_policies_report_summary(DryRun = NULL, ReportId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ReportId

[required] The ID of the report.


Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family

Description

Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_default_credit_specification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_default_credit_specification(DryRun = NULL, InstanceFamily)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceFamily

[required] The instance family.


Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region

Description

Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id or reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ebs_default_kms_key_id(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region

Description

Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena

Description

Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena. This make it easier for you to query and gain insights from VPC flow logs data. Based on the information that you provide, we configure resources in the template to do the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_flow_logs_integration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_flow_logs_integration_template(
  DryRun = NULL,
  FlowLogId,
  ConfigDeliveryS3DestinationArn,
  IntegrateServices
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FlowLogId

[required] The ID of the flow log.

ConfigDeliveryS3DestinationArn

[required] To store the CloudFormation template in Amazon S3, specify the location in Amazon S3.

IntegrateServices

[required] Information about the service integration.


Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added

Description

Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_groups_for_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_groups_for_capacity_reservation(
  CapacityReservationId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. If you specify a Capacity Reservation that is shared with you, the operation returns only Capacity Reservation groups that you own.

NextToken

The token to use to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host

Description

Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_host_reservation_purchase_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_host_reservation_purchase_preview(HostIdSet, OfferingId)

Arguments

HostIdSet

[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation is associated.

OfferingId

[required] The offering ID of the reservation.


Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_image_block_public_access_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_image_block_public_access_state(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_metadata_defaults/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_instance_metadata_defaults(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance

Description

Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_tpm_ek_pub/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_instance_tpm_ek_pub(InstanceId, KeyType, KeyFormat, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance for which to get the public endorsement key.

KeyType

[required] The required public endorsement key type.

KeyFormat

[required] The required public endorsement key format. Specify der for a DER-encoded public key that is compatible with OpenSSL. Specify tpmt for a TPM 2.0 format that is compatible with tpm2-tools. The returned key is base64 encoded.

DryRun

Specify this parameter to verify whether the request will succeed, without actually making the request. If the request will succeed, the response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, the response is UnauthorizedOperation.


Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes

Description

Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes. You can use the response to preview the instance types without launching instances. Note that the response does not consider capacity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ArchitectureTypes,
  VirtualizationTypes,
  InstanceRequirements,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ArchitectureTypes

[required] The processor architecture type.

VirtualizationTypes

[required] The virtualization type.

InstanceRequirements

[required] The attributes required for the instance types.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


A binary representation of the UEFI variable store

Description

A binary representation of the UEFI variable store. Only non-volatile variables are stored. This is a base64 encoded and zlib compressed binary value that must be properly encoded.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_uefi_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_instance_uefi_data(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance from which to retrieve the UEFI data.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope

Description

Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more information, see View the history of IP addresses in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_address_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_address_history(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Cidr,
  IpamScopeId,
  VpcId = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Cidr

[required] The CIDR you want the history of. The CIDR can be an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address range. If you enter a /16 IPv4 CIDR, you will get records that match it exactly. You will not get records for any subnets within the /16 CIDR.

IpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the IPAM scope that the CIDR is in.

VpcId

The ID of the VPC you want your history records filtered by.

StartTime

The start of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit this option, it will default to the value of EndTime.

EndTime

The end of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit this option, it will default to the current time.

MaxResults

The maximum number of historical results you would like returned per page. Defaults to 100.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Gets IPAM discovered accounts

Description

Gets IPAM discovered accounts. A discovered account is an Amazon Web Services account that is monitored under a resource discovery. If you have integrated IPAM with Amazon Web Services Organizations, all accounts in the organization are discovered accounts. Only the IPAM account can get all discovered accounts in the organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_discovered_accounts(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
  DiscoveryRegion,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] A resource discovery ID.

DiscoveryRegion

[required] The Amazon Web Services Region that the account information is returned from.

Filters

Discovered account filters.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of discovered accounts to return in one page of results.


Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM

Description

Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
  AddressRegion,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] An IPAM resource discovery ID.

AddressRegion

[required] The Amazon Web Services Region for the IP address.

Filters

Filters.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of IPAM discovered public addresses to return in one page of results.


Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery

Description

Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery. A discovered resource is a resource CIDR monitored under a resource discovery. The following resources can be discovered: VPCs, Public IPv4 pools, VPC subnets, and Elastic IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
  ResourceRegion,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] A resource discovery ID.

ResourceRegion

[required] A resource Region.

Filters

Filters.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of discovered resource CIDRs to return in one page of results.


Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool

Description

Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_pool_allocations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_pool_allocations(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  IpamPoolAllocationId = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want to see the allocations for.

IpamPoolAllocationId

The ID of the allocation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results you would like returned per page.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool

Description

Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_pool_cidrs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_pool_cidrs(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want the CIDR for.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope

Description

Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope. If an IPAM is associated with more than one resource discovery, the resource CIDRs across all of the resource discoveries is returned. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_resource_cidrs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_ipam_resource_cidrs(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  IpamScopeId,
  IpamPoolId = NULL,
  ResourceId = NULL,
  ResourceType = NULL,
  ResourceTag = NULL,
  ResourceOwner = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Filters

One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

IpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the scope that the resource is in.

IpamPoolId

The ID of the IPAM pool that the resource is in.

ResourceId

The ID of the resource.

ResourceType

The resource type.

ResourceTag

The resource tag.

ResourceOwner

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource.


Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance

Description

Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance. You can use this data to create a launch template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_launch_template_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_launch_template_data(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.


Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list

Description

Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_associations(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PrefixListId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list

Description

Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_entries/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_entries(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PrefixListId,
  TargetVersion = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

TargetVersion

The version of the prefix list for which to return the entries. The default is the current version.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.


Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis

Description

Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId

[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope

Description

Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_content/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_content(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId

[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance

Description

Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_password_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_password_data(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the Windows instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance

Description

Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If the exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote to perform the exchange.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ReservedInstanceIds,
  TargetConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ReservedInstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange.

TargetConfigurations

The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances.


Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC

Description

Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_security_groups_for_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_security_groups_for_vpc(
  VpcId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The VPC ID where the security group can be used.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

Filters

The filters. If using multiple filters, the results include security groups which match all filters.

  • group-id: The security group ID.

  • description: The security group's description.

  • group-name: The security group name.

  • owner-id: The security group owner ID.

  • primary-vpc-id: The VPC ID in which the security group was created.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances

Description

Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_serial_console_access_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_serial_console_access_status(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region

Description

Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_snapshot_block_public_access_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_snapshot_block_public_access_state(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements

Description

Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_spot_placement_scores/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_spot_placement_scores(
  InstanceTypes = NULL,
  TargetCapacity,
  TargetCapacityUnitType = NULL,
  SingleAvailabilityZone = NULL,
  RegionNames = NULL,
  InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceTypes

The instance types. We recommend that you specify at least three instance types. If you specify one or two instance types, or specify variations of a single instance type (for example, an m3.xlarge with and without instance storage), the returned placement score will always be low.

If you specify InstanceTypes, you can't specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata.

TargetCapacity

[required] The target capacity.

TargetCapacityUnitType

The unit for the target capacity.

SingleAvailabilityZone

Specify true so that the response returns a list of scored Availability Zones. Otherwise, the response returns a list of scored Regions.

A list of scored Availability Zones is useful if you want to launch all of your Spot capacity into a single Availability Zone.

RegionNames

The Regions used to narrow down the list of Regions to be scored. Enter the Region code, for example, us-east-1.

InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata

The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes.

If you specify InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata, you can't specify InstanceTypes.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.


Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations

Description

Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_subnet_cidr_reservations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_subnet_cidr_reservations(
  Filters = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

One or more filters.

  • reservationType - The type of reservation (prefix | explicit).

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.

  • tag:\<key\> - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key Owner and the value TeamA, specify tag:Owner for the filter name and TeamA for the filter value.

  • tag-key - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. Use this filter to find all resources assigned a tag with a specific key, regardless of the tag value.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.


Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes

Description

Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • transit-gateway-route-table-id - The ID of the transit gateway route table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-type - The type of resource. The valid value is: vpc.

  • state - The state of the subnet association. Valid values are associated | associating | disassociated | disassociating.

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations

Description

Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table.

Filters

The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries

Description

Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries(
  TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayPolicyTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table.

Filters

The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table

Description

Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • attachment.resource-id - The ID of the resource for the attachment.

  • attachment.resource-type - The type of resource for the attachment. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering.

  • attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

  • is-blackhole - Whether traffic matching the route is blocked (true | false).

  • prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.

  • prefix-list-owner-id - The ID of the owner of the prefix list.

  • state - The state of the prefix list reference (pending | available | modifying | deleting).

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-type - The resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The ID of the attachment.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint

Description

Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_policy(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access

Description

Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_targets(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointId

[required] The ID of the network CIDR endpoint.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group

Description

Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_verified_access_group_policy(VerifiedAccessGroupId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection

Description

Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration(
  VpnConnectionId,
  VpnConnectionDeviceTypeId,
  InternetKeyExchangeVersion = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The VpnConnectionId specifies the Site-to-Site VPN connection used for the sample configuration.

VpnConnectionDeviceTypeId

[required] Device identifier provided by the get_vpn_connection_device_types API.

InternetKeyExchangeVersion

The IKE version to be used in the sample configuration file for your customer gateway device. You can specify one of the following versions: ikev1 or ikev2.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided

Description

Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided. The request has no additional parameters. You can also see the list of device types with sample configuration files available under Your customer gateway device in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_types(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results returned by get_vpn_connection_device_types in paginated output. When this parameter is used, get_vpn_connection_device_types only returns MaxResults results in a single page along with a NextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another get_vpn_connection_device_types request with the returned NextToken value. This value can be between 200 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then get_vpn_connection_device_types returns all results.

NextToken

The NextToken value returned from a previous paginated get_vpn_connection_device_types request where MaxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance

Description

Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status(
  VpnConnectionId,
  VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection.

VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress

[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint. Uploading a client certificate revocation list overwrites the existing client certificate revocation list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  CertificateRevocationList,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client certificate revocation list applies.

CertificateRevocationList

[required] The client certificate revocation list file. For more information, see Generate a Client Certificate Revocation List in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console

Description

To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console. For more information, see the Migration Hub Orchestrator User Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_image(
  Architecture = NULL,
  ClientData = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DiskContainers = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Encrypted = NULL,
  Hypervisor = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  LicenseType = NULL,
  Platform = NULL,
  RoleName = NULL,
  LicenseSpecifications = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  UsageOperation = NULL,
  BootMode = NULL
)

Arguments

Architecture

The architecture of the virtual machine.

Valid values: i386 | x86_64

ClientData

The client-specific data.

ClientToken

The token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.

Description

A description string for the import image task.

DiskContainers

Information about the disk containers.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Encrypted

Specifies whether the destination AMI of the imported image should be encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Hypervisor

The target hypervisor platform.

Valid values: xen

KmsKeyId

An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted AMI. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set.

The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:

  • Key ID

  • Key alias

  • ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the key namespace, and then the key ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.

  • ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This action will eventually report failure.

The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the AMI is being copied to.

Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

LicenseType

The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing.

Specify AWS to replace the source-system license with an Amazon Web Services license or BYOL to retain the source-system license. Leaving this parameter undefined is the same as choosing AWS when importing a Windows Server operating system, and the same as choosing BYOL when importing a Windows client operating system (such as Windows 10) or a Linux operating system.

To use BYOL, you must have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud, such as Amazon Web Services. For more information, see Prerequisites in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

Platform

The operating system of the virtual machine. If you import a VM that is compatible with Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) using an EBS snapshot, you must specify a value for the platform.

Valid values: Windows | Linux

RoleName

The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.

LicenseSpecifications

The ARNs of the license configurations.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the import image task during creation.

UsageOperation

The usage operation value. For more information, see Licensing options in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

BootMode

The boot mode of the virtual machine.

The uefi-preferred boot mode isn't supported for importing images. For more information, see Boot modes in the VM Import/Export User Guide.


We recommend that you use the ImportImage API instead

Description

We recommend that you use the import_image API instead. For more information, see Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export in the VM Import/Export User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_instance(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  LaunchSpecification = NULL,
  DiskImages = NULL,
  Platform
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Description

A description for the instance being imported.

LaunchSpecification

The launch specification.

DiskImages

The disk image.

Platform

[required] The instance operating system.


Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool

Description

Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool. You give Amazon Web Services only the public key. The private key is never transferred between you and Amazon Web Services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_key_pair(
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  KeyName,
  PublicKeyMaterial
)

Arguments

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the imported key pair.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

KeyName

[required] A unique name for the key pair.

PublicKeyMaterial

[required] The public key.


Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot

Description

Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_snapshot(
  ClientData = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DiskContainer = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Encrypted = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  RoleName = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientData

The client-specific data.

ClientToken

Token to enable idempotency for VM import requests.

Description

The description string for the import snapshot task.

DiskContainer

Information about the disk container.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Encrypted

Specifies whether the destination snapshot of the imported image should be encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a non-default KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS Encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

KmsKeyId

An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the encrypted snapshot. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default KMS key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS key for EBS is used. If a KmsKeyId is specified, the Encrypted flag must also be set.

The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:

  • Key ID

  • Key alias

  • ARN using key ID. The ID ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the key namespace, and then the key ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef.

  • ARN using key alias. The alias ARN contains the arn:aws:kms namespace, followed by the Region of the key, the Amazon Web Services account ID of the key owner, the alias namespace, and then the key alias. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services parses KmsKeyId asynchronously, meaning that the action you call may appear to complete even though you provided an invalid identifier. This action will eventually report failure.

The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the snapshot is being copied to.

Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

RoleName

The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the import snapshot task during creation.


This API action supports only single-volume VMs

Description

This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use import_image instead. To import a disk to a snapshot, use import_snapshot instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_import_volume(
  DryRun = NULL,
  AvailabilityZone,
  Image,
  Description = NULL,
  Volume
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AvailabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume.

Image

[required] The disk image.

Description

A description of the volume.

Volume

[required] The volume size.


Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin

Description

Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_list_images_in_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_list_images_in_recycle_bin(
  ImageIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageIds

The IDs of the AMIs to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the AMIs that are in the Recycle Bin. You can specify up to 20 IDs in a single request.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin

Description

Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  SnapshotIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination.

NextToken

The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request.

SnapshotIds

The IDs of the snapshots to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the snapshots that are in the Recycle Bin.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration

Description

Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration. A locked snapshot can't be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_lock_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_lock_snapshot(
  SnapshotId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  LockMode,
  CoolOffPeriod = NULL,
  LockDuration = NULL,
  ExpirationDate = NULL
)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot to lock.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LockMode

[required] The mode in which to lock the snapshot. Specify one of the following:

  • governance - Locks the snapshot in governance mode. Snapshots locked in governance mode can't be deleted until one of the following conditions are met:

    • The lock duration expires.

    • The snapshot is unlocked by a user with the appropriate permissions.

    Users with the appropriate IAM permissions can unlock the snapshot, increase or decrease the lock duration, and change the lock mode to compliance at any time.

    If you lock a snapshot in governance mode, omit CoolOffPeriod.

  • compliance - Locks the snapshot in compliance mode. Snapshots locked in compliance mode can't be unlocked by any user. They can be deleted only after the lock duration expires. Users can't decrease the lock duration or change the lock mode to governance. However, users with appropriate IAM permissions can increase the lock duration at any time.

    If you lock a snapshot in compliance mode, you can optionally specify CoolOffPeriod.

CoolOffPeriod

The cooling-off period during which you can unlock the snapshot or modify the lock settings after locking the snapshot in compliance mode, in hours. After the cooling-off period expires, you can't unlock or delete the snapshot, decrease the lock duration, or change the lock mode. You can increase the lock duration after the cooling-off period expires.

The cooling-off period is optional when locking a snapshot in compliance mode. If you are locking the snapshot in governance mode, omit this parameter.

To lock the snapshot in compliance mode immediately without a cooling-off period, omit this parameter.

If you are extending the lock duration for a snapshot that is locked in compliance mode after the cooling-off period has expired, omit this parameter. If you specify a cooling-period in a such a request, the request fails.

Allowed values: Min 1, max 72.

LockDuration

The period of time for which to lock the snapshot, in days. The snapshot lock will automatically expire after this period lapses.

You must specify either this parameter or ExpirationDate, but not both.

Allowed values: Min: 1, max 36500

ExpirationDate

The date and time at which the snapshot lock is to automatically expire, in the UTC time zone (YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ).

You must specify either this parameter or LockDuration, but not both.


Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address

Description

Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_address_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_address_attribute(AllocationId, DomainName = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AllocationId

[required] [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID.

DomainName

The domain name to modify for the IP address.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account

Description

Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_availability_zone_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_availability_zone_group(GroupName, OptInStatus, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the Availability Zone group, Local Zone group, or Wavelength Zone group.

OptInStatus

[required] Indicates whether to opt in to the zone group. The only valid value is ⁠opted-in⁠. You must contact Amazon Web Services Support to opt out of a Local Zone or Wavelength Zone group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released

Description

Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released. You can't modify a Capacity Reservation's instance type, EBS optimization, platform, instance store settings, Availability Zone, or tenancy. If you need to modify any of these attributes, we recommend that you cancel the Capacity Reservation, and then create a new one with the required attributes. For more information, see Modify an active Capacity Reservation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_capacity_reservation(
  CapacityReservationId,
  InstanceCount = NULL,
  EndDate = NULL,
  EndDateType = NULL,
  Accept = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  AdditionalInfo = NULL,
  InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation.

InstanceCount

The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. The number of instances can't be increased or decreased by more than 1000 in a single request.

EndDate

The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state changes to expired when it reaches its end date and time.

The Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.

You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited. Omit EndDate if EndDateType is unlimited.

EndDateType

Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:

  • unlimited - The Capacity Reservation remains active until you explicitly cancel it. Do not provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is unlimited.

  • limited - The Capacity Reservation expires automatically at a specified date and time. You must provide an EndDate value if EndDateType is limited.

Accept

Reserved. Capacity Reservations you have created are accepted by default.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AdditionalInfo

Reserved for future use.

InstanceMatchCriteria

The matching criteria (instance eligibility) that you want to use in the modified Capacity Reservation. If you change the instance eligibility of an existing Capacity Reservation from targeted to open, any running instances that match the attributes of the Capacity Reservation, have the CapacityReservationPreference set to open, and are not yet running in the Capacity Reservation, will automatically use the modified Capacity Reservation.

To modify the instance eligibility, the Capacity Reservation must be completely idle (zero usage).


Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet

Description

Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_capacity_reservation_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_capacity_reservation_fleet(
  CapacityReservationFleetId,
  TotalTargetCapacity = NULL,
  EndDate = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RemoveEndDate = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationFleetId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation Fleet to modify.

TotalTargetCapacity

The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

EndDate

The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to expired and all of the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet expire.

The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation Fleet is guaranteed to expire between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019.

You can't specify EndDate and RemoveEndDate in the same request.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RemoveEndDate

Indicates whether to remove the end date from the Capacity Reservation Fleet. If you remove the end date, the Capacity Reservation Fleet does not expire and it remains active until you explicitly cancel it using the CancelCapacityReservationFleet action.

You can't specify RemoveEndDate and EndDate in the same request.


Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint

Description

Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint. Modifying the DNS server resets existing client connections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_client_vpn_endpoint(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  ServerCertificateArn = NULL,
  ConnectionLogOptions = NULL,
  DnsServers = NULL,
  VpnPort = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  SplitTunnel = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  VpcId = NULL,
  SelfServicePortal = NULL,
  ClientConnectOptions = NULL,
  SessionTimeoutHours = NULL,
  ClientLoginBannerOptions = NULL,
  DisconnectOnSessionTimeout = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to modify.

ServerCertificateArn

The ARN of the server certificate to be used. The server certificate must be provisioned in Certificate Manager (ACM).

ConnectionLogOptions

Information about the client connection logging options.

If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged:

  • Client connection requests

  • Client connection results (successful and unsuccessful)

  • Reasons for unsuccessful client connection requests

  • Client connection termination time

DnsServers

Information about the DNS servers to be used by Client VPN connections. A Client VPN endpoint can have up to two DNS servers.

VpnPort

The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic.

Valid Values: 443 | 1194

Default Value: 443

Description

A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint.

SplitTunnel

Indicates whether the VPN is split-tunnel.

For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint in the Client VPN Administrator Guide.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SecurityGroupIds

The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network.

VpcId

The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint.

SelfServicePortal

Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint.

ClientConnectOptions

The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections.

SessionTimeoutHours

The maximum VPN session duration time in hours.

Valid values: 8 | 10 | 12 | 24

Default value: 24

ClientLoginBannerOptions

Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established.

DisconnectOnSessionTimeout

Indicates whether the client VPN session is disconnected after the maximum timeout specified in sessionTimeoutHours is reached. If true, users are prompted to reconnect client VPN. If false, client VPN attempts to reconnect automatically. The default value is false.


Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances

Description

Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per Amazon Web Services Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable performance instances in the account launch using the default credit option.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_default_credit_specification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_default_credit_specification(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceFamily,
  CpuCredits
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceFamily

[required] The instance family.

CpuCredits

[required] The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family.

Valid Values: standard | unlimited


Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region

Description

Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id(KmsKeyId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

KmsKeyId

[required] The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If KmsKeyId is specified, the encrypted state must be true.

You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:

  • Key ID. For example, 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Key alias. For example, alias/ExampleAlias.

  • Key ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.

  • Alias ARN. For example, arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:012345678910:alias/ExampleAlias.

Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails.

Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet

Description

Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_fleet(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateConfigs = NULL,
  FleetId,
  TargetCapacitySpecification = NULL,
  Context = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet.

Supported only for fleets of type maintain.

LaunchTemplateConfigs

The launch template and overrides.

FleetId

[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet.

TargetCapacitySpecification

The size of the EC2 Fleet.

Context

Reserved.


Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)

Description

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_fpga_image_attribute(
  DryRun = NULL,
  FpgaImageId,
  Attribute = NULL,
  OperationType = NULL,
  UserIds = NULL,
  UserGroups = NULL,
  ProductCodes = NULL,
  LoadPermission = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Name = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FpgaImageId

[required] The ID of the AFI.

Attribute

The name of the attribute.

OperationType

The operation type.

UserIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter is valid only when modifying the loadPermission attribute.

UserGroups

The user groups. This parameter is valid only when modifying the loadPermission attribute.

ProductCodes

The product codes. After you add a product code to an AFI, it can't be removed. This parameter is valid only when modifying the productCodes attribute.

LoadPermission

The load permission for the AFI.

Description

A description for the AFI.

Name

A name for the AFI.


Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host

Description

Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, any instances that you launch with a tenancy of host but without a specific host ID are placed onto any available Dedicated Host in your account that has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID to have the instance launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with auto-placement enabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_hosts(
  HostRecovery = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  InstanceFamily = NULL,
  HostMaintenance = NULL,
  HostIds,
  AutoPlacement = NULL
)

Arguments

HostRecovery

Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host recovery in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

InstanceType

Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support only a specific instance type.

If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types in its current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request.

InstanceFamily

Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types within its current instance family.

If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request.

HostMaintenance

Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host maintenance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

HostIds

[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to modify.

AutoPlacement

Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement.


Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis

Description

Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_id_format(Resource, UseLongIds)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs.

UseLongIds

[required] Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs).


Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account

Description

Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_identity_id_format/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_identity_id_format(Resource, UseLongIds, PrincipalArn)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The type of resource: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

Alternatively, use the all-current option to include all resource types that are currently within their opt-in period for longer IDs.

UseLongIds

[required] Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs)

PrincipalArn

[required] The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root user. Specify all to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user of the account.


Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI

Description

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_image_attribute(
  Attribute = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ImageId,
  LaunchPermission = NULL,
  OperationType = NULL,
  ProductCodes = NULL,
  UserGroups = NULL,
  UserIds = NULL,
  Value = NULL,
  OrganizationArns = NULL,
  OrganizationalUnitArns = NULL,
  ImdsSupport = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Attribute

The name of the attribute to modify.

Valid values: description | imdsSupport | launchPermission

Description

A new description for the AMI.

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

LaunchPermission

A new launch permission for the AMI.

OperationType

The operation type. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.

ProductCodes

Not supported.

UserGroups

The user groups. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.

UserIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.

Value

The value of the attribute being modified. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is description or imdsSupport.

OrganizationArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization. This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.

OrganizationalUnitArns

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organizational unit (OU). This parameter can be used only when the Attribute parameter is launchPermission.

ImdsSupport

Set to v2.0 to indicate that IMDSv2 is specified in the AMI. Instances launched from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2. For more information, see Configure the AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Do not use this parameter unless your AMI software supports IMDSv2. After you set the value to v2.0, you can't undo it. The only way to “reset” your AMI is to create a new AMI from the underlying snapshot.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance

Description

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_attribute(
  SourceDestCheck = NULL,
  DisableApiStop = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  Attribute = NULL,
  Value = NULL,
  BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
  DisableApiTermination = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  Kernel = NULL,
  Ramdisk = NULL,
  UserData = NULL,
  InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = NULL,
  Groups = NULL,
  EbsOptimized = NULL,
  SriovNetSupport = NULL,
  EnaSupport = NULL
)

Arguments

SourceDestCheck

Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or firewalls.

DisableApiStop

Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more information, see Enable stop protection for your instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

Attribute

The name of the attribute to modify.

You can modify the following attributes only: disableApiTermination | instanceType | kernel | ramdisk | instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior | blockDeviceMapping | userData | sourceDestCheck | groupSet | ebsOptimized | sriovNetSupport | enaSupport | nvmeSupport | disableApiStop | enclaveOptions

Value

A new value for the attribute. Use only with the kernel, ramdisk, userData, disableApiTermination, or instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior attribute.

BlockDeviceMappings

Modifies the DeleteOnTermination attribute for volumes that are currently attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for DeleteOnTermination, the default is true and the volume is deleted when the instance is terminated. You can't modify the DeleteOnTermination attribute for volumes that are attached to Fargate tasks.

To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see Update the block device mapping when launching an instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

DisableApiTermination

Enable or disable termination protection for the instance. If the value is true, you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, command line interface, or API. You can't enable termination protection for Spot Instances.

InstanceType

Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see Instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is InvalidInstanceAttributeValue.

Kernel

Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB.

Ramdisk

Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB.

UserData

Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. User data must be base64-encoded. Depending on the tool or SDK that you're using, the base64-encoding might be performed for you. For more information, see Work with instance user data.

InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior

Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).

Groups

Replaces the security groups of the instance with the specified security groups. You must specify the ID of at least one security group, even if it's just the default security group for the VPC.

EbsOptimized

Specifies whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance.

SriovNetSupport

Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the instance.

There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time.

This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable.

EnaSupport

Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance.

This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable.


Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance

Description

Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance. Use this action to configure an instance to target a specific Capacity Reservation, run in any open Capacity Reservation with matching attributes, run in On-Demand Instance capacity, or only run in a Capacity Reservation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes(
  InstanceId,
  CapacityReservationSpecification,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance to be modified.

CapacityReservationSpecification

[required] Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance

Description

By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance. When you configure the number of active vCPUs for the instance, it can help you save on licensing costs and optimize performance. The base cost of the instance remains unchanged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_cpu_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_cpu_options(
  InstanceId,
  CoreCount,
  ThreadsPerCore,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance to update.

CoreCount

[required] The number of CPU cores to activate for the specified instance.

ThreadsPerCore

[required] The number of threads to run for each CPU core.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance

Description

Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance. The credit options are standard and unlimited.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_credit_specification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_credit_specification(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceCreditSpecifications
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

InstanceCreditSpecifications

[required] Information about the credit option for CPU usage.


Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event

Description

Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_event_start_time/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_event_start_time(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  InstanceEventId,
  NotBefore
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance with the scheduled event.

InstanceEventId

[required] The ID of the event whose date and time you are modifying.

NotBefore

[required] The new date and time when the event will take place.


Modifies the specified event window

Description

Modifies the specified event window.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_event_window(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  InstanceEventWindowId,
  TimeRanges = NULL,
  CronExpression = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Name

The name of the event window.

InstanceEventWindowId

[required] The ID of the event window.

TimeRanges

The time ranges of the event window.

CronExpression

The cron expression of the event window, for example, ⁠* 0-4,20-23 * * 1,5⁠.

Constraints:

  • Only hour and day of the week values are supported.

  • For day of the week values, you can specify either integers 0 through 6, or alternative single values SUN through SAT.

  • The minute, month, and year must be specified by *.

  • The hour value must be one or a multiple range, for example, 0-4 or ⁠0-4,20-23⁠.

  • Each hour range must be \>= 2 hours, for example, 0-2 or 20-23.

  • The event window must be \>= 4 hours. The combined total time ranges in the event window must be \>= 4 hours.

For more information about cron expressions, see cron on the Wikipedia website.


Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default

Description

Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default. The default configuration will not enable simplified automatic recovery for an unsupported instance type. For more information, see Simplified automatic recovery.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_maintenance_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_maintenance_options(
  InstanceId,
  AutoRecovery = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

AutoRecovery

Disables the automatic recovery behavior of your instance or sets it to default.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_metadata_defaults/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_metadata_defaults(
  HttpTokens = NULL,
  HttpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
  HttpEndpoint = NULL,
  InstanceMetadataTags = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

HttpTokens

Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required.

  • optional – IMDSv2 is optional, which means that you can use either IMDSv2 or IMDSv1.

  • required – IMDSv2 is required, which means that IMDSv1 is disabled, and you must use IMDSv2.

HttpPutResponseHopLimit

The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. To indicate no preference, specify -1.

Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64, and -1 to indicate no preference

HttpEndpoint

Enables or disables the IMDS endpoint on an instance. When disabled, the instance metadata can't be accessed.

InstanceMetadataTags

Enables or disables access to an instance's tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance

Description

Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. When you modify the parameters on a stopped instance, they are applied when the instance is started. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, the API responds with a state of “pending”. After the parameter modifications are successfully applied to the instance, the state of the modifications changes from “pending” to “applied” in subsequent describe-instances API calls. For more information, see Instance metadata and user data in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_metadata_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_metadata_options(
  InstanceId,
  HttpTokens = NULL,
  HttpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
  HttpEndpoint = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  HttpProtocolIpv6 = NULL,
  InstanceMetadataTags = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

HttpTokens

Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required.

  • optional - IMDSv2 is optional. You can choose whether to send a session token in your instance metadata retrieval requests. If you retrieve IAM role credentials without a session token, you receive the IMDSv1 role credentials. If you retrieve IAM role credentials using a valid session token, you receive the IMDSv2 role credentials.

  • required - IMDSv2 is required. You must send a session token in your instance metadata retrieval requests. With this option, retrieving the IAM role credentials always returns IMDSv2 credentials; IMDSv1 credentials are not available.

Default:

  • If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your instance is v2.0 and the account level default is set to no-preference, the default is required.

  • If the value of ImdsSupport for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for your instance is v2.0, but the account level default is set to ⁠V1 or V2⁠, the default is optional.

The default value can also be affected by other combinations of parameters. For more information, see Order of precedence for instance metadata options in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

HttpPutResponseHopLimit

The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. If no parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained.

Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64

HttpEndpoint

Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained.

If you specify a value of disabled, you cannot access your instance metadata.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

HttpProtocolIpv6

Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. Applies only if you enabled the HTTP metadata endpoint.

InstanceMetadataTags

Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata.


Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance

Description

Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_network_performance_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_network_performance_options(
  InstanceId,
  BandwidthWeighting,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance to update.

BandwidthWeighting

[required] Specify the bandwidth weighting option to boost the associated type of baseline bandwidth, as follows:

default

This option uses the standard bandwidth configuration for your instance type.

vpc-1

This option boosts your networking baseline bandwidth and reduces your EBS baseline bandwidth.

ebs-1

This option boosts your EBS baseline bandwidth and reduces your networking baseline bandwidth.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance

Description

Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance. You can do the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_placement/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_instance_placement(
  GroupName = NULL,
  PartitionNumber = NULL,
  HostResourceGroupArn = NULL,
  GroupId = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  Tenancy = NULL,
  Affinity = NULL,
  HostId = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

The name of the placement group in which to place the instance. For spread placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default. For cluster and partition placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of default or dedicated.

To remove an instance from a placement group, specify an empty string ("").

PartitionNumber

The number of the partition in which to place the instance. Valid only if the placement group strategy is set to partition.

HostResourceGroupArn

The ARN of the host resource group in which to place the instance. The instance must have a tenancy of host to specify this parameter.

GroupId

The Group Id of a placement group. You must specify the Placement Group Group Id to launch an instance in a shared placement group.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance that you are modifying.

Tenancy

The tenancy for the instance.

For T3 instances, you must launch the instance on a Dedicated Host to use a tenancy of host. You can't change the tenancy from host to dedicated or default. Attempting to make one of these unsupported tenancy changes results in an InvalidRequest error code.

Affinity

The affinity setting for the instance. For more information, see Host affinity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

HostId

The ID of the Dedicated Host with which to associate the instance.


Modify the configurations of an IPAM

Description

Modify the configurations of an IPAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ipam(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamId,
  Description = NULL,
  AddOperatingRegions = NULL,
  RemoveOperatingRegions = NULL,
  Tier = NULL,
  EnablePrivateGua = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] The ID of the IPAM you want to modify.

Description

The description of the IPAM you want to modify.

AddOperatingRegions

Choose the operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions.

For more information about operating Regions, see Create an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

RemoveOperatingRegions

The operating Regions to remove.

Tier

IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see Amazon VPC pricing \> IPAM tab.

EnablePrivateGua

Enable this option to use your own GUA ranges as private IPv6 addresses. This option is disabled by default.


Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool

Description

Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ipam_pool(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  Description = NULL,
  AutoImport = NULL,
  AllocationMinNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AllocationMaxNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
  ClearAllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
  AddAllocationResourceTags = NULL,
  RemoveAllocationResourceTags = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want to modify.

Description

The description of the IPAM pool you want to modify.

AutoImport

If true, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of this pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs that will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to other resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR regardless of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of them only.

A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work.

AllocationMinNetmaskLength

The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. The minimum netmask length must be less than the maximum netmask length.

AllocationMaxNetmaskLength

The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.The maximum netmask length must be greater than the minimum netmask length.

AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength

The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example, the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16.

ClearAllocationDefaultNetmaskLength

Clear the default netmask length allocation rule for this pool.

AddAllocationResourceTags

Add tag allocation rules to a pool. For more information about allocation rules, see Create a top-level pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

RemoveAllocationResourceTags

Remove tag allocation rules from a pool.


Modify a resource CIDR

Description

Modify a resource CIDR. You can use this action to transfer resource CIDRs between scopes and ignore resource CIDRs that you do not want to manage. If set to false, the resource will not be tracked for overlap, it cannot be auto-imported into a pool, and it will be removed from any pool it has an allocation in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_resource_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ipam_resource_cidr(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ResourceId,
  ResourceCidr,
  ResourceRegion,
  CurrentIpamScopeId,
  DestinationIpamScopeId = NULL,
  Monitored
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource you want to modify.

ResourceCidr

[required] The CIDR of the resource you want to modify.

ResourceRegion

[required] The Amazon Web Services Region of the resource you want to modify.

CurrentIpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the current scope that the resource CIDR is in.

DestinationIpamScopeId

The ID of the scope you want to transfer the resource CIDR to.

Monitored

[required] Determines if the resource is monitored by IPAM. If a resource is monitored, the resource is discovered by IPAM and you can view details about the resource’s CIDR.


Modifies a resource discovery

Description

Modifies a resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ipam_resource_discovery(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
  Description = NULL,
  AddOperatingRegions = NULL,
  RemoveOperatingRegions = NULL,
  AddOrganizationalUnitExclusions = NULL,
  RemoveOrganizationalUnitExclusions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamResourceDiscoveryId

[required] A resource discovery ID.

Description

A resource discovery description.

AddOperatingRegions

Add operating Regions to the resource discovery. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions.

RemoveOperatingRegions

Remove operating Regions.

AddOrganizationalUnitExclusions

Add an Organizational Unit (OU) exclusion to your IPAM. If your IPAM is integrated with Amazon Web Services Organizations and you add an organizational unit (OU) exclusion, IPAM will not manage the IP addresses in accounts in that OU exclusion. There is a limit on the number of exclusions you can create. For more information, see Quotas for your IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

The resulting set of exclusions must not result in "overlap", meaning two or more OU exclusions must not exclude the same OU. For more information and examples, see the Amazon Web Services CLI request process in Add or remove OU exclusions in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

RemoveOrganizationalUnitExclusions

Remove an Organizational Unit (OU) exclusion to your IPAM. If your IPAM is integrated with Amazon Web Services Organizations and you add an organizational unit (OU) exclusion, IPAM will not manage the IP addresses in accounts in that OU exclusion. There is a limit on the number of exclusions you can create. For more information, see Quotas for your IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

The resulting set of exclusions must not result in "overlap", meaning two or more OU exclusions must not exclude the same OU. For more information and examples, see the Amazon Web Services CLI request process in Add or remove OU exclusions in the Amazon VPC User Guide.


Modify an IPAM scope

Description

Modify an IPAM scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_ipam_scope(DryRun = NULL, IpamScopeId, Description = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamScopeId

[required] The ID of the scope you want to modify.

Description

The description of the scope you want to modify.


Modifies a launch template

Description

Modifies a launch template. You can specify which version of the launch template to set as the default version. When launching an instance, the default version applies when a launch template version is not specified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_launch_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_launch_template(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
  LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
  DefaultVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters.

LaunchTemplateId

The ID of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

LaunchTemplateName

The name of the launch template.

You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both.

DefaultVersion

The version number of the launch template to set as the default version.


Modifies the specified local gateway route

Description

Modifies the specified local gateway route.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_local_gateway_route(
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

The CIDR block used for destination matches. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId

The ID of the virtual interface group.

NetworkInterfaceId

The ID of the network interface.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

DestinationPrefixListId

The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of DestinationCidrBlock. You cannot use DestinationPrefixListId and DestinationCidrBlock in the same request.


Modifies the specified managed prefix list

Description

Modifies the specified managed prefix list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_managed_prefix_list(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PrefixListId,
  CurrentVersion = NULL,
  PrefixListName = NULL,
  AddEntries = NULL,
  RemoveEntries = NULL,
  MaxEntries = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

CurrentVersion

The current version of the prefix list.

PrefixListName

A name for the prefix list.

AddEntries

One or more entries to add to the prefix list.

RemoveEntries

One or more entries to remove from the prefix list.

MaxEntries

The maximum number of entries for the prefix list. You cannot modify the entries of a prefix list and modify the size of a prefix list at the same time.

If any of the resources that reference the prefix list cannot support the new maximum size, the modify operation fails. Check the state message for the IDs of the first ten resources that do not support the new maximum size.


Modifies the specified network interface attribute

Description

Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. You can use this action to attach and detach security groups from an existing EC2 instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_network_interface_attribute(
  EnaSrdSpecification = NULL,
  EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
  ConnectionTrackingSpecification = NULL,
  AssociatePublicIpAddress = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  Description = NULL,
  SourceDestCheck = NULL,
  Groups = NULL,
  Attachment = NULL
)

Arguments

EnaSrdSpecification

Updates the ENA Express configuration for the network interface that’s attached to the instance.

EnablePrimaryIpv6

If you’re modifying a network interface in a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you have the option to assign a primary IPv6 IP address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if the instance that this ENI will be attached to relies on its IPv6 address not changing. Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address.

ConnectionTrackingSpecification

A connection tracking specification.

AssociatePublicIpAddress

Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to a network interface. This option can be enabled for any network interface but will only apply to the primary network interface (eth0).

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

Description

A description for the network interface.

SourceDestCheck

Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or firewalls.

Groups

Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the security group, not the name.

Attachment

Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the ⁠delete on termination⁠ attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment.


Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance

Description

Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_private_dns_name_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_private_dns_name_options(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceId,
  PrivateDnsHostnameType = NULL,
  EnableResourceNameDnsARecord = NULL,
  EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

PrivateDnsHostnameType

The type of hostname for EC2 instances. For IPv4 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance IPv4 address. For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID. For dual-stack subnets, you can specify whether DNS names use the instance IPv4 address or the instance ID.

EnableResourceNameDnsARecord

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records.


Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type

Description

Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_reserved_instances(
  ReservedInstancesIds,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  TargetConfigurations
)

Arguments

ReservedInstancesIds

[required] The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

TargetConfigurations

[required] The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify.


Modifies the rules of a security group

Description

Modifies the rules of a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_security_group_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_security_group_rules(GroupId, SecurityGroupRules, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

GroupId

[required] The ID of the security group.

SecurityGroupRules

[required] Information about the security group properties to update.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot

Description

Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified Amazon Web Services account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_snapshot_attribute(
  Attribute = NULL,
  CreateVolumePermission = NULL,
  GroupNames = NULL,
  OperationType = NULL,
  SnapshotId,
  UserIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Attribute

The snapshot attribute to modify. Only volume creation permissions can be modified.

CreateVolumePermission

A JSON representation of the snapshot attribute modification.

GroupNames

The group to modify for the snapshot.

OperationType

The type of operation to perform to the attribute.

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot.

UserIds

The account ID to modify for the snapshot.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot

Description

Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_snapshot_tier/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_snapshot_tier(SnapshotId, StorageTier = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot.

StorageTier

The name of the storage tier. You must specify archive.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request

Description

Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_spot_fleet_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_spot_fleet_request(
  LaunchTemplateConfigs = NULL,
  OnDemandTargetCapacity = NULL,
  Context = NULL,
  SpotFleetRequestId,
  TargetCapacity = NULL,
  ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

LaunchTemplateConfigs

The launch template and overrides. You can only use this parameter if you specified a launch template (LaunchTemplateConfigs) in your Spot Fleet request. If you specified LaunchSpecifications in your Spot Fleet request, then omit this parameter.

OnDemandTargetCapacity

The number of On-Demand Instances in the fleet.

Context

Reserved.

SpotFleetRequestId

[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request.

TargetCapacity

The size of the fleet.

ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy

Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot Fleet.

Supported only for fleets of type maintain.


Modifies a subnet attribute

Description

Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_subnet_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_subnet_attribute(
  AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation = NULL,
  MapPublicIpOnLaunch = NULL,
  SubnetId,
  MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch = NULL,
  CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool = NULL,
  EnableDns64 = NULL,
  PrivateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch = NULL,
  EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch = NULL,
  EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecordOnLaunch = NULL,
  EnableLniAtDeviceIndex = NULL,
  DisableLniAtDeviceIndex = NULL
)

Arguments

AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives an IPv6 address).

If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your subnet, your network interface or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's created using version 2016-11-15 or later of the Amazon EC2 API.

MapPublicIpOnLaunch

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

SubnetId

[required] The ID of the subnet.

MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created in the specified subnet should be assigned a customer-owned IPv4 address.

When this value is true, you must specify the customer-owned IP pool using CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool.

CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool

The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet.

You must set this value when you specify true for MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch.

EnableDns64

Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations.

You must first configure a NAT gateway in a public subnet (separate from the subnet containing the IPv6-only workloads). For example, the subnet containing the NAT gateway should have a ⁠0.0.0.0/0⁠ route pointing to the internet gateway. For more information, see Configure DNS64 and NAT64 in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

PrivateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch

The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be based on the instance IPv4 address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name). For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID (resource-name).

EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecordOnLaunch

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records.

EnableLniAtDeviceIndex

Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary network interface (eth1). A local network interface cannot be the primary network interface (eth0).

DisableLniAtDeviceIndex

Specify true to indicate that local network interfaces at the current position should be disabled.


Allows or restricts mirroring network services

Description

Allows or restricts mirroring network services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services(
  TrafficMirrorFilterId,
  AddNetworkServices = NULL,
  RemoveNetworkServices = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

AddNetworkServices

The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you want to mirror.

RemoveNetworkServices

The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you no longer want to mirror.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule

Description

Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(
  TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId,
  TrafficDirection = NULL,
  RuleNumber = NULL,
  RuleAction = NULL,
  DestinationPortRange = NULL,
  SourcePortRange = NULL,
  Protocol = NULL,
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  SourceCidrBlock = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RemoveFields = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule.

TrafficDirection

The type of traffic to assign to the rule.

RuleNumber

The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending order by rule number.

RuleAction

The action to assign to the rule.

DestinationPortRange

The destination ports that are associated with the Traffic Mirror rule.

SourcePortRange

The port range to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

Protocol

The protocol, for example TCP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

DestinationCidrBlock

The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

SourceCidrBlock

The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

Description

The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule.

RemoveFields

The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror filter rule.

When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror filter rule, the property is set to the default.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies a Traffic Mirror session

Description

Modifies a Traffic Mirror session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_session(
  TrafficMirrorSessionId,
  TrafficMirrorTargetId = NULL,
  TrafficMirrorFilterId = NULL,
  PacketLength = NULL,
  SessionNumber = NULL,
  VirtualNetworkId = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RemoveFields = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TrafficMirrorSessionId

[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

TrafficMirrorTargetId

The Traffic Mirror target. The target must be in the same VPC as the source, or have a VPC peering connection with the source.

TrafficMirrorFilterId

The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter.

PacketLength

The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN header. To mirror a subset, set this to the length (in bytes) to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet.

For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) traffic mirror targets, the default PacketLength will be set to 8500. Valid values are 1-8500. Setting a PacketLength greater than 8500 will result in an error response.

SessionNumber

The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter is the one that mirrors the packets.

Valid values are 1-32766.

VirtualNetworkId

The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session.

Description

The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror session.

RemoveFields

The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror session.

When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror session, the property is set to the default.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified transit gateway

Description

Modifies the specified transit gateway. When you modify a transit gateway, the modified options are applied to new transit gateway attachments only. Your existing transit gateway attachments are not modified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_transit_gateway(
  TransitGatewayId,
  Description = NULL,
  Options = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway.

Description

The description for the transit gateway.

Options

The options to modify.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table

Description

Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  PrefixListId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  Blackhole = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed.

Blackhole

Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified VPC attachment

Description

Modifies the specified VPC attachment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  AddSubnetIds = NULL,
  RemoveSubnetIds = NULL,
  Options = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

AddSubnetIds

The IDs of one or more subnets to add. You can specify at most one subnet per Availability Zone.

RemoveSubnetIds

The IDs of one or more subnets to remove.

Options

The new VPC attachment options.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint

Description

Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
  VerifiedAccessGroupId = NULL,
  LoadBalancerOptions = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceOptions = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RdsOptions = NULL,
  CidrOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint.

VerifiedAccessGroupId

The ID of the Verified Access group.

LoadBalancerOptions

The load balancer details if creating the Verified Access endpoint as load-balancertype.

NetworkInterfaceOptions

The network interface options.

Description

A description for the Verified Access endpoint.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RdsOptions

The RDS options.

CidrOptions

The CIDR options.


Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy

Description

Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy(
  VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
  PolicyEnabled = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint.

PolicyEnabled

The status of the Verified Access policy.

PolicyDocument

The Verified Access policy document.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.


Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration

Description

Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_group(
  VerifiedAccessGroupId,
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access group.

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

The ID of the Verified Access instance.

Description

A description for the Verified Access group.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy

Description

Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_group_policy(
  VerifiedAccessGroupId,
  PolicyEnabled = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessGroupId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access group.

PolicyEnabled

The status of the Verified Access policy.

PolicyDocument

The Verified Access policy document.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.


Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance

Description

Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_instance(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  Description = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

Description

A description for the Verified Access instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain

The custom subdomain.


Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance

Description

Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration(
  VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
  AccessLogs,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessInstanceId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance.

AccessLogs

[required] The configuration options for Verified Access instances.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.


Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider

Description

Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_verified_access_trust_provider(
  VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
  OidcOptions = NULL,
  DeviceOptions = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  SseSpecification = NULL,
  NativeApplicationOidcOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId

[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider.

OidcOptions

The options for an OpenID Connect-compatible user-identity trust provider.

DeviceOptions

The options for a device-based trust provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is device.

Description

A description for the Verified Access trust provider.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

SseSpecification

The options for server side encryption.

NativeApplicationOidcOptions

The OpenID Connect (OIDC) options.


You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity

Description

You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_volume/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_volume(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VolumeId,
  Size = NULL,
  VolumeType = NULL,
  Iops = NULL,
  Throughput = NULL,
  MultiAttachEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.

Size

The target size of the volume, in GiB. The target volume size must be greater than or equal to the existing size of the volume.

The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:

  • gp2 and gp3: 1 - 16,384 GiB

  • io1: 4 - 16,384 GiB

  • io2: 4 - 65,536 GiB

  • st1 and sc1: 125 - 16,384 GiB

  • standard: 1 - 1024 GiB

Default: The existing size is retained.

VolumeType

The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Default: The existing type is retained.

Iops

The target IOPS rate of the volume. This parameter is valid only for gp3, io1, and io2 volumes.

The following are the supported values for each volume type:

  • gp3: 3,000 - 16,000 IOPS

  • io1: 100 - 64,000 IOPS

  • io2: 100 - 256,000 IOPS

For io2 volumes, you can achieve up to 256,000 IOPS on instances built on the Nitro System. On other instances, you can achieve performance up to 32,000 IOPS.

Default: The existing value is retained if you keep the same volume type. If you change the volume type to io1, io2, or gp3, the default is 3,000.

Throughput

The target throughput of the volume, in MiB/s. This parameter is valid only for gp3 volumes. The maximum value is 1,000.

Default: The existing value is retained if the source and target volume type is gp3. Otherwise, the default value is 125.

Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000.

MultiAttachEnabled

Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon EBS User Guide.


Modifies a volume attribute

Description

Modifies a volume attribute.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_volume_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_volume_attribute(AutoEnableIO = NULL, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AutoEnableIO

Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations.

VolumeId

[required] The ID of the volume.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC

Description

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_attribute(
  EnableDnsHostnames = NULL,
  EnableDnsSupport = NULL,
  VpcId,
  EnableNetworkAddressUsageMetrics = NULL
)

Arguments

EnableDnsHostnames

Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not.

You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS support.

EnableDnsSupport

Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled, queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled.

You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

EnableNetworkAddressUsageMetrics

Indicates whether Network Address Usage metrics are enabled for your VPC.


Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions

Description

Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ExclusionId,
  InternetGatewayExclusionMode
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ExclusionId

[required] The ID of an exclusion.

InternetGatewayExclusionMode

[required] The exclusion mode for internet gateway traffic.

  • allow-bidirectional: Allow all internet traffic to and from the excluded VPCs and subnets.

  • allow-egress: Allow outbound internet traffic from the excluded VPCs and subnets. Block inbound internet traffic to the excluded VPCs and subnets. Only applies when VPC Block Public Access is set to Bidirectional.


Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options

Description

Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options. VPC Block Public Access (BPA) enables you to block resources in VPCs and subnets that you own in a Region from reaching or being reached from the internet through internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_options(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InternetGatewayBlockMode
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InternetGatewayBlockMode

[required] The mode of VPC BPA.

  • off: VPC BPA is not enabled and traffic is allowed to and from internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways in this Region.

  • block-bidirectional: Block all traffic to and from internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways in this Region (except for excluded VPCs and subnets).

  • block-ingress: Block all internet traffic to the VPCs in this Region (except for VPCs or subnets which are excluded). Only traffic to and from NAT gateways and egress-only internet gateways is allowed because these gateways only allow outbound connections to be established.


Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint

Description

Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you can modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface, gateway, or Gateway Load Balancer). For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint(
  DryRun = NULL,
  VpcEndpointId,
  ResetPolicy = NULL,
  PolicyDocument = NULL,
  AddRouteTableIds = NULL,
  RemoveRouteTableIds = NULL,
  AddSubnetIds = NULL,
  RemoveSubnetIds = NULL,
  AddSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  RemoveSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  IpAddressType = NULL,
  DnsOptions = NULL,
  PrivateDnsEnabled = NULL,
  SubnetConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcEndpointId

[required] The ID of the endpoint.

ResetPolicy

(Gateway endpoint) Specify true to reset the policy document to the default policy. The default policy allows full access to the service.

PolicyDocument

(Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format.

AddRouteTableIds

(Gateway endpoint) The IDs of the route tables to associate with the endpoint.

RemoveRouteTableIds

(Gateway endpoint) The IDs of the route tables to disassociate from the endpoint.

AddSubnetIds

(Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The IDs of the subnets in which to serve the endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet.

RemoveSubnetIds

(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the subnets from which to remove the endpoint.

AddSecurityGroupIds

(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces.

RemoveSecurityGroupIds

(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to disassociate from the endpoint network interfaces.

IpAddressType

The IP address type for the endpoint.

DnsOptions

The DNS options for the endpoint.

PrivateDnsEnabled

(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether a private hosted zone is associated with the VPC.

SubnetConfigurations

The subnet configurations for the endpoint.


Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service

Description

Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. You can change the SNS topic for the notification, or the events for which to be notified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ConnectionNotificationId,
  ConnectionNotificationArn = NULL,
  ConnectionEvents = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ConnectionNotificationId

[required] The ID of the notification.

ConnectionNotificationArn

The ARN for the SNS topic for the notification.

ConnectionEvents

The events for the endpoint. Valid values are Accept, Connect, Delete, and Reject.


Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration

Description

Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId,
  PrivateDnsName = NULL,
  RemovePrivateDnsName = NULL,
  AcceptanceRequired = NULL,
  AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  AddGatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  RemoveGatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
  AddSupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
  RemoveSupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
  AddSupportedRegions = NULL,
  RemoveSupportedRegions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the service.

PrivateDnsName

(Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the endpoint service.

RemovePrivateDnsName

(Interface endpoint configuration) Removes the private DNS name of the endpoint service.

AcceptanceRequired

Indicates whether requests to create an endpoint to the service must be accepted.

AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to add to the service configuration.

RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to remove from the service configuration.

AddGatewayLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to add to the service configuration.

RemoveGatewayLoadBalancerArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to remove from the service configuration.

AddSupportedIpAddressTypes

The IP address types to add to the service configuration.

RemoveSupportedIpAddressTypes

The IP address types to remove from the service configuration.

AddSupportedRegions

The supported Regions to add to the service configuration.

RemoveSupportedRegions

The supported Regions to remove from the service configuration.


Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service

Description

Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId,
  PayerResponsibility
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the service.

PayerResponsibility

[required] The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner.


Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service

Description

Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service. You can add or remove permissions for service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) to connect to your endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId,
  AddAllowedPrincipals = NULL,
  RemoveAllowedPrincipals = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the service.

AddAllowedPrincipals

The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the principals. Permissions are granted to the principals in this list. To grant permissions to all principals, specify an asterisk (*).

RemoveAllowedPrincipals

The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the principals. Permissions are revoked for principals in this list.


Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection

Description

Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_peering_connection_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_peering_connection_options(
  AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions = NULL,
  VpcPeeringConnectionId
)

Arguments

AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions

The VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions

The VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection.


Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC

Description

Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC. You can change the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to default only. You cannot change the instance tenancy attribute to dedicated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_tenancy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpc_tenancy(VpcId, InstanceTenancy, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

VpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC.

InstanceTenancy

[required] The instance tenancy attribute for the VPC.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection

Description

Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. To modify the target gateway, the following migration options are available:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpn_connection(
  VpnConnectionId,
  TransitGatewayId = NULL,
  CustomerGatewayId = NULL,
  VpnGatewayId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPN connection.

TransitGatewayId

The ID of the transit gateway.

CustomerGatewayId

The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection.

VpnGatewayId

The ID of the virtual private gateway at the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection

Description

Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_connection_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpn_connection_options(
  VpnConnectionId,
  LocalIpv4NetworkCidr = NULL,
  RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr = NULL,
  LocalIpv6NetworkCidr = NULL,
  RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection.

LocalIpv4NetworkCidr

The IPv4 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection.

Default: ⁠0.0.0.0/0⁠

RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr

The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection.

Default: ⁠0.0.0.0/0⁠

LocalIpv6NetworkCidr

The IPv6 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection.

Default: ⁠::/0⁠

RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr

The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection.

Default: ⁠::/0⁠

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate

Description

Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate(
  VpnConnectionId,
  VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection.

VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress

[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection

Description

Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. You can modify multiple options for a tunnel in a single request, but you can only modify one tunnel at a time. For more information, see Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_options(
  VpnConnectionId,
  VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
  TunnelOptions,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SkipTunnelReplacement = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection.

VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress

[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.

TunnelOptions

[required] The tunnel options to modify.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SkipTunnelReplacement

Choose whether or not to trigger immediate tunnel replacement. This is only applicable when turning on or off EnableTunnelLifecycleControl.

Valid values: True | False


Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance

Description

Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. For more information, see Monitor your instances using CloudWatch in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_monitor_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_monitor_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the instances.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


This action is deprecated

Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_address_to_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_move_address_to_vpc(DryRun = NULL, PublicIp)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PublicIp

[required] The Elastic IP address.


Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool

Description

Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam(DryRun = NULL, Cidr, IpamPoolId, IpamPoolOwner)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Cidr

[required] The BYOIP CIDR.

IpamPoolId

[required] The IPAM pool ID.

IpamPoolOwner

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the IPAM pool.


Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation

Description

Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation. The source Capacity Reservation and the destination Capacity Reservation must be active, owned by your Amazon Web Services account, and share the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_capacity_reservation_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_move_capacity_reservation_instances(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  SourceCapacityReservationId,
  DestinationCapacityReservationId,
  InstanceCount
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency.

SourceCapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation from which you want to move capacity.

DestinationCapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation that you want to move capacity into.

InstanceCount

[required] The number of instances that you want to move from the source Capacity Reservation.


Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool

Description

Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool. After the address range is provisioned, it is ready to be advertised using advertise_byoip_cidr.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_provision_byoip_cidr(
  Cidr,
  CidrAuthorizationContext = NULL,
  PubliclyAdvertisable = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  PoolTagSpecifications = NULL,
  MultiRegion = NULL,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 address range that you can bring is /48 for CIDRs that are publicly advertisable and /56 for CIDRs that are not publicly advertisable. The address range cannot overlap with another address range that you've brought to this or another Region.

CidrAuthorizationContext

A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring the specified IP address range to Amazon using BYOIP.

PubliclyAdvertisable

(IPv6 only) Indicate whether the address range will be publicly advertised to the internet.

Default: true

Description

A description for the address range and the address pool.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PoolTagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the address pool.

MultiRegion

Reserved.

NetworkBorderGroup

If you have Local Zones enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with must reside in the same network border group.

You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups:

  • us-east-1-dfw-2

  • us-west-2-lax-1

  • us-west-2-phx-2

You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this time.


Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account. This action requires authorization context for Amazon to bring the ASN to an Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_provision_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Asn, AsnAuthorizationContext)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamId

[required] An IPAM ID.

Asn

[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN.

AsnAuthorizationContext

[required] An ASN authorization context.


Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool

Description

Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool. You can use this action to provision new CIDRs to a top-level pool or to transfer a CIDR from a top-level pool to a pool within it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_provision_ipam_pool_cidr(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  Cidr = NULL,
  CidrAuthorizationContext = NULL,
  NetmaskLength = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  VerificationMethod = NULL,
  IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool to which you want to assign a CIDR.

Cidr

The CIDR you want to assign to the IPAM pool. Either "NetmaskLength" or "Cidr" is required. This value will be null if you specify "NetmaskLength" and will be filled in during the provisioning process.

CidrAuthorizationContext

A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring a specified IP address range to Amazon using BYOIP. This option only applies to IPv4 and IPv6 pools in the public scope.

NetmaskLength

The netmask length of the CIDR you'd like to provision to a pool. Can be used for provisioning Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDRs to top-level pools and for provisioning CIDRs to pools with source pools. Cannot be used to provision BYOIP CIDRs to top-level pools. Either "NetmaskLength" or "Cidr" is required.

ClientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

VerificationMethod

The method for verifying control of a public IP address range. Defaults to remarks-x509 if not specified. This option only applies to IPv4 and IPv6 pools in the public scope.

IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId

Verification token ID. This option only applies to IPv4 and IPv6 pools in the public scope.


Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool

Description

Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  PoolId,
  NetmaskLength,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you would like to use to allocate this CIDR.

PoolId

[required] The ID of the public IPv4 pool you would like to use for this CIDR.

NetmaskLength

[required] The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate to the public IPv4 pool. The least specific netmask length you can define is 24.

NetworkBorderGroup

The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.


Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account

Description

Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account. With Capacity Blocks you ensure GPU capacity is available for machine learning (ML) workloads. You must specify the ID of the Capacity Block offering you are purchasing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_capacity_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_purchase_capacity_block(
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  CapacityBlockOfferingId,
  InstancePlatform
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Capacity Block during launch.

CapacityBlockOfferingId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Block offering.

InstancePlatform

[required] The type of operating system for which to reserve capacity.


Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account

Description

Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account. You must specify the ID of the Capacity Block extension offering you are purchasing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_capacity_block_extension/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_purchase_capacity_block_extension(
  CapacityBlockExtensionOfferingId,
  CapacityReservationId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CapacityBlockExtensionOfferingId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Block extension offering to purchase.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity reservation to be extended.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host

Description

Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased and charged to your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_host_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_purchase_host_reservation(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  CurrencyCode = NULL,
  HostIdSet,
  LimitPrice = NULL,
  OfferingId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

CurrencyCode

The currency in which the totalUpfrontPrice, LimitPrice, and totalHourlyPrice amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is USD.

HostIdSet

[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation will be associated.

LimitPrice

The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the host count). If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the request fails. This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported currency is USD. For example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify 100.00.

OfferingId

[required] The ID of the offering.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host Reservation during purchase.


Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account

Description

Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_reserved_instances_offering/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_purchase_reserved_instances_offering(
  InstanceCount,
  ReservedInstancesOfferingId,
  PurchaseTime = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  LimitPrice = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceCount

[required] The number of Reserved Instances to purchase.

ReservedInstancesOfferingId

[required] The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase.

PurchaseTime

The time at which to purchase the Reserved Instance, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

LimitPrice

Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total order and ensure that the Reserved Instances are not purchased at unexpected prices.


You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances

Description

You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_purchase_scheduled_instances(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  PurchaseRequests
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PurchaseRequests

[required] The purchase requests.


Requests a reboot of the specified instances

Description

Requests a reboot of the specified instances. This operation is asynchronous; it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot terminated instances are ignored.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reboot_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reboot_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The instance IDs.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Registers an AMI

Description

Registers an AMI. When you're creating an instance-store backed AMI, registering the AMI is the final step in the creation process. For more information about creating AMIs, see Create an AMI from a snapshot and Create an instance-store backed AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_register_image(
  ImageLocation = NULL,
  BillingProducts = NULL,
  BootMode = NULL,
  TpmSupport = NULL,
  UefiData = NULL,
  ImdsSupport = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Architecture = NULL,
  KernelId = NULL,
  RamdiskId = NULL,
  RootDeviceName = NULL,
  BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
  VirtualizationType = NULL,
  SriovNetSupport = NULL,
  EnaSupport = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageLocation

The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage. The specified bucket must have the aws-exec-read canned access control list (ACL) to ensure that it can be accessed by Amazon EC2. For more information, see Canned ACLs in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.

BillingProducts

The billing product codes. Your account must be authorized to specify billing product codes.

If your account is not authorized to specify billing product codes, you can publish AMIs that include billable software and list them on the Amazon Web Services Marketplace. You must first register as a seller on the Amazon Web Services Marketplace. For more information, see Getting started as a seller and AMI-based products in the Amazon Web Services Marketplace Seller Guide.

BootMode

The boot mode of the AMI. A value of uefi-preferred indicates that the AMI supports both UEFI and Legacy BIOS.

The operating system contained in the AMI must be configured to support the specified boot mode.

For more information, see Boot modes in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

TpmSupport

Set to v2.0 to enable Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support. For more information, see NitroTPM in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

UefiData

Base64 representation of the non-volatile UEFI variable store. To retrieve the UEFI data, use the get_instance_uefi_data command. You can inspect and modify the UEFI data by using the python-uefivars tool on GitHub. For more information, see UEFI Secure Boot in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

ImdsSupport

Set to v2.0 to indicate that IMDSv2 is specified in the AMI. Instances launched from this AMI will have HttpTokens automatically set to required so that, by default, the instance requires that IMDSv2 is used when requesting instance metadata. In addition, HttpPutResponseHopLimit is set to 2. For more information, see Configure the AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

If you set the value to v2.0, make sure that your AMI software can support IMDSv2.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the AMI.

To tag the AMI, the value for ResourceType must be image. If you specify another value for ResourceType, the request fails.

To tag an AMI after it has been registered, see create_tags.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Name

[required] A name for your AMI.

Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_)

Description

A description for your AMI.

Architecture

The architecture of the AMI.

Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, i386. For instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file.

KernelId

The ID of the kernel.

RamdiskId

The ID of the RAM disk.

RootDeviceName

The device name of the root device volume (for example, ⁠/dev/sda1⁠).

BlockDeviceMappings

The block device mapping entries.

If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the volume.

If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

VirtualizationType

The type of virtualization (hvm | paravirtual).

Default: paravirtual

SriovNetSupport

Set to simple to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI.

There is no way to disable sriovNetSupport at this time.

This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable.

EnaSupport

Set to true to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI.

This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable.


Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources

Description

Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_register_instance_event_notification_attributes(
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceTagAttribute
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceTagAttribute

[required] Information about the tag keys to register.


Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group

Description

Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group. A member is a network interface associated with a supported EC2 instance that receives multicast traffic. For more information, see Multicast on transit gateways in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateways Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  GroupIpAddress = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

GroupIpAddress

The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.

NetworkInterfaceIds

[required] The group members' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway multicast group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group

Description

Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  GroupIpAddress = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceIds,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

GroupIpAddress

The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group.

NetworkInterfaceIds

[required] The group sources' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway multicast group.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account

Description

Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership(
  DryRun = NULL,
  CapacityReservationId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

CapacityReservationId

[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation for which to reject the request.


Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain

Description

Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the transit gateway attachment.

SubnetIds

The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request

Description

Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway

Description

Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

[required] The ID of the attachment.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service

Description

Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_vpc_endpoint_connections(DryRun = NULL, ServiceId, VpcEndpointIds)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the service.

VpcEndpointIds

[required] The IDs of the VPC endpoints.


Rejects a VPC peering connection request

Description

Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance state. Use the describe_vpc_peering_connections request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use delete_vpc_peering_connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reject_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection.


Releases the specified Elastic IP address

Description

Releases the specified Elastic IP address.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_release_address(
  AllocationId = NULL,
  PublicIp = NULL,
  NetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

AllocationId

The allocation ID. This parameter is required.

PublicIp

Deprecated.

NetworkBorderGroup

The set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses.

If you provide an incorrect network border group, you receive an InvalidAddress.NotFound error.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released

Description

When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released state. The host ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another request, for example, to modify the host. You must stop or terminate all instances on a host before it can be released.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_hosts/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_release_hosts(HostIds)

Arguments

HostIds

[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to release.


Release an allocation within an IPAM pool

Description

Release an allocation within an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations. You can only use this action to release manual allocations. To remove an allocation for a resource without deleting the resource, set its monitored state to false using modify_ipam_resource_cidr. For more information, see Release an allocation in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_ipam_pool_allocation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_release_ipam_pool_allocation(
  DryRun = NULL,
  IpamPoolId,
  Cidr,
  IpamPoolAllocationId
)

Arguments

DryRun

A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action without actually making the request and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

IpamPoolId

[required] The ID of the IPAM pool which contains the allocation you want to release.

Cidr

[required] The CIDR of the allocation you want to release.

IpamPoolAllocationId

[required] The ID of the allocation.


Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance

Description

Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance. You can use this action to change the IAM instance profile that's associated with an instance without having to disassociate the existing IAM instance profile first.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_iam_instance_profile_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_iam_instance_profile_association(IamInstanceProfile, AssociationId)

Arguments

IamInstanceProfile

[required] The IAM instance profile.

AssociationId

[required] The ID of the existing IAM instance profile association.


Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs

Description

Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings(
  ImageCriteria = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ImageCriteria

The list of criteria that are evaluated to determine whether AMIs are discoverable and usable in the account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with

Description

Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_network_acl_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_network_acl_association(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId, NetworkAclId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AssociationId

[required] The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the subnet.

NetworkAclId

[required] The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet.


Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL

Description

Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_network_acl_entry(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkAclId,
  RuleNumber,
  Protocol,
  RuleAction,
  Egress,
  CidrBlock = NULL,
  Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  IcmpTypeCode = NULL,
  PortRange = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkAclId

[required] The ID of the ACL.

RuleNumber

[required] The rule number of the entry to replace.

Protocol

[required] The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code.

RuleAction

[required] Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule.

Egress

[required] Indicates whether to replace the egress rule.

Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule.

CidrBlock

The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example ⁠172.16.0.0/24⁠).

Ipv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example ⁠2001:bd8:1234:1a00::/64⁠).

IcmpTypeCode

ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block.

PortRange

TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP).


Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC

Description

Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_route(
  DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
  VpcEndpointId = NULL,
  LocalTarget = NULL,
  TransitGatewayId = NULL,
  LocalGatewayId = NULL,
  CarrierGatewayId = NULL,
  CoreNetworkArn = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RouteTableId,
  DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
  GatewayId = NULL,
  DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL,
  EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = NULL,
  InstanceId = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
  VpcPeeringConnectionId = NULL,
  NatGatewayId = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationPrefixListId

The ID of the prefix list for the route.

VpcEndpointId

The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only.

LocalTarget

Specifies whether to reset the local route to its default target (local).

TransitGatewayId

The ID of a transit gateway.

LocalGatewayId

The ID of the local gateway.

CarrierGatewayId

[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a carrier gateway.

CoreNetworkArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

DestinationCidrBlock

The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.

GatewayId

The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway.

DestinationIpv6CidrBlock

The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table.

EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId

[IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway.

InstanceId

The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC.

NetworkInterfaceId

The ID of a network interface.

VpcPeeringConnectionId

The ID of a VPC peering connection.

NatGatewayId

[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway.


Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC

Description

Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet or gateway uses the routes in the new route table. For more information about route tables, see Route tables in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_route_table_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_route_table_association(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId, RouteTableId)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

AssociationId

[required] The association ID.

RouteTableId

[required] The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet.


Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_transit_gateway_route(
  DestinationCidrBlock,
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
  Blackhole = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DestinationCidrBlock

[required] The CIDR range used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match.

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the route table.

TransitGatewayAttachmentId

The ID of the attachment.

Blackhole

Indicates whether traffic matching this route is to be dropped.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel

Description

Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_vpn_tunnel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_replace_vpn_tunnel(
  VpnConnectionId,
  VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
  ApplyPendingMaintenance = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

VpnConnectionId

[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection.

VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress

[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel.

ApplyPendingMaintenance

Trigger pending tunnel endpoint maintenance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Submits feedback about the status of an instance

Description

Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the running state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance status returned by describe_instance_status, use report_instance_status to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_report_instance_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_report_instance_status(
  DryRun = NULL,
  Instances,
  Status,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  ReasonCodes,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Instances

[required] The instances.

Status

[required] The status of all instances listed.

StartTime

The time at which the reported instance health state began.

EndTime

The time at which the reported instance health state ended.

ReasonCodes

[required] The reason codes that describe the health state of your instance.

  • ⁠instance-stuck-in-state⁠: My instance is stuck in a state.

  • unresponsive: My instance is unresponsive.

  • not-accepting-credentials: My instance is not accepting my credentials.

  • password-not-available: A password is not available for my instance.

  • performance-network: My instance is experiencing performance problems that I believe are network related.

  • performance-instance-store: My instance is experiencing performance problems that I believe are related to the instance stores.

  • performance-ebs-volume: My instance is experiencing performance problems that I believe are related to an EBS volume.

  • performance-other: My instance is experiencing performance problems.

  • other: [explain using the description parameter]

Description

Descriptive text about the health state of your instance.


Creates a Spot Fleet request

Description

Creates a Spot Fleet request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_request_spot_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_request_spot_fleet(DryRun = NULL, SpotFleetRequestConfig)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotFleetRequestConfig

[required] The configuration for the Spot Fleet request.


Creates a Spot Instance request

Description

Creates a Spot Instance request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_request_spot_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_request_spot_instances(
  LaunchSpecification = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  InstanceInterruptionBehavior = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  SpotPrice = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceCount = NULL,
  Type = NULL,
  ValidFrom = NULL,
  ValidUntil = NULL,
  LaunchGroup = NULL,
  AvailabilityZoneGroup = NULL,
  BlockDurationMinutes = NULL
)

Arguments

LaunchSpecification

The launch specification.

TagSpecifications

The key-value pair for tagging the Spot Instance request on creation. The value for ResourceType must be spot-instances-request, otherwise the Spot Instance request fails. To tag the Spot Instance request after it has been created, see create_tags.

InstanceInterruptionBehavior

The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is terminate.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

SpotPrice

The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current Spot price.

If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in Amazon EC2 API requests in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

InstanceCount

The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch.

Default: 1

Type

The Spot Instance request type.

Default: one-time

ValidFrom

The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until it expires or is canceled.

The specified start date and time cannot be equal to the current date and time. You must specify a start date and time that occurs after the current date and time.

ValidUntil

The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).

  • For a persistent request, the request remains active until the ValidUntil date and time is reached. Otherwise, the request remains active until you cancel it.

  • For a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or the ValidUntil date and time is reached. By default, the request is valid for 7 days from the date the request was created.

LaunchGroup

The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch together and terminate together.

Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually

AvailabilityZoneGroup

The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests.

When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot Instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to requests for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any additional Spot Instance requests that are specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active.

If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot Instance request (all instances are terminated, the request is expired, or the maximum price you specified falls below current Spot price), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot Instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same Availability Zone group.

Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone.

BlockDurationMinutes

Deprecated.


Resets the attribute of the specified IP address

Description

Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_address_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_address_attribute(AllocationId, Attribute, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

AllocationId

[required] [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID.

Attribute

[required] The attribute of the IP address.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS

Description

Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id(DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value

Description

Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value. You can only reset the load permission attribute.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_fpga_image_attribute(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId, Attribute = NULL)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

FpgaImageId

[required] The ID of the AFI.

Attribute

The attribute.


Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value

Description

Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_image_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_image_attribute(Attribute, ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission attribute).

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value

Description

Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel or ramdisk, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck, the instance can be either running or stopped.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_instance_attribute(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, Attribute)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

Attribute

[required] The attribute to reset.

You can only reset the following attributes: kernel | ramdisk | sourceDestCheck.


Resets a network interface attribute

Description

Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_network_interface_attribute(
  DryRun = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  SourceDestCheck = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

SourceDestCheck

The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to true.


Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot

Description

Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_reset_snapshot_attribute(Attribute, SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Attribute

[required] The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create volumes can be reset.

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


This action is deprecated

Description

This action is deprecated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_address_to_classic/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_restore_address_to_classic(DryRun = NULL, PublicIp)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PublicIp

[required] The Elastic IP address.


Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin

Description

Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_image_from_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_restore_image_from_recycle_bin(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

ImageId

[required] The ID of the AMI to restore.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list

Description

Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_managed_prefix_list_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_restore_managed_prefix_list_version(
  DryRun = NULL,
  PrefixListId,
  PreviousVersion,
  CurrentVersion
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

PrefixListId

[required] The ID of the prefix list.

PreviousVersion

[required] The version to restore.

CurrentVersion

[required] The current version number for the prefix list.


Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin

Description

Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot to restore.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored

Description

Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_snapshot_tier/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_restore_snapshot_tier(
  SnapshotId,
  TemporaryRestoreDays = NULL,
  PermanentRestore = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot to restore.

TemporaryRestoreDays

Specifies the number of days for which to temporarily restore an archived snapshot. Required for temporary restores only. The snapshot will be automatically re-archived after this period.

To temporarily restore an archived snapshot, specify the number of days and omit the PermanentRestore parameter or set it to false.

PermanentRestore

Indicates whether to permanently restore an archived snapshot. To permanently restore an archived snapshot, specify true and omit the RestoreSnapshotTierRequest$TemporaryRestoreDays parameter.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint

Description

Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_client_vpn_ingress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_revoke_client_vpn_ingress(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  TargetNetworkCidr,
  AccessGroupId = NULL,
  RevokeAllGroups = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint with which the authorization rule is associated.

TargetNetworkCidr

[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is being removed.

AccessGroupId

The ID of the Active Directory group for which to revoke access.

RevokeAllGroups

Indicates whether access should be revoked for all groups for a single TargetNetworkCidr that earlier authorized ingress for all groups using AuthorizeAllGroups. This does not impact other authorization rules that allowed ingress to the same TargetNetworkCidr with a specific AccessGroupId.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group

Description

Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_security_group_egress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_revoke_security_group_egress(
  SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupId,
  SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
  IpProtocol = NULL,
  FromPort = NULL,
  ToPort = NULL,
  CidrIp = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

SecurityGroupRuleIds

The IDs of the security group rules.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupId

[required] The ID of the security group.

SourceSecurityGroupName

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group.

SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group.

IpProtocol

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or number.

FromPort

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

ToPort

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

CidrIp

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.

IpPermissions

The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.


Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group

Description

Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_security_group_ingress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_revoke_security_group_ingress(
  CidrIp = NULL,
  FromPort = NULL,
  GroupId = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL,
  IpProtocol = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
  SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
  ToPort = NULL,
  SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CidrIp

The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group.

FromPort

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

GroupId

The ID of the security group.

GroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

IpPermissions

The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.

IpProtocol

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers). Use -1 to specify all.

SourceSecurityGroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. The source security group must be in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead.

SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId

Not supported.

ToPort

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes).

SecurityGroupRuleIds

The IDs of the security group rules.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions

Description

Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_run_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_run_instances(
  BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
  ImageId = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL,
  Ipv6AddressCount = NULL,
  Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
  KernelId = NULL,
  KeyName = NULL,
  MaxCount,
  MinCount,
  Monitoring = NULL,
  Placement = NULL,
  RamdiskId = NULL,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  SecurityGroups = NULL,
  SubnetId = NULL,
  UserData = NULL,
  ElasticGpuSpecification = NULL,
  ElasticInferenceAccelerators = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  LaunchTemplate = NULL,
  InstanceMarketOptions = NULL,
  CreditSpecification = NULL,
  CpuOptions = NULL,
  CapacityReservationSpecification = NULL,
  HibernationOptions = NULL,
  LicenseSpecifications = NULL,
  MetadataOptions = NULL,
  EnclaveOptions = NULL,
  PrivateDnsNameOptions = NULL,
  MaintenanceOptions = NULL,
  DisableApiStop = NULL,
  EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
  NetworkPerformanceOptions = NULL,
  Operator = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  DisableApiTermination = NULL,
  InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = NULL,
  PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  AdditionalInfo = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaces = NULL,
  IamInstanceProfile = NULL,
  EbsOptimized = NULL
)

Arguments

BlockDeviceMappings

The block device mapping, which defines the EBS volumes and instance store volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see Block device mappings in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

ImageId

The ID of the AMI. An AMI ID is required to launch an instance and must be specified here or in a launch template.

InstanceType

The instance type. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Ipv6AddressCount

The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch.

You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request.

Ipv6Addresses

The IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch.

You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request.

KernelId

The ID of the kernel.

We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

KeyName

The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using create_key_pair or import_key_pair.

If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in.

MaxCount

[required] The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify a value that is more capacity than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above the specified minimum count.

Constraints: Between 1 and the quota for the specified instance type for your account for this Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance type quotas.

MinCount

[required] The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a value that is more capacity than Amazon EC2 can provide in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 does not launch any instances.

Constraints: Between 1 and the quota for the specified instance type for your account for this Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance type quotas.

Monitoring

Specifies whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance.

Placement

The placement for the instance.

RamdiskId

The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require additional drivers at launch. Check the kernel requirements for information about whether you need to specify a RAM disk. To find kernel requirements, go to the Amazon Web Services Resource Center and search for the kernel ID.

We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

SecurityGroupIds

The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using create_security_group.

If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter.

SecurityGroups

[Default VPC] The names of the security groups.

If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter.

Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group.

SubnetId

The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into.

If you specify a network interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter.

UserData

The user data to make available to the instance. User data must be base64-encoded. Depending on the tool or SDK that you're using, the base64-encoding might be performed for you. For more information, see Work with instance user data.

ElasticGpuSpecification

An elastic GPU to associate with the instance.

Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024.

ElasticInferenceAccelerators

An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance.

Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch.

You can specify tags for the following resources only:

  • Instances

  • Volumes

  • Spot Instance requests

  • Network interfaces

To tag a resource after it has been created, see create_tags.

LaunchTemplate

The launch template. Any additional parameters that you specify for the new instance overwrite the corresponding parameters included in the launch template.

InstanceMarketOptions

The market (purchasing) option for the instances.

For run_instances, persistent Spot Instance requests are only supported when InstanceInterruptionBehavior is set to either hibernate or stop.

CreditSpecification

The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance. Valid values are standard and unlimited. To change this attribute after launch, use ModifyInstanceCreditSpecification. For more information, see Burstable performance instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: standard (T2 instances) or unlimited (T3/T3a/T4g instances)

For T3 instances with host tenancy, only standard is supported.

CpuOptions

The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimize CPU options in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

CapacityReservationSpecification

Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. If you do not specify this parameter, the instance's Capacity Reservation preference defaults to open, which enables it to run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes (instance type, platform, Availability Zone, and tenancy).

HibernationOptions

Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. This parameter is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites. For more information, see Hibernate your Amazon EC2 instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

You can't enable hibernation and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves on the same instance.

LicenseSpecifications

The license configurations.

MetadataOptions

The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance metadata and user data.

EnclaveOptions

Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide.

You can't enable Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same instance.

PrivateDnsNameOptions

The options for the instance hostname. The default values are inherited from the subnet. Applies only if creating a network interface, not attaching an existing one.

MaintenanceOptions

The maintenance and recovery options for the instance.

DisableApiStop

Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more information, see Stop protection.

EnablePrimaryIpv6

If you’re launching an instance into a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you can enable assigning a primary IPv6 address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if an instance relies on its IPv6 address not changing. When you launch the instance, Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address.

NetworkPerformanceOptions

Contains settings for the network performance options for the instance.

Operator

Reserved for internal use.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

DisableApiTermination

Indicates whether termination protection is enabled for the instance. The default is false, which means that you can terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, command line tools, or API. You can enable termination protection when you launch an instance, while the instance is running, or while the instance is stopped.

InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior

Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown).

Default: stop

PrivateIpAddress

The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 address range of the subnet.

Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request.

You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency.

For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters

AdditionalInfo

Reserved.

NetworkInterfaces

The network interfaces to associate with the instance.

IamInstanceProfile

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM instance profile.

EbsOptimized

Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance.

Default: false


Launches the specified Scheduled Instances

Description

Launches the specified Scheduled Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_run_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_run_scheduled_instances(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  InstanceCount = NULL,
  LaunchSpecification,
  ScheduledInstanceId
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

InstanceCount

The number of instances.

Default: 1

LaunchSpecification

[required] The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability Zone, network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased.

ScheduledInstanceId

[required] The Scheduled Instance ID.


Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table

Description

Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_local_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_search_local_gateway_routes(
  LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the local gateway route table.

Filters

One or more filters.

  • prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.

  • route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter.

  • route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the route.

  • route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the specified CIDR filter.

  • route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result returns 10.0.1.0/29.

  • state - The state of the route.

  • type - The route type.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information

Description

Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups(
  TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain.

Filters

One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • group-ip-address - The IP address of the transit gateway multicast group.

  • is-group-member - The resource is a group member. Valid values are true | false.

  • is-group-source - The resource is a group source. Valid values are true | false.

  • member-type - The member type. Valid values are igmp | static.

  • resource-id - The ID of the resource.

  • resource-type - The type of resource. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | tgw-peering.

  • source-type - The source type. Valid values are igmp | static.

  • subnet-id - The ID of the subnet.

  • transit-gateway-attachment-id - The id of the transit gateway attachment.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned nextToken value.

NextToken

The token for the next page of results.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table

Description

Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_transit_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_search_transit_gateway_routes(
  TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
  Filters,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

TransitGatewayRouteTableId

[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table.

Filters

[required] One or more filters. The possible values are:

  • attachment.transit-gateway-attachment-id- The id of the transit gateway attachment.

  • attachment.resource-id - The resource id of the transit gateway attachment.

  • attachment.resource-type - The attachment resource type. Valid values are vpc | vpn | direct-connect-gateway | peering | connect.

  • prefix-list-id - The ID of the prefix list.

  • route-search.exact-match - The exact match of the specified filter.

  • route-search.longest-prefix-match - The longest prefix that matches the route.

  • route-search.subnet-of-match - The routes with a subnet that match the specified CIDR filter.

  • route-search.supernet-of-match - The routes with a CIDR that encompass the CIDR filter. For example, if you have 10.0.1.0/29 and 10.0.1.0/31 routes in your route table and you specify supernet-of-match as 10.0.1.0/30, then the result returns 10.0.1.0/29.

  • state - The state of the route (active | blackhole).

  • type - The type of route (propagated | static).

MaxResults

The maximum number of routes to return. If a value is not provided, the default is 1000.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances)

Description

Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances). For instances based on Intel and AMD processors, the interrupt is received as a non-maskable interrupt (NMI).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_send_diagnostic_interrupt/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_send_diagnostic_interrupt(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the instance.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Generates an account status report

Description

Generates an account status report. The report is generated asynchronously, and can take several hours to complete.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_declarative_policies_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_start_declarative_policies_report(
  DryRun = NULL,
  S3Bucket,
  S3Prefix = NULL,
  TargetId,
  TagSpecifications = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

S3Bucket

[required] The name of the S3 bucket where the report will be saved. The bucket must be in the same Region where the report generation request is made.

S3Prefix

The prefix for your S3 object.

TargetId

[required] The root ID, organizational unit ID, or account ID.

Format:

  • For root: r-ab12

  • For OU: ou-ab12-cdef1234

  • For account: 123456789012

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply.


Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped

Description

Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_start_instances(InstanceIds, AdditionalInfo = NULL, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the instances.

AdditionalInfo

Reserved.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope

Description

Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis(
  NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId

[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply.

ClientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Starts analyzing the specified path

Description

Starts analyzing the specified path. If the path is reachable, the operation returns the shortest feasible path.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_network_insights_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_start_network_insights_analysis(
  NetworkInsightsPathId,
  AdditionalAccounts = NULL,
  FilterInArns = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  TagSpecifications = NULL,
  ClientToken
)

Arguments

NetworkInsightsPathId

[required] The ID of the path.

AdditionalAccounts

The member accounts that contain resources that the path can traverse.

FilterInArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources that the path must traverse.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

TagSpecifications

The tags to apply.

ClientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.


Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service

Description

Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification(
  DryRun = NULL,
  ServiceId
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

ServiceId

[required] The ID of the endpoint service.


Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance

Description

Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. For more information, see Stop and start Amazon EC2 instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_stop_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_stop_instances(InstanceIds, Hibernate = NULL, DryRun = NULL, Force = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the instances.

Hibernate

Hibernates the instance if the instance was enabled for hibernation at launch. If the instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown occurs. For more information, see Hibernate your instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Default: false

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

Force

Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances.

Default: false


Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections

Description

Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections. This action can be used to terminate a specific client connection, or up to five connections established by a specific user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_terminate_client_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_terminate_client_vpn_connections(
  ClientVpnEndpointId,
  ConnectionId = NULL,
  Username = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientVpnEndpointId

[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client is connected.

ConnectionId

The ID of the client connection to be terminated.

Username

The name of the user who initiated the connection. Use this option to terminate all active connections for the specified user. This option can only be used if the user has established up to five connections.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Shuts down the specified instances

Description

Shuts down the specified instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_terminate_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_terminate_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the instances.

Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface

Description

Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_ipv_6_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_unassign_ipv_6_addresses(
  Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  Ipv6Addresses = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv6Prefixes

The IPv6 prefixes to unassign from the network interface.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

Ipv6Addresses

The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface.


Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface

Description

Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_private_ip_addresses/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_unassign_private_ip_addresses(
  Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
  NetworkInterfaceId,
  PrivateIpAddresses = NULL
)

Arguments

Ipv4Prefixes

The IPv4 prefixes to unassign from the network interface.

NetworkInterfaceId

[required] The ID of the network interface.

PrivateIpAddresses

The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface. You can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address.


Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway

Description

Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway. You cannot unassign your primary private IP. For more information, see Edit secondary IP address associations in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_private_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_unassign_private_nat_gateway_address(
  NatGatewayId,
  PrivateIpAddresses,
  MaxDrainDurationSeconds = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

NatGatewayId

[required] The ID of the NAT gateway.

PrivateIpAddresses

[required] The private IPv4 addresses you want to unassign.

MaxDrainDurationSeconds

The maximum amount of time to wait (in seconds) before forcibly releasing the IP addresses if connections are still in progress. Default value is 350 seconds.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period

Description

Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period. You can't unlock a snapshot that is locked in compliance mode after the cooling-off period has expired.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unlock_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_unlock_snapshot(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The ID of the snapshot to unlock.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance

Description

Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see Monitoring your instances and volumes in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unmonitor_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_unmonitor_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceIds

[required] The IDs of the instances.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule

Description

Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress(
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupId = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL,
  SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupId

The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

GroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name.

IpPermissions

The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either the IP permissions or the description.

SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions

The description for the egress security group rules. You must specify either the description or the IP permissions.


Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule

Description

Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress(
  DryRun = NULL,
  GroupId = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  IpPermissions = NULL,
  SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

GroupId

The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

GroupName

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

IpPermissions

The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either IP permissions or a description.

SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions

The description for the ingress security group rules. You must specify either a description or IP permissions.


Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool

Description

Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_withdraw_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2_withdraw_byoip_cidr(Cidr, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

Cidr

[required] The address range, in CIDR notation.

DryRun

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.


AWS EC2 Instance Connect

Description

This is the Amazon EC2 Instance Connect API Reference. It provides descriptions, syntax, and usage examples for each of the actions for Amazon EC2 Instance Connect. Amazon EC2 Instance Connect enables system administrators to publish one-time use SSH public keys to EC2, providing users a simple and secure way to connect to their instances.

To view the Amazon EC2 Instance Connect content in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, see Connect to your Linux instance using EC2 Instance Connect.

For Amazon EC2 APIs, see the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

Usage

ec2instanceconnect(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ec2instanceconnect(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

send_serial_console_ssh_public_key Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance
send_ssh_public_key Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ec2instanceconnect()
# The following example pushes a sample SSH public key to the EC2 instance
# i-abcd1234 in AZ us-west-2b for use by the instance OS user ec2-user.
svc$send_ssh_public_key(
  AvailabilityZone = "us-west-2a",
  InstanceId = "i-abcd1234",
  InstanceOSUser = "ec2-user",
  SSHPublicKey = "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQC3FlHqj2eqCdrGHuA6d..."
)

## End(Not run)


Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance

Description

Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance. The key remains for 60 seconds, which gives you 60 seconds to establish a serial console connection to the instance using SSH. For more information, see EC2 Serial Console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2instanceconnect_send_serial_console_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2instanceconnect_send_serial_console_ssh_public_key(
  InstanceId,
  SerialPort = NULL,
  SSHPublicKey
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the EC2 instance.

SerialPort

The serial port of the EC2 instance. Currently only port 0 is supported.

Default: 0

SSHPublicKey

[required] The public key material. To use the public key, you must have the matching private key. For information about the supported key formats and lengths, see Requirements for key pairs in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.


Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user

Description

Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user. The key remains for 60 seconds. For more information, see Connect to your Linux instance using EC2 Instance Connect in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2instanceconnect_send_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ec2instanceconnect_send_ssh_public_key(
  InstanceId,
  InstanceOSUser,
  SSHPublicKey,
  AvailabilityZone = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceId

[required] The ID of the EC2 instance.

InstanceOSUser

[required] The OS user on the EC2 instance for whom the key can be used to authenticate.

SSHPublicKey

[required] The public key material. To use the public key, you must have the matching private key.

AvailabilityZone

The Availability Zone in which the EC2 instance was launched.


Amazon Elastic Container Registry

Description

Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) is a managed container image registry service. Customers can use the familiar Docker CLI, or their preferred client, to push, pull, and manage images. Amazon ECR provides a secure, scalable, and reliable registry for your Docker or Open Container Initiative (OCI) images. Amazon ECR supports private repositories with resource-based permissions using IAM so that specific users or Amazon EC2 instances can access repositories and images.

Amazon ECR has service endpoints in each supported Region. For more information, see Amazon ECR endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Usage

ecr(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ecr(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_check_layer_availability Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository
batch_delete_image Deletes a list of specified images within a repository
batch_get_image Gets detailed information for an image
batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories
complete_layer_upload Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID
create_pull_through_cache_rule Creates a pull through cache rule
create_repository Creates a repository
create_repository_creation_template Creates a repository creation template
delete_lifecycle_policy Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository
delete_pull_through_cache_rule Deletes a pull through cache rule
delete_registry_policy Deletes the registry permissions policy
delete_repository Deletes a repository
delete_repository_creation_template Deletes a repository creation template
delete_repository_policy Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository
describe_image_replication_status Returns the replication status for a specified image
describe_images Returns metadata about the images in a repository
describe_image_scan_findings Returns the scan findings for the specified image
describe_pull_through_cache_rules Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry
describe_registry Describes the settings for a registry
describe_repositories Describes image repositories in a registry
describe_repository_creation_templates Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry
get_account_setting Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name
get_authorization_token Retrieves an authorization token
get_download_url_for_layer Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer
get_lifecycle_policy Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository
get_lifecycle_policy_preview Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository
get_registry_policy Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry
get_registry_scanning_configuration Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry
get_repository_policy Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository
initiate_layer_upload Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer
list_images Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository
list_tags_for_resource List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource
put_account_setting Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope
put_image Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image
put_image_scanning_configuration The PutImageScanningConfiguration API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level
put_image_tag_mutability Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository
put_lifecycle_policy Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository
put_registry_policy Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry
put_registry_scanning_configuration Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry
put_replication_configuration Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry
set_repository_policy Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions
start_image_scan Starts a basic image vulnerability scan
start_lifecycle_policy_preview Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository
tag_resource Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from a resource
update_pull_through_cache_rule Updates an existing pull through cache rule
update_repository_creation_template Updates an existing repository creation template
upload_layer_part Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR
validate_pull_through_cache_rule Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ecr()
# This example deletes images with the tags precise and trusty in a
# repository called ubuntu in the default registry for an account.
svc$batch_delete_image(
  imageIds = list(
    list(
      imageTag = "precise"
    )
  ),
  repositoryName = "ubuntu"
)

## End(Not run)


Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository

Description

Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_check_layer_availability/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_batch_check_layer_availability(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  layerDigests
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layers to check. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the image layers to check.

layerDigests

[required] The digests of the image layers to check.


Deletes a list of specified images within a repository

Description

Deletes a list of specified images within a repository. Images are specified with either an imageTag or imageDigest.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_delete_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_batch_delete_image(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageIds)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository that contains the image to delete.

imageIds

[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to delete. The format of the imageIds reference is imageTag=tag or imageDigest=digest.


Gets detailed information for an image

Description

Gets detailed information for an image. Images are specified with either an imageTag or imageDigest.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_get_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_batch_get_image(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageIds,
  acceptedMediaTypes = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the images to describe. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository that contains the images to describe.

imageIds

[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to describe. The format of the imageIds reference is imageTag=tag or imageDigest=digest.

acceptedMediaTypes

The accepted media types for the request.

Valid values: application/vnd.docker.distribution.manifest.v1+json | application/vnd.docker.distribution.manifest.v2+json | application/vnd.oci.image.manifest.v1+json


Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories

Description

Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration(repositoryNames)

Arguments

repositoryNames

[required] One or more repository names to get the scanning configuration for.


Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID

Description

Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID. You can optionally provide a sha256 digest of the image layer for data validation purposes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_complete_layer_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_complete_layer_upload(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  uploadId,
  layerDigests
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to associate with the image layer.

uploadId

[required] The upload ID from a previous initiate_layer_upload operation to associate with the image layer.

layerDigests

[required] The sha256 digest of the image layer.


Creates a pull through cache rule

Description

Creates a pull through cache rule. A pull through cache rule provides a way to cache images from an upstream registry source in your Amazon ECR private registry. For more information, see Using pull through cache rules in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_create_pull_through_cache_rule(
  ecrRepositoryPrefix,
  upstreamRegistryUrl,
  registryId = NULL,
  upstreamRegistry = NULL,
  credentialArn = NULL
)

Arguments

ecrRepositoryPrefix

[required] The repository name prefix to use when caching images from the source registry.

upstreamRegistryUrl

[required] The registry URL of the upstream public registry to use as the source for the pull through cache rule. The following is the syntax to use for each supported upstream registry.

  • Amazon ECR Public (ecr-public) - public.ecr.aws

  • Docker Hub (docker-hub) - ⁠registry-1.docker.io⁠

  • Quay (quay) - quay.io

  • Kubernetes (k8s) - registry.k8s.io

  • GitHub Container Registry (github-container-registry) - ghcr.io

  • Microsoft Azure Container Registry (azure-container-registry) - ⁠<custom>.azurecr.io⁠

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to create the pull through cache rule for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

upstreamRegistry

The name of the upstream registry.

credentialArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret that identifies the credentials to authenticate to the upstream registry.


Creates a repository

Description

Creates a repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR repositories in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_create_repository(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  tags = NULL,
  imageTagMutability = NULL,
  imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
  encryptionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to create the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name to use for the repository. The repository name may be specified on its own (such as nginx-web-app) or it can be prepended with a namespace to group the repository into a category (such as project-a/nginx-web-app).

The repository name must start with a letter and can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens, underscores, and forward slashes.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.

imageTagMutability

The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is omitted, the default setting of MUTABLE will be used which will allow image tags to be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten.

imageScanningConfiguration

The image scanning configuration for the repository. This determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository.

encryptionConfiguration

The encryption configuration for the repository. This determines how the contents of your repository are encrypted at rest.


Creates a repository creation template

Description

Creates a repository creation template. This template is used to define the settings for repositories created by Amazon ECR on your behalf. For example, repositories created through pull through cache actions. For more information, see Private repository creation templates in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_create_repository_creation_template(
  prefix,
  description = NULL,
  encryptionConfiguration = NULL,
  resourceTags = NULL,
  imageTagMutability = NULL,
  repositoryPolicy = NULL,
  lifecyclePolicy = NULL,
  appliedFor,
  customRoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

prefix

[required] The repository namespace prefix to associate with the template. All repositories created using this namespace prefix will have the settings defined in this template applied. For example, a prefix of prod would apply to all repositories beginning with ⁠prod/⁠. Similarly, a prefix of prod/team would apply to all repositories beginning with ⁠prod/team/⁠.

To apply a template to all repositories in your registry that don't have an associated creation template, you can use ROOT as the prefix.

There is always an assumed / applied to the end of the prefix. If you specify ecr-public as the prefix, Amazon ECR treats that as ⁠ecr-public/⁠. When using a pull through cache rule, the repository prefix you specify during rule creation is what you should specify as your repository creation template prefix as well.

description

A description for the repository creation template.

encryptionConfiguration

The encryption configuration to use for repositories created using the template.

resourceTags

The metadata to apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.

imageTagMutability

The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is omitted, the default setting of MUTABLE will be used which will allow image tags to be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten.

repositoryPolicy

The repository policy to apply to repositories created using the template. A repository policy is a permissions policy associated with a repository to control access permissions.

lifecyclePolicy

The lifecycle policy to use for repositories created using the template.

appliedFor

[required] A list of enumerable strings representing the Amazon ECR repository creation scenarios that this template will apply towards. The two supported scenarios are PULL_THROUGH_CACHE and REPLICATION

customRoleArn

The ARN of the role to be assumed by Amazon ECR. This role must be in the same account as the registry that you are configuring. Amazon ECR will assume your supplied role when the customRoleArn is specified. When this field isn't specified, Amazon ECR will use the service-linked role for the repository creation template.


Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository

Description

Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_lifecycle_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository.


Deletes a pull through cache rule

Description

Deletes a pull through cache rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_pull_through_cache_rule(ecrRepositoryPrefix, registryId = NULL)

Arguments

ecrRepositoryPrefix

[required] The Amazon ECR repository prefix associated with the pull through cache rule to delete.

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.


Deletes the registry permissions policy

Description

Deletes the registry permissions policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_registry_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_registry_policy()

Deletes a repository

Description

Deletes a repository. If the repository isn't empty, you must either delete the contents of the repository or use the force option to delete the repository and have Amazon ECR delete all of its contents on your behalf.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_repository(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, force = NULL)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to delete.

force

If true, deleting the repository force deletes the contents of the repository. If false, the repository must be empty before attempting to delete it.


Deletes a repository creation template

Description

Deletes a repository creation template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_repository_creation_template(prefix)

Arguments

prefix

[required] The repository namespace prefix associated with the repository creation template.


Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository

Description

Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_delete_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository policy to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the repository policy to delete.


Returns the replication status for a specified image

Description

Returns the replication status for a specified image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_image_replication_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_image_replication_status(
  repositoryName,
  imageId,
  registryId = NULL
)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that the image is in.

imageId

[required]

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.


Returns the scan findings for the specified image

Description

Returns the scan findings for the specified image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_image_scan_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_image_scan_findings(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to describe the image scan findings for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository for the image for which to describe the scan findings.

imageId

[required]

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_image_scan_findings request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

maxResults

The maximum number of image scan results returned by describe_image_scan_findings in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_image_scan_findings only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_image_scan_findings request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then describe_image_scan_findings returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.


Returns metadata about the images in a repository

Description

Returns metadata about the images in a repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_images(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageIds = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to describe images. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository that contains the images to describe.

imageIds

The list of image IDs for the requested repository.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_images request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return. This option cannot be used when you specify images with imageIds.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results returned by describe_images in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_images only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_images request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then describe_images returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. This option cannot be used when you specify images with imageIds.

filter

The filter key and value with which to filter your describe_images results.


Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry

Description

Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_pull_through_cache_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_pull_through_cache_rules(
  registryId = NULL,
  ecrRepositoryPrefixes = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to return the pull through cache rules for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

ecrRepositoryPrefixes

The Amazon ECR repository prefixes associated with the pull through cache rules to return. If no repository prefix value is specified, all pull through cache rules are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated DescribePullThroughCacheRulesRequest request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

maxResults

The maximum number of pull through cache rules returned by DescribePullThroughCacheRulesRequest in paginated output. When this parameter is used, DescribePullThroughCacheRulesRequest only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribePullThroughCacheRulesRequest request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then DescribePullThroughCacheRulesRequest returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.


Describes the settings for a registry

Description

Describes the settings for a registry. The replication configuration for a repository can be created or updated with the put_replication_configuration API action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_registry()

Describes image repositories in a registry

Description

Describes image repositories in a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_repositories(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryNames = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryNames

A list of repositories to describe. If this parameter is omitted, then all repositories in a registry are described.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_repositories request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return. This option cannot be used when you specify repositories with repositoryNames.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results returned by describe_repositories in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_repositories only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_repositories request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then describe_repositories returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. This option cannot be used when you specify repositories with repositoryNames.


Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry

Description

Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry. The prefixes request parameter can be used to return the details for a specific repository creation template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_repository_creation_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_describe_repository_creation_templates(
  prefixes = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

prefixes

The repository namespace prefixes associated with the repository creation templates to describe. If this value is not specified, all repository creation templates are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_repository_creation_templates request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results returned by DescribeRepositoryCreationTemplatesRequest in paginated output. When this parameter is used, DescribeRepositoryCreationTemplatesRequest only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another DescribeRepositoryCreationTemplatesRequest request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then DescribeRepositoryCreationTemplatesRequest returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.


Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name

Description

Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_account_setting/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_account_setting(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the account setting, such as BASIC_SCAN_TYPE_VERSION or REGISTRY_POLICY_SCOPE.


Retrieves an authorization token

Description

Retrieves an authorization token. An authorization token represents your IAM authentication credentials and can be used to access any Amazon ECR registry that your IAM principal has access to. The authorization token is valid for 12 hours.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_authorization_token(registryIds = NULL)

Arguments

registryIds

A list of Amazon Web Services account IDs that are associated with the registries for which to get AuthorizationData objects. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.


Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer

Description

Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer. You can only get URLs for image layers that are referenced in an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_download_url_for_layer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_download_url_for_layer(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, layerDigest)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layer to download. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the image layer to download.

layerDigest

[required] The digest of the image layer to download.


Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository

Description

Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_lifecycle_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository.


Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository

Description

Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_lifecycle_policy_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_lifecycle_policy_preview(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageIds = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository.

imageIds

The list of imageIDs to be included.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated GetLifecyclePolicyPreviewRequest request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return. This option cannot be used when you specify images with imageIds.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results returned by GetLifecyclePolicyPreviewRequest in paginated output. When this parameter is used, GetLifecyclePolicyPreviewRequest only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another GetLifecyclePolicyPreviewRequest request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then GetLifecyclePolicyPreviewRequest returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. This option cannot be used when you specify images with imageIds.

filter

An optional parameter that filters results based on image tag status and all tags, if tagged.


Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry

Description

Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_registry_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_registry_policy()

Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry

Description

Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_registry_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_registry_scanning_configuration()

Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository

Description

Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_get_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository with the policy to retrieve.


Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer

Description

Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_initiate_layer_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_initiate_layer_upload(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which you intend to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to which you intend to upload layers.


Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository

Description

Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_list_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_list_images(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to list images. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository with image IDs to be listed.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_images request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of image results returned by list_images in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_images only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_images request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter is not used, then list_images returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.

filter

The filter key and value with which to filter your list_images results.


List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource

Description

List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource for which to list the tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository.


Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope

Description

Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_account_setting/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_account_setting(name, value)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the account setting, such as BASIC_SCAN_TYPE_VERSION or REGISTRY_POLICY_SCOPE.

value

[required] Setting value that is specified. The following are valid values for the basic scan type being used: AWS_NATIVE or CLAIR. The following are valid values for the registry policy scope being used: V1 or V2.


Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image

Description

Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_image(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageManifest,
  imageManifestMediaType = NULL,
  imageTag = NULL,
  imageDigest = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to put the image. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in which to put the image.

imageManifest

[required] The image manifest corresponding to the image to be uploaded.

imageManifestMediaType

The media type of the image manifest. If you push an image manifest that does not contain the mediaType field, you must specify the imageManifestMediaType in the request.

imageTag

The tag to associate with the image. This parameter is required for images that use the Docker Image Manifest V2 Schema 2 or Open Container Initiative (OCI) formats.

imageDigest

The image digest of the image manifest corresponding to the image.


The PutImageScanningConfiguration API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level

Description

The put_image_scanning_configuration API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level. For more information, see put_registry_scanning_configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_image_scanning_configuration(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageScanningConfiguration
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to update the image scanning configuration setting. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in which to update the image scanning configuration setting.

imageScanningConfiguration

[required] The image scanning configuration for the repository. This setting determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository.


Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository

Description

Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository. For more information, see Image tag mutability in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image_tag_mutability/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_image_tag_mutability(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageTagMutability
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to update the image tag mutability settings. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in which to update the image tag mutability settings.

imageTagMutability

[required] The tag mutability setting for the repository. If MUTABLE is specified, image tags can be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten.


Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository

Description

Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository. For more information, see Lifecycle policy template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_lifecycle_policy(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  lifecyclePolicyText
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy.

lifecyclePolicyText

[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository.


Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry

Description

Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_registry_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_registry_policy(policyText)

Arguments

policyText

[required] The JSON policy text to apply to your registry. The policy text follows the same format as IAM policy text. For more information, see Registry permissions in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.


Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry

Description

Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_registry_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_registry_scanning_configuration(scanType = NULL, rules = NULL)

Arguments

scanType

The scanning type to set for the registry.

When a registry scanning configuration is not defined, by default the BASIC scan type is used. When basic scanning is used, you may specify filters to determine which individual repositories, or all repositories, are scanned when new images are pushed to those repositories. Alternatively, you can do manual scans of images with basic scanning.

When the ENHANCED scan type is set, Amazon Inspector provides automated vulnerability scanning. You may choose between continuous scanning or scan on push and you may specify filters to determine which individual repositories, or all repositories, are scanned.

rules

The scanning rules to use for the registry. A scanning rule is used to determine which repository filters are used and at what frequency scanning will occur.


Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry

Description

Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry. The existing replication configuration for a repository can be retrieved with the describe_registry API action. The first time the PutReplicationConfiguration API is called, a service-linked IAM role is created in your account for the replication process. For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECR in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide. For more information on the custom role for replication, see Creating an IAM role for replication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_put_replication_configuration(replicationConfiguration)

Arguments

replicationConfiguration

[required] An object representing the replication configuration for a registry.


Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions

Description

Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_set_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_set_repository_policy(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  policyText,
  force = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy.

policyText

[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR repository policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

force

If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository policy would prevent you from setting another policy in the future, you must force the set_repository_policy operation. This is intended to prevent accidental repository lock outs.


Starts a basic image vulnerability scan

Description

Starts a basic image vulnerability scan.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_start_image_scan/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_start_image_scan(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageId)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to start an image scan request. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the images to scan.

imageId

[required]


Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository

Description

Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository. This allows you to see the results before associating the lifecycle policy with the repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_start_lifecycle_policy_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_start_lifecycle_policy_preview(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  lifecyclePolicyText = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to be evaluated.

lifecyclePolicyText

The policy to be evaluated against. If you do not specify a policy, the current policy for the repository is used.


Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN

Description

Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN. Existing tags on a resource are not changed if they are not specified in the request parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the the resource to which to add tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository.

tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.


Deletes specified tags from a resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to be removed.


Updates an existing pull through cache rule

Description

Updates an existing pull through cache rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_update_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_update_pull_through_cache_rule(
  registryId = NULL,
  ecrRepositoryPrefix,
  credentialArn
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry associated with the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

ecrRepositoryPrefix

[required] The repository name prefix to use when caching images from the source registry.

credentialArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret that identifies the credentials to authenticate to the upstream registry.


Updates an existing repository creation template

Description

Updates an existing repository creation template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_update_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_update_repository_creation_template(
  prefix,
  description = NULL,
  encryptionConfiguration = NULL,
  resourceTags = NULL,
  imageTagMutability = NULL,
  repositoryPolicy = NULL,
  lifecyclePolicy = NULL,
  appliedFor = NULL,
  customRoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

prefix

[required] The repository namespace prefix that matches an existing repository creation template in the registry. All repositories created using this namespace prefix will have the settings defined in this template applied. For example, a prefix of prod would apply to all repositories beginning with ⁠prod/⁠. This includes a repository named prod/team1 as well as a repository named prod/repository1.

To apply a template to all repositories in your registry that don't have an associated creation template, you can use ROOT as the prefix.

description

A description for the repository creation template.

encryptionConfiguration
resourceTags

The metadata to apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.

imageTagMutability

Updates the tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is omitted, the default setting of MUTABLE will be used which will allow image tags to be overwritten. If IMMUTABLE is specified, all image tags within the repository will be immutable which will prevent them from being overwritten.

repositoryPolicy

Updates the repository policy created using the template. A repository policy is a permissions policy associated with a repository to control access permissions.

lifecyclePolicy

Updates the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository creation template.

appliedFor

Updates the list of enumerable strings representing the Amazon ECR repository creation scenarios that this template will apply towards. The two supported scenarios are PULL_THROUGH_CACHE and REPLICATION

customRoleArn

The ARN of the role to be assumed by Amazon ECR. This role must be in the same account as the registry that you are configuring. Amazon ECR will assume your supplied role when the customRoleArn is specified. When this field isn't specified, Amazon ECR will use the service-linked role for the repository creation template.


Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR

Description

Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_upload_layer_part/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_upload_layer_part(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  uploadId,
  partFirstByte,
  partLastByte,
  layerPartBlob
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which you are uploading layer parts. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to which you are uploading layer parts.

uploadId

[required] The upload ID from a previous initiate_layer_upload operation to associate with the layer part upload.

partFirstByte

[required] The position of the first byte of the layer part witin the overall image layer.

partLastByte

[required] The position of the last byte of the layer part within the overall image layer.

layerPartBlob

[required] The base64-encoded layer part payload.


Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication

Description

Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication. This will retrieve the contents of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret, verify the syntax, and then validate that authentication to the upstream registry is successful.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_validate_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecr_validate_pull_through_cache_rule(ecrRepositoryPrefix, registryId = NULL)

Arguments

ecrRepositoryPrefix

[required] The repository name prefix associated with the pull through cache rule.

registryId

The registry ID associated with the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed.


Amazon Elastic Container Registry Public

Description

Amazon Elastic Container Registry Public (Amazon ECR Public) is a managed container image registry service. Amazon ECR provides both public and private registries to host your container images. You can use the Docker CLI or your preferred client to push, pull, and manage images. Amazon ECR provides a secure, scalable, and reliable registry for your Docker or Open Container Initiative (OCI) images. Amazon ECR supports public repositories with this API. For information about the Amazon ECR API for private repositories, see Amazon Elastic Container Registry API Reference.

Usage

ecrpublic(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ecrpublic(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_check_layer_availability Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry
batch_delete_image Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry
complete_layer_upload Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID
create_repository Creates a repository in a public registry
delete_repository Deletes a repository in a public registry
delete_repository_policy Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository
describe_images Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry
describe_image_tags Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry
describe_registries Returns details for a public registry
describe_repositories Describes repositories that are in a public registry
get_authorization_token Retrieves an authorization token
get_registry_catalog_data Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry
get_repository_catalog_data Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry
get_repository_policy Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository
initiate_layer_upload Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer
list_tags_for_resource List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource
put_image Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image
put_registry_catalog_data Create or update the catalog data for a public registry
put_repository_catalog_data Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry
set_repository_policy Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions
tag_resource Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from a resource
upload_layer_part Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ecrpublic()
svc$batch_check_layer_availability(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry

Description

Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry. When an image is pushed to a repository, each image layer is checked to verify if it has been uploaded before. If it has been uploaded, then the image layer is skipped.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_batch_check_layer_availability/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_batch_check_layer_availability(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  layerDigests
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, associated with the public registry that contains the image layers to check. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that's associated with the image layers to check.

layerDigests

[required] The digests of the image layers to check.


Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry

Description

Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry. Images are specified with either an imageTag or imageDigest.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_batch_delete_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_batch_delete_image(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageIds)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry that contains the image to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository in a public registry that contains the image to delete.

imageIds

[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to delete. The format of the imageIds reference is imageTag=tag or imageDigest=digest.


Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID

Description

Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID. You can optionally provide a sha256 digest of the image layer for data validation purposes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_complete_layer_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_complete_layer_upload(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  uploadId,
  layerDigests
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, associated with the registry where layers are uploaded. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository in a public registry to associate with the image layer.

uploadId

[required] The upload ID from a previous initiate_layer_upload operation to associate with the image layer.

layerDigests

[required] The sha256 digest of the image layer.


Creates a repository in a public registry

Description

Creates a repository in a public registry. For more information, see Amazon ECR repositories in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_create_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_create_repository(repositoryName, catalogData = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

repositoryName

[required] The name to use for the repository. This appears publicly in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery. The repository name can be specified on its own (for example nginx-web-app) or prepended with a namespace to group the repository into a category (for example project-a/nginx-web-app).

catalogData

The details about the repository that are publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery.

tags

The metadata that you apply to each repository to help categorize and organize your repositories. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.


Deletes a repository in a public registry

Description

Deletes a repository in a public registry. If the repository contains images, you must either manually delete all images in the repository or use the force option. This option deletes all images on your behalf before deleting the repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_delete_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_delete_repository(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, force = NULL)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to delete.

force

The force option can be used to delete a repository that contains images. If the force option is not used, the repository must be empty prior to deletion.


Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository

Description

Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_delete_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_delete_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository policy to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that's associated with the repository policy to delete.


Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry

Description

Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_image_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_describe_image_tags(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where images are described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that contains the image tag details to describe.

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated describe_image_tags request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. If there are no more results to return, this value is null. If you specify images with imageIds, you can't use this option.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results that's returned by describe_image_tags in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_image_tags only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another describe_image_tags request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_image_tags returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. If you specify images with imageIds, you can't use this option.


Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry

Description

Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_describe_images(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageIds = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where images are described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The repository that contains the images to describe.

imageIds

The list of image IDs for the requested repository.

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated describe_images request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. If there are no more results to return, this value is null. If you specify images with imageIds, you can't use this option.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results that's returned by describe_images in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_images only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another describe_images request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_images returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. If you specify images with imageIds, you can't use this option.


Returns details for a public registry

Description

Returns details for a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_registries/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_describe_registries(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated describe_registries request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. If there are no more results to return, this value is null.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results that's returned by describe_registries in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_registries only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_registries request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_registries returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.


Describes repositories that are in a public registry

Description

Describes repositories that are in a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_describe_repositories(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryNames = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryNames

A list of repositories to describe. If this parameter is omitted, then all repositories in a registry are described.

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated describe_repositories request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. If there are no more results to return, this value is null. If you specify repositories with repositoryNames, you can't use this option.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of repository results that's returned by describe_repositories in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_repositories only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another describe_repositories request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 1000. If this parameter isn't used, then describe_repositories returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable. If you specify repositories with repositoryNames, you can't use this option.


Retrieves an authorization token

Description

Retrieves an authorization token. An authorization token represents your IAM authentication credentials. You can use it to access any Amazon ECR registry that your IAM principal has access to. The authorization token is valid for 12 hours. This API requires the ecr-public:GetAuthorizationToken and sts:GetServiceBearerToken permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_get_authorization_token()

Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry

Description

Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_registry_catalog_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_get_registry_catalog_data()

Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry

Description

Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry. This metadata is displayed publicly in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_repository_catalog_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_get_repository_catalog_data(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to retrieve the catalog metadata for.


Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository

Description

Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_get_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository with the policy to retrieve.


Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer

Description

Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_initiate_layer_upload/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_initiate_layer_upload(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry to which you intend to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that you want to upload layers to.


List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource

Description

List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository.


Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image

Description

Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_put_image(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  imageManifest,
  imageManifestMediaType = NULL,
  imageTag = NULL,
  imageDigest = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where the image is put. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the image is put.

imageManifest

[required] The image manifest that corresponds to the image to be uploaded.

imageManifestMediaType

The media type of the image manifest. If you push an image manifest that doesn't contain the mediaType field, you must specify the imageManifestMediaType in the request.

imageTag

The tag to associate with the image. This parameter is required for images that use the Docker Image Manifest V2 Schema 2 or Open Container Initiative (OCI) formats.

imageDigest

The image digest of the image manifest that corresponds to the image.


Create or update the catalog data for a public registry

Description

Create or update the catalog data for a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_registry_catalog_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_put_registry_catalog_data(displayName = NULL)

Arguments

displayName

The display name for a public registry. The display name is shown as the repository author in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery.

The registry display name is only publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery for verified accounts.


Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry

Description

Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_repository_catalog_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_put_repository_catalog_data(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  catalogData
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry the repository is in. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to create or update the catalog data for.

catalogData

[required] An object containing the catalog data for a repository. This data is publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery.


Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions

Description

Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository Policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_set_repository_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_set_repository_policy(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  policyText,
  force = NULL
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy.

policyText

[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository Policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.

force

If the policy that you want to set on a repository policy would prevent you from setting another policy in the future, you must force the set_repository_policy operation. This prevents accidental repository lockouts.


Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn

Description

Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are also deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository.

tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters.


Deletes specified tags from a resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to be removed.


Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR

Description

Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_upload_layer_part/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecrpublic_upload_layer_part(
  registryId = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  uploadId,
  partFirstByte,
  partLastByte,
  layerPartBlob
)

Arguments

registryId

The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry that you're uploading layer parts to. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository that you're uploading layer parts to.

uploadId

[required] The upload ID from a previous initiate_layer_upload operation to associate with the layer part upload.

partFirstByte

[required] The position of the first byte of the layer part witin the overall image layer.

partLastByte

[required] The position of the last byte of the layer part within the overall image layer.

layerPartBlob

[required] The base64-encoded layer part payload.


Amazon EC2 Container Service

Description

Amazon Elastic Container Service

Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) is a highly scalable, fast, container management service. It makes it easy to run, stop, and manage Docker containers. You can host your cluster on a serverless infrastructure that's managed by Amazon ECS by launching your services or tasks on Fargate. For more control, you can host your tasks on a cluster of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) or External (on-premises) instances that you manage.

Amazon ECS makes it easy to launch and stop container-based applications with simple API calls. This makes it easy to get the state of your cluster from a centralized service, and gives you access to many familiar Amazon EC2 features.

You can use Amazon ECS to schedule the placement of containers across your cluster based on your resource needs, isolation policies, and availability requirements. With Amazon ECS, you don't need to operate your own cluster management and configuration management systems. You also don't need to worry about scaling your management infrastructure.

Usage

ecs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ecs(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_capacity_provider Creates a new capacity provider
create_cluster Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster
create_service Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition
create_task_set Create a task set in the specified cluster and service
delete_account_setting Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account
delete_attributes Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource
delete_capacity_provider Deletes the specified capacity provider
delete_cluster Deletes the specified cluster
delete_service Deletes a specified service within a cluster
delete_task_definitions Deletes one or more task definitions
delete_task_set Deletes a specified task set within a service
deregister_container_instance Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster
deregister_task_definition Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision
describe_capacity_providers Describes one or more of your capacity providers
describe_clusters Describes one or more of your clusters
describe_container_instances Describes one or more container instances
describe_service_deployments Describes one or more of your service deployments
describe_service_revisions Describes one or more service revisions
describe_services Describes the specified services running in your cluster
describe_task_definition Describes a task definition
describe_tasks Describes a specified task or tasks
describe_task_sets Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service
discover_poll_endpoint This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
execute_command Runs a command remotely on a container within a task
get_task_protection Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service
list_account_settings Lists the account settings for a specified principal
list_attributes Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster
list_clusters Returns a list of existing clusters
list_container_instances Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster
list_service_deployments This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria
list_services Returns a list of services
list_services_by_namespace This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace
list_tags_for_resource List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource
list_task_definition_families Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account
list_task_definitions Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account
list_tasks Returns a list of tasks
put_account_setting Modifies an account setting
put_account_setting_default Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified
put_attributes Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource
put_cluster_capacity_providers Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster
register_container_instance This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
register_task_definition Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions
run_task Starts a new task using the specified task definition
start_task Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances
stop_task Stops a running task
submit_attachment_state_changes This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
submit_container_state_change This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
submit_task_state_change This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
tag_resource Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from a resource
update_capacity_provider Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider
update_cluster Updates the cluster
update_cluster_settings Modifies the settings to use for a cluster
update_container_agent Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance
update_container_instances_state Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance
update_service Modifies the parameters of a service
update_service_primary_task_set Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set
update_task_protection Updates the protection status of a task
update_task_set Modifies a task set

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ecs()
# This example creates a cluster in your default region.
svc$create_cluster(
  clusterName = "my_cluster"
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a new capacity provider

Description

Creates a new capacity provider. Capacity providers are associated with an Amazon ECS cluster and are used in capacity provider strategies to facilitate cluster auto scaling.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_create_capacity_provider(name, autoScalingGroupProvider, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the capacity provider. Up to 255 characters are allowed. They include letters (both upper and lowercase letters), numbers, underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The name can't be prefixed with "aws", "ecs", or "fargate".

autoScalingGroupProvider

[required] The details of the Auto Scaling group for the capacity provider.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the capacity provider to categorize and organize them more conveniently. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster

Description

Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster. By default, your account receives a default cluster when you launch your first container instance. However, you can create your own cluster with a unique name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_create_cluster(
  clusterName = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  settings = NULL,
  configuration = NULL,
  capacityProviders = NULL,
  defaultCapacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
  serviceConnectDefaults = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

The name of your cluster. If you don't specify a name for your cluster, you create a cluster that's named default. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the cluster to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.

settings

The setting to use when creating a cluster. This parameter is used to turn on CloudWatch Container Insights for a cluster. If this value is specified, it overrides the containerInsights value set with put_account_setting or put_account_setting_default.

configuration

The execute command configuration for the cluster.

capacityProviders

The short name of one or more capacity providers to associate with the cluster. A capacity provider must be associated with a cluster before it can be included as part of the default capacity provider strategy of the cluster or used in a capacity provider strategy when calling the create_service or run_task actions.

If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must be created but not associated with another cluster. New Auto Scaling group capacity providers can be created with the create_capacity_provider API operation.

To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used.

The PutCapacityProvider API operation is used to update the list of available capacity providers for a cluster after the cluster is created.

defaultCapacityProviderStrategy

The capacity provider strategy to set as the default for the cluster. After a default capacity provider strategy is set for a cluster, when you call the create_service or run_task APIs with no capacity provider strategy or launch type specified, the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster is used.

If a default capacity provider strategy isn't defined for a cluster when it was created, it can be defined later with the put_cluster_capacity_providers API operation.

serviceConnectDefaults

Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect namespace. After you set a default Service Connect namespace, any new services with Service Connect turned on that are created in the cluster are added as client services in the namespace. This setting only applies to new services that set the enabled parameter to true in the ServiceConnectConfiguration. You can set the namespace of each service individually in the ServiceConnectConfiguration to override this default parameter.

Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.


Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition

Description

Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition. If the number of tasks running in a service drops below the desiredCount, Amazon ECS runs another copy of the task in the specified cluster. To update an existing service, use update_service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_create_service(
  cluster = NULL,
  serviceName,
  taskDefinition = NULL,
  availabilityZoneRebalancing = NULL,
  loadBalancers = NULL,
  serviceRegistries = NULL,
  desiredCount = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  launchType = NULL,
  capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
  platformVersion = NULL,
  role = NULL,
  deploymentConfiguration = NULL,
  placementConstraints = NULL,
  placementStrategy = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds = NULL,
  schedulingStrategy = NULL,
  deploymentController = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
  serviceConnectConfiguration = NULL,
  volumeConfigurations = NULL,
  vpcLatticeConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

serviceName

[required] The name of your service. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed. Service names must be unique within a cluster, but you can have similarly named services in multiple clusters within a Region or across multiple Regions.

taskDefinition

The family and revision (family:revision) or full ARN of the task definition to run in your service. If a revision isn't specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used.

A task definition must be specified if the service uses either the ECS or CODE_DEPLOY deployment controllers.

For more information about deployment types, see Amazon ECS deployment types.

availabilityZoneRebalancing

Indicates whether to use Availability Zone rebalancing for the service.

For more information, see Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide .

loadBalancers

A load balancer object representing the load balancers to use with your service. For more information, see Service load balancing in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

If the service uses the rolling update (ECS) deployment controller and using either an Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer, you must specify one or more target group ARNs to attach to the service. The service-linked role is required for services that use multiple target groups. For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

If the service uses the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, the service is required to use either an Application Load Balancer or Network Load Balancer. When creating an CodeDeploy deployment group, you specify two target groups (referred to as a targetGroupPair). During a deployment, CodeDeploy determines which task set in your service has the status PRIMARY, and it associates one target group with it. Then, it also associates the other target group with the replacement task set. The load balancer can also have up to two listeners: a required listener for production traffic and an optional listener that you can use to perform validation tests with Lambda functions before routing production traffic to it.

If you use the CODE_DEPLOY deployment controller, these values can be changed when updating the service.

For Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers, this object must contain the load balancer target group ARN, the container name, and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name must be as it appears in a container definition. The load balancer name parameter must be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on a container instance, the container instance and port combination is registered as a target in the target group that's specified here.

For Classic Load Balancers, this object must contain the load balancer name, the container name , and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name must be as it appears in a container definition. The target group ARN parameter must be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on a container instance, the container instance is registered with the load balancer that's specified here.

Services with tasks that use the awsvpc network mode (for example, those with the Fargate launch type) only support Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers. Classic Load Balancers aren't supported. Also, when you create any target groups for these services, you must choose ip as the target type, not instance. This is because tasks that use the awsvpc network mode are associated with an elastic network interface, not an Amazon EC2 instance.

serviceRegistries

The details of the service discovery registry to associate with this service. For more information, see Service discovery.

Each service may be associated with one service registry. Multiple service registries for each service isn't supported.

desiredCount

The number of instantiations of the specified task definition to place and keep running in your service.

This is required if schedulingStrategy is REPLICA or isn't specified. If schedulingStrategy is DAEMON then this isn't required.

clientToken

An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 36 ASCII characters in the range of 33-126 (inclusive) are allowed.

launchType

The infrastructure that you run your service on. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

The FARGATE launch type runs your tasks on Fargate On-Demand infrastructure.

Fargate Spot infrastructure is available for use but a capacity provider strategy must be used. For more information, see Fargate capacity providers in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

The EC2 launch type runs your tasks on Amazon EC2 instances registered to your cluster.

The EXTERNAL launch type runs your tasks on your on-premises server or virtual machine (VM) capacity registered to your cluster.

A service can use either a launch type or a capacity provider strategy. If a launchType is specified, the capacityProviderStrategy parameter must be omitted.

capacityProviderStrategy

The capacity provider strategy to use for the service.

If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must be omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or launchType is specified, the defaultCapacityProviderStrategy for the cluster is used.

A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers.

platformVersion

The platform version that your tasks in the service are running on. A platform version is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If one isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used. For more information, see Fargate platform versions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

role

The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Amazon ECS to make calls to your load balancer on your behalf. This parameter is only permitted if you are using a load balancer with your service and your task definition doesn't use the awsvpc network mode. If you specify the role parameter, you must also specify a load balancer object with the loadBalancers parameter.

If your account has already created the Amazon ECS service-linked role, that role is used for your service unless you specify a role here. The service-linked role is required if your task definition uses the awsvpc network mode or if the service is configured to use service discovery, an external deployment controller, multiple target groups, or Elastic Inference accelerators in which case you don't specify a role here. For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

If your specified role has a path other than /, then you must either specify the full role ARN (this is recommended) or prefix the role name with the path. For example, if a role with the name bar has a path of ⁠/foo/⁠ then you would specify ⁠/foo/bar⁠ as the role name. For more information, see Friendly names and paths in the IAM User Guide.

deploymentConfiguration

Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks.

placementConstraints

An array of placement constraint objects to use for tasks in your service. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime.

placementStrategy

The placement strategy objects to use for tasks in your service. You can specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules for each service.

networkConfiguration

The network configuration for the service. This parameter is required for task definitions that use the awsvpc network mode to receive their own elastic network interface, and it isn't supported for other network modes. For more information, see Task networking in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds

The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing, VPC Lattice, and container health checks after a task has first started. If you don't specify a health check grace period value, the default value of 0 is used. If you don't use any of the health checks, then healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds is unused.

If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond to health checks, you can specify a health check grace period of up to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 years). During that time, the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores health check status. This grace period can prevent the service scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them before they have time to come up.

schedulingStrategy

The scheduling strategy to use for the service. For more information, see Services.

There are two service scheduler strategies available:

  • REPLICA-The replica scheduling strategy places and maintains the desired number of tasks across your cluster. By default, the service scheduler spreads tasks across Availability Zones. You can use task placement strategies and constraints to customize task placement decisions. This scheduler strategy is required if the service uses the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment controller types.

  • DAEMON-The daemon scheduling strategy deploys exactly one task on each active container instance that meets all of the task placement constraints that you specify in your cluster. The service scheduler also evaluates the task placement constraints for running tasks and will stop tasks that don't meet the placement constraints. When you're using this strategy, you don't need to specify a desired number of tasks, a task placement strategy, or use Service Auto Scaling policies.

    Tasks using the Fargate launch type or the CODE_DEPLOY or EXTERNAL deployment controller types don't support the DAEMON scheduling strategy.

deploymentController

The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment controller is specified, the default value of ECS is used.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the service to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. When a service is deleted, the tags are deleted as well.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.

enableECSManagedTags

Specifies whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed tags for the tasks within the service. For more information, see Tagging your Amazon ECS resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

When you use Amazon ECS managed tags, you need to set the propagateTags request parameter.

propagateTags

Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the task during task creation. To add tags to a task after task creation, use the tag_resource API action.

You must set this to a value other than NONE when you use Cost Explorer. For more information, see Amazon ECS usage reports in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

The default is NONE.

enableExecuteCommand

Determines whether the execute command functionality is turned on for the service. If true, this enables execute command functionality on all containers in the service tasks.

serviceConnectConfiguration

The configuration for this service to discover and connect to services, and be discovered by, and connected from, other services within a namespace.

Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

volumeConfigurations

The configuration for a volume specified in the task definition as a volume that is configured at launch time. Currently, the only supported volume type is an Amazon EBS volume.

vpcLatticeConfigurations

The VPC Lattice configuration for the service being created.


Create a task set in the specified cluster and service

Description

Create a task set in the specified cluster and service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS deployment types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_task_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_create_task_set(
  service,
  cluster,
  externalId = NULL,
  taskDefinition,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  loadBalancers = NULL,
  serviceRegistries = NULL,
  launchType = NULL,
  capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
  platformVersion = NULL,
  scale = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

service

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service to create the task set in.

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service to create the task set in.

externalId

An optional non-unique tag that identifies this task set in external systems. If the task set is associated with a service discovery registry, the tasks in this task set will have the ECS_TASK_SET_EXTERNAL_ID Cloud Map attribute set to the provided value.

taskDefinition

[required] The task definition for the tasks in the task set to use. If a revision isn't specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used.

networkConfiguration

An object representing the network configuration for a task set.

loadBalancers

A load balancer object representing the load balancer to use with the task set. The supported load balancer types are either an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer.

serviceRegistries

The details of the service discovery registries to assign to this task set. For more information, see Service discovery.

launchType

The launch type that new tasks in the task set uses. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

If a launchType is specified, the capacityProviderStrategy parameter must be omitted.

capacityProviderStrategy

The capacity provider strategy to use for the task set.

A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers along with the base and weight to assign to them. A capacity provider must be associated with the cluster to be used in a capacity provider strategy. The put_cluster_capacity_providers API is used to associate a capacity provider with a cluster. Only capacity providers with an ACTIVE or UPDATING status can be used.

If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must be omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or launchType is specified, the defaultCapacityProviderStrategy for the cluster is used.

If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the CreateCapacityProviderProviderAPI operation.

To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used.

The put_cluster_capacity_providers API operation is used to update the list of available capacity providers for a cluster after the cluster is created.

platformVersion

The platform version that the tasks in the task set uses. A platform version is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If one isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used.

scale

A floating-point percentage of the desired number of tasks to place and keep running in the task set.

clientToken

An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 36 ASCII characters in the range of 33-126 (inclusive) are allowed.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the task set to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. When a service is deleted, the tags are deleted.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account

Description

Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_account_setting/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_account_setting(name, principalArn = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The resource name to disable the account setting for. If serviceLongArnFormat is specified, the ARN for your Amazon ECS services is affected. If taskLongArnFormat is specified, the ARN and resource ID for your Amazon ECS tasks is affected. If containerInstanceLongArnFormat is specified, the ARN and resource ID for your Amazon ECS container instances is affected. If awsvpcTrunking is specified, the ENI limit for your Amazon ECS container instances is affected.

principalArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the principal. It can be an user, role, or the root user. If you specify the root user, it disables the account setting for all users, roles, and the root user of the account unless a user or role explicitly overrides these settings. If this field is omitted, the setting is changed only for the authenticated user.


Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource

Description

Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_attributes(cluster = NULL, attributes)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that contains the resource to delete attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

attributes

[required] The attributes to delete from your resource. You can specify up to 10 attributes for each request. For custom attributes, specify the attribute name and target ID, but don't specify the value. If you specify the target ID using the short form, you must also specify the target type.


Deletes the specified capacity provider

Description

Deletes the specified capacity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_capacity_provider(capacityProvider)

Arguments

capacityProvider

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the capacity provider to delete.


Deletes the specified cluster

Description

Deletes the specified cluster. The cluster transitions to the INACTIVE state. Clusters with an INACTIVE status might remain discoverable in your account for a period of time. However, this behavior is subject to change in the future. We don't recommend that you rely on INACTIVE clusters persisting.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_cluster(cluster)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to delete.


Deletes a specified service within a cluster

Description

Deletes a specified service within a cluster. You can delete a service if you have no running tasks in it and the desired task count is zero. If the service is actively maintaining tasks, you can't delete it, and you must update the service to a desired task count of zero. For more information, see update_service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_service(cluster = NULL, service, force = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service to delete. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

service

[required] The name of the service to delete.

force

If true, allows you to delete a service even if it wasn't scaled down to zero tasks. It's only necessary to use this if the service uses the REPLICA scheduling strategy.


Deletes one or more task definitions

Description

Deletes one or more task definitions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_task_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_task_definitions(taskDefinitions)

Arguments

taskDefinitions

[required] The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task definition to delete. You must specify a revision.

You can specify up to 10 task definitions as a comma separated list.


Deletes a specified task set within a service

Description

Deletes a specified task set within a service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS deployment types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_task_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_delete_task_set(cluster, service, taskSet, force = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set found in to delete.

service

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that hosts the task set to delete.

taskSet

[required] The task set ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to delete.

force

If true, you can delete a task set even if it hasn't been scaled down to zero.


Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster

Description

Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster. This instance is no longer available to run tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_deregister_container_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_deregister_container_instance(
  cluster = NULL,
  containerInstance,
  force = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instance to deregister. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

containerInstance

[required] The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance to deregister. For more information about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

force

Forces the container instance to be deregistered. If you have tasks running on the container instance when you deregister it with the force option, these tasks remain running until you terminate the instance or the tasks stop through some other means, but they're orphaned (no longer monitored or accounted for by Amazon ECS). If an orphaned task on your container instance is part of an Amazon ECS service, then the service scheduler starts another copy of that task, on a different container instance if possible.

Any containers in orphaned service tasks that are registered with a Classic Load Balancer or an Application Load Balancer target group are deregistered. They begin connection draining according to the settings on the load balancer or target group.


Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision

Description

Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision. Upon deregistration, the task definition is marked as INACTIVE. Existing tasks and services that reference an INACTIVE task definition continue to run without disruption. Existing services that reference an INACTIVE task definition can still scale up or down by modifying the service's desired count. If you want to delete a task definition revision, you must first deregister the task definition revision.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_deregister_task_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_deregister_task_definition(taskDefinition)

Arguments

taskDefinition

[required] The family and revision (family:revision) or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task definition to deregister. You must specify a revision.


Describes one or more of your capacity providers

Description

Describes one or more of your capacity providers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_capacity_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_capacity_providers(
  capacityProviders = NULL,
  include = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

capacityProviders

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of one or more capacity providers. Up to 100 capacity providers can be described in an action.

include

Specifies whether or not you want to see the resource tags for the capacity provider. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags aren't included in the response.

maxResults

The maximum number of account setting results returned by describe_capacity_providers in paginated output. When this parameter is used, describe_capacity_providers only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another describe_capacity_providers request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 10. If this parameter is not used, then describe_capacity_providers returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated describe_capacity_providers request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Describes one or more of your clusters

Description

Describes one or more of your clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_clusters(clusters = NULL, include = NULL)

Arguments

clusters

A list of up to 100 cluster names or full cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

include

Determines whether to include additional information about the clusters in the response. If this field is omitted, this information isn't included.

If ATTACHMENTS is specified, the attachments for the container instances or tasks within the cluster are included, for example the capacity providers.

If SETTINGS is specified, the settings for the cluster are included.

If CONFIGURATIONS is specified, the configuration for the cluster is included.

If STATISTICS is specified, the task and service count is included, separated by launch type.

If TAGS is specified, the metadata tags associated with the cluster are included.


Describes one or more container instances

Description

Describes one or more container instances. Returns metadata about each container instance requested.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_container_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_container_instances(
  cluster = NULL,
  containerInstances,
  include = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instances to describe. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required if the container instance or container instances you are describing were launched in any cluster other than the default cluster.

containerInstances

[required] A list of up to 100 container instance IDs or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries.

include

Specifies whether you want to see the resource tags for the container instance. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If CONTAINER_INSTANCE_HEALTH is specified, the container instance health is included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags and container instance health status aren't included in the response.


Describes one or more of your service deployments

Description

Describes one or more of your service deployments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_service_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_service_deployments(serviceDeploymentArns)

Arguments

serviceDeploymentArns

[required] The ARN of the service deployment.

You can specify a maximum of 20 ARNs.


Describes one or more service revisions

Description

Describes one or more service revisions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_service_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_service_revisions(serviceRevisionArns)

Arguments

serviceRevisionArns

[required] The ARN of the service revision.

You can specify a maximum of 20 ARNs.

You can call list_service_deployments to get the ARNs.


Describes the specified services running in your cluster

Description

Describes the specified services running in your cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_services(cluster = NULL, services, include = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN)the cluster that hosts the service to describe. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required if the service or services you are describing were launched in any cluster other than the default cluster.

services

[required] A list of services to describe. You may specify up to 10 services to describe in a single operation.

include

Determines whether you want to see the resource tags for the service. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags aren't included in the response.


Describes a task definition

Description

Describes a task definition. You can specify a family and revision to find information about a specific task definition, or you can simply specify the family to find the latest ACTIVE revision in that family.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_task_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_task_definition(taskDefinition, include = NULL)

Arguments

taskDefinition

[required] The family for the latest ACTIVE revision, family and revision (family:revision) for a specific revision in the family, or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task definition to describe.

include

Determines whether to see the resource tags for the task definition. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags aren't included in the response.


Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service

Description

Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_task_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_task_sets(cluster, service, taskSets = NULL, include = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in.

service

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task sets exist in.

taskSets

The ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of task sets to describe.

include

Specifies whether to see the resource tags for the task set. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags aren't included in the response.


Describes a specified task or tasks

Description

Describes a specified task or tasks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_describe_tasks(cluster = NULL, tasks, include = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the task or tasks to describe. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required. If you do not specify a value, the default cluster is used.

tasks

[required] A list of up to 100 task IDs or full ARN entries.

include

Specifies whether you want to see the resource tags for the task. If TAGS is specified, the tags are included in the response. If this field is omitted, tags aren't included in the response.


This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent

Description

This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_discover_poll_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_discover_poll_endpoint(containerInstance = NULL, cluster = NULL)

Arguments

containerInstance

The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance. For more information about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that the container instance belongs to.


Runs a command remotely on a container within a task

Description

Runs a command remotely on a container within a task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_execute_command/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_execute_command(
  cluster = NULL,
  container = NULL,
  command,
  interactive,
  task
)

Arguments

cluster

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or short name of the cluster the task is running in. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

container

The name of the container to execute the command on. A container name only needs to be specified for tasks containing multiple containers.

command

[required] The command to run on the container.

interactive

[required] Use this flag to run your command in interactive mode.

task

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or ID of the task the container is part of.


Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service

Description

Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_get_task_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_get_task_protection(cluster, tasks = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in.

tasks

A list of up to 100 task IDs or full ARN entries.


Lists the account settings for a specified principal

Description

Lists the account settings for a specified principal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_account_settings(
  name = NULL,
  value = NULL,
  principalArn = NULL,
  effectiveSettings = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

name

The name of the account setting you want to list the settings for.

value

The value of the account settings to filter results with. You must also specify an account setting name to use this parameter.

principalArn

The ARN of the principal, which can be a user, role, or the root user. If this field is omitted, the account settings are listed only for the authenticated user.

Federated users assume the account setting of the root user and can't have explicit account settings set for them.

effectiveSettings

Determines whether to return the effective settings. If true, the account settings for the root user or the default setting for the principalArn are returned. If false, the account settings for the principalArn are returned if they're set. Otherwise, no account settings are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_account_settings request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it's possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of account setting results returned by list_account_settings in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_account_settings only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_account_settings request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 10. If this parameter isn't used, then list_account_settings returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster

Description

Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster. When you specify a target type and cluster, list_attributes returns a list of attribute objects, one for each attribute on each resource. You can filter the list of results to a single attribute name to only return results that have that name. You can also filter the results by attribute name and value. You can do this, for example, to see which container instances in a cluster are running a Linux AMI (ecs.os-type=linux).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_attributes(
  cluster = NULL,
  targetType,
  attributeName = NULL,
  attributeValue = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to list attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

targetType

[required] The type of the target to list attributes with.

attributeName

The name of the attribute to filter the results with.

attributeValue

The value of the attribute to filter results with. You must also specify an attribute name to use this parameter.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_attributes request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls are needed. If maxResults was provided, it's possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of cluster results that list_attributes returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_attributes only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_attributes request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_attributes returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Returns a list of existing clusters

Description

Returns a list of existing clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_clusters(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_clusters request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls are needed. If maxResults was provided, it's possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of cluster results that list_clusters returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_clusters only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_clusters request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_clusters returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster

Description

Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster. You can filter the results of a list_container_instances operation with cluster query language statements inside the filter parameter. For more information, see Cluster Query Language in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_container_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_container_instances(
  cluster = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instances to list. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

filter

You can filter the results of a list_container_instances operation with cluster query language statements. For more information, see Cluster Query Language in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_container_instances request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls are needed. If maxResults was provided, it's possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of container instance results that list_container_instances returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_container_instances only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_container_instances request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_container_instances returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

status

Filters the container instances by status. For example, if you specify the DRAINING status, the results include only container instances that have been set to DRAINING using update_container_instances_state. If you don't specify this parameter, the default is to include container instances set to all states other than INACTIVE.


This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria

Description

This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_service_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_service_deployments(
  service,
  cluster = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  createdAt = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

service

[required] The ARN or name of the service

cluster

The cluster that hosts the service. This can either be the cluster name or ARN. Starting April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and performance. If you don't specify a cluster, default is used.

status

An optional filter you can use to narrow the results. If you do not specify a status, then all status values are included in the result.

createdAt

An optional filter you can use to narrow the results by the service creation date. If you do not specify a value, the result includes all services created before the current time. The format is yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.SSSSSS.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_service_deployments request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls are needed. If you provided maxResults, it's possible the number of results is fewer than maxResults.

maxResults

The maximum number of service deployment results that list_service_deployments returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_service_deployments only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_service_deployments request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_service_deployments returns up to 20 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Returns a list of services

Description

Returns a list of services. You can filter the results by cluster, launch type, and scheduling strategy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_services(
  cluster = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  launchType = NULL,
  schedulingStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to use when filtering the list_services results. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_services request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of service results that list_services returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_services only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_services request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_services returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

launchType

The launch type to use when filtering the list_services results.

schedulingStrategy

The scheduling strategy to use when filtering the list_services results.


This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace

Description

This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace. This list might include services in different clusters. In contrast, list_services can only list services in one cluster at a time. If you need to filter the list of services in a single cluster by various parameters, use list_services. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_services_by_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_services_by_namespace(namespace, nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

namespace

[required] The namespace name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud Map namespace to list the services in.

Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

nextToken

The nextToken value that's returned from a list_services_by_namespace request. It indicates that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls are needed. If maxResults is returned, it is possible the number of results is less than maxResults.

maxResults

The maximum number of service results that list_services_by_namespace returns in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_services_by_namespace only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_services_by_namespace request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_services_by_namespace returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource

Description

List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances.


Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account

Description

Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account. This list includes task definition families that no longer have any ACTIVE task definition revisions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_task_definition_families/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_task_definition_families(
  familyPrefix = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

familyPrefix

The familyPrefix is a string that's used to filter the results of list_task_definition_families. If you specify a familyPrefix, only task definition family names that begin with the familyPrefix string are returned.

status

The task definition family status to filter the list_task_definition_families results with. By default, both ACTIVE and INACTIVE task definition families are listed. If this parameter is set to ACTIVE, only task definition families that have an ACTIVE task definition revision are returned. If this parameter is set to INACTIVE, only task definition families that do not have any ACTIVE task definition revisions are returned. If you paginate the resulting output, be sure to keep the status value constant in each subsequent request.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_task_definition_families request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of task definition family results that list_task_definition_families returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_task_definitions only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_task_definition_families request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_task_definition_families returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account

Description

Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account. You can filter the results by family name with the familyPrefix parameter or by status with the status parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_task_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_task_definitions(
  familyPrefix = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  sort = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

familyPrefix

The full family name to filter the list_task_definitions results with. Specifying a familyPrefix limits the listed task definitions to task definition revisions that belong to that family.

status

The task definition status to filter the list_task_definitions results with. By default, only ACTIVE task definitions are listed. By setting this parameter to INACTIVE, you can view task definitions that are INACTIVE as long as an active task or service still references them. If you paginate the resulting output, be sure to keep the status value constant in each subsequent request.

sort

The order to sort the results in. Valid values are ASC and DESC. By default, (ASC) task definitions are listed lexicographically by family name and in ascending numerical order by revision so that the newest task definitions in a family are listed last. Setting this parameter to DESC reverses the sort order on family name and revision. This is so that the newest task definitions in a family are listed first.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_task_definitions request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it is possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of task definition results that list_task_definitions returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_task_definitions only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_task_definitions request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_task_definitions returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.


Returns a list of tasks

Description

Returns a list of tasks. You can filter the results by cluster, task definition family, container instance, launch type, what IAM principal started the task, or by the desired status of the task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_tasks/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_list_tasks(
  cluster = NULL,
  containerInstance = NULL,
  family = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  startedBy = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL,
  desiredStatus = NULL,
  launchType = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to use when filtering the list_tasks results. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

containerInstance

The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance to use when filtering the list_tasks results. Specifying a containerInstance limits the results to tasks that belong to that container instance.

family

The name of the task definition family to use when filtering the list_tasks results. Specifying a family limits the results to tasks that belong to that family.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a list_tasks request indicating that more results are available to fulfill the request and further calls will be needed. If maxResults was provided, it's possible the number of results to be fewer than maxResults.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of task results that list_tasks returned in paginated output. When this parameter is used, list_tasks only returns maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another list_tasks request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If this parameter isn't used, then list_tasks returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

startedBy

The startedBy value to filter the task results with. Specifying a startedBy value limits the results to tasks that were started with that value.

When you specify startedBy as the filter, it must be the only filter that you use.

serviceName

The name of the service to use when filtering the list_tasks results. Specifying a serviceName limits the results to tasks that belong to that service.

desiredStatus

The task desired status to use when filtering the list_tasks results. Specifying a desiredStatus of STOPPED limits the results to tasks that Amazon ECS has set the desired status to STOPPED. This can be useful for debugging tasks that aren't starting properly or have died or finished. The default status filter is RUNNING, which shows tasks that Amazon ECS has set the desired status to RUNNING.

Although you can filter results based on a desired status of PENDING, this doesn't return any results. Amazon ECS never sets the desired status of a task to that value (only a task's lastStatus may have a value of PENDING).

launchType

The launch type to use when filtering the list_tasks results.


Modifies an account setting

Description

Modifies an account setting. Account settings are set on a per-Region basis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_account_setting/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_put_account_setting(name, value, principalArn = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The Amazon ECS account setting name to modify.

The following are the valid values for the account setting name.

  • serviceLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • taskLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • fargateFIPSMode - When turned on, you can run Fargate workloads in a manner that is compliant with Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS-140). For more information, see Fargate Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS-140).

  • containerInstanceLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • awsvpcTrunking - When modified, the elastic network interface (ENI) limit for any new container instances that support the feature is changed. If awsvpcTrunking is turned on, any new container instances that support the feature are launched have the increased ENI limits available to them. For more information, see Elastic Network Interface Trunking in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

  • containerInsights - Container Insights with enhanced observability provides all the Container Insights metrics, plus additional task and container metrics. This version supports enhanced observability for Amazon ECS clusters using the Amazon EC2 and Fargate launch types. After you configure Container Insights with enhanced observability on Amazon ECS, Container Insights auto-collects detailed infrastructure telemetry from the cluster level down to the container level in your environment and displays these critical performance data in curated dashboards removing the heavy lifting in observability set-up.

    To use Container Insights with enhanced observability, set the containerInsights account setting to enhanced.

    To use Container Insights, set the containerInsights account setting to enabled.

    For more information, see Monitor Amazon ECS containers using Container Insights with enhanced observability in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

  • dualStackIPv6 - When turned on, when using a VPC in dual stack mode, your tasks using the awsvpc network mode can have an IPv6 address assigned. For more information on using IPv6 with tasks launched on Amazon EC2 instances, see Using a VPC in dual-stack mode. For more information on using IPv6 with tasks launched on Fargate, see Using a VPC in dual-stack mode.

  • fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod - When Amazon Web Services determines that a security or infrastructure update is needed for an Amazon ECS task hosted on Fargate, the tasks need to be stopped and new tasks launched to replace them. Use fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod to configure the wait time to retire a Fargate task. For information about the Fargate tasks maintenance, see Amazon Web Services Fargate task maintenance in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

  • tagResourceAuthorization - Amazon ECS is introducing tagging authorization for resource creation. Users must have permissions for actions that create the resource, such as ecsCreateCluster. If tags are specified when you create a resource, Amazon Web Services performs additional authorization to verify if users or roles have permissions to create tags. Therefore, you must grant explicit permissions to use the ecs:TagResource action. For more information, see Grant permission to tag resources on creation in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

  • guardDutyActivate - The guardDutyActivate parameter is read-only in Amazon ECS and indicates whether Amazon ECS Runtime Monitoring is enabled or disabled by your security administrator in your Amazon ECS account. Amazon GuardDuty controls this account setting on your behalf. For more information, see Protecting Amazon ECS workloads with Amazon ECS Runtime Monitoring.

value

[required] The account setting value for the specified principal ARN. Accepted values are enabled, disabled, enhanced, on, and off.

When you specify fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod for the name, the following are the valid values:

  • 0 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and immediately retires the affected tasks.

  • 7 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and waits 7 calendar days to retire the tasks.

  • 14 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and waits 14 calendar days to retire the tasks.

principalArn

The ARN of the principal, which can be a user, role, or the root user. If you specify the root user, it modifies the account setting for all users, roles, and the root user of the account unless a user or role explicitly overrides these settings. If this field is omitted, the setting is changed only for the authenticated user.

You must use the root user when you set the Fargate wait time (fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod).

Federated users assume the account setting of the root user and can't have explicit account settings set for them.


Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified

Description

Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified. Account settings are set on a per-Region basis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_account_setting_default/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_put_account_setting_default(name, value)

Arguments

name

[required] The resource name for which to modify the account setting.

The following are the valid values for the account setting name.

  • serviceLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • taskLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • containerInstanceLongArnFormat - When modified, the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and resource ID format of the resource type for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account is affected. The opt-in and opt-out account setting must be set for each Amazon ECS resource separately. The ARN and resource ID format of a resource is defined by the opt-in status of the user or role that created the resource. You must turn on this setting to use Amazon ECS features such as resource tagging.

  • awsvpcTrunking - When modified, the elastic network interface (ENI) limit for any new container instances that support the feature is changed. If awsvpcTrunking is turned on, any new container instances that support the feature are launched have the increased ENI limits available to them. For more information, see Elastic Network Interface Trunking in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

  • containerInsights - Container Insights with enhanced observability provides all the Container Insights metrics, plus additional task and container metrics. This version supports enhanced observability for Amazon ECS clusters using the Amazon EC2 and Fargate launch types. After you configure Container Insights with enhanced observability on Amazon ECS, Container Insights auto-collects detailed infrastructure telemetry from the cluster level down to the container level in your environment and displays these critical performance data in curated dashboards removing the heavy lifting in observability set-up.

    To use Container Insights with enhanced observability, set the containerInsights account setting to enhanced.

    To use Container Insights, set the containerInsights account setting to enabled.

    For more information, see Monitor Amazon ECS containers using Container Insights with enhanced observability in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

  • dualStackIPv6 - When turned on, when using a VPC in dual stack mode, your tasks using the awsvpc network mode can have an IPv6 address assigned. For more information on using IPv6 with tasks launched on Amazon EC2 instances, see Using a VPC in dual-stack mode. For more information on using IPv6 with tasks launched on Fargate, see Using a VPC in dual-stack mode.

  • fargateFIPSMode - If you specify fargateFIPSMode, Fargate FIPS 140 compliance is affected.

  • fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod - When Amazon Web Services determines that a security or infrastructure update is needed for an Amazon ECS task hosted on Fargate, the tasks need to be stopped and new tasks launched to replace them. Use fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod to configure the wait time to retire a Fargate task. For information about the Fargate tasks maintenance, see Amazon Web Services Fargate task maintenance in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

  • tagResourceAuthorization - Amazon ECS is introducing tagging authorization for resource creation. Users must have permissions for actions that create the resource, such as ecsCreateCluster. If tags are specified when you create a resource, Amazon Web Services performs additional authorization to verify if users or roles have permissions to create tags. Therefore, you must grant explicit permissions to use the ecs:TagResource action. For more information, see Grant permission to tag resources on creation in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

  • guardDutyActivate - The guardDutyActivate parameter is read-only in Amazon ECS and indicates whether Amazon ECS Runtime Monitoring is enabled or disabled by your security administrator in your Amazon ECS account. Amazon GuardDuty controls this account setting on your behalf. For more information, see Protecting Amazon ECS workloads with Amazon ECS Runtime Monitoring.

value

[required] The account setting value for the specified principal ARN. Accepted values are enabled, disabled, on, enhanced, and off.

When you specify fargateTaskRetirementWaitPeriod for the name, the following are the valid values:

  • 0 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and immediately retires the affected tasks.

  • 7 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and waits 7 calendar days to retire the tasks.

  • 14 - Amazon Web Services sends the notification, and waits 14 calendar days to retire the tasks.


Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource

Description

Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource. If the attribute doesn't exist, it's created. If the attribute exists, its value is replaced with the specified value. To delete an attribute, use delete_attributes. For more information, see Attributes in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_put_attributes(cluster = NULL, attributes)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that contains the resource to apply attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

attributes

[required] The attributes to apply to your resource. You can specify up to 10 custom attributes for each resource. You can specify up to 10 attributes in a single call.


Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster

Description

Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_cluster_capacity_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_put_cluster_capacity_providers(
  cluster,
  capacityProviders,
  defaultCapacityProviderStrategy
)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to modify the capacity provider settings for. If you don't specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

capacityProviders

[required] The name of one or more capacity providers to associate with the cluster.

If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the create_capacity_provider API operation.

To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used.

defaultCapacityProviderStrategy

[required] The capacity provider strategy to use by default for the cluster.

When creating a service or running a task on a cluster, if no capacity provider or launch type is specified then the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster is used.

A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers along with the base and weight to assign to them. A capacity provider must be associated with the cluster to be used in a capacity provider strategy. The put_cluster_capacity_providers API is used to associate a capacity provider with a cluster. Only capacity providers with an ACTIVE or UPDATING status can be used.

If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the create_capacity_provider API operation.

To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used.


This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent

Description

This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_register_container_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_register_container_instance(
  cluster = NULL,
  instanceIdentityDocument = NULL,
  instanceIdentityDocumentSignature = NULL,
  totalResources = NULL,
  versionInfo = NULL,
  containerInstanceArn = NULL,
  attributes = NULL,
  platformDevices = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to register your container instance with. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

instanceIdentityDocument

The instance identity document for the EC2 instance to register. This document can be found by running the following command from the instance: ⁠curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/dynamic/instance-identity/document/⁠

instanceIdentityDocumentSignature

The instance identity document signature for the EC2 instance to register. This signature can be found by running the following command from the instance: ⁠curl http://169.254.169.254/latest/dynamic/instance-identity/signature/⁠

totalResources

The resources available on the instance.

versionInfo

The version information for the Amazon ECS container agent and Docker daemon that runs on the container instance.

containerInstanceArn

The ARN of the container instance (if it was previously registered).

attributes

The container instance attributes that this container instance supports.

platformDevices

The devices that are available on the container instance. The only supported device type is a GPU.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the container instance to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions

Description

Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions. Optionally, you can add data volumes to your containers with the volumes parameter. For more information about task definition parameters and defaults, see Amazon ECS Task Definitions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_register_task_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_register_task_definition(
  family,
  taskRoleArn = NULL,
  executionRoleArn = NULL,
  networkMode = NULL,
  containerDefinitions,
  volumes = NULL,
  placementConstraints = NULL,
  requiresCompatibilities = NULL,
  cpu = NULL,
  memory = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  pidMode = NULL,
  ipcMode = NULL,
  proxyConfiguration = NULL,
  inferenceAccelerators = NULL,
  ephemeralStorage = NULL,
  runtimePlatform = NULL,
  enableFaultInjection = NULL
)

Arguments

family

[required] You must specify a family for a task definition. You can use it track multiple versions of the same task definition. The family is used as a name for your task definition. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed.

taskRoleArn

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that containers in this task can assume. All containers in this task are granted the permissions that are specified in this role. For more information, see IAM Roles for Tasks in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

executionRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make Amazon Web Services API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see IAM roles for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

networkMode

The Docker networking mode to use for the containers in the task. The valid values are none, bridge, awsvpc, and host. If no network mode is specified, the default is bridge.

For Amazon ECS tasks on Fargate, the awsvpc network mode is required. For Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon EC2 Linux instances, any network mode can be used. For Amazon ECS tasks on Amazon EC2 Windows instances, ⁠<default>⁠ or awsvpc can be used. If the network mode is set to none, you cannot specify port mappings in your container definitions, and the tasks containers do not have external connectivity. The host and awsvpc network modes offer the highest networking performance for containers because they use the EC2 network stack instead of the virtualized network stack provided by the bridge mode.

With the host and awsvpc network modes, exposed container ports are mapped directly to the corresponding host port (for the host network mode) or the attached elastic network interface port (for the awsvpc network mode), so you cannot take advantage of dynamic host port mappings.

When using the host network mode, you should not run containers using the root user (UID 0). It is considered best practice to use a non-root user.

If the network mode is awsvpc, the task is allocated an elastic network interface, and you must specify a NetworkConfiguration value when you create a service or run a task with the task definition. For more information, see Task Networking in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

If the network mode is host, you cannot run multiple instantiations of the same task on a single container instance when port mappings are used.

containerDefinitions

[required] A list of container definitions in JSON format that describe the different containers that make up your task.

volumes

A list of volume definitions in JSON format that containers in your task might use.

placementConstraints

An array of placement constraint objects to use for the task. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime.

requiresCompatibilities

The task launch type that Amazon ECS validates the task definition against. A client exception is returned if the task definition doesn't validate against the compatibilities specified. If no value is specified, the parameter is omitted from the response.

cpu

The number of CPU units used by the task. It can be expressed as an integer using CPU units (for example, 1024) or as a string using vCPUs (for example, ⁠1 vCPU⁠ or ⁠1 vcpu⁠) in a task definition. String values are converted to an integer indicating the CPU units when the task definition is registered.

Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers.

If you're using the EC2 launch type or external launch type, this field is optional. Supported values are between 128 CPU units (0.125 vCPUs) and 196608 CPU units (192 vCPUs). If you do not specify a value, the parameter is ignored.

If you're using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you must use one of the following values, which determines your range of supported values for the memory parameter:

The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.

  • 256 (.25 vCPU) - Available memory values: 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB)

  • 512 (.5 vCPU) - Available memory values: 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB)

  • 1024 (1 vCPU) - Available memory values: 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB)

  • 2048 (2 vCPU) - Available memory values: 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)

  • 4096 (4 vCPU) - Available memory values: 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB)

  • 8192 (8 vCPU) - Available memory values: 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments

    This option requires Linux platform ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later.

  • 16384 (16vCPU) - Available memory values: 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments

    This option requires Linux platform ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later.

memory

The amount of memory (in MiB) used by the task. It can be expressed as an integer using MiB (for example ,1024) or as a string using GB (for example, ⁠1GB⁠ or ⁠1 GB⁠) in a task definition. String values are converted to an integer indicating the MiB when the task definition is registered.

Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers.

If using the EC2 launch type, this field is optional.

If using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you must use one of the following values. This determines your range of supported values for the cpu parameter.

The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.

  • 512 (0.5 GB), 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB) - Available cpu values: 256 (.25 vCPU)

  • 1024 (1 GB), 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB) - Available cpu values: 512 (.5 vCPU)

  • 2048 (2 GB), 3072 (3 GB), 4096 (4 GB), 5120 (5 GB), 6144 (6 GB), 7168 (7 GB), 8192 (8 GB) - Available cpu values: 1024 (1 vCPU)

  • Between 4096 (4 GB) and 16384 (16 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) - Available cpu values: 2048 (2 vCPU)

  • Between 8192 (8 GB) and 30720 (30 GB) in increments of 1024 (1 GB) - Available cpu values: 4096 (4 vCPU)

  • Between 16 GB and 60 GB in 4 GB increments - Available cpu values: 8192 (8 vCPU)

    This option requires Linux platform ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later.

  • Between 32GB and 120 GB in 8 GB increments - Available cpu values: 16384 (16 vCPU)

    This option requires Linux platform ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the task definition to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.

pidMode

The process namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid values are host or task. On Fargate for Linux containers, the only valid value is task. For example, monitoring sidecars might need pidMode to access information about other containers running in the same task.

If host is specified, all containers within the tasks that specified the host PID mode on the same container instance share the same process namespace with the host Amazon EC2 instance.

If task is specified, all containers within the specified task share the same process namespace.

If no value is specified, the default is a private namespace for each container.

If the host PID mode is used, there's a heightened risk of undesired process namespace exposure.

This parameter is not supported for Windows containers.

This parameter is only supported for tasks that are hosted on Fargate if the tasks are using platform version ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later (Linux). This isn't supported for Windows containers on Fargate.

ipcMode

The IPC resource namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid values are host, task, or none. If host is specified, then all containers within the tasks that specified the host IPC mode on the same container instance share the same IPC resources with the host Amazon EC2 instance. If task is specified, all containers within the specified task share the same IPC resources. If none is specified, then IPC resources within the containers of a task are private and not shared with other containers in a task or on the container instance. If no value is specified, then the IPC resource namespace sharing depends on the Docker daemon setting on the container instance.

If the host IPC mode is used, be aware that there is a heightened risk of undesired IPC namespace expose.

If you are setting namespaced kernel parameters using systemControls for the containers in the task, the following will apply to your IPC resource namespace. For more information, see System Controls in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

  • For tasks that use the host IPC mode, IPC namespace related systemControls are not supported.

  • For tasks that use the task IPC mode, IPC namespace related systemControls will apply to all containers within a task.

This parameter is not supported for Windows containers or tasks run on Fargate.

proxyConfiguration

The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy.

For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the container instances require at least version ⁠1.26.0⁠ of the container agent and at least version ⁠1.26.0-1⁠ of the ecs-init package to use a proxy configuration. If your container instances are launched from the Amazon ECS-optimized AMI version 20190301 or later, then they contain the required versions of the container agent and ecs-init. For more information, see Amazon ECS-optimized AMI versions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

inferenceAccelerators

The Elastic Inference accelerators to use for the containers in the task.

ephemeralStorage

The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate for the task. This parameter is used to expand the total amount of ephemeral storage available, beyond the default amount, for tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, see Using data volumes in tasks in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following platforms:

  • Linux platform version ⁠1.4.0⁠ or later.

  • Windows platform version ⁠1.0.0⁠ or later.

runtimePlatform

The operating system that your tasks definitions run on. A platform family is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type.

enableFaultInjection

Enables fault injection when you register your task definition and allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's containers. The default value is false.


Starts a new task using the specified task definition

Description

Starts a new task using the specified task definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_run_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_run_task(
  capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
  cluster = NULL,
  count = NULL,
  enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
  enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
  group = NULL,
  launchType = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  overrides = NULL,
  placementConstraints = NULL,
  placementStrategy = NULL,
  platformVersion = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  referenceId = NULL,
  startedBy = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  taskDefinition,
  clientToken = NULL,
  volumeConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

capacityProviderStrategy

The capacity provider strategy to use for the task.

If a capacityProviderStrategy is specified, the launchType parameter must be omitted. If no capacityProviderStrategy or launchType is specified, the defaultCapacityProviderStrategy for the cluster is used.

When you use cluster auto scaling, you must specify capacityProviderStrategy and not launchType.

A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers.

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to run your task on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

count

The number of instantiations of the specified task to place on your cluster. You can specify up to 10 tasks for each call.

enableECSManagedTags

Specifies whether to use Amazon ECS managed tags for the task. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

enableExecuteCommand

Determines whether to use the execute command functionality for the containers in this task. If true, this enables execute command functionality on all containers in the task.

If true, then the task definition must have a task role, or you must provide one as an override.

group

The name of the task group to associate with the task. The default value is the family name of the task definition (for example, family:my-family-name).

launchType

The infrastructure to run your standalone task on. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

The FARGATE launch type runs your tasks on Fargate On-Demand infrastructure.

Fargate Spot infrastructure is available for use but a capacity provider strategy must be used. For more information, see Fargate capacity providers in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide.

The EC2 launch type runs your tasks on Amazon EC2 instances registered to your cluster.

The EXTERNAL launch type runs your tasks on your on-premises server or virtual machine (VM) capacity registered to your cluster.

A task can use either a launch type or a capacity provider strategy. If a launchType is specified, the capacityProviderStrategy parameter must be omitted.

When you use cluster auto scaling, you must specify capacityProviderStrategy and not launchType.

networkConfiguration

The network configuration for the task. This parameter is required for task definitions that use the awsvpc network mode to receive their own elastic network interface, and it isn't supported for other network modes. For more information, see Task networking in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

overrides

A list of container overrides in JSON format that specify the name of a container in the specified task definition and the overrides it should receive. You can override the default command for a container (that's specified in the task definition or Docker image) with a command override. You can also override existing environment variables (that are specified in the task definition or Docker image) on a container or add new environment variables to it with an environment override.

A total of 8192 characters are allowed for overrides. This limit includes the JSON formatting characters of the override structure.

placementConstraints

An array of placement constraint objects to use for the task. You can specify up to 10 constraints for each task (including constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime).

placementStrategy

The placement strategy objects to use for the task. You can specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules for each task.

platformVersion

The platform version the task uses. A platform version is only specified for tasks hosted on Fargate. If one isn't specified, the LATEST platform version is used. For more information, see Fargate platform versions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

propagateTags

Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the task during task creation. To add tags to a task after task creation, use thetag_resource API action.

An error will be received if you specify the SERVICE option when running a task.

referenceId

This parameter is only used by Amazon ECS. It is not intended for use by customers.

startedBy

An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you automatically trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply a unique identifier for that job to your task with the startedBy parameter. You can then identify which tasks belong to that job by filtering the results of a list_tasks call with the startedBy value. Up to 128 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens (-), forward slash (/), and underscores (_) are allowed.

If a task is started by an Amazon ECS service, then the startedBy parameter contains the deployment ID of the service that starts it.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the task to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.

taskDefinition

[required] The family and revision (family:revision) or full ARN of the task definition to run. If a revision isn't specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used.

The full ARN value must match the value that you specified as the Resource of the principal's permissions policy.

When you specify a task definition, you must either specify a specific revision, or all revisions in the ARN.

To specify a specific revision, include the revision number in the ARN. For example, to specify revision 2, use arn:aws:ecs:us-east-1:111122223333:task-definition/TaskFamilyName:2.

To specify all revisions, use the wildcard (*) in the ARN. For example, to specify all revisions, use ⁠arn:aws:ecs:us-east-1:111122223333:task-definition/TaskFamilyName:*⁠.

For more information, see Policy Resources for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

clientToken

An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 64 characters are allowed. The valid characters are characters in the range of 33-126, inclusive. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

volumeConfigurations

The details of the volume that was configuredAtLaunch. You can configure the size, volumeType, IOPS, throughput, snapshot and encryption in in TaskManagedEBSVolumeConfiguration. The name of the volume must match the name from the task definition.


Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances

Description

Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_start_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_start_task(
  cluster = NULL,
  containerInstances,
  enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
  enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
  group = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  overrides = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  referenceId = NULL,
  startedBy = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  taskDefinition,
  volumeConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster where to start your task. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

containerInstances

[required] The container instance IDs or full ARN entries for the container instances where you would like to place your task. You can specify up to 10 container instances.

enableECSManagedTags

Specifies whether to use Amazon ECS managed tags for the task. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

enableExecuteCommand

Whether or not the execute command functionality is turned on for the task. If true, this turns on the execute command functionality on all containers in the task.

group

The name of the task group to associate with the task. The default value is the family name of the task definition (for example, family:my-family-name).

networkConfiguration

The VPC subnet and security group configuration for tasks that receive their own elastic network interface by using the awsvpc networking mode.

overrides

A list of container overrides in JSON format that specify the name of a container in the specified task definition and the overrides it receives. You can override the default command for a container (that's specified in the task definition or Docker image) with a command override. You can also override existing environment variables (that are specified in the task definition or Docker image) on a container or add new environment variables to it with an environment override.

A total of 8192 characters are allowed for overrides. This limit includes the JSON formatting characters of the override structure.

propagateTags

Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition or the service to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated.

referenceId

This parameter is only used by Amazon ECS. It is not intended for use by customers.

startedBy

An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you automatically trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply a unique identifier for that job to your task with the startedBy parameter. You can then identify which tasks belong to that job by filtering the results of a list_tasks call with the startedBy value. Up to 36 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, hyphens (-), forward slash (/), and underscores (_) are allowed.

If a task is started by an Amazon ECS service, the startedBy parameter contains the deployment ID of the service that starts it.

tags

The metadata that you apply to the task to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.

taskDefinition

[required] The family and revision (family:revision) or full ARN of the task definition to start. If a revision isn't specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used.

volumeConfigurations

The details of the volume that was configuredAtLaunch. You can configure the size, volumeType, IOPS, throughput, snapshot and encryption in TaskManagedEBSVolumeConfiguration. The name of the volume must match the name from the task definition.


Stops a running task

Description

Stops a running task. Any tags associated with the task will be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_stop_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_stop_task(cluster = NULL, task, reason = NULL)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the task to stop. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

task

[required] Thefull Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task.

reason

An optional message specified when a task is stopped. For example, if you're using a custom scheduler, you can use this parameter to specify the reason for stopping the task here, and the message appears in subsequent describe_tasks\> API operations on this task.


This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent

Description

This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_attachment_state_changes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_submit_attachment_state_changes(cluster = NULL, attachments)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full ARN of the cluster that hosts the container instance the attachment belongs to.

attachments

[required] Any attachments associated with the state change request.


This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent

Description

This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_container_state_change/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_submit_container_state_change(
  cluster = NULL,
  task = NULL,
  containerName = NULL,
  runtimeId = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  exitCode = NULL,
  reason = NULL,
  networkBindings = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full ARN of the cluster that hosts the container.

task

The task ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task that hosts the container.

containerName

The name of the container.

runtimeId

The ID of the Docker container.

status

The status of the state change request.

exitCode

The exit code that's returned for the state change request.

reason

The reason for the state change request.

networkBindings

The network bindings of the container.


This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent

Description

This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_task_state_change/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_submit_task_state_change(
  cluster = NULL,
  task = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  reason = NULL,
  containers = NULL,
  attachments = NULL,
  managedAgents = NULL,
  pullStartedAt = NULL,
  pullStoppedAt = NULL,
  executionStoppedAt = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the task.

task

The task ID or full ARN of the task in the state change request.

status

The status of the state change request.

reason

The reason for the state change request.

containers

Any containers that's associated with the state change request.

attachments

Any attachments associated with the state change request.

managedAgents

The details for the managed agent that's associated with the task.

pullStartedAt

The Unix timestamp for the time when the container image pull started.

pullStoppedAt

The Unix timestamp for the time when the container image pull completed.

executionStoppedAt

The Unix timestamp for the time when the task execution stopped.


Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn

Description

Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags that are associated with that resource are deleted as well.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS capacity providers, tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances.

In order to tag a service that has the following ARN format, you need to migrate the service to the long ARN. For more information, see Migrate an Amazon ECS short service ARN to a long ARN in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

arn:aws:ecs:region:aws_account_id:service/service-name

After the migration is complete, the service has the long ARN format, as shown below. Use this ARN to tag the service.

arn:aws:ecs:region:aws_account_id:service/cluster-name/service-name

If you try to tag a service with a short ARN, you receive an InvalidParameterException error.

tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Deletes specified tags from a resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS capacity providers, tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to be removed.


Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider

Description

Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_capacity_provider(name, autoScalingGroupProvider)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the capacity provider to update.

autoScalingGroupProvider

[required] An object that represent the parameters to update for the Auto Scaling group capacity provider.


Updates the cluster

Description

Updates the cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_cluster(
  cluster,
  settings = NULL,
  configuration = NULL,
  serviceConnectDefaults = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The name of the cluster to modify the settings for.

settings

The cluster settings for your cluster.

configuration

The execute command configuration for the cluster.

serviceConnectDefaults

Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect namespace. After you set a default Service Connect namespace, any new services with Service Connect turned on that are created in the cluster are added as client services in the namespace. This setting only applies to new services that set the enabled parameter to true in the ServiceConnectConfiguration. You can set the namespace of each service individually in the ServiceConnectConfiguration to override this default parameter.

Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.


Modifies the settings to use for a cluster

Description

Modifies the settings to use for a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_cluster_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_cluster_settings(cluster, settings)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The name of the cluster to modify the settings for.

settings

[required] The setting to use by default for a cluster. This parameter is used to turn on CloudWatch Container Insights for a cluster. If this value is specified, it overrides the containerInsights value set with put_account_setting or put_account_setting_default.

Currently, if you delete an existing cluster that does not have Container Insights turned on, and then create a new cluster with the same name with Container Insights tuned on, Container Insights will not actually be turned on. If you want to preserve the same name for your existing cluster and turn on Container Insights, you must wait 7 days before you can re-create it.


Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance

Description

Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance. Updating the Amazon ECS container agent doesn't interrupt running tasks or services on the container instance. The process for updating the agent differs depending on whether your container instance was launched with the Amazon ECS-optimized AMI or another operating system.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_container_agent/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_container_agent(cluster = NULL, containerInstance)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that your container instance is running on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

containerInstance

[required] The container instance ID or full ARN entries for the container instance where you would like to update the Amazon ECS container agent.


Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance

Description

Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_container_instances_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_container_instances_state(
  cluster = NULL,
  containerInstances,
  status
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instance to update. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

containerInstances

[required] A list of up to 10 container instance IDs or full ARN entries.

status

[required] The container instance state to update the container instance with. The only valid values for this action are ACTIVE and DRAINING. A container instance can only be updated to DRAINING status once it has reached an ACTIVE state. If a container instance is in REGISTERING, DEREGISTERING, or REGISTRATION_FAILED state you can describe the container instance but can't update the container instance state.


Modifies the parameters of a service

Description

Modifies the parameters of a service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_service(
  cluster = NULL,
  service,
  desiredCount = NULL,
  taskDefinition = NULL,
  capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
  deploymentConfiguration = NULL,
  availabilityZoneRebalancing = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  placementConstraints = NULL,
  placementStrategy = NULL,
  platformVersion = NULL,
  forceNewDeployment = NULL,
  healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds = NULL,
  enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
  enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
  loadBalancers = NULL,
  propagateTags = NULL,
  serviceRegistries = NULL,
  serviceConnectConfiguration = NULL,
  volumeConfigurations = NULL,
  vpcLatticeConfigurations = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that your service runs on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed.

service

[required] The name of the service to update.

desiredCount

The number of instantiations of the task to place and keep running in your service.

taskDefinition

The family and revision (family:revision) or full ARN of the task definition to run in your service. If a revision is not specified, the latest ACTIVE revision is used. If you modify the task definition with update_service, Amazon ECS spawns a task with the new version of the task definition and then stops an old task after the new version is running.

capacityProviderStrategy

The capacity provider strategy to update the service to use.

if the service uses the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster, the service can be updated to use one or more capacity providers as opposed to the default capacity provider strategy. However, when a service is using a capacity provider strategy that's not the default capacity provider strategy, the service can't be updated to use the cluster's default capacity provider strategy.

A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers along with the base and weight to assign to them. A capacity provider must be associated with the cluster to be used in a capacity provider strategy. The put_cluster_capacity_providers API is used to associate a capacity provider with a cluster. Only capacity providers with an ACTIVE or UPDATING status can be used.

If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the CreateClusterCapacityProvider API operation.

To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the FARGATE or FARGATE_SPOT capacity providers. The Fargate capacity providers are available to all accounts and only need to be associated with a cluster to be used.

The put_cluster_capacity_providersAPI operation is used to update the list of available capacity providers for a cluster after the cluster is created.

deploymentConfiguration

Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks.

availabilityZoneRebalancing

Indicates whether to use Availability Zone rebalancing for the service.

For more information, see Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide .

networkConfiguration

An object representing the network configuration for the service.

placementConstraints

An array of task placement constraint objects to update the service to use. If no value is specified, the existing placement constraints for the service will remain unchanged. If this value is specified, it will override any existing placement constraints defined for the service. To remove all existing placement constraints, specify an empty array.

You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime.

placementStrategy

The task placement strategy objects to update the service to use. If no value is specified, the existing placement strategy for the service will remain unchanged. If this value is specified, it will override the existing placement strategy defined for the service. To remove an existing placement strategy, specify an empty object.

You can specify a maximum of five strategy rules for each service.

platformVersion

The platform version that your tasks in the service run on. A platform version is only specified for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If a platform version is not specified, the LATEST platform version is used. For more information, see Fargate Platform Versions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

forceNewDeployment

Determines whether to force a new deployment of the service. By default, deployments aren't forced. You can use this option to start a new deployment with no service definition changes. For example, you can update a service's tasks to use a newer Docker image with the same image/tag combination (my_image:latest) or to roll Fargate tasks onto a newer platform version.

healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds

The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing, VPC Lattice, and container health checks after a task has first started. If you don't specify a health check grace period value, the default value of 0 is used. If you don't use any of the health checks, then healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds is unused.

If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond to health checks, you can specify a health check grace period of up to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 years). During that time, the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores health check status. This grace period can prevent the service scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them before they have time to come up.

enableExecuteCommand

If true, this enables execute command functionality on all task containers.

If you do not want to override the value that was set when the service was created, you can set this to null when performing this action.

enableECSManagedTags

Determines whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed tags for the tasks in the service. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

Only tasks launched after the update will reflect the update. To update the tags on all tasks, set forceNewDeployment to true, so that Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated tags.

loadBalancers

A list of Elastic Load Balancing load balancer objects. It contains the load balancer name, the container name, and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name is as it appears in a container definition.

When you add, update, or remove a load balancer configuration, Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated Elastic Load Balancing configuration, and then stops the old tasks when the new tasks are running.

For services that use rolling updates, you can add, update, or remove Elastic Load Balancing target groups. You can update from a single target group to multiple target groups and from multiple target groups to a single target group.

For services that use blue/green deployments, you can update Elastic Load Balancing target groups by using CreateDeployment through CodeDeploy. Note that multiple target groups are not supported for blue/green deployments. For more information see Register multiple target groups with a service in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

For services that use the external deployment controller, you can add, update, or remove load balancers by using create_task_set. Note that multiple target groups are not supported for external deployments. For more information see Register multiple target groups with a service in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

You can remove existing loadBalancers by passing an empty list.

propagateTags

Determines whether to propagate the tags from the task definition or the service to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated.

Only tasks launched after the update will reflect the update. To update the tags on all tasks, set forceNewDeployment to true, so that Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated tags.

serviceRegistries

The details for the service discovery registries to assign to this service. For more information, see Service Discovery.

When you add, update, or remove the service registries configuration, Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated service registries configuration, and then stops the old tasks when the new tasks are running.

You can remove existing serviceRegistries by passing an empty list.

serviceConnectConfiguration

The configuration for this service to discover and connect to services, and be discovered by, and connected from, other services within a namespace.

Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

volumeConfigurations

The details of the volume that was configuredAtLaunch. You can configure the size, volumeType, IOPS, throughput, snapshot and encryption in ServiceManagedEBSVolumeConfiguration. The name of the volume must match the name from the task definition. If set to null, no new deployment is triggered. Otherwise, if this configuration differs from the existing one, it triggers a new deployment.

vpcLatticeConfigurations

An object representing the VPC Lattice configuration for the service being updated.


Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set

Description

Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set. Any parameters that are updated on the primary task set in a service will transition to the service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_service_primary_task_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_service_primary_task_set(cluster, service, primaryTaskSet)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set exists in.

service

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task set exists in.

primaryTaskSet

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to set as the primary task set in the deployment.


Updates the protection status of a task

Description

Updates the protection status of a task. You can set protectionEnabled to true to protect your task from termination during scale-in events from Service Autoscaling or deployments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_task_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_task_protection(
  cluster,
  tasks,
  protectionEnabled,
  expiresInMinutes = NULL
)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in.

tasks

[required] A list of up to 10 task IDs or full ARN entries.

protectionEnabled

[required] Specify true to mark a task for protection and false to unset protection, making it eligible for termination.

expiresInMinutes

If you set protectionEnabled to true, you can specify the duration for task protection in minutes. You can specify a value from 1 minute to up to 2,880 minutes (48 hours). During this time, your task will not be terminated by scale-in events from Service Auto Scaling or deployments. After this time period lapses, protectionEnabled will be reset to false.

If you don’t specify the time, then the task is automatically protected for 120 minutes (2 hours).


Modifies a task set

Description

Modifies a task set. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_task_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ecs_update_task_set(cluster, service, taskSet, scale)

Arguments

cluster

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set is found in.

service

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task set is found in.

taskSet

[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to update.

scale

[required] A floating-point percentage of the desired number of tasks to place and keep running in the task set.


Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service

Description

Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) is a managed service that makes it easy for you to run Kubernetes on Amazon Web Services without needing to setup or maintain your own Kubernetes control plane. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.

Amazon EKS runs up-to-date versions of the open-source Kubernetes software, so you can use all the existing plugins and tooling from the Kubernetes community. Applications running on Amazon EKS are fully compatible with applications running on any standard Kubernetes environment, whether running in on-premises data centers or public clouds. This means that you can easily migrate any standard Kubernetes application to Amazon EKS without any code modification required.

Usage

eks(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- eks(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_access_policy Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry
associate_encryption_config Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster
associate_identity_provider_config Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster
create_access_entry Creates an access entry
create_addon Creates an Amazon EKS add-on
create_cluster Creates an Amazon EKS control plane
create_eks_anywhere_subscription Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription
create_fargate_profile Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster
create_nodegroup Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster
create_pod_identity_association Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity
delete_access_entry Deletes an access entry
delete_addon Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on
delete_cluster Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane
delete_eks_anywhere_subscription Deletes an expired or inactive subscription
delete_fargate_profile Deletes an Fargate profile
delete_nodegroup Deletes a managed node group
delete_pod_identity_association Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association
deregister_cluster Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane
describe_access_entry Describes an access entry
describe_addon Describes an Amazon EKS add-on
describe_addon_configuration Returns configuration options
describe_addon_versions Describes the versions for an add-on
describe_cluster Describes an Amazon EKS cluster
describe_cluster_versions Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters
describe_eks_anywhere_subscription Returns descriptive information about a subscription
describe_fargate_profile Describes an Fargate profile
describe_identity_provider_config Describes an identity provider configuration
describe_insight Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID
describe_nodegroup Describes a managed node group
describe_pod_identity_association Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association
describe_update Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource
disassociate_access_policy Disassociates an access policy from an access entry
disassociate_identity_provider_config Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster
list_access_entries Lists the access entries for your cluster
list_access_policies Lists the available access policies
list_addons Lists the installed add-ons
list_associated_access_policies Lists the access policies associated with an access entry
list_clusters Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions Displays the full description of the subscription
list_fargate_profiles Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
list_identity_provider_configs Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster
list_insights Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster
list_nodegroups Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
list_pod_identity_associations List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster
list_tags_for_resource List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource
list_updates Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
register_cluster Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane
tag_resource Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn
untag_resource Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource
update_access_entry Updates an access entry
update_addon Updates an Amazon EKS add-on
update_cluster_config Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration
update_cluster_version Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version
update_eks_anywhere_subscription Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription
update_nodegroup_config Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration
update_nodegroup_version Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group
update_pod_identity_association Updates a EKS Pod Identity association

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- eks()
# The following example creates an Amazon EKS cluster called prod.
svc$create_cluster(
  version = "1.10",
  name = "prod",
  clientRequestToken = "1d2129a1-3d38-460a-9756-e5b91fddb951",
  resourcesVpcConfig = list(
    securityGroupIds = list(
      "sg-6979fe18"
    ),
    subnetIds = list(
      "subnet-6782e71e",
      "subnet-e7e761ac"
    )
  ),
  roleArn = "arn:aws:iam::012345678910:role/eks-service-role-AWSServiceRole..."
)

## End(Not run)


Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry

Description

Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry. For more information about associating access policies, see Associating and disassociating access policies to and from access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_associate_access_policy(clusterName, principalArn, policyArn, accessScope)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role for the AccessEntry that you're associating the access policy to.

policyArn

[required] The ARN of the AccessPolicy that you're associating. For a list of ARNs, use list_access_policies.

accessScope

[required] The scope for the AccessPolicy. You can scope access policies to an entire cluster or to specific Kubernetes namespaces.


Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster

Description

Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_encryption_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_associate_encryption_config(
  clusterName,
  encryptionConfig,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

encryptionConfig

[required] The configuration you are using for encryption.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster

Description

Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_associate_identity_provider_config(
  clusterName,
  oidc,
  tags = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

oidc

[required] An object representing an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Creates an access entry

Description

Creates an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_access_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_access_entry(
  clusterName,
  principalArn,
  kubernetesGroups = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  username = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry. You can specify one ARN for each access entry. You can't specify the same ARN in more than one access entry. This value can't be changed after access entry creation.

The valid principals differ depending on the type of the access entry in the type field. For STANDARD access entries, you can use every IAM principal type. For nodes (EC2 (for EKS Auto Mode), EC2_LINUX, EC2_WINDOWS, FARGATE_LINUX, and HYBRID_LINUX), the only valid ARN is IAM roles. You can't use the STS session principal type with access entries because this is a temporary principal for each session and not a permanent identity that can be assigned permissions.

IAM best practices recommend using IAM roles with temporary credentials, rather than IAM users with long-term credentials.

kubernetesGroups

The value for name that you've specified for kind: Group as a subject in a Kubernetes RoleBinding or ClusterRoleBinding object. Amazon EKS doesn't confirm that the value for name exists in any bindings on your cluster. You can specify one or more names.

Kubernetes authorizes the principalArn of the access entry to access any cluster objects that you've specified in a Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole object that is also specified in a binding's roleRef. For more information about creating Kubernetes RoleBinding, ClusterRoleBinding, Role, or ClusterRole objects, see Using RBAC Authorization in the Kubernetes documentation.

If you want Amazon EKS to authorize the principalArn (instead of, or in addition to Kubernetes authorizing the principalArn), you can associate one or more access policies to the access entry using associate_access_policy. If you associate any access policies, the principalARN has all permissions assigned in the associated access policies and all permissions in any Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole objects that the group names are bound to.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

username

The username to authenticate to Kubernetes with. We recommend not specifying a username and letting Amazon EKS specify it for you. For more information about the value Amazon EKS specifies for you, or constraints before specifying your own username, see Creating access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

type

The type of the new access entry. Valid values are STANDARD, FARGATE_LINUX, EC2_LINUX, EC2_WINDOWS, EC2 (for EKS Auto Mode), HYBRID_LINUX, and HYPERPOD_LINUX.

If the principalArn is for an IAM role that's used for self-managed Amazon EC2 nodes, specify EC2_LINUX or EC2_WINDOWS. Amazon EKS grants the necessary permissions to the node for you. If the principalArn is for any other purpose, specify STANDARD. If you don't specify a value, Amazon EKS sets the value to STANDARD. If you have the access mode of the cluster set to API_AND_CONFIG_MAP, it's unnecessary to create access entries for IAM roles used with Fargate profiles or managed Amazon EC2 nodes, because Amazon EKS creates entries in the aws-auth ConfigMap for the roles. You can't change this value once you've created the access entry.

If you set the value to EC2_LINUX or EC2_WINDOWS, you can't specify values for kubernetesGroups, or associate an AccessPolicy to the access entry.


Creates an Amazon EKS add-on

Description

Creates an Amazon EKS add-on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_addon/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_addon(
  clusterName,
  addonName,
  addonVersion = NULL,
  serviceAccountRoleArn = NULL,
  resolveConflicts = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  configurationValues = NULL,
  podIdentityAssociations = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

addonName

[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by describe_addon_versions.

addonVersion

The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions returned by describe_addon_versions .

serviceAccountRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to bind to the add-on's service account. The role must be assigned the IAM permissions required by the add-on. If you don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses the permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

To specify an existing IAM role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider created for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM roles for service accounts on your cluster in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

resolveConflicts

How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon EKS add-on. Conflicts are handled based on the value you choose:

  • None – If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed on your cluster, Amazon EKS doesn't change the value. Creation of the add-on might fail.

  • Overwrite – If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed on your cluster and the Amazon EKS default value is different than the existing value, Amazon EKS changes the value to the Amazon EKS default value.

  • Preserve – This is similar to the NONE option. If the self-managed version of the add-on is installed on your cluster Amazon EKS doesn't change the add-on resource properties. Creation of the add-on might fail if conflicts are detected. This option works differently during the update operation. For more information, see update_addon .

If you don't currently have the self-managed version of the add-on installed on your cluster, the Amazon EKS add-on is installed. Amazon EKS sets all values to default values, regardless of the option that you specify.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

configurationValues

The set of configuration values for the add-on that's created. The values that you provide are validated against the schema returned by describe_addon_configuration.

podIdentityAssociations

An array of Pod Identity Assocations to be created. Each EKS Pod Identity association maps a Kubernetes service account to an IAM Role.

For more information, see Attach an IAM Role to an Amazon EKS add-on using Pod Identity in the Amazon EKS User Guide.


Creates an Amazon EKS control plane

Description

Creates an Amazon EKS control plane.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_cluster(
  name,
  version = NULL,
  roleArn,
  resourcesVpcConfig,
  kubernetesNetworkConfig = NULL,
  logging = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  encryptionConfig = NULL,
  outpostConfig = NULL,
  accessConfig = NULL,
  bootstrapSelfManagedAddons = NULL,
  upgradePolicy = NULL,
  zonalShiftConfig = NULL,
  remoteNetworkConfig = NULL,
  computeConfig = NULL,
  storageConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The unique name to give to your cluster. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (case-sensitive), hyphens, and underscores. It must start with an alphanumeric character and can't be longer than 100 characters. The name must be unique within the Amazon Web Services Region and Amazon Web Services account that you're creating the cluster in.

version

The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the default version available in Amazon EKS is used.

The default version might not be the latest version available.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to Amazon Web Services API operations on your behalf. For more information, see Amazon EKS Service IAM Role in the Amazon EKS User Guide .

resourcesVpcConfig

[required] The VPC configuration that's used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see Cluster VPC Considerations and Cluster Security Group Considerations in the Amazon EKS User Guide. You must specify at least two subnets. You can specify up to five security groups. However, we recommend that you use a dedicated security group for your cluster control plane.

kubernetesNetworkConfig

The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster.

logging

Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs . By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs . For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster control plane logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide .

CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see CloudWatch Pricing.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

encryptionConfig

The encryption configuration for the cluster.

outpostConfig

An object representing the configuration of your local Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost. Before creating a local cluster on an Outpost, review Local clusters for Amazon EKS on Amazon Web Services Outposts in the Amazon EKS User Guide. This object isn't available for creating Amazon EKS clusters on the Amazon Web Services cloud.

accessConfig

The access configuration for the cluster.

bootstrapSelfManagedAddons

If you set this value to False when creating a cluster, the default networking add-ons will not be installed.

The default networking addons include vpc-cni, coredns, and kube-proxy.

Use this option when you plan to install third-party alternative add-ons or self-manage the default networking add-ons.

upgradePolicy

New clusters, by default, have extended support enabled. You can disable extended support when creating a cluster by setting this value to STANDARD.

zonalShiftConfig

Enable or disable ARC zonal shift for the cluster. If zonal shift is enabled, Amazon Web Services configures zonal autoshift for the cluster.

Zonal shift is a feature of Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC). ARC zonal shift is designed to be a temporary measure that allows you to move traffic for a resource away from an impaired AZ until the zonal shift expires or you cancel it. You can extend the zonal shift if necessary.

You can start a zonal shift for an Amazon EKS cluster, or you can allow Amazon Web Services to do it for you by enabling zonal autoshift. This shift updates the flow of east-to-west network traffic in your cluster to only consider network endpoints for Pods running on worker nodes in healthy AZs. Additionally, any ALB or NLB handling ingress traffic for applications in your Amazon EKS cluster will automatically route traffic to targets in the healthy AZs. For more information about zonal shift in EKS, see Learn about Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC) Zonal Shift in Amazon EKS in the Amazon EKS User Guide .

remoteNetworkConfig

The configuration in the cluster for EKS Hybrid Nodes. You can't change or update this configuration after the cluster is created.

computeConfig

Enable or disable the compute capability of EKS Auto Mode when creating your EKS Auto Mode cluster. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your Amazon Web Services account

storageConfig

Enable or disable the block storage capability of EKS Auto Mode when creating your EKS Auto Mode cluster. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your Amazon Web Services account.


Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription

Description

Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription. When a subscription is created, it is a contract agreement for the length of the term specified in the request. Licenses that are used to validate support are provisioned in Amazon Web Services License Manager and the caller account is granted access to EKS Anywhere Curated Packages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_eks_anywhere_subscription(
  name,
  term,
  licenseQuantity = NULL,
  licenseType = NULL,
  autoRenew = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The unique name for your subscription. It must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region you're creating the subscription in. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (case-sensitive), hyphens, and underscores. It must start with an alphabetic character and can't be longer than 100 characters.

term

[required] An object representing the term duration and term unit type of your subscription. This determines the term length of your subscription. Valid values are MONTHS for term unit and 12 or 36 for term duration, indicating a 12 month or 36 month subscription. This value cannot be changed after creating the subscription.

licenseQuantity

The number of licenses to purchase with the subscription. Valid values are between 1 and 100. This value can't be changed after creating the subscription.

licenseType

The license type for all licenses in the subscription. Valid value is CLUSTER. With the CLUSTER license type, each license covers support for a single EKS Anywhere cluster.

autoRenew

A boolean indicating whether the subscription auto renews at the end of the term.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

The metadata for a subscription to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. Subscription tags don't propagate to any other resources associated with the subscription.


Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster

Description

Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster. You must have at least one Fargate profile in a cluster to be able to run pods on Fargate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_fargate_profile(
  fargateProfileName,
  clusterName,
  podExecutionRoleArn,
  subnets = NULL,
  selectors = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

fargateProfileName

[required] The name of the Fargate profile.

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

podExecutionRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Pod execution role to use for a Pod that matches the selectors in the Fargate profile. The Pod execution role allows Fargate infrastructure to register with your cluster as a node, and it provides read access to Amazon ECR image repositories. For more information, see Pod execution role in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

subnets

The IDs of subnets to launch a Pod into. A Pod running on Fargate isn't assigned a public IP address, so only private subnets (with no direct route to an Internet Gateway) are accepted for this parameter.

selectors

The selectors to match for a Pod to use this Fargate profile. Each selector must have an associated Kubernetes namespace. Optionally, you can also specify labels for a namespace. You may specify up to five selectors in a Fargate profile.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.


Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster

Description

Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_nodegroup/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_nodegroup(
  clusterName,
  nodegroupName,
  scalingConfig = NULL,
  diskSize = NULL,
  subnets,
  instanceTypes = NULL,
  amiType = NULL,
  remoteAccess = NULL,
  nodeRole,
  labels = NULL,
  taints = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  launchTemplate = NULL,
  updateConfig = NULL,
  nodeRepairConfig = NULL,
  capacityType = NULL,
  version = NULL,
  releaseVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

nodegroupName

[required] The unique name to give your node group.

scalingConfig

The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your node group.

diskSize

The root device disk size (in GiB) for your node group instances. The default disk size is 20 GiB for Linux and Bottlerocket. The default disk size is 50 GiB for Windows. If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify diskSize, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

subnets

[required] The subnets to use for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your node group. If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify SubnetId in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

instanceTypes

Specify the instance types for a node group. If you specify a GPU instance type, make sure to also specify an applicable GPU AMI type with the amiType parameter. If you specify launchTemplate, then you can specify zero or one instance type in your launch template or you can specify 0-20 instance types for instanceTypes. If however, you specify an instance type in your launch template and specify any instanceTypes, the node group deployment will fail. If you don't specify an instance type in a launch template or for instanceTypes, then t3.medium is used, by default. If you specify Spot for capacityType, then we recommend specifying multiple values for instanceTypes. For more information, see Managed node group capacity types and Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

amiType

The AMI type for your node group. If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify amiType, or the node group deployment will fail. If your launch template uses a Windows custom AMI, then add eks:kube-proxy-windows to your Windows nodes rolearn in the aws-auth ConfigMap. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

remoteAccess

The remote access configuration to use with your node group. For Linux, the protocol is SSH. For Windows, the protocol is RDP. If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify remoteAccess, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

nodeRole

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your node group. The Amazon EKS worker node kubelet daemon makes calls to Amazon Web Services APIs on your behalf. Nodes receive permissions for these API calls through an IAM instance profile and associated policies. Before you can launch nodes and register them into a cluster, you must create an IAM role for those nodes to use when they are launched. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide . If you specify launchTemplate, then don't specify IamInstanceProfile in your launch template, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

labels

The Kubernetes labels to apply to the nodes in the node group when they are created.

taints

The Kubernetes taints to be applied to the nodes in the node group. For more information, see Node taints on managed node groups.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

launchTemplate

An object representing a node group's launch template specification. When using this object, don't directly specify instanceTypes, diskSize, or remoteAccess. Make sure that the launch template meets the requirements in launchTemplateSpecification. Also refer to Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

updateConfig

The node group update configuration.

nodeRepairConfig

The node auto repair configuration for the node group.

capacityType

The capacity type for your node group.

version

The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. By default, the Kubernetes version of the cluster is used, and this is the only accepted specified value. If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify version, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

releaseVersion

The AMI version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI to use with your node group. By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's current Kubernetes version is used. For information about Linux versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. Amazon EKS managed node groups support the November 2022 and later releases of the Windows AMIs. For information about Windows versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Windows AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify releaseVersion, or the node group deployment will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.


Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity

Description

Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity. Use EKS Pod Identity to give temporary IAM credentials to pods and the credentials are rotated automatically.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_create_pod_identity_association(
  clusterName,
  namespace,
  serviceAccount,
  roleArn,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the cluster to create the association in.

namespace

[required] The name of the Kubernetes namespace inside the cluster to create the association in. The service account and the pods that use the service account must be in this namespace.

serviceAccount

[required] The name of the Kubernetes service account inside the cluster to associate the IAM credentials with.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the service account. The EKS Pod Identity agent manages credentials to assume this role for applications in the containers in the pods that use this service account.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource – 50

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length – 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • Maximum value length – 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case-sensitive.

  • Do not use ⁠aws:⁠, ⁠AWS:⁠, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for either keys or values as it is reserved for Amazon Web Services use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys or values with this prefix. Tags with this prefix do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Deletes an access entry

Description

Deletes an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_access_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_access_entry(clusterName, principalArn)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry.


Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on

Description

Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_addon/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_addon(clusterName, addonName, preserve = NULL)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

addonName

[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by list_addons .

preserve

Specifying this option preserves the add-on software on your cluster but Amazon EKS stops managing any settings for the add-on. If an IAM account is associated with the add-on, it isn't removed.


Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane

Description

Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_cluster(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the cluster to delete.


Deletes an expired or inactive subscription

Description

Deletes an expired or inactive subscription. Deleting inactive subscriptions removes them from the Amazon Web Services Management Console view and from list/describe API responses. Subscriptions can only be cancelled within 7 days of creation and are cancelled by creating a ticket in the Amazon Web Services Support Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_eks_anywhere_subscription(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the subscription.


Deletes an Fargate profile

Description

Deletes an Fargate profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_fargate_profile(clusterName, fargateProfileName)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

fargateProfileName

[required] The name of the Fargate profile to delete.


Deletes a managed node group

Description

Deletes a managed node group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_nodegroup/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_nodegroup(clusterName, nodegroupName)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

nodegroupName

[required] The name of the node group to delete.


Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association

Description

Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_delete_pod_identity_association(clusterName, associationId)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The cluster name that

associationId

[required] The ID of the association to be deleted.


Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane

Description

Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_deregister_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_deregister_cluster(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the connected cluster to deregister.


Describes an access entry

Description

Describes an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_access_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_access_entry(clusterName, principalArn)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry.


Describes an Amazon EKS add-on

Description

Describes an Amazon EKS add-on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_addon(clusterName, addonName)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

addonName

[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by list_addons .


Returns configuration options

Description

Returns configuration options.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_addon_configuration(addonName, addonVersion)

Arguments

addonName

[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by describe_addon_versions.

addonVersion

[required] The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions returned by describe_addon_versions .


Describes the versions for an add-on

Description

Describes the versions for an add-on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_addon_versions(
  kubernetesVersion = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  addonName = NULL,
  types = NULL,
  publishers = NULL,
  owners = NULL
)

Arguments

kubernetesVersion

The Kubernetes versions that you can use the add-on with.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

addonName

The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by list_addons .

types

The type of the add-on. For valid types, don't specify a value for this property.

publishers

The publisher of the add-on. For valid publishers, don't specify a value for this property.

owners

The owner of the add-on. For valid owners, don't specify a value for this property.


Describes an Amazon EKS cluster

Description

Describes an Amazon EKS cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_cluster(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of your cluster.


Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters

Description

Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_cluster_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_cluster_versions(
  clusterType = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  defaultOnly = NULL,
  includeAll = NULL,
  clusterVersions = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  versionStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterType

The type of cluster to filter versions by.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return.

nextToken

Pagination token for the next set of results.

defaultOnly

Filter to show only default versions.

includeAll

Include all available versions in the response.

clusterVersions

List of specific cluster versions to describe.

status

This field is deprecated. Use versionStatus instead, as that field matches for input and output of this action.

Filter versions by their current status.

versionStatus

Filter versions by their current status.


Returns descriptive information about a subscription

Description

Returns descriptive information about a subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_eks_anywhere_subscription(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the subscription.


Describes an Fargate profile

Description

Describes an Fargate profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_fargate_profile(clusterName, fargateProfileName)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

fargateProfileName

[required] The name of the Fargate profile to describe.


Describes an identity provider configuration

Description

Describes an identity provider configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_identity_provider_config(clusterName, identityProviderConfig)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

identityProviderConfig

[required] An object representing an identity provider configuration.


Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID

Description

Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_insight(clusterName, id)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the cluster to describe the insight for.

id

[required] The identity of the insight to describe.


Describes a managed node group

Description

Describes a managed node group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_nodegroup/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_nodegroup(clusterName, nodegroupName)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

nodegroupName

[required] The name of the node group to describe.


Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association

Description

Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_pod_identity_association(clusterName, associationId)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the cluster that the association is in.

associationId

[required] The ID of the association that you want the description of.


Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource

Description

Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_describe_update(name, updateId, nodegroupName = NULL, addonName = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the update.

updateId

[required] The ID of the update to describe.

nodegroupName

The name of the Amazon EKS node group associated with the update. This parameter is required if the update is a node group update.

addonName

The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by list_addons . This parameter is required if the update is an add-on update.


Disassociates an access policy from an access entry

Description

Disassociates an access policy from an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_disassociate_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_disassociate_access_policy(clusterName, principalArn, policyArn)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry.

policyArn

[required] The ARN of the policy to disassociate from the access entry. For a list of associated policies ARNs, use list_associated_access_policies.


Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster

Description

Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_disassociate_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_disassociate_identity_provider_config(
  clusterName,
  identityProviderConfig,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

identityProviderConfig

[required] An object representing an identity provider configuration.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Lists the access entries for your cluster

Description

Lists the access entries for your cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_access_entries/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_access_entries(
  clusterName,
  associatedPolicyArn = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

associatedPolicyArn

The ARN of an AccessPolicy. When you specify an access policy ARN, only the access entries associated to that access policy are returned. For a list of available policy ARNs, use list_access_policies.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the available access policies

Description

Lists the available access policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_access_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_access_policies(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the installed add-ons

Description

Lists the installed add-ons.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_addons/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_addons(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the access policies associated with an access entry

Description

Lists the access policies associated with an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_associated_access_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_associated_access_policies(
  clusterName,
  principalArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_clusters(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, include = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

include

Indicates whether external clusters are included in the returned list. Use 'all' to return https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/eks-connector.htmlconnected clusters, or blank to return only Amazon EKS clusters. 'all' must be in lowercase otherwise an error occurs.


Displays the full description of the subscription

Description

Displays the full description of the subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  includeStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of cluster results returned by ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions in paginated output. When you use this parameter, ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

includeStatus

An array of subscription statuses to filter on.


Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_fargate_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_fargate_profiles(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster

Description

Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_identity_provider_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_identity_provider_configs(
  clusterName,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster

Description

Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster. You can filter which insights are returned by category, associated Kubernetes version, and status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_insights(
  clusterName,
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the insights.

filter

The criteria to filter your list of insights for your cluster. You can filter which insights are returned by category, associated Kubernetes version, and status.

maxResults

The maximum number of identity provider configurations returned by list_insights in paginated output. When you use this parameter, list_insights returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another list_insights request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, list_insights returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_insights request. When the results of a list_insights request exceed maxResults, you can use this value to retrieve the next page of results. This value is null when there are no more results to return.


Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. Self-managed node groups aren't listed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_nodegroups/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_nodegroups(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster

Description

List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster. You can filter the list by the namespace that the association is in or the service account that the association uses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_pod_identity_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_pod_identity_associations(
  clusterName,
  namespace = NULL,
  serviceAccount = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the cluster that the associations are in.

namespace

The name of the Kubernetes namespace inside the cluster that the associations are in.

serviceAccount

The name of the Kubernetes service account that the associations use.

maxResults

The maximum number of EKS Pod Identity association results returned by list_pod_identity_associations in paginated output. When you use this parameter, list_pod_identity_associations returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another list_pod_identity_associations request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, list_pod_identity_associations returns up to 100 results and a nextToken value if applicable.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated list_updates request where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.


List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource

Description

List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list tags for.


Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_updates/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_list_updates(
  name,
  nodegroupName = NULL,
  addonName = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to list updates for.

nodegroupName

The name of the Amazon EKS managed node group to list updates for.

addonName

The names of the installed add-ons that have available updates.

nextToken

The nextToken value returned from a previous paginated request, where maxResults was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the nextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes.

maxResults

The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive maxResults in a single page, along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, 100 results and a nextToken value, if applicable, are returned.


Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane

Description

Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_register_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_register_cluster(
  name,
  connectorConfig,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] A unique name for this cluster in your Amazon Web Services Region.

connectorConfig

[required] The configuration settings required to connect the Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

tags

Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.


Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn

Description

Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn. If existing tags on a resource are not specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are also deleted. Tags that you create for Amazon EKS resources don't propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster. For example, if you tag a cluster with this operation, that tag doesn't automatically propagate to the subnets and nodes associated with the cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to.

tags

[required] Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources.


Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource

Description

Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to remove.


Updates an access entry

Description

Updates an access entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_access_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_access_entry(
  clusterName,
  principalArn,
  kubernetesGroups = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  username = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

principalArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the AccessEntry.

kubernetesGroups

The value for name that you've specified for kind: Group as a subject in a Kubernetes RoleBinding or ClusterRoleBinding object. Amazon EKS doesn't confirm that the value for name exists in any bindings on your cluster. You can specify one or more names.

Kubernetes authorizes the principalArn of the access entry to access any cluster objects that you've specified in a Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole object that is also specified in a binding's roleRef. For more information about creating Kubernetes RoleBinding, ClusterRoleBinding, Role, or ClusterRole objects, see Using RBAC Authorization in the Kubernetes documentation.

If you want Amazon EKS to authorize the principalArn (instead of, or in addition to Kubernetes authorizing the principalArn), you can associate one or more access policies to the access entry using associate_access_policy. If you associate any access policies, the principalARN has all permissions assigned in the associated access policies and all permissions in any Kubernetes Role or ClusterRole objects that the group names are bound to.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

username

The username to authenticate to Kubernetes with. We recommend not specifying a username and letting Amazon EKS specify it for you. For more information about the value Amazon EKS specifies for you, or constraints before specifying your own username, see Creating access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide.


Updates an Amazon EKS add-on

Description

Updates an Amazon EKS add-on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_addon/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_addon(
  clusterName,
  addonName,
  addonVersion = NULL,
  serviceAccountRoleArn = NULL,
  resolveConflicts = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  configurationValues = NULL,
  podIdentityAssociations = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

addonName

[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by list_addons .

addonVersion

The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions returned by describe_addon_versions .

serviceAccountRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to bind to the add-on's service account. The role must be assigned the IAM permissions required by the add-on. If you don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses the permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

To specify an existing IAM role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider created for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM roles for service accounts on your cluster in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

resolveConflicts

How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon EKS add-on if you've changed a value from the Amazon EKS default value. Conflicts are handled based on the option you choose:

  • None – Amazon EKS doesn't change the value. The update might fail.

  • Overwrite – Amazon EKS overwrites the changed value back to the Amazon EKS default value.

  • Preserve – Amazon EKS preserves the value. If you choose this option, we recommend that you test any field and value changes on a non-production cluster before updating the add-on on your production cluster.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

configurationValues

The set of configuration values for the add-on that's created. The values that you provide are validated against the schema returned by describe_addon_configuration.

podIdentityAssociations

An array of Pod Identity Assocations to be updated. Each EKS Pod Identity association maps a Kubernetes service account to an IAM Role. If this value is left blank, no change. If an empty array is provided, existing Pod Identity Assocations owned by the Addon are deleted.

For more information, see Attach an IAM Role to an Amazon EKS add-on using Pod Identity in the Amazon EKS User Guide.


Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration

Description

Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration. Your cluster continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your cluster update with describe_update"/\>.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_cluster_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_cluster_config(
  name,
  resourcesVpcConfig = NULL,
  logging = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL,
  accessConfig = NULL,
  upgradePolicy = NULL,
  zonalShiftConfig = NULL,
  computeConfig = NULL,
  kubernetesNetworkConfig = NULL,
  storageConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to update.

resourcesVpcConfig
logging

Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs . By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs . For more information, see Amazon EKS cluster control plane logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide .

CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see CloudWatch Pricing.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

accessConfig

The access configuration for the cluster.

upgradePolicy

You can enable or disable extended support for clusters currently on standard support. You cannot disable extended support once it starts. You must enable extended support before your cluster exits standard support.

zonalShiftConfig

Enable or disable ARC zonal shift for the cluster. If zonal shift is enabled, Amazon Web Services configures zonal autoshift for the cluster.

Zonal shift is a feature of Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC). ARC zonal shift is designed to be a temporary measure that allows you to move traffic for a resource away from an impaired AZ until the zonal shift expires or you cancel it. You can extend the zonal shift if necessary.

You can start a zonal shift for an EKS cluster, or you can allow Amazon Web Services to do it for you by enabling zonal autoshift. This shift updates the flow of east-to-west network traffic in your cluster to only consider network endpoints for Pods running on worker nodes in healthy AZs. Additionally, any ALB or NLB handling ingress traffic for applications in your EKS cluster will automatically route traffic to targets in the healthy AZs. For more information about zonal shift in EKS, see Learn about Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC) Zonal Shift in Amazon EKS in the Amazon EKS User Guide .

computeConfig

Update the configuration of the compute capability of your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, enable the capability.

kubernetesNetworkConfig
storageConfig

Update the configuration of the block storage capability of your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, enable the capability.


Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version

Description

Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version. Your cluster continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your cluster update with the describe_update API operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_cluster_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_cluster_version(name, version, clientRequestToken = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to update.

version

[required] The desired Kubernetes version following a successful update.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription

Description

Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription. Only auto renewal and tags can be updated after subscription creation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_eks_anywhere_subscription(id, autoRenew, clientRequestToken = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the subscription.

autoRenew

[required] A boolean indicating whether or not to automatically renew the subscription.

clientRequestToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration

Description

Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration. Your node group continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your node group update with the describe_update API operation. You can update the Kubernetes labels and taints for a node group and the scaling and version update configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_nodegroup_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_nodegroup_config(
  clusterName,
  nodegroupName,
  labels = NULL,
  taints = NULL,
  scalingConfig = NULL,
  updateConfig = NULL,
  nodeRepairConfig = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

nodegroupName

[required] The name of the managed node group to update.

labels

The Kubernetes labels to apply to the nodes in the node group after the update.

taints

The Kubernetes taints to be applied to the nodes in the node group after the update. For more information, see Node taints on managed node groups.

scalingConfig

The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group after the update.

updateConfig

The node group update configuration.

nodeRepairConfig

The node auto repair configuration for the node group.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group

Description

Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_nodegroup_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_nodegroup_version(
  clusterName,
  nodegroupName,
  version = NULL,
  releaseVersion = NULL,
  launchTemplate = NULL,
  force = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of your cluster.

nodegroupName

[required] The name of the managed node group to update.

version

The Kubernetes version to update to. If no version is specified, then the Kubernetes version of the node group does not change. You can specify the Kubernetes version of the cluster to update the node group to the latest AMI version of the cluster's Kubernetes version. If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify version, or the node group update will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

releaseVersion

The AMI version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI to use for the update. By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's Kubernetes version is used. For information about Linux versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. Amazon EKS managed node groups support the November 2022 and later releases of the Windows AMIs. For information about Windows versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Windows AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

If you specify launchTemplate, and your launch template uses a custom AMI, then don't specify releaseVersion, or the node group update will fail. For more information about using launch templates with Amazon EKS, see Customizing managed nodes with launch templates in the Amazon EKS User Guide.

launchTemplate

An object representing a node group's launch template specification. You can only update a node group using a launch template if the node group was originally deployed with a launch template.

force

Force the update if any Pod on the existing node group can't be drained due to a Pod disruption budget issue. If an update fails because all Pods can't be drained, you can force the update after it fails to terminate the old node whether or not any Pod is running on the node.

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Updates a EKS Pod Identity association

Description

Updates a EKS Pod Identity association. Only the IAM role can be changed; an association can't be moved between clusters, namespaces, or service accounts. If you need to edit the namespace or service account, you need to delete the association and then create a new association with your desired settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

eks_update_pod_identity_association(
  clusterName,
  associationId,
  roleArn = NULL,
  clientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

clusterName

[required] The name of the cluster that you want to update the association in.

associationId

[required] The ID of the association to be updated.

roleArn

The new IAM role to change the

clientRequestToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


AWS Elastic Beanstalk

Description

AWS Elastic Beanstalk makes it easy for you to create, deploy, and manage scalable, fault-tolerant applications running on the Amazon Web Services cloud.

For more information about this product, go to the AWS Elastic Beanstalk details page. The location of the latest AWS Elastic Beanstalk WSDL is https://elasticbeanstalk.s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2010-12-01/AWSElasticBeanstalk.wsdl. To install the Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools that enable you to access the API, go to Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Endpoints

For a list of region-specific endpoints that AWS Elastic Beanstalk supports, go to Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services Glossary.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- elasticbeanstalk(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

abort_environment_update Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment
apply_environment_managed_action Applies a scheduled managed action immediately
associate_environment_operations_role Add or change the operations role used by an environment
check_dns_availability Checks if the specified CNAME is available
compose_environments Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application
create_application Creates an application that has one configuration template named default and no application versions
create_application_version Creates an application version for the specified application
create_configuration_template Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application
create_environment Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration
create_platform_version Create a new version of your custom platform
create_storage_location Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments
delete_application Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations
delete_application_version Deletes the specified version from the specified application
delete_configuration_template Deletes the specified configuration template
delete_environment_configuration Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment
delete_platform_version Deletes the specified version of a custom platform
describe_account_attributes Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account
describe_applications Returns the descriptions of existing applications
describe_application_versions Retrieve a list of application versions
describe_configuration_options Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines
describe_configuration_settings Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment
describe_environment_health Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment
describe_environment_managed_action_history Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions
describe_environment_managed_actions Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions
describe_environment_resources Returns AWS resources for this environment
describe_environments Returns descriptions for existing environments
describe_events Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks
describe_instances_health Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk
describe_platform_version Describes a platform version
disassociate_environment_operations_role Disassociate the operations role from an environment
list_available_solution_stacks Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order
list_platform_branches Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region
list_platform_versions Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region
list_tags_for_resource Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource
rebuild_environment Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc
request_environment_info Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment
restart_app_server Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance
retrieve_environment_info Retrieves the compiled information from a RequestEnvironmentInfo request
swap_environment_cnam_es Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments
terminate_environment Terminates the specified environment
update_application Updates the specified application to have the specified properties
update_application_resource_lifecycle Modifies lifecycle settings for an application
update_application_version Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties
update_configuration_template Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values
update_environment Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment
update_tags_for_resource Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource
validate_configuration_settings Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- elasticbeanstalk()
# The following code aborts a running application version deployment for
# an environment named my-env:
svc$abort_environment_update(
  EnvironmentName = "my-env"
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment

Description

Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_abort_environment_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_abort_environment_update(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

This specifies the ID of the environment with the in-progress update that you want to cancel.

EnvironmentName

This specifies the name of the environment with the in-progress update that you want to cancel.


Applies a scheduled managed action immediately

Description

Applies a scheduled managed action immediately. A managed action can be applied only if its status is Scheduled. Get the status and action ID of a managed action with describe_environment_managed_actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_apply_environment_managed_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_apply_environment_managed_action(
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  ActionId
)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

The name of the target environment.

EnvironmentId

The environment ID of the target environment.

ActionId

[required] The action ID of the scheduled managed action to execute.


Add or change the operations role used by an environment

Description

Add or change the operations role used by an environment. After this call is made, Elastic Beanstalk uses the associated operations role for permissions to downstream services during subsequent calls acting on this environment. For more information, see Operations roles in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_associate_environment_operations_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_associate_environment_operations_role(
  EnvironmentName,
  OperationsRole
)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

[required] The name of the environment to which to set the operations role.

OperationsRole

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to be used as the environment's operations role.


Checks if the specified CNAME is available

Description

Checks if the specified CNAME is available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_check_dns_availability/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_check_dns_availability(CNAMEPrefix)

Arguments

CNAMEPrefix

[required] The prefix used when this CNAME is reserved.


Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application

Description

Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application. Takes a list of version labels that specify application source bundles for each of the environments to create or update. The name of each environment and other required information must be included in the source bundles in an environment manifest named env.yaml. See Compose Environments for details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_compose_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_compose_environments(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  VersionLabels = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

The name of the application to which the specified source bundles belong.

GroupName

The name of the group to which the target environments belong. Specify a group name only if the environment name defined in each target environment's manifest ends with a + (plus) character. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details.

VersionLabels

A list of version labels, specifying one or more application source bundles that belong to the target application. Each source bundle must include an environment manifest that specifies the name of the environment and the name of the solution stack to use, and optionally can specify environment links to create.


Creates an application that has one configuration template named default and no application versions

Description

Creates an application that has one configuration template named default and no application versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_application(
  ApplicationName,
  Description = NULL,
  ResourceLifecycleConfig = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application. Must be unique within your account.

Description

Your description of the application.

ResourceLifecycleConfig

Specifies an application resource lifecycle configuration to prevent your application from accumulating too many versions.

Tags

Specifies the tags applied to the application.

Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the application. Environments that you create in the application don't inherit the tags.


Creates an application version for the specified application

Description

Creates an application version for the specified application. You can create an application version from a source bundle in Amazon S3, a commit in AWS CodeCommit, or the output of an AWS CodeBuild build as follows:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_application_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_application_version(
  ApplicationName,
  VersionLabel,
  Description = NULL,
  SourceBuildInformation = NULL,
  SourceBundle = NULL,
  BuildConfiguration = NULL,
  AutoCreateApplication = NULL,
  Process = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application. If no application is found with this name, and AutoCreateApplication is false, returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

VersionLabel

[required] A label identifying this version.

Constraint: Must be unique per application. If an application version already exists with this label for the specified application, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Description

A description of this application version.

SourceBuildInformation

Specify a commit in an AWS CodeCommit Git repository to use as the source code for the application version.

SourceBundle

The Amazon S3 bucket and key that identify the location of the source bundle for this version.

The Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same region as the environment.

Specify a source bundle in S3 or a commit in an AWS CodeCommit repository (with SourceBuildInformation), but not both. If neither SourceBundle nor SourceBuildInformation are provided, Elastic Beanstalk uses a sample application.

BuildConfiguration

Settings for an AWS CodeBuild build.

AutoCreateApplication

Set to true to create an application with the specified name if it doesn't already exist.

Process

Pre-processes and validates the environment manifest (env.yaml) and configuration files (⁠*.config⁠ files in the .ebextensions folder) in the source bundle. Validating configuration files can identify issues prior to deploying the application version to an environment.

You must turn processing on for application versions that you create using AWS CodeBuild or AWS CodeCommit. For application versions built from a source bundle in Amazon S3, processing is optional.

The Process option validates Elastic Beanstalk configuration files. It doesn't validate your application's configuration files, like proxy server or Docker configuration.

Tags

Specifies the tags applied to the application version.

Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the application version. Environments that use the application version don't inherit the tags.


Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application

Description

Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application. You define application configuration settings in a configuration template. You can then use the configuration template to deploy different versions of the application with the same configuration settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_configuration_template(
  ApplicationName,
  TemplateName,
  SolutionStackName = NULL,
  PlatformArn = NULL,
  SourceConfiguration = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  OptionSettings = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the Elastic Beanstalk application to associate with this configuration template.

TemplateName

[required] The name of the configuration template.

Constraint: This name must be unique per application.

SolutionStackName

The name of an Elastic Beanstalk solution stack (platform version) that this configuration uses. For example, ⁠64bit Amazon Linux 2013.09 running Tomcat 7 Java 7⁠. A solution stack specifies the operating system, runtime, and application server for a configuration template. It also determines the set of configuration options as well as the possible and default values. For more information, see Supported Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

You must specify SolutionStackName if you don't specify PlatformArn, EnvironmentId, or SourceConfiguration.

Use the list_available_solution_stacks API to obtain a list of available solution stacks.

PlatformArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom platform. For more information, see Custom Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

If you specify PlatformArn, then don't specify SolutionStackName.

SourceConfiguration

An Elastic Beanstalk configuration template to base this one on. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk uses the configuration values from the specified configuration template to create a new configuration.

Values specified in OptionSettings override any values obtained from the SourceConfiguration.

You must specify SourceConfiguration if you don't specify PlatformArn, EnvironmentId, or SolutionStackName.

Constraint: If both solution stack name and source configuration are specified, the solution stack of the source configuration template must match the specified solution stack name.

EnvironmentId

The ID of an environment whose settings you want to use to create the configuration template. You must specify EnvironmentId if you don't specify PlatformArn, SolutionStackName, or SourceConfiguration.

Description

An optional description for this configuration.

OptionSettings

Option values for the Elastic Beanstalk configuration, such as the instance type. If specified, these values override the values obtained from the solution stack or the source configuration template. For a complete list of Elastic Beanstalk configuration options, see Option Values in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

Tags

Specifies the tags applied to the configuration template.


Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration

Description

Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_environment(
  ApplicationName,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  CNAMEPrefix = NULL,
  Tier = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  VersionLabel = NULL,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  SolutionStackName = NULL,
  PlatformArn = NULL,
  OptionSettings = NULL,
  OptionsToRemove = NULL,
  OperationsRole = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application that is associated with this environment.

EnvironmentName

A unique name for the environment.

Constraint: Must be from 4 to 40 characters in length. The name can contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens. It can't start or end with a hyphen. This name must be unique within a region in your account. If the specified name already exists in the region, Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

If you don't specify the CNAMEPrefix parameter, the environment name becomes part of the CNAME, and therefore part of the visible URL for your application.

GroupName

The name of the group to which the target environment belongs. Specify a group name only if the environment's name is specified in an environment manifest and not with the environment name parameter. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details.

Description

Your description for this environment.

CNAMEPrefix

If specified, the environment attempts to use this value as the prefix for the CNAME in your Elastic Beanstalk environment URL. If not specified, the CNAME is generated automatically by appending a random alphanumeric string to the environment name.

Tier

Specifies the tier to use in creating this environment. The environment tier that you choose determines whether Elastic Beanstalk provisions resources to support a web application that handles HTTP(S) requests or a web application that handles background-processing tasks.

Tags

Specifies the tags applied to resources in the environment.

VersionLabel

The name of the application version to deploy.

Default: If not specified, Elastic Beanstalk attempts to deploy the sample application.

TemplateName

The name of the Elastic Beanstalk configuration template to use with the environment.

If you specify TemplateName, then don't specify SolutionStackName.

SolutionStackName

The name of an Elastic Beanstalk solution stack (platform version) to use with the environment. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk sets the configuration values to the default values associated with the specified solution stack. For a list of current solution stacks, see Elastic Beanstalk Supported Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Platforms guide.

If you specify SolutionStackName, don't specify PlatformArn or TemplateName.

PlatformArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom platform to use with the environment. For more information, see Custom Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

If you specify PlatformArn, don't specify SolutionStackName.

OptionSettings

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk sets the specified configuration options to the requested value in the configuration set for the new environment. These override the values obtained from the solution stack or the configuration template.

OptionsToRemove

A list of custom user-defined configuration options to remove from the configuration set for this new environment.

OperationsRole

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to be used as the environment's operations role. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk uses the operations role for permissions to downstream services during this call and during subsequent calls acting on this environment. To specify an operations role, you must have the iam:PassRole permission for the role. For more information, see Operations roles in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.


Create a new version of your custom platform

Description

Create a new version of your custom platform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_platform_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_platform_version(
  PlatformName,
  PlatformVersion,
  PlatformDefinitionBundle,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  OptionSettings = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

PlatformName

[required] The name of your custom platform.

PlatformVersion

[required] The number, such as 1.0.2, for the new platform version.

PlatformDefinitionBundle

[required] The location of the platform definition archive in Amazon S3.

EnvironmentName

The name of the builder environment.

OptionSettings

The configuration option settings to apply to the builder environment.

Tags

Specifies the tags applied to the new platform version.

Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the platform version. Environments that you create using the platform version don't inherit the tags.


Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments

Description

Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI call this API the first time you create an environment in a region. If the storage location already exists, create_storage_location still returns the bucket name but does not create a new bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_storage_location/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_create_storage_location()

Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations

Description

Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations. The application versions will not be deleted from your Amazon S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_delete_application(
  ApplicationName,
  TerminateEnvByForce = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to delete.

TerminateEnvByForce

When set to true, running environments will be terminated before deleting the application.


Deletes the specified version from the specified application

Description

Deletes the specified version from the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_application_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_delete_application_version(
  ApplicationName,
  VersionLabel,
  DeleteSourceBundle = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to which the version belongs.

VersionLabel

[required] The label of the version to delete.

DeleteSourceBundle

Set to true to delete the source bundle from your storage bucket. Otherwise, the application version is deleted only from Elastic Beanstalk and the source bundle remains in Amazon S3.


Deletes the specified configuration template

Description

Deletes the specified configuration template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_delete_configuration_template(ApplicationName, TemplateName)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to delete the configuration template from.

TemplateName

[required] The name of the configuration template to delete.


Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment

Description

Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_environment_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_delete_environment_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  EnvironmentName
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application the environment is associated with.

EnvironmentName

[required] The name of the environment to delete the draft configuration from.


Deletes the specified version of a custom platform

Description

Deletes the specified version of a custom platform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_platform_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_delete_platform_version(PlatformArn = NULL)

Arguments

PlatformArn

The ARN of the version of the custom platform.


Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account

Description

Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_account_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_account_attributes()

Retrieve a list of application versions

Description

Retrieve a list of application versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_application_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_application_versions(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  VersionLabels = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

Specify an application name to show only application versions for that application.

VersionLabels

Specify a version label to show a specific application version.

MaxRecords

For a paginated request. Specify a maximum number of application versions to include in each response.

If no MaxRecords is specified, all available application versions are retrieved in a single response.

NextToken

For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If no NextToken is specified, the first page is retrieved.


Returns the descriptions of existing applications

Description

Returns the descriptions of existing applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_applications(ApplicationNames = NULL)

Arguments

ApplicationNames

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to only include those with the specified names.


Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines

Description

Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines. The description includes the values the options, their default values, and an indication of the required action on a running environment if an option value is changed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_options(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  SolutionStackName = NULL,
  PlatformArn = NULL,
  Options = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

The name of the application associated with the configuration template or environment. Only needed if you want to describe the configuration options associated with either the configuration template or environment.

TemplateName

The name of the configuration template whose configuration options you want to describe.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment whose configuration options you want to describe.

SolutionStackName

The name of the solution stack whose configuration options you want to describe.

PlatformArn

The ARN of the custom platform.

Options

If specified, restricts the descriptions to only the specified options.


Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment

Description

Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_settings(
  ApplicationName,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The application for the environment or configuration template.

TemplateName

The name of the configuration template to describe.

Conditional: You must specify either this parameter or an EnvironmentName, but not both. If you specify both, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterCombination error. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns a MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to describe.

Condition: You must specify either this or a TemplateName, but not both. If you specify both, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterCombination error. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.


Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment

Description

Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment. The DescribeEnvironmentHealth operation is only available with AWS Elastic Beanstalk Enhanced Health.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_health(
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  AttributeNames = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

Specify the environment by name.

You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.

EnvironmentId

Specify the environment by ID.

You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.

AttributeNames

Specify the response elements to return. To retrieve all attributes, set to All. If no attribute names are specified, returns the name of the environment.


Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions

Description

Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_action_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_action_history(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The environment ID of the target environment.

EnvironmentName

The name of the target environment.

NextToken

The pagination token returned by a previous request.

MaxItems

The maximum number of items to return for a single request.


Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions

Description

Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_actions(
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

The name of the target environment.

EnvironmentId

The environment ID of the target environment.

Status

To show only actions with a particular status, specify a status.


Returns AWS resources for this environment

Description

Returns AWS resources for this environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_resources(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment to retrieve AWS resource usage data.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to retrieve AWS resource usage data.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.


Returns descriptions for existing environments

Description

Returns descriptions for existing environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_environments(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  VersionLabel = NULL,
  EnvironmentIds = NULL,
  EnvironmentNames = NULL,
  IncludeDeleted = NULL,
  IncludedDeletedBackTo = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that are associated with this application.

VersionLabel

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that are associated with this application version.

EnvironmentIds

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that have the specified IDs.

EnvironmentNames

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that have the specified names.

IncludeDeleted

Indicates whether to include deleted environments:

true: Environments that have been deleted after IncludedDeletedBackTo are displayed.

false: Do not include deleted environments.

IncludedDeletedBackTo

If specified when IncludeDeleted is set to true, then environments deleted after this date are displayed.

MaxRecords

For a paginated request. Specify a maximum number of environments to include in each response.

If no MaxRecords is specified, all available environments are retrieved in a single response.

NextToken

For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If no NextToken is specified, the first page is retrieved.


Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks

Description

Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_events(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  VersionLabel = NULL,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  PlatformArn = NULL,
  RequestId = NULL,
  Severity = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those associated with this application.

VersionLabel

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this application version.

TemplateName

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those that are associated with this environment configuration.

EnvironmentId

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this environment.

EnvironmentName

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this environment.

PlatformArn

The ARN of a custom platform version. If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this custom platform version.

RequestId

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the described events to include only those associated with this request ID.

Severity

If specified, limits the events returned from this call to include only those with the specified severity or higher.

StartTime

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those that occur on or after this time.

EndTime

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those that occur up to, but not including, the EndTime.

MaxRecords

Specifies the maximum number of events that can be returned, beginning with the most recent event.

NextToken

Pagination token. If specified, the events return the next batch of results.


Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk

Description

Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk. This operation requires enhanced health reporting.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_instances_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_instances_health(
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  AttributeNames = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

Specify the AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment by name.

EnvironmentId

Specify the AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment by ID.

AttributeNames

Specifies the response elements you wish to receive. To retrieve all attributes, set to All. If no attribute names are specified, returns a list of instances.

NextToken

Specify the pagination token returned by a previous call.


Describes a platform version

Description

Describes a platform version. Provides full details. Compare to list_platform_versions, which provides summary information about a list of platform versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_platform_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_describe_platform_version(PlatformArn = NULL)

Arguments

PlatformArn

The ARN of the platform version.


Disassociate the operations role from an environment

Description

Disassociate the operations role from an environment. After this call is made, Elastic Beanstalk uses the caller's permissions for permissions to downstream services during subsequent calls acting on this environment. For more information, see Operations roles in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_disassociate_environment_operations_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_disassociate_environment_operations_role(EnvironmentName)

Arguments

EnvironmentName

[required] The name of the environment from which to disassociate the operations role.


Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order

Description

Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_available_solution_stacks/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_list_available_solution_stacks()

Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region

Description

Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region. Provides summary information about each platform branch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_branches/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_branches(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Criteria for restricting the resulting list of platform branches. The filter is evaluated as a logical conjunction (AND) of the separate SearchFilter terms.

The following list shows valid attribute values for each of the SearchFilter terms. Most operators take a single value. The ⁠in⁠ and not_in operators can take multiple values.

  • Attribute = BranchName:

    • Operator: = | != | begins_with | ends_with | contains | ⁠in⁠ | not_in

  • Attribute = LifecycleState:

    • Operator: = | != | ⁠in⁠ | not_in

    • Values: beta | supported | deprecated | retired

  • Attribute = PlatformName:

    • Operator: = | != | begins_with | ends_with | contains | ⁠in⁠ | not_in

  • Attribute = TierType:

    • Operator: = | !=

    • Values: WebServer/Standard | Worker/SQS/HTTP

Array size: limited to 10 SearchFilter objects.

Within each SearchFilter item, the Values array is limited to 10 items.

MaxRecords

The maximum number of platform branch values returned in one call.

NextToken

For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If no NextToken is specified, the first page is retrieved.


Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region

Description

Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region. Provides summary information about each platform version. Compare to describe_platform_version, which provides full details about a single platform version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_versions(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Criteria for restricting the resulting list of platform versions. The filter is interpreted as a logical conjunction (AND) of the separate PlatformFilter terms.

MaxRecords

The maximum number of platform version values returned in one call.

NextToken

For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request.

If no NextToken is specified, the first page is retrieved.


Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource

Description

Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource. The response contains a list of tag key-value pairs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resouce for which a tag list is requested.

Must be the ARN of an Elastic Beanstalk resource.


Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc

Description

Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc.) for a specified environment and forces a restart.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_rebuild_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_rebuild_environment(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment to rebuild.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to rebuild.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.


Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment

Description

Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_request_environment_info/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_request_environment_info(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  InfoType
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment of the requested data.

If no such environment is found, request_environment_info returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment of the requested data.

If no such environment is found, request_environment_info returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

InfoType

[required] The type of information to request.


Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance

Description

Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_restart_app_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_restart_app_server(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment to restart the server for.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to restart the server for.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.


Retrieves the compiled information from a RequestEnvironmentInfo request

Description

Retrieves the compiled information from a request_environment_info request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_retrieve_environment_info/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_retrieve_environment_info(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  InfoType
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the data's environment.

If no such environment is found, returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the data's environment.

If no such environment is found, returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

InfoType

[required] The type of information to retrieve.


Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments

Description

Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_swap_environment_cnam_es/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_swap_environment_cnam_es(
  SourceEnvironmentId = NULL,
  SourceEnvironmentName = NULL,
  DestinationEnvironmentId = NULL,
  DestinationEnvironmentName = NULL
)

Arguments

SourceEnvironmentId

The ID of the source environment.

Condition: You must specify at least the SourceEnvironmentID or the SourceEnvironmentName. You may also specify both. If you specify the SourceEnvironmentId, you must specify the DestinationEnvironmentId.

SourceEnvironmentName

The name of the source environment.

Condition: You must specify at least the SourceEnvironmentID or the SourceEnvironmentName. You may also specify both. If you specify the SourceEnvironmentName, you must specify the DestinationEnvironmentName.

DestinationEnvironmentId

The ID of the destination environment.

Condition: You must specify at least the DestinationEnvironmentID or the DestinationEnvironmentName. You may also specify both. You must specify the SourceEnvironmentId with the DestinationEnvironmentId.

DestinationEnvironmentName

The name of the destination environment.

Condition: You must specify at least the DestinationEnvironmentID or the DestinationEnvironmentName. You may also specify both. You must specify the SourceEnvironmentName with the DestinationEnvironmentName.


Terminates the specified environment

Description

Terminates the specified environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_terminate_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_terminate_environment(
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  TerminateResources = NULL,
  ForceTerminate = NULL
)

Arguments

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment to terminate.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to terminate.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

TerminateResources

Indicates whether the associated AWS resources should shut down when the environment is terminated:

  • true: The specified environment as well as the associated AWS resources, such as Auto Scaling group and LoadBalancer, are terminated.

  • false: AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource management is removed from the environment, but the AWS resources continue to operate.

For more information, see the AWS Elastic Beanstalk User Guide.

Default: true

Valid Values: true | false

ForceTerminate

Terminates the target environment even if another environment in the same group is dependent on it.


Updates the specified application to have the specified properties

Description

Updates the specified application to have the specified properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_application(ApplicationName, Description = NULL)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to update. If no such application is found, update_application returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Description

A new description for the application.

Default: If not specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk does not update the description.


Modifies lifecycle settings for an application

Description

Modifies lifecycle settings for an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application_resource_lifecycle/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_application_resource_lifecycle(
  ApplicationName,
  ResourceLifecycleConfig
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

ResourceLifecycleConfig

[required] The lifecycle configuration.


Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties

Description

Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_application_version(
  ApplicationName,
  VersionLabel,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application associated with this version.

If no application is found with this name, update_application returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

VersionLabel

[required] The name of the version to update.

If no application version is found with this label, update_application returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Description

A new description for this version.


Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values

Description

Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_configuration_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_configuration_template(
  ApplicationName,
  TemplateName,
  Description = NULL,
  OptionSettings = NULL,
  OptionsToRemove = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application associated with the configuration template to update.

If no application is found with this name, update_configuration_template returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

TemplateName

[required] The name of the configuration template to update.

If no configuration template is found with this name, update_configuration_template returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Description

A new description for the configuration.

OptionSettings

A list of configuration option settings to update with the new specified option value.

OptionsToRemove

A list of configuration options to remove from the configuration set.

Constraint: You can remove only UserDefined configuration options.


Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment

Description

Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_environment(
  ApplicationName = NULL,
  EnvironmentId = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  GroupName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tier = NULL,
  VersionLabel = NULL,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  SolutionStackName = NULL,
  PlatformArn = NULL,
  OptionSettings = NULL,
  OptionsToRemove = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

The name of the application with which the environment is associated.

EnvironmentId

The ID of the environment to update.

If no environment with this ID exists, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to update. If no environment with this name exists, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns MissingRequiredParameter error.

GroupName

The name of the group to which the target environment belongs. Specify a group name only if the environment's name is specified in an environment manifest and not with the environment name or environment ID parameters. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details.

Description

If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk updates the description of this environment.

Tier

This specifies the tier to use to update the environment.

Condition: At this time, if you change the tier version, name, or type, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns InvalidParameterValue error.

VersionLabel

If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk deploys the named application version to the environment. If no such application version is found, returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

TemplateName

If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk deploys this configuration template to the environment. If no such configuration template is found, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an InvalidParameterValue error.

SolutionStackName

This specifies the platform version that the environment will run after the environment is updated.

PlatformArn

The ARN of the platform, if used.

OptionSettings

If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk updates the configuration set associated with the running environment and sets the specified configuration options to the requested value.

OptionsToRemove

A list of custom user-defined configuration options to remove from the configuration set for this environment.


Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource

Description

Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource. Two lists can be passed: TagsToAdd for tags to add or update, and TagsToRemove.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_update_tags_for_resource(
  ResourceArn,
  TagsToAdd = NULL,
  TagsToRemove = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resouce to be updated.

Must be the ARN of an Elastic Beanstalk resource.

TagsToAdd

A list of tags to add or update. If a key of an existing tag is added, the tag's value is updated.

Specify at least one of these parameters: TagsToAdd, TagsToRemove.

TagsToRemove

A list of tag keys to remove. If a tag key doesn't exist, it is silently ignored.

Specify at least one of these parameters: TagsToAdd, TagsToRemove.


Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid

Description

Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_validate_configuration_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticbeanstalk_validate_configuration_settings(
  ApplicationName,
  TemplateName = NULL,
  EnvironmentName = NULL,
  OptionSettings
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application that the configuration template or environment belongs to.

TemplateName

The name of the configuration template to validate the settings against.

Condition: You cannot specify both this and an environment name.

EnvironmentName

The name of the environment to validate the settings against.

Condition: You cannot specify both this and a configuration template name.

OptionSettings

[required] A list of the options and desired values to evaluate.


Amazon EMR Containers

Description

Amazon EMR on EKS provides a deployment option for Amazon EMR that allows you to run open-source big data frameworks on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). With this deployment option, you can focus on running analytics workloads while Amazon EMR on EKS builds, configures, and manages containers for open-source applications. For more information about Amazon EMR on EKS concepts and tasks, see What is Amazon EMR on EKS.

Amazon EMR containers is the API name for Amazon EMR on EKS. The emr-containers prefix is used in the following scenarios:

Usage

emrcontainers(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- emrcontainers(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_job_run Cancels a job run
create_job_template Creates a job template
create_managed_endpoint Creates a managed endpoint
create_security_configuration Creates a security configuration
create_virtual_cluster Creates a virtual cluster
delete_job_template Deletes a job template
delete_managed_endpoint Deletes a managed endpoint
delete_virtual_cluster Deletes a virtual cluster
describe_job_run Displays detailed information about a job run
describe_job_template Displays detailed information about a specified job template
describe_managed_endpoint Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint
describe_security_configuration Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration
describe_virtual_cluster Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster
get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint
list_job_runs Lists job runs based on a set of parameters
list_job_templates Lists job templates based on a set of parameters
list_managed_endpoints Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters
list_security_configurations Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags assigned to the resources
list_virtual_clusters Lists information about the specified virtual cluster
start_job_run Starts a job run
tag_resource Assigns tags to resources
untag_resource Removes tags from resources

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- emrcontainers()
svc$cancel_job_run(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels a job run

Description

Cancels a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_cancel_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_cancel_job_run(id, virtualClusterId)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the job run to cancel.

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which the job run will be canceled.


Creates a job template

Description

Creates a job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_job_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_create_job_template(
  name,
  clientToken,
  jobTemplateData,
  tags = NULL,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The specified name of the job template.

clientToken

[required] The client token of the job template.

jobTemplateData

[required] The job template data which holds values of StartJobRun API request.

tags

The tags that are associated with the job template.

kmsKeyArn

The KMS key ARN used to encrypt the job template.


Creates a managed endpoint

Description

Creates a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_create_managed_endpoint(
  name,
  virtualClusterId,
  type,
  releaseLabel,
  executionRoleArn,
  certificateArn = NULL,
  configurationOverrides = NULL,
  clientToken,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the managed endpoint.

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which a managed endpoint is created.

type

[required] The type of the managed endpoint.

releaseLabel

[required] The Amazon EMR release version.

executionRoleArn

[required] The ARN of the execution role.

certificateArn

The certificate ARN provided by users for the managed endpoint. This field is under deprecation and will be removed in future releases.

configurationOverrides

The configuration settings that will be used to override existing configurations.

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token for this create call.

tags

The tags of the managed endpoint.


Creates a security configuration

Description

Creates a security configuration. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_create_security_configuration(
  clientToken,
  name,
  securityConfigurationData,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token to use when creating the security configuration.

name

[required] The name of the security configuration.

securityConfigurationData

[required] Security configuration input for the request.

tags

The tags to add to the security configuration.


Creates a virtual cluster

Description

Creates a virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_create_virtual_cluster(
  name,
  containerProvider,
  clientToken,
  tags = NULL,
  securityConfigurationId = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The specified name of the virtual cluster.

containerProvider

[required] The container provider of the virtual cluster.

clientToken

[required] The client token of the virtual cluster.

tags

The tags assigned to the virtual cluster.

securityConfigurationId

The ID of the security configuration.


Deletes a job template

Description

Deletes a job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_job_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_delete_job_template(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the job template that will be deleted.


Deletes a managed endpoint

Description

Deletes a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_delete_managed_endpoint(id, virtualClusterId)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the managed endpoint.

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the endpoint's virtual cluster.


Deletes a virtual cluster

Description

Deletes a virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_delete_virtual_cluster(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster that will be deleted.


Displays detailed information about a job run

Description

Displays detailed information about a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_describe_job_run(id, virtualClusterId)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the job run request.

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which the job run is submitted.


Displays detailed information about a specified job template

Description

Displays detailed information about a specified job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_job_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_describe_job_template(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the job template that will be described.


Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint

Description

Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_describe_managed_endpoint(id, virtualClusterId)

Arguments

id

[required] This output displays ID of the managed endpoint.

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the endpoint's virtual cluster.


Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration

Description

Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_describe_security_configuration(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the security configuration.


Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster

Description

Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_describe_virtual_cluster(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster that will be described.


Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint

Description

Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials(
  endpointIdentifier,
  virtualClusterIdentifier,
  executionRoleArn,
  credentialType,
  durationInSeconds = NULL,
  logContext = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

endpointIdentifier

[required] The ARN of the managed endpoint for which the request is submitted.

virtualClusterIdentifier

[required] The ARN of the Virtual Cluster which the Managed Endpoint belongs to.

executionRoleArn

[required] The IAM Execution Role ARN that will be used by the job run.

credentialType

[required] Type of the token requested. Currently supported and default value of this field is “TOKEN.”

durationInSeconds

Duration in seconds for which the session token is valid. The default duration is 15 minutes and the maximum is 12 hours.

logContext

String identifier used to separate sections of the execution logs uploaded to S3.

clientToken

The client idempotency token of the job run request.


Lists job runs based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists job runs based on a set of parameters. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_job_runs(
  virtualClusterId,
  createdBefore = NULL,
  createdAfter = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  states = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which to list the job run.

createdBefore

The date and time before which the job runs were submitted.

createdAfter

The date and time after which the job runs were submitted.

name

The name of the job run.

states

The states of the job run.

maxResults

The maximum number of job runs that can be listed.

nextToken

The token for the next set of job runs to return.


Lists job templates based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists job templates based on a set of parameters. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_job_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_job_templates(
  createdAfter = NULL,
  createdBefore = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

createdAfter

The date and time after which the job templates were created.

createdBefore

The date and time before which the job templates were created.

maxResults

The maximum number of job templates that can be listed.

nextToken

The token for the next set of job templates to return.


Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_managed_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_managed_endpoints(
  virtualClusterId,
  createdBefore = NULL,
  createdAfter = NULL,
  types = NULL,
  states = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

virtualClusterId

[required] The ID of the virtual cluster.

createdBefore

The date and time before which the endpoints are created.

createdAfter

The date and time after which the endpoints are created.

types

The types of the managed endpoints.

states

The states of the managed endpoints.

maxResults

The maximum number of managed endpoints that can be listed.

nextToken

The token for the next set of managed endpoints to return.


Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_security_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_security_configurations(
  createdAfter = NULL,
  createdBefore = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

createdAfter

The date and time after which the security configuration was created.

createdBefore

The date and time before which the security configuration was created.

maxResults

The maximum number of security configurations the operation can list.

nextToken

The token for the next set of security configurations to return.


Lists the tags assigned to the resources

Description

Lists the tags assigned to the resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of tagged resources.


Lists information about the specified virtual cluster

Description

Lists information about the specified virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_virtual_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_list_virtual_clusters(
  containerProviderId = NULL,
  containerProviderType = NULL,
  createdAfter = NULL,
  createdBefore = NULL,
  states = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  eksAccessEntryIntegrated = NULL
)

Arguments

containerProviderId

The container provider ID of the virtual cluster.

containerProviderType

The container provider type of the virtual cluster. Amazon EKS is the only supported type as of now.

createdAfter

The date and time after which the virtual clusters are created.

createdBefore

The date and time before which the virtual clusters are created.

states

The states of the requested virtual clusters.

maxResults

The maximum number of virtual clusters that can be listed.

nextToken

The token for the next set of virtual clusters to return.

eksAccessEntryIntegrated

Optional Boolean that specifies whether the operation should return the virtual clusters that have the access entry integration enabled or disabled. If not specified, the operation returns all applicable virtual clusters.


Starts a job run

Description

Starts a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_start_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_start_job_run(
  name = NULL,
  virtualClusterId,
  clientToken,
  executionRoleArn = NULL,
  releaseLabel = NULL,
  jobDriver = NULL,
  configurationOverrides = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  jobTemplateId = NULL,
  jobTemplateParameters = NULL,
  retryPolicyConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

name

The name of the job run.

virtualClusterId

[required] The virtual cluster ID for which the job run request is submitted.

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token of the job run request.

executionRoleArn

The execution role ARN for the job run.

releaseLabel

The Amazon EMR release version to use for the job run.

jobDriver

The job driver for the job run.

configurationOverrides

The configuration overrides for the job run.

tags

The tags assigned to job runs.

jobTemplateId

The job template ID to be used to start the job run.

jobTemplateParameters

The values of job template parameters to start a job run.

retryPolicyConfiguration

The retry policy configuration for the job run.


Assigns tags to resources

Description

Assigns tags to resources. A tag is a label that you assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tags enable you to categorize your Amazon Web Services resources by attributes such as purpose, owner, or environment. When you have many resources of the same type, you can quickly identify a specific resource based on the tags you've assigned to it. For example, you can define a set of tags for your Amazon EMR on EKS clusters to help you track each cluster's owner and stack level. We recommend that you devise a consistent set of tag keys for each resource type. You can then search and filter the resources based on the tags that you add.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of resources.

tags

[required] The tags assigned to resources.


Removes tags from resources

Description

Removes tags from resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrcontainers_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of resources.

tagKeys

[required] The tag keys of the resources.


EMR Serverless

Description

Amazon EMR Serverless is a new deployment option for Amazon EMR. Amazon EMR Serverless provides a serverless runtime environment that simplifies running analytics applications using the latest open source frameworks such as Apache Spark and Apache Hive. With Amazon EMR Serverless, you don’t have to configure, optimize, secure, or operate clusters to run applications with these frameworks.

The API reference to Amazon EMR Serverless is emr-serverless. The emr-serverless prefix is used in the following scenarios:

Usage

emrserverless(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- emrserverless(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_job_run Cancels a job run
create_application Creates an application
delete_application Deletes an application
get_application Displays detailed information about a specified application
get_dashboard_for_job_run Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run
get_job_run Displays detailed information about a job run
list_applications Lists applications based on a set of parameters
list_job_run_attempts Lists all attempt of a job run
list_job_runs Lists job runs based on a set of parameters
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags assigned to the resources
start_application Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured
start_job_run Starts a job run
stop_application Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured
tag_resource Assigns tags to resources
untag_resource Removes tags from resources
update_application Updates a specified application

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- emrserverless()
svc$cancel_job_run(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels a job run

Description

Cancels a job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_cancel_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_cancel_job_run(applicationId, jobRunId)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application on which the job run will be canceled.

jobRunId

[required] The ID of the job run to cancel.


Creates an application

Description

Creates an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_create_application(
  name = NULL,
  releaseLabel,
  type,
  clientToken,
  initialCapacity = NULL,
  maximumCapacity = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  autoStartConfiguration = NULL,
  autoStopConfiguration = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  architecture = NULL,
  imageConfiguration = NULL,
  workerTypeSpecifications = NULL,
  runtimeConfiguration = NULL,
  monitoringConfiguration = NULL,
  interactiveConfiguration = NULL,
  schedulerConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

name

The name of the application.

releaseLabel

[required] The Amazon EMR release associated with the application.

type

[required] The type of application you want to start, such as Spark or Hive.

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token of the application to create. Its value must be unique for each request.

initialCapacity

The capacity to initialize when the application is created.

maximumCapacity

The maximum capacity to allocate when the application is created. This is cumulative across all workers at any given point in time, not just when an application is created. No new resources will be created once any one of the defined limits is hit.

tags

The tags assigned to the application.

autoStartConfiguration

The configuration for an application to automatically start on job submission.

autoStopConfiguration

The configuration for an application to automatically stop after a certain amount of time being idle.

networkConfiguration

The network configuration for customer VPC connectivity.

architecture

The CPU architecture of an application.

imageConfiguration

The image configuration for all worker types. You can either set this parameter or imageConfiguration for each worker type in workerTypeSpecifications.

workerTypeSpecifications

The key-value pairs that specify worker type to WorkerTypeSpecificationInput. This parameter must contain all valid worker types for a Spark or Hive application. Valid worker types include Driver and Executor for Spark applications and HiveDriver and TezTask for Hive applications. You can either set image details in this parameter for each worker type, or in imageConfiguration for all worker types.

runtimeConfiguration

The Configuration specifications to use when creating an application. Each configuration consists of a classification and properties. This configuration is applied to all the job runs submitted under the application.

monitoringConfiguration

The configuration setting for monitoring.

interactiveConfiguration

The interactive configuration object that enables the interactive use cases to use when running an application.

schedulerConfiguration

The scheduler configuration for batch and streaming jobs running on this application. Supported with release labels emr-7.0.0 and above.


Deletes an application

Description

Deletes an application. An application has to be in a stopped or created state in order to be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_delete_application(applicationId)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application that will be deleted.


Displays detailed information about a specified application

Description

Displays detailed information about a specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_get_application(applicationId)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application that will be described.


Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run

Description

Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_dashboard_for_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_get_dashboard_for_job_run(
  applicationId,
  jobRunId,
  attempt = NULL,
  accessSystemProfileLogs = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application.

jobRunId

[required] The ID of the job run.

attempt

An optimal parameter that indicates the amount of attempts for the job. If not specified, this value defaults to the attempt of the latest job.

accessSystemProfileLogs

Allows access to system profile logs for Lake Formation-enabled jobs. Default is false.


Displays detailed information about a job run

Description

Displays detailed information about a job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_get_job_run(applicationId, jobRunId, attempt = NULL)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application on which the job run is submitted.

jobRunId

[required] The ID of the job run.

attempt

An optimal parameter that indicates the amount of attempts for the job. If not specified, this value defaults to the attempt of the latest job.


Lists applications based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists applications based on a set of parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_list_applications(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  states = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token for the next set of application results.

maxResults

The maximum number of applications that can be listed.

states

An optional filter for application states. Note that if this filter contains multiple states, the resulting list will be grouped by the state.


Lists all attempt of a job run

Description

Lists all attempt of a job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_job_run_attempts/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_list_job_run_attempts(
  applicationId,
  jobRunId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application for which to list job runs.

jobRunId

[required] The ID of the job run to list.

nextToken

The token for the next set of job run attempt results.

maxResults

The maximum number of job run attempts to list.


Lists job runs based on a set of parameters

Description

Lists job runs based on a set of parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_list_job_runs(
  applicationId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  createdAtAfter = NULL,
  createdAtBefore = NULL,
  states = NULL,
  mode = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application for which to list the job run.

nextToken

The token for the next set of job run results.

maxResults

The maximum number of job runs that can be listed.

createdAtAfter

The lower bound of the option to filter by creation date and time.

createdAtBefore

The upper bound of the option to filter by creation date and time.

states

An optional filter for job run states. Note that if this filter contains multiple states, the resulting list will be grouped by the state.

mode

The mode of the job runs to list.


Lists the tags assigned to the resources

Description

Lists the tags assigned to the resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs.


Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured

Description

Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_start_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_start_application(applicationId)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application to start.


Starts a job run

Description

Starts a job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_start_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_start_job_run(
  applicationId,
  clientToken,
  executionRoleArn,
  jobDriver = NULL,
  configurationOverrides = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  executionTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  mode = NULL,
  retryPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application on which to run the job.

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token of the job run to start. Its value must be unique for each request.

executionRoleArn

[required] The execution role ARN for the job run.

jobDriver

The job driver for the job run.

configurationOverrides

The configuration overrides for the job run.

tags

The tags assigned to the job run.

executionTimeoutMinutes

The maximum duration for the job run to run. If the job run runs beyond this duration, it will be automatically cancelled.

name

The optional job run name. This doesn't have to be unique.

mode

The mode of the job run when it starts.

retryPolicy

The retry policy when job run starts.


Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured

Description

Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured. All scheduled and running jobs must be completed or cancelled before stopping an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_stop_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_stop_application(applicationId)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application to stop.


Assigns tags to resources

Description

Assigns tags to resources. A tag is a label that you assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tags enable you to categorize your Amazon Web Services resources by attributes such as purpose, owner, or environment. When you have many resources of the same type, you can quickly identify a specific resource based on the tags you've assigned to it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs.

tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs.


Removes tags from resources

Description

Removes tags from resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to be removed.


Updates a specified application

Description

Updates a specified application. An application has to be in a stopped or created state in order to be updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

emrserverless_update_application(
  applicationId,
  clientToken,
  initialCapacity = NULL,
  maximumCapacity = NULL,
  autoStartConfiguration = NULL,
  autoStopConfiguration = NULL,
  networkConfiguration = NULL,
  architecture = NULL,
  imageConfiguration = NULL,
  workerTypeSpecifications = NULL,
  interactiveConfiguration = NULL,
  releaseLabel = NULL,
  runtimeConfiguration = NULL,
  monitoringConfiguration = NULL,
  schedulerConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

applicationId

[required] The ID of the application to update.

clientToken

[required] The client idempotency token of the application to update. Its value must be unique for each request.

initialCapacity

The capacity to initialize when the application is updated.

maximumCapacity

The maximum capacity to allocate when the application is updated. This is cumulative across all workers at any given point in time during the lifespan of the application. No new resources will be created once any one of the defined limits is hit.

autoStartConfiguration

The configuration for an application to automatically start on job submission.

autoStopConfiguration

The configuration for an application to automatically stop after a certain amount of time being idle.

networkConfiguration
architecture

The CPU architecture of an application.

imageConfiguration

The image configuration to be used for all worker types. You can either set this parameter or imageConfiguration for each worker type in WorkerTypeSpecificationInput.

workerTypeSpecifications

The key-value pairs that specify worker type to WorkerTypeSpecificationInput. This parameter must contain all valid worker types for a Spark or Hive application. Valid worker types include Driver and Executor for Spark applications and HiveDriver and TezTask for Hive applications. You can either set image details in this parameter for each worker type, or in imageConfiguration for all worker types.

interactiveConfiguration

The interactive configuration object that contains new interactive use cases when the application is updated.

releaseLabel

The Amazon EMR release label for the application. You can change the release label to use a different release of Amazon EMR.

runtimeConfiguration

The Configuration specifications to use when updating an application. Each configuration consists of a classification and properties. This configuration is applied across all the job runs submitted under the application.

monitoringConfiguration

The configuration setting for monitoring.

schedulerConfiguration

The scheduler configuration for batch and streaming jobs running on this application. Supported with release labels emr-7.0.0 and above.


EC2 Image Builder

Description

EC2 Image Builder is a fully managed Amazon Web Services service that makes it easier to automate the creation, management, and deployment of customized, secure, and up-to-date "golden" server images that are pre-installed and pre-configured with software and settings to meet specific IT standards.

Usage

imagebuilder(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- imagebuilder(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_image_creation CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image
cancel_lifecycle_execution Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance
create_component Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image
create_container_recipe Creates a new container recipe
create_distribution_configuration Creates a new distribution configuration
create_image Creates a new image
create_image_pipeline Creates a new image pipeline
create_image_recipe Creates a new image recipe
create_infrastructure_configuration Creates a new infrastructure configuration
create_lifecycle_policy Create a lifecycle policy resource
create_workflow Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow
delete_component Deletes a component build version
delete_container_recipe Deletes a container recipe
delete_distribution_configuration Deletes a distribution configuration
delete_image Deletes an Image Builder image resource
delete_image_pipeline Deletes an image pipeline
delete_image_recipe Deletes an image recipe
delete_infrastructure_configuration Deletes an infrastructure configuration
delete_lifecycle_policy Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource
delete_workflow Deletes a specific workflow resource
get_component Gets a component object
get_component_policy Gets a component policy
get_container_recipe Retrieves a container recipe
get_container_recipe_policy Retrieves the policy for a container recipe
get_distribution_configuration Gets a distribution configuration
get_image Gets an image
get_image_pipeline Gets an image pipeline
get_image_policy Gets an image policy
get_image_recipe Gets an image recipe
get_image_recipe_policy Gets an image recipe policy
get_infrastructure_configuration Gets an infrastructure configuration
get_lifecycle_execution Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy
get_lifecycle_policy Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy
get_marketplace_resource Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource
get_workflow Get a workflow resource object
get_workflow_execution Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow
get_workflow_step_execution Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step
import_component Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document
import_disk_image Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file
import_vm_image When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data
list_component_build_versions Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
list_components Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters to streamline results
list_container_recipes Returns a list of container recipes
list_distribution_configurations Returns a list of distribution configurations
list_image_build_versions Returns a list of image build versions
list_image_packages List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time
list_image_pipeline_images Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline
list_image_pipelines Returns a list of image pipelines
list_image_recipes Returns a list of image recipes
list_images Returns the list of images that you have access to
list_image_scan_finding_aggregations Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account
list_image_scan_findings Returns a list of image scan findings for your account
list_infrastructure_configurations Returns a list of infrastructure configurations
list_lifecycle_execution_resources List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions
list_lifecycle_executions Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource
list_lifecycle_policies Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account
list_tags_for_resource Returns the list of tags for the specified resource
list_waiting_workflow_steps Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account
list_workflow_build_versions Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource
list_workflow_executions Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version
list_workflows Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters
list_workflow_step_executions Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request
put_component_policy Applies a policy to a component
put_container_recipe_policy Applies a policy to a container image
put_image_policy Applies a policy to an image
put_image_recipe_policy Applies a policy to an image recipe
send_workflow_step_action Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction step
start_image_pipeline_execution Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image
start_resource_state_update Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources
tag_resource Adds a tag to a resource
untag_resource Removes a tag from a resource
update_distribution_configuration Updates a new distribution configuration
update_image_pipeline Updates an image pipeline
update_infrastructure_configuration Updates a new infrastructure configuration
update_lifecycle_policy Update the specified lifecycle policy

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- imagebuilder()
svc$cancel_image_creation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image

Description

CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image. This operation can only be used on images in a non-terminal state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_cancel_image_creation/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_cancel_image_creation(imageBuildVersionArn, clientToken)

Arguments

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that you want to cancel creation for.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance

Description

Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_cancel_lifecycle_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_cancel_lifecycle_execution(lifecycleExecutionId, clientToken)

Arguments

lifecycleExecutionId

[required] Identifies the specific runtime instance of the image lifecycle to cancel.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image

Description

Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image. The component is based on a YAML document that you specify using exactly one of the following methods:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_component(
  name,
  semanticVersion,
  description = NULL,
  changeDescription = NULL,
  platform,
  supportedOsVersions = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  uri = NULL,
  kmsKeyId = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the component.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of the component. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node.

Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01.

description

Describes the contents of the component.

changeDescription

The change description of the component. Describes what change has been made in this version, or what makes this version different from other versions of the component.

platform

[required] The operating system platform of the component.

supportedOsVersions

The operating system (OS) version supported by the component. If the OS information is available, a prefix match is performed against the base image OS version during image recipe creation.

data

Component data contains inline YAML document content for the component. Alternatively, you can specify the uri of a YAML document file stored in Amazon S3. However, you cannot specify both properties.

uri

The uri of a YAML component document file. This must be an S3 URL (⁠s3://bucket/key⁠), and the requester must have permission to access the S3 bucket it points to. If you use Amazon S3, you can specify component content up to your service quota.

Alternatively, you can specify the YAML document inline, using the component data property. You cannot specify both properties.

kmsKeyId

The ID of the KMS key that is used to encrypt this component.

tags

The tags that apply to the component.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Creates a new container recipe

Description

Creates a new container recipe. Container recipes define how images are configured, tested, and assessed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_container_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_container_recipe(
  containerType,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  semanticVersion,
  components,
  instanceConfiguration = NULL,
  dockerfileTemplateData = NULL,
  dockerfileTemplateUri = NULL,
  platformOverride = NULL,
  imageOsVersionOverride = NULL,
  parentImage,
  tags = NULL,
  workingDirectory = NULL,
  targetRepository,
  kmsKeyId = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

containerType

[required] The type of container to create.

name

[required] The name of the container recipe.

description

The description of the container recipe.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of the container recipe. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node.

Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01.

components

[required] Components for build and test that are included in the container recipe. Recipes require a minimum of one build component, and can have a maximum of 20 build and test components in any combination.

instanceConfiguration

A group of options that can be used to configure an instance for building and testing container images.

dockerfileTemplateData

The Dockerfile template used to build your image as an inline data blob.

dockerfileTemplateUri

The Amazon S3 URI for the Dockerfile that will be used to build your container image.

platformOverride

Specifies the operating system platform when you use a custom base image.

imageOsVersionOverride

Specifies the operating system version for the base image.

parentImage

[required] The base image for the container recipe.

tags

Tags that are attached to the container recipe.

workingDirectory

The working directory for use during build and test workflows.

targetRepository

[required] The destination repository for the container image.

kmsKeyId

Identifies which KMS key is used to encrypt the Dockerfile template.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Creates a new distribution configuration

Description

Creates a new distribution configuration. Distribution configurations define and configure the outputs of your pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_distribution_configuration(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  distributions,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the distribution configuration.

description

The description of the distribution configuration.

distributions

[required] The distributions of the distribution configuration.

tags

The tags of the distribution configuration.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Creates a new image

Description

Creates a new image. This request will create a new image along with all of the configured output resources defined in the distribution configuration. You must specify exactly one recipe for your image, using either a ContainerRecipeArn or an ImageRecipeArn.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_image(
  imageRecipeArn = NULL,
  containerRecipeArn = NULL,
  distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
  infrastructureConfigurationArn,
  imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
  enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken,
  imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
  workflows = NULL,
  executionRole = NULL
)

Arguments

imageRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that defines how images are configured, tested, and assessed.

containerRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that defines how images are configured and tested.

distributionConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that defines and configures the outputs of your pipeline.

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested.

imageTestsConfiguration

The image tests configuration of the image.

enhancedImageMetadataEnabled

Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default.

tags

The tags of the image.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

imageScanningConfiguration

Contains settings for vulnerability scans.

workflows

Contains an array of workflow configuration objects.

executionRole

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions.


Creates a new image pipeline

Description

Creates a new image pipeline. Image pipelines enable you to automate the creation and distribution of images.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_image_pipeline(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  imageRecipeArn = NULL,
  containerRecipeArn = NULL,
  infrastructureConfigurationArn,
  distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
  imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
  enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
  schedule = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken,
  imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
  workflows = NULL,
  executionRole = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the image pipeline.

description

The description of the image pipeline.

imageRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that will be used to configure images created by this image pipeline.

containerRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that is used to configure images created by this container pipeline.

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that will be used to build images created by this image pipeline.

distributionConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that will be used to configure and distribute images created by this image pipeline.

imageTestsConfiguration

The image test configuration of the image pipeline.

enhancedImageMetadataEnabled

Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default.

schedule

The schedule of the image pipeline.

status

The status of the image pipeline.

tags

The tags of the image pipeline.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

imageScanningConfiguration

Contains settings for vulnerability scans.

workflows

Contains an array of workflow configuration objects.

executionRole

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions.


Creates a new image recipe

Description

Creates a new image recipe. Image recipes define how images are configured, tested, and assessed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_image_recipe(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  semanticVersion,
  components,
  parentImage,
  blockDeviceMappings = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  workingDirectory = NULL,
  additionalInstanceConfiguration = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the image recipe.

description

The description of the image recipe.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of the image recipe. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node.

Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01.

components

[required] The components included in the image recipe.

parentImage

[required] The base image of the image recipe. The value of the string can be the ARN of the base image or an AMI ID. The format for the ARN follows this example: arn:aws:imagebuilder:us-west-2:aws:image/windows-server-2016-english-full-base-x86/x.x.x. You can provide the specific version that you want to use, or you can use a wildcard in all of the fields. If you enter an AMI ID for the string value, you must have access to the AMI, and the AMI must be in the same Region in which you are using Image Builder.

blockDeviceMappings

The block device mappings of the image recipe.

tags

The tags of the image recipe.

workingDirectory

The working directory used during build and test workflows.

additionalInstanceConfiguration

Specify additional settings and launch scripts for your build instances.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Creates a new infrastructure configuration

Description

Creates a new infrastructure configuration. An infrastructure configuration defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_infrastructure_configuration(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  instanceTypes = NULL,
  instanceProfileName,
  securityGroupIds = NULL,
  subnetId = NULL,
  logging = NULL,
  keyPair = NULL,
  terminateInstanceOnFailure = NULL,
  snsTopicArn = NULL,
  resourceTags = NULL,
  instanceMetadataOptions = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  placement = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the infrastructure configuration.

description

The description of the infrastructure configuration.

instanceTypes

The instance types of the infrastructure configuration. You can specify one or more instance types to use for this build. The service will pick one of these instance types based on availability.

instanceProfileName

[required] The instance profile to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI.

securityGroupIds

The security group IDs to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI.

subnetId

The subnet ID in which to place the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI.

logging

The logging configuration of the infrastructure configuration.

keyPair

The key pair of the infrastructure configuration. You can use this to log on to and debug the instance used to create your image.

terminateInstanceOnFailure

The terminate instance on failure setting of the infrastructure configuration. Set to false if you want Image Builder to retain the instance used to configure your AMI if the build or test phase of your workflow fails.

snsTopicArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the SNS topic to which we send image build event notifications.

EC2 Image Builder is unable to send notifications to SNS topics that are encrypted using keys from other accounts. The key that is used to encrypt the SNS topic must reside in the account that the Image Builder service runs under.

resourceTags

The metadata tags to assign to the Amazon EC2 instance that Image Builder launches during the build process. Tags are formatted as key value pairs.

instanceMetadataOptions

The instance metadata options that you can set for the HTTP requests that pipeline builds use to launch EC2 build and test instances.

tags

The metadata tags to assign to the infrastructure configuration resource that Image Builder creates as output. Tags are formatted as key value pairs.

placement

The instance placement settings that define where the instances that are launched from your image will run.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Create a lifecycle policy resource

Description

Create a lifecycle policy resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_lifecycle_policy(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  executionRole,
  resourceType,
  policyDetails,
  resourceSelection,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the lifecycle policy to create.

description

Optional description for the lifecycle policy.

status

Indicates whether the lifecycle policy resource is enabled.

executionRole

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to run lifecycle actions.

resourceType

[required] The type of Image Builder resource that the lifecycle policy applies to.

policyDetails

[required] Configuration details for the lifecycle policy rules.

resourceSelection

[required] Selection criteria for the resources that the lifecycle policy applies to.

tags

Tags to apply to the lifecycle policy resource.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow

Description

Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_create_workflow(
  name,
  semanticVersion,
  description = NULL,
  changeDescription = NULL,
  data = NULL,
  uri = NULL,
  kmsKeyId = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken,
  type
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the workflow to create.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of this workflow resource. The semantic version syntax adheres to the following rules.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node.

Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01.

description

Describes the workflow.

changeDescription

Describes what change has been made in this version of the workflow, or what makes this version different from other versions of the workflow.

data

Contains the UTF-8 encoded YAML document content for the workflow. Alternatively, you can specify the uri of a YAML document file stored in Amazon S3. However, you cannot specify both properties.

uri

The uri of a YAML component document file. This must be an S3 URL (⁠s3://bucket/key⁠), and the requester must have permission to access the S3 bucket it points to. If you use Amazon S3, you can specify component content up to your service quota.

Alternatively, you can specify the YAML document inline, using the component data property. You cannot specify both properties.

kmsKeyId

The ID of the KMS key that is used to encrypt this workflow resource.

tags

Tags that apply to the workflow resource.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

type

[required] The phase in the image build process for which the workflow resource is responsible.


Deletes a component build version

Description

Deletes a component build version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_component(componentBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

componentBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component build version to delete.


Deletes a container recipe

Description

Deletes a container recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_container_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_container_recipe(containerRecipeArn)

Arguments

containerRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe to delete.


Deletes a distribution configuration

Description

Deletes a distribution configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_distribution_configuration(distributionConfigurationArn)

Arguments

distributionConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration to delete.


Deletes an Image Builder image resource

Description

Deletes an Image Builder image resource. This does not delete any EC2 AMIs or ECR container images that are created during the image build process. You must clean those up separately, using the appropriate Amazon EC2 or Amazon ECR console actions, or API or CLI commands.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_image(imageBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Image Builder image resource to delete.


Deletes an image pipeline

Description

Deletes an image pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_image_pipeline(imagePipelineArn)

Arguments

imagePipelineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline to delete.


Deletes an image recipe

Description

Deletes an image recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_image_recipe(imageRecipeArn)

Arguments

imageRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe to delete.


Deletes an infrastructure configuration

Description

Deletes an infrastructure configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_infrastructure_configuration(
  infrastructureConfigurationArn
)

Arguments

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration to delete.


Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource

Description

Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_lifecycle_policy(lifecyclePolicyArn)

Arguments

lifecyclePolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the lifecycle policy resource to delete.


Deletes a specific workflow resource

Description

Deletes a specific workflow resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_delete_workflow(workflowBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

workflowBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource to delete.


Gets a component object

Description

Gets a component object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_component(componentBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

componentBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component that you want to get. Regex requires the suffix ⁠/\\d+$⁠.


Gets a component policy

Description

Gets a component policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_component_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_component_policy(componentArn)

Arguments

componentArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component whose policy you want to retrieve.


Retrieves a container recipe

Description

Retrieves a container recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_container_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_container_recipe(containerRecipeArn)

Arguments

containerRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe to retrieve.


Retrieves the policy for a container recipe

Description

Retrieves the policy for a container recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_container_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_container_recipe_policy(containerRecipeArn)

Arguments

containerRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe for the policy being requested.


Gets a distribution configuration

Description

Gets a distribution configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_distribution_configuration(distributionConfigurationArn)

Arguments

distributionConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that you want to retrieve.


Gets an image

Description

Gets an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_image(imageBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that you want to get.


Gets an image pipeline

Description

Gets an image pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_image_pipeline(imagePipelineArn)

Arguments

imagePipelineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to retrieve.


Gets an image policy

Description

Gets an image policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_image_policy(imageArn)

Arguments

imageArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image whose policy you want to retrieve.


Gets an image recipe

Description

Gets an image recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_image_recipe(imageRecipeArn)

Arguments

imageRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that you want to retrieve.


Gets an image recipe policy

Description

Gets an image recipe policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_image_recipe_policy(imageRecipeArn)

Arguments

imageRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe whose policy you want to retrieve.


Gets an infrastructure configuration

Description

Gets an infrastructure configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_infrastructure_configuration(infrastructureConfigurationArn)

Arguments

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that you want to retrieve.


Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy

Description

Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_execution(lifecycleExecutionId)

Arguments

lifecycleExecutionId

[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the lifecycle policy to get runtime details.


Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy

Description

Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_policy(lifecyclePolicyArn)

Arguments

lifecyclePolicyArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image lifecycle policy resource to get.


Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource

Description

Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource. For Amazon Web Services Marketplace components, the response contains fields to download the components and their artifacts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_marketplace_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_marketplace_resource(
  resourceType,
  resourceArn,
  resourceLocation = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] Specifies which type of Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource Image Builder retrieves.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource.

resourceLocation

The bucket path that you can specify to download the resource from Amazon S3.


Get a workflow resource object

Description

Get a workflow resource object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_workflow(workflowBuildVersionArn)

Arguments

workflowBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource that you want to get.


Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow

Description

Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_workflow_execution(workflowExecutionId)

Arguments

workflowExecutionId

[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the workflow to get runtime details.


Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step

Description

Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow_step_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_get_workflow_step_execution(stepExecutionId)

Arguments

stepExecutionId

[required] Use the unique identifier for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step to get runtime details for that step.


Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document

Description

Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_import_component(
  name,
  semanticVersion,
  description = NULL,
  changeDescription = NULL,
  type,
  format,
  platform,
  data = NULL,
  uri = NULL,
  kmsKeyId = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the component.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of the component. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Filtering: With semantic versioning, you have the flexibility to use wildcards (x) to specify the most recent versions or nodes when selecting the base image or components for your recipe. When you use a wildcard in any node, all nodes to the right of the first wildcard must also be wildcards.

description

The description of the component. Describes the contents of the component.

changeDescription

The change description of the component. This description indicates the change that has been made in this version, or what makes this version different from other versions of the component.

type

[required] The type of the component denotes whether the component is used to build the image, or only to test it.

format

[required] The format of the resource that you want to import as a component.

platform

[required] The platform of the component.

data

The data of the component. Used to specify the data inline. Either data or uri can be used to specify the data within the component.

uri

The uri of the component. Must be an Amazon S3 URL and the requester must have permission to access the Amazon S3 bucket. If you use Amazon S3, you can specify component content up to your service quota. Either data or uri can be used to specify the data within the component.

kmsKeyId

The ID of the KMS key that should be used to encrypt this component.

tags

The tags of the component.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file

Description

Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file. The following disk images are supported:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_disk_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_import_disk_image(
  name,
  semanticVersion,
  description = NULL,
  platform,
  osVersion,
  executionRole = NULL,
  infrastructureConfigurationArn,
  uri,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the image resource that's created from the import.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version to attach to the image that's created during the import process. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

description

The description for your disk image import.

platform

[required] The operating system platform for the imported image. Allowed values include the following: Windows.

osVersion

[required] The operating system version for the imported image. Allowed values include the following: ⁠Microsoft Windows 11⁠.

executionRole

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions to import an image from a Microsoft ISO file.

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration resource that's used for launching the EC2 instance on which the ISO image is built.

uri

[required] The uri of the ISO disk file that's stored in Amazon S3.

tags

Tags that are attached to image resources created from the import.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data

Description

When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data. The Amazon EC2 API ImportImage action uses those files to import your VM and create an AMI. To import using the CLI command, see import-image

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_vm_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_import_vm_image(
  name,
  semanticVersion,
  description = NULL,
  platform,
  osVersion = NULL,
  vmImportTaskId,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the base image that is created by the import process.

semanticVersion

[required] The semantic version to attach to the base image that was created during the import process. This version follows the semantic version syntax.

The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them.

Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node.

Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01.

description

The description for the base image that is created by the import process.

platform

[required] The operating system platform for the imported VM.

osVersion

The operating system version for the imported VM.

vmImportTaskId

[required] The importTaskId (API) or ImportTaskId (CLI) from the Amazon EC2 VM import process. Image Builder retrieves information from the import process to pull in the AMI that is created from the VM source as the base image for your recipe.

tags

Tags that are attached to the import resources.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_component_build_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_component_build_versions(
  componentVersionArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

componentVersionArn

[required] The component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN) whose versions you want to list.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters to streamline results

Description

Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters to streamline results. Newly created components can take up to two minutes to appear in the ListComponents API Results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_components/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_components(
  owner = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  byName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

owner

Filters results based on the type of owner for the component. By default, this request returns a list of components that your account owns. To see results for other types of owners, you can specify components that Amazon manages, third party components, or components that other accounts have shared with you.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • description

  • name

  • platform

  • supportedOsVersion

  • type

  • version

byName

Returns the list of components for the specified name.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of container recipes

Description

Returns a list of container recipes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_container_recipes/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_container_recipes(
  owner = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

owner

Returns container recipes belonging to the specified owner, that have been shared with you. You can omit this field to return container recipes belonging to your account.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • containerType

  • name

  • parentImage

  • platform

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of distribution configurations

Description

Returns a list of distribution configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_distribution_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_distribution_configurations(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

You can filter on name to streamline results.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of image build versions

Description

Returns a list of image build versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_build_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_build_versions(
  imageVersionArn,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

imageVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image whose build versions you want to retrieve.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • name

  • osVersion

  • platform

  • type

  • version

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time

Description

List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_packages(
  imageBuildVersionArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] Filter results for the ListImagePackages request by the Image Build Version ARN

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline

Description

Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_pipeline_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_pipeline_images(
  imagePipelineArn,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

imagePipelineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline whose images you want to view.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • name

  • version

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of image pipelines

Description

Returns a list of image pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_pipelines/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_pipelines(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • description

  • distributionConfigurationArn

  • imageRecipeArn

  • infrastructureConfigurationArn

  • name

  • status

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of image recipes

Description

Returns a list of image recipes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_recipes/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_recipes(
  owner = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

owner

The owner defines which image recipes you want to list. By default, this request will only show image recipes owned by your account. You can use this field to specify if you want to view image recipes owned by yourself, by Amazon, or those image recipes that have been shared with you by other customers.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • name

  • parentImage

  • platform

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account

Description

Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account. You can filter by the type of key that Image Builder uses to group results. For example, if you want to get a list of findings by severity level for one of your pipelines, you might specify your pipeline with the imagePipelineArn filter. If you don't specify a filter, Image Builder returns an aggregation for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_scan_finding_aggregations/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_scan_finding_aggregations(
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filter
nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of image scan findings for your account

Description

Returns a list of image scan findings for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_scan_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_image_scan_findings(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

An array of name value pairs that you can use to filter your results. You can use the following filters to streamline results:

  • imageBuildVersionArn

  • imagePipelineArn

  • vulnerabilityId

  • severity

If you don't request a filter, then all findings in your account are listed.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns the list of images that you have access to

Description

Returns the list of images that you have access to. Newly created images can take up to two minutes to appear in the ListImages API Results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_images(
  owner = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  byName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  includeDeprecated = NULL
)

Arguments

owner

The owner defines which images you want to list. By default, this request will only show images owned by your account. You can use this field to specify if you want to view images owned by yourself, by Amazon, or those images that have been shared with you by other customers.

filters

Use the following filters to streamline results:

  • name

  • osVersion

  • platform

  • type

  • version

byName

Requests a list of images with a specific recipe name.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.

includeDeprecated

Includes deprecated images in the response list.


Returns a list of infrastructure configurations

Description

Returns a list of infrastructure configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_infrastructure_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_infrastructure_configurations(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

You can filter on name to streamline results.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions

Description

List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_execution_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_execution_resources(
  lifecycleExecutionId,
  parentResourceId = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

lifecycleExecutionId

[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the lifecycle policy to get runtime details.

parentResourceId

You can leave this empty to get a list of Image Builder resources that were identified for lifecycle actions.

To get a list of associated resources that are impacted for an individual resource (the parent), specify its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Associated resources are produced from your image and distributed when you run a build, such as AMIs or container images stored in ECR repositories.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource

Description

Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_executions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  resourceArn
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to get a list of lifecycle runtime instances.


Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_policies(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

Streamline results based on one of the following values: Name, Status.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns the list of tags for the specified resource

Description

Returns the list of tags for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource whose tags you want to retrieve.


Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_waiting_workflow_steps/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_waiting_workflow_steps(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource

Description

Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_build_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_workflow_build_versions(
  workflowVersionArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

workflowVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource for which to get a list of build versions.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version

Description

Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_workflow_executions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  imageBuildVersionArn
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] List all workflow runtime instances for the specified image build version resource ARN.


Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request

Description

Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_step_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_workflow_step_executions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  workflowExecutionId
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.

workflowExecutionId

[required] The unique identifier that Image Builder assigned to keep track of runtime details when it ran the workflow.


Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters

Description

Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_list_workflows(
  owner = NULL,
  filters = NULL,
  byName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

owner

Used to get a list of workflow build version filtered by the identity of the creator.

filters

Used to streamline search results.

byName

Specify all or part of the workflow name to streamline results.

maxResults

The maximum items to return in a request.

nextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response.


Applies a policy to a component

Description

Applies a policy to a component. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_component_policy, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_component_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_put_component_policy(componentArn, policy)

Arguments

componentArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component that this policy should be applied to.

policy

[required] The policy to apply.


Applies a policy to a container image

Description

Applies a policy to a container image. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare (https://docs.aws.amazon.com//ram/latest/APIReference/API_CreateResourceShare.html) to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API PutContainerImagePolicy, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com//ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html) in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_container_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_put_container_recipe_policy(containerRecipeArn, policy)

Arguments

containerRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that this policy should be applied to.

policy

[required] The policy to apply to the container recipe.


Applies a policy to an image

Description

Applies a policy to an image. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_image_policy, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_image_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_put_image_policy(imageArn, policy)

Arguments

imageArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that this policy should be applied to.

policy

[required] The policy to apply.


Applies a policy to an image recipe

Description

Applies a policy to an image recipe. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_image_recipe_policy, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_image_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_put_image_recipe_policy(imageRecipeArn, policy)

Arguments

imageRecipeArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that this policy should be applied to.

policy

[required] The policy to apply.


Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction step

Description

Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction step.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_send_workflow_step_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_send_workflow_step_action(
  stepExecutionId,
  imageBuildVersionArn,
  action,
  reason = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

stepExecutionId

[required] Uniquely identifies the workflow step that sent the step action.

imageBuildVersionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image build version to send action for.

action

[required] The action for the image creation process to take while a workflow WaitForAction step waits for an asynchronous action to complete.

reason

The reason why this action is sent.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image

Description

Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_start_image_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_start_image_pipeline_execution(imagePipelineArn, clientToken)

Arguments

imagePipelineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to manually invoke.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources

Description

Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_start_resource_state_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_start_resource_state_update(
  resourceArn,
  state,
  executionRole = NULL,
  includeResources = NULL,
  exclusionRules = NULL,
  updateAt = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the Image Builder resource that is updated. The state update might also impact associated resources.

state

[required] Indicates the lifecycle action to take for this request.

executionRole

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that’s used to update image state.

includeResources

A list of image resources to update state for.

exclusionRules

Skip action on the image resource and associated resources if specified exclusion rules are met.

updateAt

The timestamp that indicates when resources are updated by a lifecycle action.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Adds a tag to a resource

Description

Adds a tag to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to tag.

tags

[required] The tags to apply to the resource.


Removes a tag from a resource

Description

Removes a tag from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to untag.

tagKeys

[required] The tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates a new distribution configuration

Description

Updates a new distribution configuration. Distribution configurations define and configure the outputs of your pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_update_distribution_configuration(
  distributionConfigurationArn,
  description = NULL,
  distributions,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

distributionConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that you want to update.

description

The description of the distribution configuration.

distributions

[required] The distributions of the distribution configuration.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Updates an image pipeline

Description

Updates an image pipeline. Image pipelines enable you to automate the creation and distribution of images. You must specify exactly one recipe for your image, using either a containerRecipeArn or an imageRecipeArn.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_update_image_pipeline(
  imagePipelineArn,
  description = NULL,
  imageRecipeArn = NULL,
  containerRecipeArn = NULL,
  infrastructureConfigurationArn,
  distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
  imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
  enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
  schedule = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  clientToken,
  imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
  workflows = NULL,
  executionRole = NULL
)

Arguments

imagePipelineArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to update.

description

The description of the image pipeline.

imageRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that will be used to configure images updated by this image pipeline.

containerRecipeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container pipeline to update.

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that Image Builder uses to build images that this image pipeline has updated.

distributionConfigurationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that Image Builder uses to configure and distribute images that this image pipeline has updated.

imageTestsConfiguration

The image test configuration of the image pipeline.

enhancedImageMetadataEnabled

Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default.

schedule

The schedule of the image pipeline.

status

The status of the image pipeline.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.

imageScanningConfiguration

Contains settings for vulnerability scans.

workflows

Contains the workflows to run for the pipeline.

executionRole

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions.


Updates a new infrastructure configuration

Description

Updates a new infrastructure configuration. An infrastructure configuration defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_update_infrastructure_configuration(
  infrastructureConfigurationArn,
  description = NULL,
  instanceTypes = NULL,
  instanceProfileName,
  securityGroupIds = NULL,
  subnetId = NULL,
  logging = NULL,
  keyPair = NULL,
  terminateInstanceOnFailure = NULL,
  snsTopicArn = NULL,
  resourceTags = NULL,
  instanceMetadataOptions = NULL,
  placement = NULL,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

infrastructureConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that you want to update.

description

The description of the infrastructure configuration.

instanceTypes

The instance types of the infrastructure configuration. You can specify one or more instance types to use for this build. The service will pick one of these instance types based on availability.

instanceProfileName

[required] The instance profile to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI.

securityGroupIds

The security group IDs to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI.

subnetId

The subnet ID to place the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI in.

logging

The logging configuration of the infrastructure configuration.

keyPair

The key pair of the infrastructure configuration. You can use this to log on to and debug the instance used to create your image.

terminateInstanceOnFailure

The terminate instance on failure setting of the infrastructure configuration. Set to false if you want Image Builder to retain the instance used to configure your AMI if the build or test phase of your workflow fails.

snsTopicArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the SNS topic to which we send image build event notifications.

EC2 Image Builder is unable to send notifications to SNS topics that are encrypted using keys from other accounts. The key that is used to encrypt the SNS topic must reside in the account that the Image Builder service runs under.

resourceTags

The tags attached to the resource created by Image Builder.

instanceMetadataOptions

The instance metadata options that you can set for the HTTP requests that pipeline builds use to launch EC2 build and test instances. For more information about instance metadata options, see one of the following links:

placement

The instance placement settings that define where the instances that are launched from your image will run.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


Update the specified lifecycle policy

Description

Update the specified lifecycle policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

imagebuilder_update_lifecycle_policy(
  lifecyclePolicyArn,
  description = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  executionRole,
  resourceType,
  policyDetails,
  resourceSelection,
  clientToken
)

Arguments

lifecyclePolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the lifecycle policy resource.

description

Optional description for the lifecycle policy.

status

Indicates whether the lifecycle policy resource is enabled.

executionRole

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that Image Builder uses to update the lifecycle policy.

resourceType

[required] The type of image resource that the lifecycle policy applies to.

policyDetails

[required] The configuration details for a lifecycle policy resource.

resourceSelection

[required] Selection criteria for resources that the lifecycle policy applies to.

clientToken

[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference.


AWS Lambda

Description

Lambda

Overview

Lambda is a compute service that lets you run code without provisioning or managing servers. Lambda runs your code on a high-availability compute infrastructure and performs all of the administration of the compute resources, including server and operating system maintenance, capacity provisioning and automatic scaling, code monitoring and logging. With Lambda, you can run code for virtually any type of application or backend service. For more information about the Lambda service, see What is Lambda in the Lambda Developer Guide.

The Lambda API Reference provides information about each of the API methods, including details about the parameters in each API request and response.

You can use Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools to access the API. For installation instructions, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

For a list of Region-specific endpoints that Lambda supports, see Lambda endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference..

When making the API calls, you will need to authenticate your request by providing a signature. Lambda supports signature version 4. For more information, see Signature Version 4 signing process in the Amazon Web Services General Reference..

CA certificates

Because Amazon Web Services SDKs use the CA certificates from your computer, changes to the certificates on the Amazon Web Services servers can cause connection failures when you attempt to use an SDK. You can prevent these failures by keeping your computer's CA certificates and operating system up-to-date. If you encounter this issue in a corporate environment and do not manage your own computer, you might need to ask an administrator to assist with the update process. The following list shows minimum operating system and Java versions:

When accessing the Lambda management console or Lambda API endpoints, whether through browsers or programmatically, you will need to ensure your client machines support any of the following CAs:

Root certificates from the first two authorities are available from Amazon trust services, but keeping your computer up-to-date is the more straightforward solution. To learn more about ACM-provided certificates, see Amazon Web Services Certificate Manager FAQs.

Usage

lambda(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- lambda(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_layer_version_permission Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer
add_permission Grants a principal permission to use a function
create_alias Creates an alias for a Lambda function version
create_code_signing_config Creates a code signing configuration
create_event_source_mapping Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function
create_function Creates a Lambda function
create_function_url_config Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters
delete_alias Deletes a Lambda function alias
delete_code_signing_config Deletes the code signing configuration
delete_event_source_mapping Deletes an event source mapping
delete_function Deletes a Lambda function
delete_function_code_signing_config Removes the code signing configuration from the function
delete_function_concurrency Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function
delete_function_event_invoke_config Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
delete_function_url_config Deletes a Lambda function URL
delete_layer_version Deletes a version of an Lambda layer
delete_provisioned_concurrency_config Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function
get_account_settings Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region
get_alias Returns details about a Lambda function alias
get_code_signing_config Returns information about the specified code signing configuration
get_event_source_mapping Returns details about an event source mapping
get_function Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes
get_function_code_signing_config Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function
get_function_concurrency Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function
get_function_configuration Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version
get_function_event_invoke_config Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
get_function_recursion_config Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration
get_function_url_config Returns details about a Lambda function URL
get_layer_version Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes
get_layer_version_by_arn Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes
get_layer_version_policy Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer
get_policy Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias
get_provisioned_concurrency_config Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version
get_runtime_management_config Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version
invoke Invokes a Lambda function
invoke_async For asynchronous function invocation, use Invoke
invoke_with_response_stream Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients
list_aliases Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function
list_code_signing_configs Returns a list of code signing configurations
list_event_source_mappings Lists event source mappings
list_function_event_invoke_configs Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function
list_functions Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each
list_functions_by_code_signing_config List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration
list_function_url_configs Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function
list_layers Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each
list_layer_versions Lists the versions of an Lambda layer
list_provisioned_concurrency_configs Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function
list_tags Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags
list_versions_by_function Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each
publish_layer_version Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive
publish_version Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function
put_function_code_signing_config Update the code signing configuration for the function
put_function_concurrency Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level
put_function_event_invoke_config Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias
put_function_recursion_config Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration
put_provisioned_concurrency_config Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version
put_runtime_management_config Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version
remove_layer_version_permission Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer
remove_permission Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account
tag_resource Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration
untag_resource Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration
update_alias Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias
update_code_signing_config Update the code signing configuration
update_event_source_mapping Updates an event source mapping
update_function_code Updates a Lambda function's code
update_function_configuration Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function
update_function_event_invoke_config Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
update_function_url_config Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- lambda()
# The following example grants permission for the account 223456789012 to
# use version 1 of a layer named my-layer.
svc$add_layer_version_permission(
  Action = "lambda:GetLayerVersion",
  LayerName = "my-layer",
  Principal = "223456789012",
  StatementId = "xaccount",
  VersionNumber = 1L
)

## End(Not run)


Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer

Description

Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer. Use this action to grant layer usage permission to other accounts. You can grant permission to a single account, all accounts in an organization, or all Amazon Web Services accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_add_layer_version_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_add_layer_version_permission(
  LayerName,
  VersionNumber,
  StatementId,
  Action,
  Principal,
  OrganizationId = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number.

StatementId

[required] An identifier that distinguishes the policy from others on the same layer version.

Action

[required] The API action that grants access to the layer. For example, lambda:GetLayerVersion.

Principal

[required] An account ID, or * to grant layer usage permission to all accounts in an organization, or all Amazon Web Services accounts (if organizationId is not specified). For the last case, make sure that you really do want all Amazon Web Services accounts to have usage permission to this layer.

OrganizationId

With the principal set to *, grant permission to all accounts in the specified organization.

RevisionId

Only update the policy if the revision ID matches the ID specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it.


Grants a principal permission to use a function

Description

Grants a principal permission to use a function. You can apply the policy at the function level, or specify a qualifier to restrict access to a single version or alias. If you use a qualifier, the invoker must use the full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of that version or alias to invoke the function. Note: Lambda does not support adding policies to version $LATEST.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_add_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_add_permission(
  FunctionName,
  StatementId,
  Action,
  Principal,
  SourceArn = NULL,
  SourceAccount = NULL,
  EventSourceToken = NULL,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL,
  PrincipalOrgID = NULL,
  FunctionUrlAuthType = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

StatementId

[required] A statement identifier that differentiates the statement from others in the same policy.

Action

[required] The action that the principal can use on the function. For example, lambda:InvokeFunction or lambda:GetFunction.

Principal

[required] The Amazon Web Services service, Amazon Web Services account, IAM user, or IAM role that invokes the function. If you specify a service, use SourceArn or SourceAccount to limit who can invoke the function through that service.

SourceArn

For Amazon Web Services services, the ARN of the Amazon Web Services resource that invokes the function. For example, an Amazon S3 bucket or Amazon SNS topic.

Note that Lambda configures the comparison using the StringLike operator.

SourceAccount

For Amazon Web Services service, the ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. Use this together with SourceArn to ensure that the specified account owns the resource. It is possible for an Amazon S3 bucket to be deleted by its owner and recreated by another account.

EventSourceToken

For Alexa Smart Home functions, a token that the invoker must supply.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to add permissions to a published version of the function.

RevisionId

Update the policy only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it.

PrincipalOrgID

The identifier for your organization in Organizations. Use this to grant permissions to all the Amazon Web Services accounts under this organization.

FunctionUrlAuthType

The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to AWS_IAM if you want to restrict access to authenticated users only. Set to NONE if you want to bypass IAM authentication to create a public endpoint. For more information, see Security and auth model for Lambda function URLs.


Creates an alias for a Lambda function version

Description

Creates an alias for a Lambda function version. Use aliases to provide clients with a function identifier that you can update to invoke a different version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_create_alias(
  FunctionName,
  Name,
  FunctionVersion,
  Description = NULL,
  RoutingConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Name

[required] The name of the alias.

FunctionVersion

[required] The function version that the alias invokes.

Description

A description of the alias.

RoutingConfig

The routing configuration of the alias.


Creates a code signing configuration

Description

Creates a code signing configuration. A code signing configuration defines a list of allowed signing profiles and defines the code-signing validation policy (action to be taken if deployment validation checks fail).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_create_code_signing_config(
  Description = NULL,
  AllowedPublishers,
  CodeSigningPolicies = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

Descriptive name for this code signing configuration.

AllowedPublishers

[required] Signing profiles for this code signing configuration.

CodeSigningPolicies

The code signing policies define the actions to take if the validation checks fail.

Tags

A list of tags to add to the code signing configuration.


Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function

Description

Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function. Lambda reads items from the event source and invokes the function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_create_event_source_mapping(
  EventSourceArn = NULL,
  FunctionName,
  Enabled = NULL,
  BatchSize = NULL,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
  ParallelizationFactor = NULL,
  StartingPosition = NULL,
  StartingPositionTimestamp = NULL,
  DestinationConfig = NULL,
  MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = NULL,
  BisectBatchOnFunctionError = NULL,
  MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  TumblingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
  Topics = NULL,
  Queues = NULL,
  SourceAccessConfigurations = NULL,
  SelfManagedEventSource = NULL,
  FunctionResponseTypes = NULL,
  AmazonManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig = NULL,
  SelfManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig = NULL,
  ScalingConfig = NULL,
  DocumentDBEventSourceConfig = NULL,
  KMSKeyArn = NULL,
  MetricsConfig = NULL,
  ProvisionedPollerConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

EventSourceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event source.

  • Amazon Kinesis – The ARN of the data stream or a stream consumer.

  • Amazon DynamoDB Streams – The ARN of the stream.

  • Amazon Simple Queue Service – The ARN of the queue.

  • Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka – The ARN of the cluster or the ARN of the VPC connection (for cross-account event source mappings).

  • Amazon MQ – The ARN of the broker.

  • Amazon DocumentDB – The ARN of the DocumentDB change stream.

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function nameMyFunction.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Version or Alias ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction:PROD⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length.

Enabled

When true, the event source mapping is active. When false, Lambda pauses polling and invocation.

Default: True

BatchSize

The maximum number of records in each batch that Lambda pulls from your stream or queue and sends to your function. Lambda passes all of the records in the batch to the function in a single call, up to the payload limit for synchronous invocation (6 MB).

  • Amazon Kinesis – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon DynamoDB Streams – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon Simple Queue Service – Default 10. For standard queues the max is 10,000. For FIFO queues the max is 10.

  • Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Self-managed Apache Kafka – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon MQ (ActiveMQ and RabbitMQ) – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • DocumentDB – Default 100. Max 10,000.

FilterCriteria

An object that defines the filter criteria that determine whether Lambda should process an event. For more information, see Lambda event filtering.

MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds

The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that Lambda spends gathering records before invoking the function. You can configure MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds to any value from 0 seconds to 300 seconds in increments of seconds.

For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, the default batching window is 0 seconds. For Amazon MSK, Self-managed Apache Kafka, Amazon MQ, and DocumentDB event sources, the default batching window is 500 ms. Note that because you can only change MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds in increments of seconds, you cannot revert back to the 500 ms default batching window after you have changed it. To restore the default batching window, you must create a new event source mapping.

Related setting: For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, when you set BatchSize to a value greater than 10, you must set MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds to at least 1.

ParallelizationFactor

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently.

StartingPosition

The position in a stream from which to start reading. Required for Amazon Kinesis and Amazon DynamoDB Stream event sources. AT_TIMESTAMP is supported only for Amazon Kinesis streams, Amazon DocumentDB, Amazon MSK, and self-managed Apache Kafka.

StartingPositionTimestamp

With StartingPosition set to AT_TIMESTAMP, the time from which to start reading. StartingPositionTimestamp cannot be in the future.

DestinationConfig

(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, Amazon MSK, and self-managed Kafka only) A configuration object that specifies the destination of an event after Lambda processes it.

MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records older than the specified age. The default value is infinite (-1).

BisectBatchOnFunctionError

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry.

MaximumRetryAttempts

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records after the specified number of retries. The default value is infinite (-1). When set to infinite (-1), failed records are retried until the record expires.

Tags

A list of tags to apply to the event source mapping.

TumblingWindowInSeconds

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The duration in seconds of a processing window for DynamoDB and Kinesis Streams event sources. A value of 0 seconds indicates no tumbling window.

Topics

The name of the Kafka topic.

Queues

(MQ) The name of the Amazon MQ broker destination queue to consume.

SourceAccessConfigurations

An array of authentication protocols or VPC components required to secure your event source.

SelfManagedEventSource

The self-managed Apache Kafka cluster to receive records from.

FunctionResponseTypes

(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, and Amazon SQS) A list of current response type enums applied to the event source mapping.

AmazonManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig

Specific configuration settings for an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) event source.

SelfManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig

Specific configuration settings for a self-managed Apache Kafka event source.

ScalingConfig

(Amazon SQS only) The scaling configuration for the event source. For more information, see Configuring maximum concurrency for Amazon SQS event sources.

DocumentDBEventSourceConfig

Specific configuration settings for a DocumentDB event source.

KMSKeyArn

The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that Lambda uses to encrypt your function's filter criteria. By default, Lambda does not encrypt your filter criteria object. Specify this property to encrypt data using your own customer managed key.

MetricsConfig

The metrics configuration for your event source. For more information, see Event source mapping metrics.

ProvisionedPollerConfig

(Amazon MSK and self-managed Apache Kafka only) The Provisioned Mode configuration for the event source. For more information, see Provisioned Mode.


Creates a Lambda function

Description

Creates a Lambda function. To create a function, you need a deployment package and an execution role. The deployment package is a .zip file archive or container image that contains your function code. The execution role grants the function permission to use Amazon Web Services services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs for log streaming and X-Ray for request tracing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_create_function(
  FunctionName,
  Runtime = NULL,
  Role,
  Handler = NULL,
  Code,
  Description = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MemorySize = NULL,
  Publish = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  PackageType = NULL,
  DeadLetterConfig = NULL,
  Environment = NULL,
  KMSKeyArn = NULL,
  TracingConfig = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Layers = NULL,
  FileSystemConfigs = NULL,
  ImageConfig = NULL,
  CodeSigningConfigArn = NULL,
  Architectures = NULL,
  EphemeralStorage = NULL,
  SnapStart = NULL,
  LoggingConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Runtime

The identifier of the function's runtime. Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. Specifying a runtime results in an error if you're deploying a function using a container image.

The following list includes deprecated runtimes. Lambda blocks creating new functions and updating existing functions shortly after each runtime is deprecated. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation.

For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes.

Role

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role.

Handler

The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to run your function. Handler is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. The format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming model.

Code

[required] The code for the function.

Description

A description of the function.

Timeout

The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. For more information, see Lambda execution environment.

MemorySize

The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB.

Publish

Set to true to publish the first version of the function during creation.

VpcConfig

For network connectivity to Amazon Web Services resources in a VPC, specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can access resources and the internet only through that VPC. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to access resources in a VPC.

PackageType

The type of deployment package. Set to Image for container image and set to Zip for .zip file archive.

DeadLetterConfig

A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, see Dead-letter queues.

Environment

Environment variables that are accessible from function code during execution.

KMSKeyArn

The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt the following resources:

  • The function's environment variables.

  • The function's Lambda SnapStart snapshots.

  • When used with SourceKMSKeyArn, the unzipped version of the .zip deployment package that's used for function invocations. For more information, see Specifying a customer managed key for Lambda.

  • The optimized version of the container image that's used for function invocations. Note that this is not the same key that's used to protect your container image in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR). For more information, see Function lifecycle.

If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services owned key or an Amazon Web Services managed key.

TracingConfig

Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of incoming requests with X-Ray.

Tags

A list of tags to apply to the function.

Layers

A list of function layers to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its ARN, including the version.

FileSystemConfigs

Connection settings for an Amazon EFS file system.

ImageConfig

Container image configuration values that override the values in the container image Dockerfile.

CodeSigningConfigArn

To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing configuration. A code-signing configuration includes a set of signing profiles, which define the trusted publishers for this function.

Architectures

The instruction set architecture that the function supports. Enter a string array with one of the valid values (arm64 or x86_64). The default value is x86_64.

EphemeralStorage

The size of the function's ⁠/tmp⁠ directory in MB. The default value is 512, but can be any whole number between 512 and 10,240 MB. For more information, see Configuring ephemeral storage (console).

SnapStart

The function's SnapStart setting.

LoggingConfig

The function's Amazon CloudWatch Logs configuration settings.


Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters

Description

Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters. A function URL is a dedicated HTTP(S) endpoint that you can use to invoke your function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_function_url_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_create_function_url_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  AuthType,
  Cors = NULL,
  InvokeMode = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

The alias name.

AuthType

[required] The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to AWS_IAM if you want to restrict access to authenticated users only. Set to NONE if you want to bypass IAM authentication to create a public endpoint. For more information, see Security and auth model for Lambda function URLs.

Cors

The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) settings for your function URL.

InvokeMode

Use one of the following options:

  • BUFFERED – This is the default option. Lambda invokes your function using the invoke API operation. Invocation results are available when the payload is complete. The maximum payload size is 6 MB.

  • RESPONSE_STREAM – Your function streams payload results as they become available. Lambda invokes your function using the invoke_with_response_stream API operation. The maximum response payload size is 20 MB, however, you can request a quota increase.


Deletes a Lambda function alias

Description

Deletes a Lambda function alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_alias(FunctionName, Name)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Name

[required] The name of the alias.


Deletes the code signing configuration

Description

Deletes the code signing configuration. You can delete the code signing configuration only if no function is using it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn)

Arguments

CodeSigningConfigArn

[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration.


Deletes an event source mapping

Description

Deletes an event source mapping. You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of list_event_source_mappings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_event_source_mapping(UUID)

Arguments

UUID

[required] The identifier of the event source mapping.


Deletes a Lambda function

Description

Deletes a Lambda function. To delete a specific function version, use the Qualifier parameter. Otherwise, all versions and aliases are deleted. This doesn't require the user to have explicit permissions for delete_alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_function(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function or version.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:1⁠ (with version).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version to delete. You can't delete a version that an alias references.


Removes the code signing configuration from the function

Description

Removes the code signing configuration from the function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_function_code_signing_config(FunctionName)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.


Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function

Description

Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_function_concurrency(FunctionName)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.


Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias

Description

Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_function_event_invoke_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name - ⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

A version number or alias name.


Deletes a Lambda function URL

Description

Deletes a Lambda function URL. When you delete a function URL, you can't recover it. Creating a new function URL results in a different URL address.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_url_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_function_url_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

The alias name.


Deletes a version of an Lambda layer

Description

Deletes a version of an Lambda layer. Deleted versions can no longer be viewed or added to functions. To avoid breaking functions, a copy of the version remains in Lambda until no functions refer to it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_layer_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_layer_version(LayerName, VersionNumber)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number.


Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function

Description

Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_delete_provisioned_concurrency_config(FunctionName, Qualifier)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

[required] The version number or alias name.


Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_account_settings()

Returns details about a Lambda function alias

Description

Returns details about a Lambda function alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_alias(FunctionName, Name)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Name

[required] The name of the alias.


Returns information about the specified code signing configuration

Description

Returns information about the specified code signing configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn)

Arguments

CodeSigningConfigArn

[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration.


Returns details about an event source mapping

Description

Returns details about an event source mapping. You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of list_event_source_mappings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_event_source_mapping(UUID)

Arguments

UUID

[required] The identifier of the event source mapping.


Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes

Description

Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes. If you specify a function version, only details that are specific to that version are returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to get details about a published version of the function.


Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function

Description

Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_code_signing_config(FunctionName)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.


Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function

Description

Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function. To set a concurrency limit for a function, use put_function_concurrency.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_concurrency(FunctionName)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.


Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version

Description

Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version. The output includes only options that can vary between versions of a function. To modify these settings, use update_function_configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_configuration(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to get details about a published version of the function.


Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias

Description

Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_event_invoke_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name - ⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

A version number or alias name.


Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration

Description

Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_recursion_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_recursion_config(FunctionName)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required]


Returns details about a Lambda function URL

Description

Returns details about a Lambda function URL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_url_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_function_url_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

The alias name.


Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes

Description

Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_layer_version(LayerName, VersionNumber)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number.


Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes

Description

Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version_by_arn/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_layer_version_by_arn(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The ARN of the layer version.


Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer

Description

Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer. For more information, see add_layer_version_permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_layer_version_policy(LayerName, VersionNumber)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number.


Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias

Description

Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_policy(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to get the policy for that resource.


Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version

Description

Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_provisioned_concurrency_config(FunctionName, Qualifier)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

[required] The version number or alias name.


Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version

Description

Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version. If the runtime update mode is Manual, this includes the ARN of the runtime version and the runtime update mode. If the runtime update mode is Auto or Function update, this includes the runtime update mode and null is returned for the ARN. For more information, see Runtime updates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_runtime_management_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_get_runtime_management_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version of the function. This can be ⁠$LATEST⁠ or a published version number. If no value is specified, the configuration for the ⁠$LATEST⁠ version is returned.


Invokes a Lambda function

Description

Invokes a Lambda function. You can invoke a function synchronously (and wait for the response), or asynchronously. By default, Lambda invokes your function synchronously (i.e. theInvocationType is RequestResponse). To invoke a function asynchronously, set InvocationType to Event. Lambda passes the ClientContext object to your function for synchronous invocations only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_invoke(
  FunctionName,
  InvocationType = NULL,
  LogType = NULL,
  ClientContext = NULL,
  Payload = NULL,
  Qualifier = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

InvocationType

Choose from the following options.

  • RequestResponse (default) – Invoke the function synchronously. Keep the connection open until the function returns a response or times out. The API response includes the function response and additional data.

  • Event – Invoke the function asynchronously. Send events that fail multiple times to the function's dead-letter queue (if one is configured). The API response only includes a status code.

  • DryRun – Validate parameter values and verify that the user or role has permission to invoke the function.

LogType

Set to Tail to include the execution log in the response. Applies to synchronously invoked functions only.

ClientContext

Up to 3,583 bytes of base64-encoded data about the invoking client to pass to the function in the context object. Lambda passes the ClientContext object to your function for synchronous invocations only.

Payload

The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input.

You can enter the JSON directly. For example, ⁠--payload '{ "key": "value" }'⁠. You can also specify a file path. For example, ⁠--payload file://payload.json⁠.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to invoke a published version of the function.


For asynchronous function invocation, use Invoke

Description

For asynchronous function invocation, use invoke.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke_async/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_invoke_async(FunctionName, InvokeArgs)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

InvokeArgs

[required] The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input.


Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients

Description

Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to stream responses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke_with_response_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_invoke_with_response_stream(
  FunctionName,
  InvocationType = NULL,
  LogType = NULL,
  ClientContext = NULL,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  Payload = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

InvocationType

Use one of the following options:

  • RequestResponse (default) – Invoke the function synchronously. Keep the connection open until the function returns a response or times out. The API operation response includes the function response and additional data.

  • DryRun – Validate parameter values and verify that the IAM user or role has permission to invoke the function.

LogType

Set to Tail to include the execution log in the response. Applies to synchronously invoked functions only.

ClientContext

Up to 3,583 bytes of base64-encoded data about the invoking client to pass to the function in the context object.

Qualifier

The alias name.

Payload

The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input.

You can enter the JSON directly. For example, ⁠--payload '{ "key": "value" }'⁠. You can also specify a file path. For example, ⁠--payload file://payload.json⁠.


Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function

Description

Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_aliases(
  FunctionName,
  FunctionVersion = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

FunctionVersion

Specify a function version to only list aliases that invoke that version.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

Limit the number of aliases returned.


Returns a list of code signing configurations

Description

Returns a list of code signing configurations. A request returns up to 10,000 configurations per call. You can use the MaxItems parameter to return fewer configurations per call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_code_signing_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_code_signing_configs(Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

Maximum number of items to return.


Lists event source mappings

Description

Lists event source mappings. Specify an EventSourceArn to show only event source mappings for a single event source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_event_source_mappings/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_event_source_mappings(
  EventSourceArn = NULL,
  FunctionName = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

EventSourceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event source.

  • Amazon Kinesis – The ARN of the data stream or a stream consumer.

  • Amazon DynamoDB Streams – The ARN of the stream.

  • Amazon Simple Queue Service – The ARN of the queue.

  • Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka – The ARN of the cluster or the ARN of the VPC connection (for cross-account event source mappings).

  • Amazon MQ – The ARN of the broker.

  • Amazon DocumentDB – The ARN of the DocumentDB change stream.

FunctionName

The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function nameMyFunction.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Version or Alias ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction:PROD⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length.

Marker

A pagination token returned by a previous call.

MaxItems

The maximum number of event source mappings to return. Note that ListEventSourceMappings returns a maximum of 100 items in each response, even if you set the number higher.


Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function

Description

Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_function_event_invoke_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_function_event_invoke_configs(
  FunctionName,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - ⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

The maximum number of configurations to return.


Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function

Description

Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_function_url_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_function_url_configs(FunctionName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

The maximum number of function URLs to return in the response. Note that list_function_url_configs returns a maximum of 50 items in each response, even if you set the number higher.


Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each

Description

Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each. Lambda returns up to 50 functions per call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_functions/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_functions(
  MasterRegion = NULL,
  FunctionVersion = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

MasterRegion

For Lambda@Edge functions, the Amazon Web Services Region of the master function. For example, us-east-1 filters the list of functions to include only Lambda@Edge functions replicated from a master function in US East (N. Virginia). If specified, you must set FunctionVersion to ALL.

FunctionVersion

Set to ALL to include entries for all published versions of each function.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

The maximum number of functions to return in the response. Note that list_functions returns a maximum of 50 items in each response, even if you set the number higher.


List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration

Description

List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration. You can use this method prior to deleting a code signing configuration, to verify that no functions are using it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_functions_by_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_functions_by_code_signing_config(
  CodeSigningConfigArn,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

CodeSigningConfigArn

[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

Maximum number of items to return.


Lists the versions of an Lambda layer

Description

Lists the versions of an Lambda layer. Versions that have been deleted aren't listed. Specify a runtime identifier to list only versions that indicate that they're compatible with that runtime. Specify a compatible architecture to include only layer versions that are compatible with that architecture.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_layer_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_layer_versions(
  CompatibleRuntime = NULL,
  LayerName,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  CompatibleArchitecture = NULL
)

Arguments

CompatibleRuntime

A runtime identifier.

The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation.

For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes.

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

Marker

A pagination token returned by a previous call.

MaxItems

The maximum number of versions to return.

CompatibleArchitecture

The compatible instruction set architecture.


Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each

Description

Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each. Specify a runtime identifier to list only layers that indicate that they're compatible with that runtime. Specify a compatible architecture to include only layers that are compatible with that instruction set architecture.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_layers/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_layers(
  CompatibleRuntime = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  CompatibleArchitecture = NULL
)

Arguments

CompatibleRuntime

A runtime identifier.

The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation.

For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes.

Marker

A pagination token returned by a previous call.

MaxItems

The maximum number of layers to return.

CompatibleArchitecture

The compatible instruction set architecture.


Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function

Description

Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_provisioned_concurrency_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_provisioned_concurrency_configs(
  FunctionName,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

Specify a number to limit the number of configurations returned.


Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags

Description

Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags. You can also view function tags with get_function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_tags(Resource)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Note: Lambda does not support adding tags to function aliases or versions.


Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each

Description

Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each. Lambda returns up to 50 versions per call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_versions_by_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_list_versions_by_function(FunctionName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Marker

Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results.

MaxItems

The maximum number of versions to return. Note that list_versions_by_function returns a maximum of 50 items in each response, even if you set the number higher.


Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive

Description

Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive. Each time you call publish_layer_version with the same layer name, a new version is created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_publish_layer_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_publish_layer_version(
  LayerName,
  Description = NULL,
  Content,
  CompatibleRuntimes = NULL,
  LicenseInfo = NULL,
  CompatibleArchitectures = NULL
)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

Description

The description of the version.

Content

[required] The function layer archive.

CompatibleRuntimes

A list of compatible function runtimes. Used for filtering with list_layers and list_layer_versions.

The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime deprecation policy.

LicenseInfo

The layer's software license. It can be any of the following:

  • An SPDX license identifier. For example, MIT.

  • The URL of a license hosted on the internet. For example, ⁠https://opensource.org/licenses/MIT⁠.

  • The full text of the license.

CompatibleArchitectures

A list of compatible instruction set architectures.


Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function

Description

Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function. Use versions to create a snapshot of your function code and configuration that doesn't change.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_publish_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_publish_version(
  FunctionName,
  CodeSha256 = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

CodeSha256

Only publish a version if the hash value matches the value that's specified. Use this option to avoid publishing a version if the function code has changed since you last updated it. You can get the hash for the version that you uploaded from the output of update_function_code.

Description

A description for the version to override the description in the function configuration.

RevisionId

Only update the function if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid publishing a version if the function configuration has changed since you last updated it.


Update the code signing configuration for the function

Description

Update the code signing configuration for the function. Changes to the code signing configuration take effect the next time a user tries to deploy a code package to the function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_function_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn, FunctionName)

Arguments

CodeSigningConfigArn

[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration.

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.


Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level

Description

Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_function_concurrency(FunctionName, ReservedConcurrentExecutions)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

ReservedConcurrentExecutions

[required] The number of simultaneous executions to reserve for the function.


Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias

Description

Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias. If a configuration already exists for a function, version, or alias, this operation overwrites it. If you exclude any settings, they are removed. To set one option without affecting existing settings for other options, use update_function_event_invoke_config.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_function_event_invoke_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
  MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = NULL,
  DestinationConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name - ⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

A version number or alias name.

MaximumRetryAttempts

The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.

MaximumEventAgeInSeconds

The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.

DestinationConfig

A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.

Destinations

  • Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.

  • Queue - The ARN of a standard SQS queue.

  • Bucket - The ARN of an Amazon S3 bucket.

  • Topic - The ARN of a standard SNS topic.

  • Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.

S3 buckets are supported only for on-failure destinations. To retain records of successful invocations, use another destination type.


Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration

Description

Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_recursion_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_function_recursion_config(FunctionName, RecursiveLoop)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

RecursiveLoop

[required] If you set your function's recursive loop detection configuration to Allow, Lambda doesn't take any action when it detects your function being invoked as part of a recursive loop. We recommend that you only use this setting if your design intentionally uses a Lambda function to write data back to the same Amazon Web Services resource that invokes it.

If you set your function's recursive loop detection configuration to Terminate, Lambda stops your function being invoked and notifies you when it detects your function being invoked as part of a recursive loop.

By default, Lambda sets your function's configuration to Terminate.

If your design intentionally uses a Lambda function to write data back to the same Amazon Web Services resource that invokes the function, then use caution and implement suitable guard rails to prevent unexpected charges being billed to your Amazon Web Services account. To learn more about best practices for using recursive invocation patterns, see Recursive patterns that cause run-away Lambda functions in Serverless Land.


Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version

Description

Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_provisioned_concurrency_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier,
  ProvisionedConcurrentExecutions
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

[required] The version number or alias name.

ProvisionedConcurrentExecutions

[required] The amount of provisioned concurrency to allocate for the version or alias.


Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version

Description

Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version. For more information, see Runtime updates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_runtime_management_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_put_runtime_management_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  UpdateRuntimeOn,
  RuntimeVersionArn = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

Specify a version of the function. This can be ⁠$LATEST⁠ or a published version number. If no value is specified, the configuration for the ⁠$LATEST⁠ version is returned.

UpdateRuntimeOn

[required] Specify the runtime update mode.

  • Auto (default) - Automatically update to the most recent and secure runtime version using a Two-phase runtime version rollout. This is the best choice for most customers to ensure they always benefit from runtime updates.

  • Function update - Lambda updates the runtime of your function to the most recent and secure runtime version when you update your function. This approach synchronizes runtime updates with function deployments, giving you control over when runtime updates are applied and allowing you to detect and mitigate rare runtime update incompatibilities early. When using this setting, you need to regularly update your functions to keep their runtime up-to-date.

  • Manual - You specify a runtime version in your function configuration. The function will use this runtime version indefinitely. In the rare case where a new runtime version is incompatible with an existing function, this allows you to roll back your function to an earlier runtime version. For more information, see Roll back a runtime version.

RuntimeVersionArn

The ARN of the runtime version you want the function to use.

This is only required if you're using the Manual runtime update mode.


Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer

Description

Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer. For more information, see add_layer_version_permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_remove_layer_version_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_remove_layer_version_permission(
  LayerName,
  VersionNumber,
  StatementId,
  RevisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

LayerName

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number.

StatementId

[required] The identifier that was specified when the statement was added.

RevisionId

Only update the policy if the revision ID matches the ID specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it.


Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account

Description

Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account. You can get the ID of the statement from the output of get_policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_remove_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_remove_permission(
  FunctionName,
  StatementId,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

StatementId

[required] Statement ID of the permission to remove.

Qualifier

Specify a version or alias to remove permissions from a published version of the function.

RevisionId

Update the policy only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it.


Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration

Description

Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_tag_resource(Resource, Tags)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

Tags

[required] A list of tags to apply to the resource.


Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration

Description

Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_untag_resource(Resource, TagKeys)

Arguments

Resource

[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias

Description

Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_alias(
  FunctionName,
  Name,
  FunctionVersion = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  RoutingConfig = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name - MyFunction.

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Name

[required] The name of the alias.

FunctionVersion

The function version that the alias invokes.

Description

A description of the alias.

RoutingConfig

The routing configuration of the alias.

RevisionId

Only update the alias if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying an alias that has changed since you last read it.


Update the code signing configuration

Description

Update the code signing configuration. Changes to the code signing configuration take effect the next time a user tries to deploy a code package to the function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_code_signing_config(
  CodeSigningConfigArn,
  Description = NULL,
  AllowedPublishers = NULL,
  CodeSigningPolicies = NULL
)

Arguments

CodeSigningConfigArn

[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration.

Description

Descriptive name for this code signing configuration.

AllowedPublishers

Signing profiles for this code signing configuration.

CodeSigningPolicies

The code signing policy.


Updates an event source mapping

Description

Updates an event source mapping. You can change the function that Lambda invokes, or pause invocation and resume later from the same location.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_event_source_mapping(
  UUID,
  FunctionName = NULL,
  Enabled = NULL,
  BatchSize = NULL,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
  DestinationConfig = NULL,
  MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = NULL,
  BisectBatchOnFunctionError = NULL,
  MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
  ParallelizationFactor = NULL,
  SourceAccessConfigurations = NULL,
  TumblingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
  FunctionResponseTypes = NULL,
  ScalingConfig = NULL,
  DocumentDBEventSourceConfig = NULL,
  KMSKeyArn = NULL,
  MetricsConfig = NULL,
  ProvisionedPollerConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

UUID

[required] The identifier of the event source mapping.

FunctionName

The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function nameMyFunction.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

  • Version or Alias ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:MyFunction:PROD⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:MyFunction⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length.

Enabled

When true, the event source mapping is active. When false, Lambda pauses polling and invocation.

Default: True

BatchSize

The maximum number of records in each batch that Lambda pulls from your stream or queue and sends to your function. Lambda passes all of the records in the batch to the function in a single call, up to the payload limit for synchronous invocation (6 MB).

  • Amazon Kinesis – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon DynamoDB Streams – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon Simple Queue Service – Default 10. For standard queues the max is 10,000. For FIFO queues the max is 10.

  • Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Self-managed Apache Kafka – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • Amazon MQ (ActiveMQ and RabbitMQ) – Default 100. Max 10,000.

  • DocumentDB – Default 100. Max 10,000.

FilterCriteria

An object that defines the filter criteria that determine whether Lambda should process an event. For more information, see Lambda event filtering.

MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds

The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that Lambda spends gathering records before invoking the function. You can configure MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds to any value from 0 seconds to 300 seconds in increments of seconds.

For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, the default batching window is 0 seconds. For Amazon MSK, Self-managed Apache Kafka, Amazon MQ, and DocumentDB event sources, the default batching window is 500 ms. Note that because you can only change MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds in increments of seconds, you cannot revert back to the 500 ms default batching window after you have changed it. To restore the default batching window, you must create a new event source mapping.

Related setting: For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, when you set BatchSize to a value greater than 10, you must set MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds to at least 1.

DestinationConfig

(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, Amazon MSK, and self-managed Kafka only) A configuration object that specifies the destination of an event after Lambda processes it.

MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records older than the specified age. The default value is infinite (-1).

BisectBatchOnFunctionError

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry.

MaximumRetryAttempts

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records after the specified number of retries. The default value is infinite (-1). When set to infinite (-1), failed records are retried until the record expires.

ParallelizationFactor

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently.

SourceAccessConfigurations

An array of authentication protocols or VPC components required to secure your event source.

TumblingWindowInSeconds

(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The duration in seconds of a processing window for DynamoDB and Kinesis Streams event sources. A value of 0 seconds indicates no tumbling window.

FunctionResponseTypes

(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, and Amazon SQS) A list of current response type enums applied to the event source mapping.

ScalingConfig

(Amazon SQS only) The scaling configuration for the event source. For more information, see Configuring maximum concurrency for Amazon SQS event sources.

DocumentDBEventSourceConfig

Specific configuration settings for a DocumentDB event source.

KMSKeyArn

The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that Lambda uses to encrypt your function's filter criteria. By default, Lambda does not encrypt your filter criteria object. Specify this property to encrypt data using your own customer managed key.

MetricsConfig

The metrics configuration for your event source. For more information, see Event source mapping metrics.

ProvisionedPollerConfig

(Amazon MSK and self-managed Apache Kafka only) The Provisioned Mode configuration for the event source. For more information, see Provisioned Mode.


Updates a Lambda function's code

Description

Updates a Lambda function's code. If code signing is enabled for the function, the code package must be signed by a trusted publisher. For more information, see Configuring code signing for Lambda.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_code/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_function_code(
  FunctionName,
  ZipFile = NULL,
  S3Bucket = NULL,
  S3Key = NULL,
  S3ObjectVersion = NULL,
  ImageUri = NULL,
  Publish = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL,
  Architectures = NULL,
  SourceKMSKeyArn = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

ZipFile

The base64-encoded contents of the deployment package. Amazon Web Services SDK and CLI clients handle the encoding for you. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package.

S3Bucket

An Amazon S3 bucket in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your function. The bucket can be in a different Amazon Web Services account. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package.

S3Key

The Amazon S3 key of the deployment package. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package.

S3ObjectVersion

For versioned objects, the version of the deployment package object to use.

ImageUri

URI of a container image in the Amazon ECR registry. Do not use for a function defined with a .zip file archive.

Publish

Set to true to publish a new version of the function after updating the code. This has the same effect as calling publish_version separately.

DryRun

Set to true to validate the request parameters and access permissions without modifying the function code.

RevisionId

Update the function only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a function that has changed since you last read it.

Architectures

The instruction set architecture that the function supports. Enter a string array with one of the valid values (arm64 or x86_64). The default value is x86_64.

SourceKMSKeyArn

The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt your function's .zip deployment package. If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services managed key.


Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function

Description

Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_function_configuration(
  FunctionName,
  Role = NULL,
  Handler = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MemorySize = NULL,
  VpcConfig = NULL,
  Environment = NULL,
  Runtime = NULL,
  DeadLetterConfig = NULL,
  KMSKeyArn = NULL,
  TracingConfig = NULL,
  RevisionId = NULL,
  Layers = NULL,
  FileSystemConfigs = NULL,
  ImageConfig = NULL,
  EphemeralStorage = NULL,
  SnapStart = NULL,
  LoggingConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Role

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role.

Handler

The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to run your function. Handler is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. The format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming model.

Description

A description of the function.

Timeout

The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. For more information, see Lambda execution environment.

MemorySize

The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB.

VpcConfig

For network connectivity to Amazon Web Services resources in a VPC, specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can access resources and the internet only through that VPC. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to access resources in a VPC.

Environment

Environment variables that are accessible from function code during execution.

Runtime

The identifier of the function's runtime. Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. Specifying a runtime results in an error if you're deploying a function using a container image.

The following list includes deprecated runtimes. Lambda blocks creating new functions and updating existing functions shortly after each runtime is deprecated. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation.

For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes.

DeadLetterConfig

A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, see Dead-letter queues.

KMSKeyArn

The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt the following resources:

  • The function's environment variables.

  • The function's Lambda SnapStart snapshots.

  • When used with SourceKMSKeyArn, the unzipped version of the .zip deployment package that's used for function invocations. For more information, see Specifying a customer managed key for Lambda.

  • The optimized version of the container image that's used for function invocations. Note that this is not the same key that's used to protect your container image in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR). For more information, see Function lifecycle.

If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services owned key or an Amazon Web Services managed key.

TracingConfig

Set Mode to Active to sample and trace a subset of incoming requests with X-Ray.

RevisionId

Update the function only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a function that has changed since you last read it.

Layers

A list of function layers to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its ARN, including the version.

FileSystemConfigs

Connection settings for an Amazon EFS file system.

ImageConfig

Container image configuration values that override the values in the container image Docker file.

EphemeralStorage

The size of the function's ⁠/tmp⁠ directory in MB. The default value is 512, but can be any whole number between 512 and 10,240 MB. For more information, see Configuring ephemeral storage (console).

SnapStart

The function's SnapStart setting.

LoggingConfig

The function's Amazon CloudWatch Logs configuration settings.


Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias

Description

Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_function_event_invoke_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
  MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = NULL,
  DestinationConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias.

Name formats

  • Function name - ⁠my-function⁠ (name-only), ⁠my-function:v1⁠ (with alias).

  • Function ARN - ⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN - ⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

A version number or alias name.

MaximumRetryAttempts

The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error.

MaximumEventAgeInSeconds

The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing.

DestinationConfig

A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing.

Destinations

  • Function - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a Lambda function.

  • Queue - The ARN of a standard SQS queue.

  • Bucket - The ARN of an Amazon S3 bucket.

  • Topic - The ARN of a standard SNS topic.

  • Event Bus - The ARN of an Amazon EventBridge event bus.

S3 buckets are supported only for on-failure destinations. To retain records of successful invocations, use another destination type.


Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL

Description

Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_url_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

lambda_update_function_url_config(
  FunctionName,
  Qualifier = NULL,
  AuthType = NULL,
  Cors = NULL,
  InvokeMode = NULL
)

Arguments

FunctionName

[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function.

Name formats

  • Function name⁠my-function⁠.

  • Function ARN⁠arn:aws:lambda:us-west-2:123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

  • Partial ARN⁠123456789012:function:my-function⁠.

The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length.

Qualifier

The alias name.

AuthType

The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to AWS_IAM if you want to restrict access to authenticated users only. Set to NONE if you want to bypass IAM authentication to create a public endpoint. For more information, see Security and auth model for Lambda function URLs.

Cors

The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) settings for your function URL.

InvokeMode

Use one of the following options:

  • BUFFERED – This is the default option. Lambda invokes your function using the invoke API operation. Invocation results are available when the payload is complete. The maximum payload size is 6 MB.

  • RESPONSE_STREAM – Your function streams payload results as they become available. Lambda invokes your function using the invoke_with_response_stream API operation. The maximum response payload size is 20 MB, however, you can request a quota increase.


Amazon Lightsail

Description

Amazon Lightsail is the easiest way to get started with Amazon Web Services (Amazon Web Services) for developers who need to build websites or web applications. It includes everything you need to launch your project quickly - instances (virtual private servers), container services, storage buckets, managed databases, SSD-based block storage, static IP addresses, load balancers, content delivery network (CDN) distributions, DNS management of registered domains, and resource snapshots (backups) - for a low, predictable monthly price.

You can manage your Lightsail resources using the Lightsail console, Lightsail API, Command Line Interface (CLI), or SDKs. For more information about Lightsail concepts and tasks, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

This API Reference provides detailed information about the actions, data types, parameters, and errors of the Lightsail service. For more information about the supported Amazon Web Services Regions, endpoints, and service quotas of the Lightsail service, see Amazon Lightsail Endpoints and Quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Usage

lightsail(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- lightsail(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

allocate_static_ip Allocates a static IP address
attach_certificate_to_distribution Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
attach_disk Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name
attach_instances_to_load_balancer Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer
attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer
attach_static_ip Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance
close_instance_public_ports Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance
copy_snapshot Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot
create_bucket Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket
create_bucket_access_key Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
create_certificate Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service
create_cloud_formation_stack Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot
create_contact_method Creates an email or SMS text message contact method
create_container_service Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service
create_container_service_deployment Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service
create_container_service_registry_login Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine
create_disk Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a)
create_disk_from_snapshot Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk
create_disk_snapshot Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk
create_distribution Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
create_domain Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example
create_domain_entry Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT)
create_gui_session_access_details Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session
create_instances Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances
create_instances_from_snapshot Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance
create_instance_snapshot Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance
create_key_pair Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance
create_load_balancer Creates a Lightsail load balancer
create_load_balancer_tls_certificate Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer
create_relational_database Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail
create_relational_database_from_snapshot Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
create_relational_database_snapshot Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail
delete_alarm Deletes an alarm
delete_auto_snapshot Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk
delete_bucket Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket
delete_bucket_access_key Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
delete_certificate Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
delete_contact_method Deletes a contact method
delete_container_image Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service
delete_container_service Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service
delete_disk Deletes the specified block storage disk
delete_disk_snapshot Deletes the specified disk snapshot
delete_distribution Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
delete_domain Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records
delete_domain_entry Deletes a specific domain entry
delete_instance Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance
delete_instance_snapshot Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance)
delete_key_pair Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail
delete_known_host_keys Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance
delete_load_balancer Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates
delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer
delete_relational_database Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail
delete_relational_database_snapshot Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
detach_certificate_from_distribution Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
detach_disk Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance
detach_instances_from_load_balancer Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer
detach_static_ip Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached
disable_add_on Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource
download_default_key_pair Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair
enable_add_on Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource
export_snapshot Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2)
get_active_names Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources
get_alarms Returns information about the configured alarms
get_auto_snapshots Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk
get_blueprints Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints
get_bucket_access_keys Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
get_bucket_bundles Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket
get_bucket_metric_data Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket
get_buckets Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets
get_bundles Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it
get_certificates Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates
get_cloud_formation_stack_records Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the create cloud formation stack operation
get_contact_methods Returns information about the configured contact methods
get_container_api_metadata Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin
get_container_images Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service
get_container_log Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service
get_container_service_deployments Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service
get_container_service_metric_data Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service
get_container_service_powers Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services
get_container_services Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services
get_cost_estimate Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource
get_disk Returns information about a specific block storage disk
get_disks Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region
get_disk_snapshot Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot
get_disk_snapshots Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region
get_distribution_bundles Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions
get_distribution_latest_cache_reset Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
get_distribution_metric_data Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
get_distributions Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions
get_domain Returns information about a specific domain recordset
get_domains Returns a list of all domains in the user's account
get_export_snapshot_records Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the export snapshot operation
get_instance Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server
get_instance_access_details Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance
get_instance_metric_data Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name
get_instance_port_states Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
get_instances Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances
get_instance_snapshot Returns information about a specific instance snapshot
get_instance_snapshots Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account
get_instance_state Returns the state of a specific instance
get_key_pair Returns information about a specific key pair
get_key_pairs Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account
get_load_balancer Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer
get_load_balancer_metric_data Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer
get_load_balancers Returns information about all load balancers in an account
get_load_balancer_tls_certificates Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer
get_load_balancer_tls_policies Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers
get_operation Returns information about a specific operation
get_operations Returns information about all operations
get_operations_for_resource Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP)
get_regions Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_blueprints Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_bundles Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_events Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_log_events Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_log_streams Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_master_user_password Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database
get_relational_database_metric_data Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_parameters Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_databases Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_snapshot Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
get_relational_database_snapshots Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail
get_setup_history Returns detailed information for five of the most recent SetupInstanceHttps requests that were ran on the target instance
get_static_ip Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP
get_static_ips Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account
import_key_pair Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair
is_vpc_peered Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered
open_instance_public_ports Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
peer_vpc Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC
put_alarm Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric
put_instance_public_ports Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
reboot_instance Restarts a specific instance
reboot_relational_database Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
register_container_image Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service
release_static_ip Deletes a specific static IP from your account
reset_distribution_cache Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
send_contact_method_verification Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester
set_ip_address_type Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource
set_resource_access_for_bucket Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket
setup_instance_https Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website
start_gui_session Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application
start_instance Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state
start_relational_database Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail
stop_gui_session Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application
stop_instance Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running
stop_relational_database Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource
test_alarm Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console
unpeer_vpc Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC
untag_resource Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource
update_bucket Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket
update_bucket_bundle Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket
update_container_service Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names
update_distribution Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
update_distribution_bundle Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
update_domain_entry Updates a domain recordset after it is created
update_instance_metadata_options Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance
update_load_balancer_attribute Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer
update_relational_database Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail
update_relational_database_parameters Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- lightsail()
svc$allocate_static_ip(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Allocates a static IP address

Description

Allocates a static IP address.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_allocate_static_ip/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_allocate_static_ip(staticIpName)

Arguments

staticIpName

[required] The name of the static IP address.


Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_certificate_to_distribution/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_attach_certificate_to_distribution(distributionName, certificateName)

Arguments

distributionName

[required] The name of the distribution that the certificate will be attached to.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.

certificateName

[required] The name of the certificate to attach to a distribution.

Only certificates with a status of ISSUED can be attached to a distribution.

Use the get_certificates action to get a list of certificate names that you can specify.

This is the name of the certificate resource type and is used only to reference the certificate in other API actions. It can be different than the domain name of the certificate. For example, your certificate name might be WordPress-Blog-Certificate and the domain name of the certificate might be example.com.


Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name

Description

Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_disk/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_attach_disk(diskName, instanceName, diskPath, autoMounting = NULL)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The unique Lightsail disk name (my-disk).

instanceName

[required] The name of the Lightsail instance where you want to utilize the storage disk.

diskPath

[required] The disk path to expose to the instance (⁠/dev/xvdf⁠).

autoMounting

A Boolean value used to determine the automatic mounting of a storage volume to a virtual computer. The default value is False.

This value only applies to Lightsail for Research resources.


Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer

Description

Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_instances_to_load_balancer/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_attach_instances_to_load_balancer(loadBalancerName, instanceNames)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer.

instanceNames

[required] An array of strings representing the instance name(s) you want to attach to your load balancer.

An instance must be running before you can attach it to your load balancer.

There are no additional limits on the number of instances you can attach to your load balancer, aside from the limit of Lightsail instances you can create in your account (20).


Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer

Description

Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer. TLS is just an updated, more secure version of Secure Socket Layer (SSL).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
  loadBalancerName,
  certificateName
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer to which you want to associate the SSL/TLS certificate.

certificateName

[required] The name of your SSL/TLS certificate.


Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance

Description

Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_static_ip/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_attach_static_ip(staticIpName, instanceName)

Arguments

staticIpName

[required] The name of the static IP.

instanceName

[required] The instance name to which you want to attach the static IP address.


Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance

Description

Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_close_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_close_instance_public_ports(portInfo, instanceName)

Arguments

portInfo

[required] An object to describe the ports to close for the specified instance.

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which to close ports.


Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot

Description

Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot. This operation can also be used to copy a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance or a disk from one Amazon Web Services Region to another in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_copy_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_copy_snapshot(
  sourceSnapshotName = NULL,
  sourceResourceName = NULL,
  restoreDate = NULL,
  useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL,
  targetSnapshotName,
  sourceRegion
)

Arguments

sourceSnapshotName

The name of the source manual snapshot to copy.

Constraint:

  • Define this parameter only when copying a manual snapshot as another manual snapshot.

sourceResourceName

The name of the source instance or disk from which the source automatic snapshot was created.

Constraint:

restoreDate

The date of the source automatic snapshot to copy. Use the ⁠get auto snapshots⁠ operation to identify the dates of the available automatic snapshots.

Constraints:

  • Must be specified in YYYY-MM-DD format.

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameter. The ⁠restore date⁠ and ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when copying an automatic snapshot as a manual snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot

A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot of the specified source instance or disk.

Constraints:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠restore date⁠ parameter. The ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ and ⁠restore date⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when copying an automatic snapshot as a manual snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

targetSnapshotName

[required] The name of the new manual snapshot to be created as a copy.

sourceRegion

[required] The Amazon Web Services Region where the source manual or automatic snapshot is located.


Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_bucket(
  bucketName,
  bundleId,
  tags = NULL,
  enableObjectVersioning = NULL
)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name for the bucket.

For more information about bucket names, see Bucket naming rules in Amazon Lightsail in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

bundleId

[required] The ID of the bundle to use for the bucket.

A bucket bundle specifies the monthly cost, storage space, and data transfer quota for a bucket.

Use the get_bucket_bundles action to get a list of bundle IDs that you can specify.

Use the update_bucket_bundle action to change the bundle after the bucket is created.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the bucket during creation.

Use the tag_resource action to tag the bucket after it's created.

enableObjectVersioning

A Boolean value that indicates whether to enable versioning of objects in the bucket.

For more information about versioning, see Enabling and suspending object versioning in a bucket in Amazon Lightsail in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket. Access keys consist of an access key ID and corresponding secret access key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_bucket_access_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_bucket_access_key(bucketName)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket that the new access key will belong to, and grant access to.


Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service

Description

Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_certificate(
  certificateName,
  domainName,
  subjectAlternativeNames = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

certificateName

[required] The name for the certificate.

domainName

[required] The domain name (example.com) for the certificate.

subjectAlternativeNames

An array of strings that specify the alternate domains (example2.com) and subdomains (blog.example.com) for the certificate.

You can specify a maximum of nine alternate domains (in addition to the primary domain name).

Wildcard domain entries (⁠*.example.com⁠) are not supported.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the certificate during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot

Description

Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot. This operation results in a CloudFormation stack record that can be used to track the AWS CloudFormation stack created. Use the ⁠get cloud formation stack records⁠ operation to get a list of the CloudFormation stacks created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_cloud_formation_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_cloud_formation_stack(instances)

Arguments

instances

[required] An array of parameters that will be used to create the new Amazon EC2 instance. You can only pass one instance entry at a time in this array. You will get an invalid parameter error if you pass more than one instance entry in this array.


Creates an email or SMS text message contact method

Description

Creates an email or SMS text message contact method.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_contact_method/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_contact_method(protocol, contactEndpoint)

Arguments

protocol

[required] The protocol of the contact method, such as Email or SMS (text messaging).

The SMS protocol is supported only in the following Amazon Web Services Regions.

  • US East (N. Virginia) (us-east-1)

  • US West (Oregon) (us-west-2)

  • Europe (Ireland) (eu-west-1)

  • Asia Pacific (Tokyo) (ap-northeast-1)

  • Asia Pacific (Singapore) (ap-southeast-1)

  • Asia Pacific (Sydney) (ap-southeast-2)

For a list of countries/regions where SMS text messages can be sent, and the latest Amazon Web Services Regions where SMS text messaging is supported, see Supported Regions and Countries in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.

For more information about notifications in Amazon Lightsail, see Notifications in Amazon Lightsail.

contactEndpoint

[required] The destination of the contact method, such as an email address or a mobile phone number.

Use the E.164 format when specifying a mobile phone number. E.164 is a standard for the phone number structure used for international telecommunication. Phone numbers that follow this format can have a maximum of 15 digits, and they are prefixed with the plus character (+) and the country code. For example, a U.S. phone number in E.164 format would be specified as +1XXX5550100. For more information, see E.164 on Wikipedia.


Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_container_service(
  serviceName,
  power,
  scale,
  tags = NULL,
  publicDomainNames = NULL,
  deployment = NULL,
  privateRegistryAccess = NULL
)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name for the container service.

The name that you specify for your container service will make up part of its default domain. The default domain of a container service is typically ⁠https://<ServiceName>.<RandomGUID>.<AWSRegion>.cs.amazonlightsail.com⁠. If the name of your container service is container-service-1, and it's located in the US East (Ohio) Amazon Web Services Region (us-east-2), then the domain for your container service will be like the following example: ⁠https://container-service-1.ur4EXAMPLE2uq.us-east-2.cs.amazonlightsail.com⁠

The following are the requirements for container service names:

  • Must be unique within each Amazon Web Services Region in your Lightsail account.

  • Must contain 1 to 63 characters.

  • Must contain only alphanumeric characters and hyphens.

  • A hyphen (-) can separate words but cannot be at the start or end of the name.

power

[required] The power specification for the container service.

The power specifies the amount of memory, vCPUs, and base monthly cost of each node of the container service. The power and scale of a container service makes up its configured capacity. To determine the monthly price of your container service, multiply the base price of the power with the scale (the number of nodes) of the service.

Use the get_container_service_powers action to get a list of power options that you can specify using this parameter, and their base monthly cost.

scale

[required] The scale specification for the container service.

The scale specifies the allocated compute nodes of the container service. The power and scale of a container service makes up its configured capacity. To determine the monthly price of your container service, multiply the base price of the power with the scale (the number of nodes) of the service.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the container service during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

For more information about tags in Lightsail, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

publicDomainNames

The public domain names to use with the container service, such as example.com and www.example.com.

You can specify up to four public domain names for a container service. The domain names that you specify are used when you create a deployment with a container configured as the public endpoint of your container service.

If you don't specify public domain names, then you can use the default domain of the container service.

You must create and validate an SSL/TLS certificate before you can use public domain names with your container service. Use the create_certificate action to create a certificate for the public domain names you want to use with your container service.

You can specify public domain names using a string to array map as shown in the example later on this page.

deployment

An object that describes a deployment for the container service.

A deployment specifies the containers that will be launched on the container service and their settings, such as the ports to open, the environment variables to apply, and the launch command to run. It also specifies the container that will serve as the public endpoint of the deployment and its settings, such as the HTTP or HTTPS port to use, and the health check configuration.

privateRegistryAccess

An object to describe the configuration for the container service to access private container image repositories, such as Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) private repositories.

For more information, see Configuring access to an Amazon ECR private repository for an Amazon Lightsail container service in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_container_service_deployment(
  serviceName,
  containers = NULL,
  publicEndpoint = NULL
)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to create the deployment.

containers

An object that describes the settings of the containers that will be launched on the container service.

publicEndpoint

An object that describes the settings of the public endpoint for the container service.


Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine

Description

Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine. After you're logged in, you can use the native Docker commands to push your local container images to the container image registry of your Amazon Lightsail account so that you can use them with your Lightsail container service. The log in credentials expire 12 hours after they are created, at which point you will need to create a new set of log in credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service_registry_login/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_container_service_registry_login()

Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a)

Description

Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (⁠us-east-2a⁠).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_disk(
  diskName,
  availabilityZone,
  sizeInGb,
  tags = NULL,
  addOns = NULL
)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The unique Lightsail disk name (my-disk).

availabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create the disk (⁠us-east-2a⁠). Use the same Availability Zone as the Lightsail instance to which you want to attach the disk.

Use the ⁠get regions⁠ operation to list the Availability Zones where Lightsail is currently available.

sizeInGb

[required] The size of the disk in GB (32).

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

addOns

An array of objects that represent the add-ons to enable for the new disk.


Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk

Description

Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk. The resulting disk can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (⁠us-east-2a⁠).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_disk_from_snapshot(
  diskName,
  diskSnapshotName = NULL,
  availabilityZone,
  sizeInGb,
  tags = NULL,
  addOns = NULL,
  sourceDiskName = NULL,
  restoreDate = NULL,
  useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL
)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The unique Lightsail disk name (my-disk).

diskSnapshotName

The name of the disk snapshot (my-snapshot) from which to create the new storage disk.

Constraint:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠source disk name⁠ parameter. The ⁠disk snapshot name⁠ and ⁠source disk name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

availabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create the disk (⁠us-east-2a⁠). Choose the same Availability Zone as the Lightsail instance where you want to create the disk.

Use the GetRegions operation to list the Availability Zones where Lightsail is currently available.

sizeInGb

[required] The size of the disk in GB (32).

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

addOns

An array of objects that represent the add-ons to enable for the new disk.

sourceDiskName

The name of the source disk from which the source automatic snapshot was created.

Constraints:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠disk snapshot name⁠ parameter. The ⁠source disk name⁠ and ⁠disk snapshot name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new disk from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

restoreDate

The date of the automatic snapshot to use for the new disk. Use the ⁠get auto snapshots⁠ operation to identify the dates of the available automatic snapshots.

Constraints:

  • Must be specified in YYYY-MM-DD format.

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameter. The ⁠restore date⁠ and ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new disk from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot

A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot.

Constraints:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠restore date⁠ parameter. The ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ and ⁠restore date⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new disk from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk

Description

Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of disks, and to save data before shutting down a Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_disk_snapshot(
  diskName = NULL,
  diskSnapshotName,
  instanceName = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

diskName

The unique name of the source disk (Disk-Virginia-1).

This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠instance name⁠ parameter. The ⁠disk name⁠ and ⁠instance name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

diskSnapshotName

[required] The name of the destination disk snapshot (my-disk-snapshot) based on the source disk.

instanceName

The unique name of the source instance (⁠Amazon_Linux-512MB-Virginia-1⁠). When this is defined, a snapshot of the instance's system volume is created.

This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠disk name⁠ parameter. The ⁠instance name⁠ and ⁠disk name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_distribution/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_distribution(
  distributionName,
  origin,
  defaultCacheBehavior,
  cacheBehaviorSettings = NULL,
  cacheBehaviors = NULL,
  bundleId,
  ipAddressType = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  certificateName = NULL,
  viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

distributionName

[required] The name for the distribution.

origin

[required] An object that describes the origin resource for the distribution, such as a Lightsail instance, bucket, or load balancer.

The distribution pulls, caches, and serves content from the origin.

defaultCacheBehavior

[required] An object that describes the default cache behavior for the distribution.

cacheBehaviorSettings

An object that describes the cache behavior settings for the distribution.

cacheBehaviors

An array of objects that describe the per-path cache behavior for the distribution.

bundleId

[required] The bundle ID to use for the distribution.

A distribution bundle describes the specifications of your distribution, such as the monthly cost and monthly network transfer quota.

Use the get_distribution_bundles action to get a list of distribution bundle IDs that you can specify.

ipAddressType

The IP address type for the distribution.

The possible values are ipv4 for IPv4 only, and dualstack for IPv4 and IPv6.

The default value is dualstack.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the distribution during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

certificateName

The name of the SSL/TLS certificate that you want to attach to the distribution.

Use the get_certificates action to get a list of certificate names that you can specify.

viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion

The minimum TLS protocol version for the SSL/TLS certificate.


Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example

Description

Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example.com).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_domain(domainName, tags = NULL)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The domain name to manage (example.com).

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT)

Description

Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_domain_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The domain name (example.com) for which you want to create the domain entry.

domainEntry

[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about the domain entry request.


Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session

Description

Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session. The primary URL initiates a web-based Amazon DCV session to the virtual computer's application. The secondary URL initiates a web-based Amazon DCV session to the virtual computer's operating session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_gui_session_access_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_gui_session_access_details(resourceName)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The resource name.


Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance

Description

Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance. You can use a snapshot to create a new instance that is based on that snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_instance_snapshot(
  instanceSnapshotName,
  instanceName,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceSnapshotName

[required] The name for your new snapshot.

instanceName

[required] The Lightsail instance on which to base your snapshot.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances

Description

Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_instances(
  instanceNames,
  availabilityZone,
  customImageName = NULL,
  blueprintId,
  bundleId,
  userData = NULL,
  keyPairName = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  addOns = NULL,
  ipAddressType = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceNames

[required] The names to use for your new Lightsail instances. Separate multiple values using quotation marks and commas, for example: ⁠["MyFirstInstance","MySecondInstance"]⁠

availabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone in which to create your instance. Use the following format: ⁠us-east-2a⁠ (case sensitive). You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the get regions operation. Be sure to add the ⁠include Availability Zones⁠ parameter to your request.

customImageName

(Discontinued) The name for your custom image.

In releases prior to June 12, 2017, this parameter was ignored by the API. It is now discontinued.

blueprintId

[required] The ID for a virtual private server image (app_wordpress_x_x or app_lamp_x_x). Use the ⁠get blueprints⁠ operation to return a list of available images (or blueprints).

Use active blueprints when creating new instances. Inactive blueprints are listed to support customers with existing instances and are not necessarily available to create new instances. Blueprints are marked inactive when they become outdated due to operating system updates or new application releases.

bundleId

[required] The bundle of specification information for your virtual private server (or instance), including the pricing plan (medium_x_x).

userData

A launch script you can create that configures a server with additional user data. For example, you might want to run ⁠apt-get -y update⁠.

Depending on the machine image you choose, the command to get software on your instance varies. Amazon Linux and CentOS use yum, Debian and Ubuntu use apt-get, and FreeBSD uses pkg. For a complete list, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

keyPairName

The name of your key pair.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

addOns

An array of objects representing the add-ons to enable for the new instance.

ipAddressType

The IP address type for the instance.

The possible values are ipv4 for IPv4 only, ipv6 for IPv6 only, and dualstack for IPv4 and IPv6.

The default value is dualstack.


Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance

Description

Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instances_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_instances_from_snapshot(
  instanceNames,
  attachedDiskMapping = NULL,
  availabilityZone,
  instanceSnapshotName = NULL,
  bundleId,
  userData = NULL,
  keyPairName = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  addOns = NULL,
  ipAddressType = NULL,
  sourceInstanceName = NULL,
  restoreDate = NULL,
  useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceNames

[required] The names for your new instances.

attachedDiskMapping

An object containing information about one or more disk mappings.

availabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create your instances. Use the following formatting: ⁠us-east-2a⁠ (case sensitive). You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the get regions operation. Be sure to add the ⁠include Availability Zones⁠ parameter to your request.

instanceSnapshotName

The name of the instance snapshot on which you are basing your new instances. Use the get instance snapshots operation to return information about your existing snapshots.

Constraint:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠source instance name⁠ parameter. The ⁠instance snapshot name⁠ and ⁠source instance name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

bundleId

[required] The bundle of specification information for your virtual private server (or instance), including the pricing plan (micro_x_x).

userData

You can create a launch script that configures a server with additional user data. For example, ⁠apt-get -y update⁠.

Depending on the machine image you choose, the command to get software on your instance varies. Amazon Linux and CentOS use yum, Debian and Ubuntu use apt-get, and FreeBSD uses pkg. For a complete list, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

keyPairName

The name for your key pair.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

addOns

An array of objects representing the add-ons to enable for the new instance.

ipAddressType

The IP address type for the instance.

The possible values are ipv4 for IPv4 only, ipv6 for IPv6 only, and dualstack for IPv4 and IPv6.

The default value is dualstack.

sourceInstanceName

The name of the source instance from which the source automatic snapshot was created.

Constraints:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠instance snapshot name⁠ parameter. The ⁠source instance name⁠ and ⁠instance snapshot name⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new instance from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

restoreDate

The date of the automatic snapshot to use for the new instance. Use the ⁠get auto snapshots⁠ operation to identify the dates of the available automatic snapshots.

Constraints:

  • Must be specified in YYYY-MM-DD format.

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameter. The ⁠restore date⁠ and ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new instance from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot

A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot.

Constraints:

  • This parameter cannot be defined together with the ⁠restore date⁠ parameter. The ⁠use latest restorable auto snapshot⁠ and ⁠restore date⁠ parameters are mutually exclusive.

  • Define this parameter only when creating a new instance from an automatic snapshot. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance

Description

Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_key_pair(keyPairName, tags = NULL)

Arguments

keyPairName

[required] The name for your new key pair.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates a Lightsail load balancer

Description

Creates a Lightsail load balancer. To learn more about deciding whether to load balance your application, see Configure your Lightsail instances for load balancing. You can create up to 5 load balancers per AWS Region in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_load_balancer/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_load_balancer(
  loadBalancerName,
  instancePort,
  healthCheckPath = NULL,
  certificateName = NULL,
  certificateDomainName = NULL,
  certificateAlternativeNames = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  ipAddressType = NULL,
  tlsPolicyName = NULL
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of your load balancer.

instancePort

[required] The instance port where you're creating your load balancer.

healthCheckPath

The path you provided to perform the load balancer health check. If you didn't specify a health check path, Lightsail uses the root path of your website ("/").

You may want to specify a custom health check path other than the root of your application if your home page loads slowly or has a lot of media or scripting on it.

certificateName

The name of the SSL/TLS certificate.

If you specify certificateName, then certificateDomainName is required (and vice-versa).

certificateDomainName

The domain name with which your certificate is associated (example.com).

If you specify certificateDomainName, then certificateName is required (and vice-versa).

certificateAlternativeNames

The optional alternative domains and subdomains to use with your SSL/TLS certificate (www.example.com, example.com, m.example.com, blog.example.com).

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.

ipAddressType

The IP address type for the load balancer.

The possible values are ipv4 for IPv4 only, ipv6 for IPv6 only, and dualstack for IPv4 and IPv6.

The default value is dualstack.

tlsPolicyName

The name of the TLS policy to apply to the load balancer.

Use the get_load_balancer_tls_policies action to get a list of TLS policy names that you can specify.

For more information about load balancer TLS policies, see Configuring TLS security policies on your Amazon Lightsail load balancers in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer

Description

Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
  loadBalancerName,
  certificateName,
  certificateDomainName,
  certificateAlternativeNames = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The load balancer name where you want to create the SSL/TLS certificate.

certificateName

[required] The SSL/TLS certificate name.

You can have up to 10 certificates in your account at one time. Each Lightsail load balancer can have up to 2 certificates associated with it at one time. There is also an overall limit to the number of certificates that can be issue in a 365-day period. For more information, see Limits.

certificateDomainName

[required] The domain name (example.com) for your SSL/TLS certificate.

certificateAlternativeNames

An array of strings listing alternative domains and subdomains for your SSL/TLS certificate. Lightsail will de-dupe the names for you. You can have a maximum of 9 alternative names (in addition to the 1 primary domain). We do not support wildcards (⁠*.example.com⁠).

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_relational_database(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  availabilityZone = NULL,
  relationalDatabaseBlueprintId,
  relationalDatabaseBundleId,
  masterDatabaseName,
  masterUsername,
  masterUserPassword = NULL,
  preferredBackupWindow = NULL,
  preferredMaintenanceWindow = NULL,
  publiclyAccessible = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name to use for your new Lightsail database resource.

Constraints:

  • Must contain from 2 to 255 alphanumeric characters, or hyphens.

  • The first and last character must be a letter or number.

availabilityZone

The Availability Zone in which to create your new database. Use the ⁠us-east-2a⁠ case-sensitive format.

You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the ⁠get regions⁠ operation. Be sure to add the ⁠include relational database Availability Zones⁠ parameter to your request.

relationalDatabaseBlueprintId

[required] The blueprint ID for your new database. A blueprint describes the major engine version of a database.

You can get a list of database blueprints IDs by using the ⁠get relational database blueprints⁠ operation.

relationalDatabaseBundleId

[required] The bundle ID for your new database. A bundle describes the performance specifications for your database.

You can get a list of database bundle IDs by using the ⁠get relational database bundles⁠ operation.

masterDatabaseName

[required] The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use.

MySQL

The name of the database to create when the Lightsail database resource is created. If this parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the database resource.

Constraints:

  • Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers.

  • Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0- 9).

  • Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.

    For more information about reserved words in MySQL, see the Keywords and Reserved Words articles for MySQL 5.6, MySQL 5.7, and MySQL 8.0.

PostgreSQL

The name of the database to create when the Lightsail database resource is created. If this parameter isn't specified, a database named postgres is created in the database resource.

Constraints:

  • Must contain 1 to 63 letters or numbers.

  • Must begin with a letter. Subsequent characters can be letters, underscores, or digits (0- 9).

  • Can't be a word reserved by the specified database engine.

    For more information about reserved words in PostgreSQL, see the SQL Key Words articles for PostgreSQL 9.6, PostgreSQL 10, PostgreSQL 11, and PostgreSQL 12.

masterUsername

[required] The name for the master user.

MySQL

Constraints:

  • Required for MySQL.

  • Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. Can contain underscores.

  • First character must be a letter.

  • Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.

    For more information about reserved words in MySQL 5.6 or 5.7, see the Keywords and Reserved Words articles for MySQL 5.6, MySQL 5.7, or MySQL 8.0.

PostgreSQL

Constraints:

  • Required for PostgreSQL.

  • Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers. Can contain underscores.

  • First character must be a letter.

  • Can't be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.

    For more information about reserved words in MySQL 5.6 or 5.7, see the Keywords and Reserved Words articles for PostgreSQL 9.6, PostgreSQL 10, PostgreSQL 11, and PostgreSQL 12.

masterUserPassword

The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". It cannot contain spaces.

MySQL

Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.

PostgreSQL

Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.

preferredBackupWindow

The daily time range during which automated backups are created for your new database if automated backups are enabled.

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. For more information about the preferred backup window time blocks for each region, see the Working With Backups guide in the Amazon Relational Database Service documentation.

Constraints:

  • Must be in the hh24:mi-hh24:mi format.

    Example: 16:00-16:30

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.

  • Must be at least 30 minutes.

preferredMaintenanceWindow

The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur on your new database.

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week.

Constraints:

  • Must be in the ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi format.

  • Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.

  • Must be at least 30 minutes.

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Example: Tue:17:00-Tue:17:30

publiclyAccessible

Specifies the accessibility options for your new database. A value of true specifies a database that is available to resources outside of your Lightsail account. A value of false specifies a database that is available only to your Lightsail resources in the same region as your database.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_relational_database_from_snapshot(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  availabilityZone = NULL,
  publiclyAccessible = NULL,
  relationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL,
  relationalDatabaseBundleId = NULL,
  sourceRelationalDatabaseName = NULL,
  restoreTime = NULL,
  useLatestRestorableTime = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name to use for your new Lightsail database resource.

Constraints:

  • Must contain from 2 to 255 alphanumeric characters, or hyphens.

  • The first and last character must be a letter or number.

availabilityZone

The Availability Zone in which to create your new database. Use the ⁠us-east-2a⁠ case-sensitive format.

You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the ⁠get regions⁠ operation. Be sure to add the ⁠include relational database Availability Zones⁠ parameter to your request.

publiclyAccessible

Specifies the accessibility options for your new database. A value of true specifies a database that is available to resources outside of your Lightsail account. A value of false specifies a database that is available only to your Lightsail resources in the same region as your database.

relationalDatabaseSnapshotName

The name of the database snapshot from which to create your new database.

relationalDatabaseBundleId

The bundle ID for your new database. A bundle describes the performance specifications for your database.

You can get a list of database bundle IDs by using the ⁠get relational database bundles⁠ operation.

When creating a new database from a snapshot, you cannot choose a bundle that is smaller than the bundle of the source database.

sourceRelationalDatabaseName

The name of the source database.

restoreTime

The date and time to restore your database from.

Constraints:

  • Must be before the latest restorable time for the database.

  • Cannot be specified if the ⁠use latest restorable time⁠ parameter is true.

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use a restore time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, then you input 1538424000 as the restore time.

useLatestRestorableTime

Specifies whether your database is restored from the latest backup time. A value of true restores from the latest backup time.

Default: false

Constraints: Cannot be specified if the ⁠restore time⁠ parameter is provided.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of a database, and to save data before deleting a database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_create_relational_database_snapshot(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  relationalDatabaseSnapshotName,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of the database on which to base your new snapshot.

relationalDatabaseSnapshotName

[required] The name for your new database snapshot.

Constraints:

  • Must contain from 2 to 255 alphanumeric characters, or hyphens.

  • The first and last character must be a letter or number.

tags

The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create.

Use the tag_resource action to tag a resource after it's created.


Deletes an alarm

Description

Deletes an alarm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_alarm/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_alarm(alarmName)

Arguments

alarmName

[required] The name of the alarm to delete.


Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk

Description

Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_auto_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_auto_snapshot(resourceName, date)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the source instance or disk from which to delete the automatic snapshot.

date

[required] The date of the automatic snapshot to delete in YYYY-MM-DD format. Use the ⁠get auto snapshots⁠ operation to get the available automatic snapshots for a resource.


Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_bucket(bucketName, forceDelete = NULL)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket to delete.

Use the get_buckets action to get a list of bucket names that you can specify.

forceDelete

A Boolean value that indicates whether to force delete the bucket.

You must force delete the bucket if it has one of the following conditions:

  • The bucket is the origin of a distribution.

  • The bucket has instances that were granted access to it using the set_resource_access_for_bucket action.

  • The bucket has objects.

  • The bucket has access keys.

Force deleting a bucket might impact other resources that rely on the bucket, such as instances, distributions, or software that use the issued access keys.


Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_bucket_access_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_bucket_access_key(bucketName, accessKeyId)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket that the access key belongs to.

accessKeyId

[required] The ID of the access key to delete.

Use the get_bucket_access_keys action to get a list of access key IDs that you can specify.


Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_certificate(certificateName)

Arguments

certificateName

[required] The name of the certificate to delete.

Use the get_certificates action to get a list of certificate names that you can specify.


Deletes a contact method

Description

Deletes a contact method.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_contact_method/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_contact_method(protocol)

Arguments

protocol

[required] The protocol that will be deleted, such as Email or SMS (text messaging).

To delete an Email and an SMS contact method if you added both, you must run separate delete_contact_method actions to delete each protocol.


Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_container_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_container_image(serviceName, image)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to delete a registered container image.

image

[required] The name of the container image to delete from the container service.

Use the get_container_images action to get the name of the container images that are registered to a container service.

Container images sourced from your Lightsail container service, that are registered and stored on your service, start with a colon (:). For example, ⁠:container-service-1.mystaticwebsite.1⁠. Container images sourced from a public registry like Docker Hub don't start with a colon. For example, nginx:latest or nginx.


Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_container_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_container_service(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service to delete.


Deletes the specified block storage disk

Description

Deletes the specified block storage disk. The disk must be in the available state (not attached to a Lightsail instance).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_disk/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_disk(diskName, forceDeleteAddOns = NULL)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The unique name of the disk you want to delete (my-disk).

forceDeleteAddOns

A Boolean value to indicate whether to delete all add-ons for the disk.


Deletes the specified disk snapshot

Description

Deletes the specified disk snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_disk_snapshot(diskSnapshotName)

Arguments

diskSnapshotName

[required] The name of the disk snapshot you want to delete (my-disk-snapshot).


Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_distribution/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_distribution(distributionName = NULL)

Arguments

distributionName

The name of the distribution to delete.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.


Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records

Description

Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_domain(domainName)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The specific domain name to delete.


Deletes a specific domain entry

Description

Deletes a specific domain entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_domain_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The name of the domain entry to delete.

domainEntry

[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about your domain entries.


Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance

Description

Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_instance(instanceName, forceDeleteAddOns = NULL)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance to delete.

forceDeleteAddOns

A Boolean value to indicate whether to delete all add-ons for the instance.


Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance)

Description

Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_instance_snapshot(instanceSnapshotName)

Arguments

instanceSnapshotName

[required] The name of the snapshot to delete.


Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail

Description

Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_key_pair(keyPairName, expectedFingerprint = NULL)

Arguments

keyPairName

[required] The name of the key pair to delete.

expectedFingerprint

The RSA fingerprint of the Lightsail default key pair to delete.

The expectedFingerprint parameter is required only when specifying to delete a Lightsail default key pair.


Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance

Description

Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance. This operation enables the Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to connect to the instance after a host key mismatch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_known_host_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_known_host_keys(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which you want to reset the host key or certificate.


Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates

Description

Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates. Once the load balancer is deleted, you will need to create a new load balancer, create a new certificate, and verify domain ownership again.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_load_balancer/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_load_balancer(loadBalancerName)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer you want to delete.


Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer

Description

Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
  loadBalancerName,
  certificateName,
  force = NULL
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The load balancer name.

certificateName

[required] The SSL/TLS certificate name.

force

When true, forces the deletion of an SSL/TLS certificate.

There can be two certificates associated with a Lightsail load balancer: the primary and the backup. The force parameter is required when the primary SSL/TLS certificate is in use by an instance attached to the load balancer.


Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_relational_database(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  skipFinalSnapshot = NULL,
  finalRelationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of the database that you are deleting.

skipFinalSnapshot

Determines whether a final database snapshot is created before your database is deleted. If true is specified, no database snapshot is created. If false is specified, a database snapshot is created before your database is deleted.

You must specify the ⁠final relational database snapshot name⁠ parameter if the ⁠skip final snapshot⁠ parameter is false.

Default: false

finalRelationalDatabaseSnapshotName

The name of the database snapshot created if ⁠skip final snapshot⁠ is false, which is the default value for that parameter.

Specifying this parameter and also specifying the ⁠skip final snapshot⁠ parameter to true results in an error.

Constraints:

  • Must contain from 2 to 255 alphanumeric characters, or hyphens.

  • The first and last character must be a letter or number.


Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_delete_relational_database_snapshot(relationalDatabaseSnapshotName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseSnapshotName

[required] The name of the database snapshot that you are deleting.


Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_certificate_from_distribution/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_detach_certificate_from_distribution(distributionName)

Arguments

distributionName

[required] The name of the distribution from which to detach the certificate.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.


Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance

Description

Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before stopping the instance and detaching the disk.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_disk/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_detach_disk(diskName)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The unique name of the disk you want to detach from your instance (my-disk).


Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer

Description

Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_instances_from_load_balancer/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_detach_instances_from_load_balancer(loadBalancerName, instanceNames)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the Lightsail load balancer.

instanceNames

[required] An array of strings containing the names of the instances you want to detach from the load balancer.


Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached

Description

Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_static_ip/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_detach_static_ip(staticIpName)

Arguments

staticIpName

[required] The name of the static IP to detach from the instance.


Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource

Description

Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_disable_add_on/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_disable_add_on(addOnType, resourceName)

Arguments

addOnType

[required] The add-on type to disable.

resourceName

[required] The name of the source resource for which to disable the add-on.


Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair

Description

Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_download_default_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_download_default_key_pair()

Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource

Description

Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_enable_add_on/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_enable_add_on(resourceName, addOnRequest)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the source resource for which to enable or modify the add-on.

addOnRequest

[required] An array of strings representing the add-on to enable or modify.


Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2)

Description

Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2). This operation results in an export snapshot record that can be used with the ⁠create cloud formation stack⁠ operation to create new Amazon EC2 instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_export_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_export_snapshot(sourceSnapshotName)

Arguments

sourceSnapshotName

[required] The name of the instance or disk snapshot to be exported to Amazon EC2.


Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources

Description

Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_active_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_active_names(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_active_names request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about the configured alarms

Description

Returns information about the configured alarms. Specify an alarm name in your request to return information about a specific alarm, or specify a monitored resource name to return information about all alarms for a specific resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_alarms/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_alarms(
  alarmName = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL,
  monitoredResourceName = NULL
)

Arguments

alarmName

The name of the alarm.

Specify an alarm name to return information about a specific alarm.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_alarms request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

monitoredResourceName

The name of the Lightsail resource being monitored by the alarm.

Specify a monitored resource name to return information about all alarms for a specific resource.


Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk

Description

Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_auto_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_auto_snapshots(resourceName)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the source instance or disk from which to get automatic snapshot information.


Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints

Description

Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints. You can use a blueprint to create a new instance already running a specific operating system, as well as a preinstalled app or development stack. The software each instance is running depends on the blueprint image you choose.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_blueprints(
  includeInactive = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL,
  appCategory = NULL
)

Arguments

includeInactive

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) blueprints in the response of your request.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_blueprints request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

appCategory

Returns a list of blueprints that are specific to Lightsail for Research.

You must use this parameter to view Lightsail for Research blueprints.


Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_access_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_bucket_access_keys(bucketName)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket for which to return access keys.


Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_bundles/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_bucket_bundles(includeInactive = NULL)

Arguments

includeInactive

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request.


Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_bucket_metric_data(
  bucketName,
  metricName,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  period,
  statistics,
  unit
)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket for which to get metric data.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid bucket metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.

These bucket metrics are reported once per day.

  • BucketSizeBytes - The amount of data in bytes stored in a bucket. This value is calculated by summing the size of all objects in the bucket (including object versions), including the size of all parts for all incomplete multipart uploads to the bucket.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Maximum.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes.

  • NumberOfObjects - The total number of objects stored in a bucket. This value is calculated by counting all objects in the bucket (including object versions) and the total number of parts for all incomplete multipart uploads to the bucket.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

startTime

[required] The timestamp indicating the earliest data to be returned.

endTime

[required] The timestamp indicating the latest data to be returned.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points.

Bucket storage metrics are reported once per day. Therefore, you should specify a period of 86400 seconds, which is the number of seconds in a day.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - The sum of all values submitted for the matching metric. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.

unit

[required] The unit for the metric data request.

Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric, see the metricName parameter.


Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets

Description

Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets. The information returned includes the synchronization status of the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) account-level block public access feature for your Lightsail buckets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_buckets/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_buckets(
  bucketName = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL,
  includeConnectedResources = NULL
)

Arguments

bucketName

The name of the bucket for which to return information.

When omitted, the response includes all of your buckets in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_buckets request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

includeConnectedResources

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include Lightsail instances that were given access to the bucket using the set_resource_access_for_bucket action.


Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it

Description

Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bundles/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_bundles(
  includeInactive = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL,
  appCategory = NULL
)

Arguments

includeInactive

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_bundles request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

appCategory

Returns a list of bundles that are specific to Lightsail for Research.

You must use this parameter to view Lightsail for Research bundles.


Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates

Description

Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_certificates(
  certificateStatuses = NULL,
  includeCertificateDetails = NULL,
  certificateName = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL
)

Arguments

certificateStatuses

The status of the certificates for which to return information.

For example, specify ISSUED to return only certificates with an ISSUED status.

When omitted, the response includes all of your certificates in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made, regardless of their current status.

includeCertificateDetails

Indicates whether to include detailed information about the certificates in the response.

When omitted, the response includes only the certificate names, Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), domain names, and tags.

certificateName

The name for the certificate for which to return information.

When omitted, the response includes all of your certificates in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_certificates request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the create cloud formation stack operation

Description

Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the ⁠create cloud formation stack⁠ operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_cloud_formation_stack_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_cloud_formation_stack_records(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial GetClouFormationStackRecords request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about the configured contact methods

Description

Returns information about the configured contact methods. Specify a protocol in your request to return information about a specific contact method.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_contact_methods/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_contact_methods(protocols = NULL)

Arguments

protocols

The protocols used to send notifications, such as Email, or SMS (text messaging).

Specify a protocol in your request to return information about a specific contact method protocol.


Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin

Description

Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_api_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_api_metadata()

Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_images/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_images(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to return registered container images.


Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_log/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_log(
  serviceName,
  containerName,
  startTime = NULL,
  endTime = NULL,
  filterPattern = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL
)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to get a container log.

containerName

[required] The name of the container that is either running or previously ran on the container service for which to return a log.

startTime

The start of the time interval for which to get log data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use a start time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, specify 1538424000 as the start time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.

endTime

The end of the time interval for which to get log data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use an end time of October 1, 2018, at 9 PM UTC, specify 1538427600 as the end time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.

filterPattern

The pattern to use to filter the returned log events to a specific term.

The following are a few examples of filter patterns that you can specify:

  • To return all log events, specify a filter pattern of "".

  • To exclude log events that contain the ERROR term, and return all other log events, specify a filter pattern of "-ERROR".

  • To return log events that contain the ERROR term, specify a filter pattern of "ERROR".

  • To return log events that contain both the ERROR and Exception terms, specify a filter pattern of "ERROR Exception".

  • To return log events that contain the ERROR or the Exception term, specify a filter pattern of "?ERROR ?Exception".

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_container_log request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_service_deployments(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to return deployments.


Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_service_metric_data(
  serviceName,
  metricName,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  period,
  statistics
)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to get metric data.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid container service metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.

  • CPUUtilization - The average percentage of compute units that are currently in use across all nodes of the container service. This metric identifies the processing power required to run containers on each node of the container service.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • MemoryUtilization - The average percentage of available memory that is currently in use across all nodes of the container service. This metric identifies the memory required to run containers on each node of the container service.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

startTime

[required] The start time of the time period.

endTime

[required] The end time of the time period.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points.

All container service metric data is available in 5-minute (300 seconds) granularity.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - All values submitted for the matching metric added together. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.


Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services

Description

Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_powers/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_service_powers()

Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services

Description

Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_container_services(serviceName = NULL)

Arguments

serviceName

The name of the container service for which to return information.

When omitted, the response includes all of your container services in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made.


Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource

Description

Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource. A cost estimate will not generate for a resource that has been deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_cost_estimate/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_cost_estimate(resourceName, startTime, endTime)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The resource name.

startTime

[required] The cost estimate start time.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you want to use a start time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, specify 1538424000 as the start time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.

endTime

[required] The cost estimate end time.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you want to use an end time of October 1, 2018, at 9 PM UTC, specify 1538427600 as the end time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.


Returns information about a specific block storage disk

Description

Returns information about a specific block storage disk.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_disk(diskName)

Arguments

diskName

[required] The name of the disk (my-disk).


Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot

Description

Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_disk_snapshot(diskSnapshotName)

Arguments

diskSnapshotName

[required] The name of the disk snapshot (my-disk-snapshot).


Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region

Description

Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_disk_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_disk_snapshots request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region

Description

Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disks/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_disks(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_disks request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions

Description

Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_bundles/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_distribution_bundles()

Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_latest_cache_reset/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_distribution_latest_cache_reset(distributionName = NULL)

Arguments

distributionName

The name of the distribution for which to return the timestamp of the last cache reset.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.

When omitted, the response includes the latest cache reset timestamp of all your distributions.


Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_distribution_metric_data(
  distributionName,
  metricName,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  period,
  unit,
  statistics
)

Arguments

distributionName

[required] The name of the distribution for which to get metric data.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid distribution metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.

  • Requests - The total number of viewer requests received by your Lightsail distribution, for all HTTP methods, and for both HTTP and HTTPS requests.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is None.

  • BytesDownloaded - The number of bytes downloaded by viewers for GET, HEAD, and OPTIONS requests.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is None.

  • BytesUploaded - The number of bytes uploaded to your origin by your Lightsail distribution, using POST and PUT requests.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is None.

  • TotalErrorRate - The percentage of all viewer requests for which the response's HTTP status code was 4xx or 5xx.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • ⁠4xxErrorRate⁠ - The percentage of all viewer requests for which the response's HTTP status cod was 4xx. In these cases, the client or client viewer may have made an error. For example, a status code of 404 (Not Found) means that the client requested an object that could not be found.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • ⁠5xxErrorRate⁠ - The percentage of all viewer requests for which the response's HTTP status code was 5xx. In these cases, the origin server did not satisfy the requests. For example, a status code of 503 (Service Unavailable) means that the origin server is currently unavailable.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

startTime

[required] The start of the time interval for which to get metric data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use a start time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, specify 1538424000 as the start time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.

endTime

[required] The end of the time interval for which to get metric data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use an end time of October 1, 2018, at 9 PM UTC, specify 1538427600 as the end time.

You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, for the metric data points that will be returned.

unit

[required] The unit for the metric data request.

Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric, see the metricName parameter.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - All values submitted for the matching metric added together. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.


Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions

Description

Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distributions/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_distributions(distributionName = NULL, pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

distributionName

The name of the distribution for which to return information.

When omitted, the response includes all of your distributions in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_distributions request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about a specific domain recordset

Description

Returns information about a specific domain recordset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_domain(domainName)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The domain name for which your want to return information about.


Returns a list of all domains in the user's account

Description

Returns a list of all domains in the user's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_domains(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_domains request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the export snapshot operation

Description

Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the ⁠export snapshot⁠ operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_export_snapshot_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_export_snapshot_records(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_export_snapshot_records request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server

Description

Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance.


Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance

Description

Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_access_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_access_details(instanceName, protocol = NULL)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance to access.

protocol

The protocol to use to connect to your instance. Defaults to ssh.


Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name

Description

Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_metric_data(
  instanceName,
  metricName,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  unit,
  statistics
)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which you want to get metrics data.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid instance metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.

  • BurstCapacityPercentage - The percentage of CPU performance available for your instance to burst above its baseline. Your instance continuously accrues and consumes burst capacity. Burst capacity stops accruing when your instance's BurstCapacityPercentage reaches 100%. For more information, see Viewing instance burst capacity in Amazon Lightsail.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • BurstCapacityTime - The available amount of time for your instance to burst at 100% CPU utilization. Your instance continuously accrues and consumes burst capacity. Burst capacity time stops accruing when your instance's BurstCapacityPercentage metric reaches 100%.

    Burst capacity time is consumed at the full rate only when your instance operates at 100% CPU utilization. For example, if your instance operates at 50% CPU utilization in the burstable zone for a 5-minute period, then it consumes CPU burst capacity minutes at a 50% rate in that period. Your instance consumed 2 minutes and 30 seconds of CPU burst capacity minutes in the 5-minute period. For more information, see Viewing instance burst capacity in Amazon Lightsail.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Seconds.

  • CPUUtilization - The percentage of allocated compute units that are currently in use on the instance. This metric identifies the processing power to run the applications on the instance. Tools in your operating system can show a lower percentage than Lightsail when the instance is not allocated a full processor core.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • NetworkIn - The number of bytes received on all network interfaces by the instance. This metric identifies the volume of incoming network traffic to the instance. The number reported is the number of bytes received during the period. Because this metric is reported in 5-minute intervals, divide the reported number by 300 to find Bytes/second.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes.

  • NetworkOut - The number of bytes sent out on all network interfaces by the instance. This metric identifies the volume of outgoing network traffic from the instance. The number reported is the number of bytes sent during the period. Because this metric is reported in 5-minute intervals, divide the reported number by 300 to find Bytes/second.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes.

  • StatusCheckFailed - Reports whether the instance passed or failed both the instance status check and the system status check. This metric can be either 0 (passed) or 1 (failed). This metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • StatusCheckFailed_Instance - Reports whether the instance passed or failed the instance status check. This metric can be either 0 (passed) or 1 (failed). This metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • StatusCheckFailed_System - Reports whether the instance passed or failed the system status check. This metric can be either 0 (passed) or 1 (failed). This metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • MetadataNoToken - Reports the number of times that the instance metadata service was successfully accessed without a token. This metric determines if there are any processes accessing instance metadata by using Instance Metadata Service Version 1, which doesn't use a token. If all requests use token-backed sessions, such as Instance Metadata Service Version 2, then the value is 0.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points.

The StatusCheckFailed, StatusCheckFailed_Instance, and StatusCheckFailed_System instance metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity. All other instance metric data is available in 5-minute (300 seconds) granularity.

startTime

[required] The start time of the time period.

endTime

[required] The end time of the time period.

unit

[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid units to specify with each available metric, see the metricName parameter.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - All values submitted for the matching metric added together. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.


Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol

Description

Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_port_states/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_port_states(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which to return firewall port states.


Returns information about a specific instance snapshot

Description

Returns information about a specific instance snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_snapshot(instanceSnapshotName)

Arguments

instanceSnapshotName

[required] The name of the snapshot for which you are requesting information.


Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account

Description

Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_instance_snapshots request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns the state of a specific instance

Description

Returns the state of a specific instance. Works on one instance at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instance_state(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance to get state information about.


Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances

Description

Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_instances(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_instances request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about a specific key pair

Description

Returns information about a specific key pair.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_key_pair(keyPairName)

Arguments

keyPairName

[required] The name of the key pair for which you are requesting information.


Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account

Description

Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_key_pairs/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_key_pairs(pageToken = NULL, includeDefaultKeyPair = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_key_pairs request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

includeDefaultKeyPair

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include the default key pair in the response of your request.


Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer

Description

Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_load_balancer(loadBalancerName)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer.


Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer

Description

Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_load_balancer_metric_data(
  loadBalancerName,
  metricName,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  unit,
  statistics
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid load balancer metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.

  • ClientTLSNegotiationErrorCount - The number of TLS connections initiated by the client that did not establish a session with the load balancer due to a TLS error generated by the load balancer. Possible causes include a mismatch of ciphers or protocols.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HealthyHostCount - The number of target instances that are considered healthy.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic are Average, Minimum, and Maximum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_Instance_2XX_Count - The number of HTTP 2XX response codes generated by the target instances. This does not include any response codes generated by the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_Instance_3XX_Count - The number of HTTP 3XX response codes generated by the target instances. This does not include any response codes generated by the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_Instance_4XX_Count - The number of HTTP 4XX response codes generated by the target instances. This does not include any response codes generated by the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_Instance_5XX_Count - The number of HTTP 5XX response codes generated by the target instances. This does not include any response codes generated by the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_LB_4XX_Count - The number of HTTP 4XX client error codes that originated from the load balancer. Client errors are generated when requests are malformed or incomplete. These requests were not received by the target instance. This count does not include response codes generated by the target instances.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • HTTPCode_LB_5XX_Count - The number of HTTP 5XX server error codes that originated from the load balancer. This does not include any response codes generated by the target instance. This metric is reported if there are no healthy instances attached to the load balancer, or if the request rate exceeds the capacity of the instances (spillover) or the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • InstanceResponseTime - The time elapsed, in seconds, after the request leaves the load balancer until a response from the target instance is received.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Seconds.

  • RejectedConnectionCount - The number of connections that were rejected because the load balancer had reached its maximum number of connections.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • RequestCount - The number of requests processed over IPv4. This count includes only the requests with a response generated by a target instance of the load balancer.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum. Note that Minimum, Maximum, and Average all return 1.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • UnhealthyHostCount - The number of target instances that are considered unhealthy.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic are Average, Minimum, and Maximum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points.

startTime

[required] The start time of the period.

endTime

[required] The end time of the period.

unit

[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric, see the metricName parameter.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - All values submitted for the matching metric added together. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.


Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer

Description

Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_certificates(loadBalancerName)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer you associated with your SSL/TLS certificate.


Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers

Description

Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_policies(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_load_balancer_tls_policies request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about all load balancers in an account

Description

Returns information about all load balancers in an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancers/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_load_balancers(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_load_balancers request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about a specific operation

Description

Returns information about a specific operation. Operations include events such as when you create an instance, allocate a static IP, attach a static IP, and so on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operation/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_operation(operationId)

Arguments

operationId

[required] A GUID used to identify the operation.


Returns information about all operations

Description

Returns information about all operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operations/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_operations(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_operations request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP)

Description

Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operations_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_operations_for_resource(resourceName, pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the resource for which you are requesting information.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_operations_for_resource request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail. Use the ⁠include availability zones⁠ parameter to also return the Availability Zones in a region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_regions/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_regions(
  includeAvailabilityZones = NULL,
  includeRelationalDatabaseAvailabilityZones = NULL
)

Arguments

includeAvailabilityZones

A Boolean value indicating whether to also include Availability Zones in your get regions request. Availability Zones are indicated with a letter: ⁠us-east-2a⁠.

includeRelationalDatabaseAvailabilityZones

A Boolean value indicating whether to also include Availability Zones for databases in your get regions request. Availability Zones are indicated with a letter (⁠us-east-2a⁠).


Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of the database that you are looking up.


Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail. A blueprint describes the major engine version of a database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_blueprints(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_blueprints request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail. A bundle describes the performance specifications for a database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_bundles/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_bundles(
  pageToken = NULL,
  includeInactive = NULL
)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_bundles request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.

includeInactive

A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request.


Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_events(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  durationInMinutes = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of the database from which to get events.

durationInMinutes

The number of minutes in the past from which to retrieve events. For example, to get all events from the past 2 hours, enter 120.

Default: 60

The minimum is 1 and the maximum is 14 days (20160 minutes).

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_events request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_log_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_log_events(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  logStreamName,
  startTime = NULL,
  endTime = NULL,
  startFromHead = NULL,
  pageToken = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database for which to get log events.

logStreamName

[required] The name of the log stream.

Use the ⁠get relational database log streams⁠ operation to get a list of available log streams.

startTime

The start of the time interval from which to get log events.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use a start time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, then you input 1538424000 as the start time.

endTime

The end of the time interval from which to get log events.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use an end time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, then you input 1538424000 as the end time.

startFromHead

Parameter to specify if the log should start from head or tail. If true is specified, the log event starts from the head of the log. If false is specified, the log event starts from the tail of the log.

For PostgreSQL, the default value of false is the only option available.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next or previous page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_log_events request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next forward token and/or next backward token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_log_streams/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_log_streams(relationalDatabaseName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database for which to get log streams.


Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database

Description

Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_master_user_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_master_user_password(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  passwordVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database for which to get the master user password.

passwordVersion

The password version to return.

Specifying CURRENT or PREVIOUS returns the current or previous passwords respectively. Specifying PENDING returns the newest version of the password that will rotate to CURRENT. After the PENDING password rotates to CURRENT, the PENDING password is no longer available.

Default: CURRENT


Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_metric_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_metric_data(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  metricName,
  period,
  startTime,
  endTime,
  unit,
  statistics
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database from which to get metric data.

metricName

[required] The metric for which you want to return information.

Valid relational database metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value. All relational database metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity.

  • CPUUtilization - The percentage of CPU utilization currently in use on the database.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Percent.

  • DatabaseConnections - The number of database connections in use.

    Statistics: The most useful statistics are Maximum and Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • DiskQueueDepth - The number of outstanding IOs (read/write requests) that are waiting to access the disk.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Count.

  • FreeStorageSpace - The amount of available storage space.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Sum.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes.

  • NetworkReceiveThroughput - The incoming (Receive) network traffic on the database, including both customer database traffic and AWS traffic used for monitoring and replication.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes/Second.

  • NetworkTransmitThroughput - The outgoing (Transmit) network traffic on the database, including both customer database traffic and AWS traffic used for monitoring and replication.

    Statistics: The most useful statistic is Average.

    Unit: The published unit is Bytes/Second.

period

[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points.

All relational database metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity.

startTime

[required] The start of the time interval from which to get metric data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use a start time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, then you input 1538424000 as the start time.

endTime

[required] The end of the time interval from which to get metric data.

Constraints:

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Specified in the Unix time format.

    For example, if you wish to use an end time of October 1, 2018, at 8 PM UTC, then you input 1538424000 as the end time.

unit

[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric, see the metricName parameter.

statistics

[required] The statistic for the metric.

The following statistics are available:

  • Minimum - The lowest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine low volumes of activity for your application.

  • Maximum - The highest value observed during the specified period. Use this value to determine high volumes of activity for your application.

  • Sum - All values submitted for the matching metric added together. You can use this statistic to determine the total volume of a metric.

  • Average - The value of Sum / SampleCount during the specified period. By comparing this statistic with the Minimum and Maximum values, you can determine the full scope of a metric and how close the average use is to the Minimum and Maximum values. This comparison helps you to know when to increase or decrease your resources.

  • SampleCount - The count, or number, of data points used for the statistical calculation.


Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_parameters/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_parameters(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  pageToken = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database for which to get parameters.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_parameters request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshot(relationalDatabaseSnapshotName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseSnapshotName

[required] The name of the database snapshot for which to get information.


Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_database_snapshots request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_databases/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_relational_databases(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_relational_databases request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns detailed information for five of the most recent SetupInstanceHttps requests that were ran on the target instance

Description

Returns detailed information for five of the most recent setup_instance_https requests that were ran on the target instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_setup_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_setup_history(resourceName, pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the resource for which you are requesting information.

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_setup_history request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP

Description

Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_static_ip/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_static_ip(staticIpName)

Arguments

staticIpName

[required] The name of the static IP in Lightsail.


Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account

Description

Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_static_ips/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_get_static_ips(pageToken = NULL)

Arguments

pageToken

The token to advance to the next page of results from your request.

To get a page token, perform an initial get_static_ips request. If your results are paginated, the response will return a next page token that you can specify as the page token in a subsequent request.


Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair

Description

Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_import_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_import_key_pair(keyPairName, publicKeyBase64)

Arguments

keyPairName

[required] The name of the key pair for which you want to import the public key.

publicKeyBase64

[required] A base64-encoded public key of the ssh-rsa type.


Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered

Description

Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_is_vpc_peered/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_is_vpc_peered()

Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol

Description

Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_open_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_open_instance_public_ports(portInfo, instanceName)

Arguments

portInfo

[required] An object to describe the ports to open for the specified instance.

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which to open ports.


Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC

Description

Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_peer_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_peer_vpc()

Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric

Description

Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_put_alarm/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_put_alarm(
  alarmName,
  metricName,
  monitoredResourceName,
  comparisonOperator,
  threshold,
  evaluationPeriods,
  datapointsToAlarm = NULL,
  treatMissingData = NULL,
  contactProtocols = NULL,
  notificationTriggers = NULL,
  notificationEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

alarmName

[required] The name for the alarm. Specify the name of an existing alarm to update, and overwrite the previous configuration of the alarm.

metricName

[required] The name of the metric to associate with the alarm.

You can configure up to two alarms per metric.

The following metrics are available for each resource type:

  • Instances: BurstCapacityPercentage, BurstCapacityTime, CPUUtilization, NetworkIn, NetworkOut, StatusCheckFailed, StatusCheckFailed_Instance, and StatusCheckFailed_System.

  • Load balancers: ClientTLSNegotiationErrorCount, HealthyHostCount, UnhealthyHostCount, HTTPCode_LB_4XX_Count, HTTPCode_LB_5XX_Count, HTTPCode_Instance_2XX_Count, HTTPCode_Instance_3XX_Count, HTTPCode_Instance_4XX_Count, HTTPCode_Instance_5XX_Count, InstanceResponseTime, RejectedConnectionCount, and RequestCount.

  • Relational databases: CPUUtilization, DatabaseConnections, DiskQueueDepth, FreeStorageSpace, NetworkReceiveThroughput, and NetworkTransmitThroughput.

For more information about these metrics, see Metrics available in Lightsail.

monitoredResourceName

[required] The name of the Lightsail resource that will be monitored.

Instances, load balancers, and relational databases are the only Lightsail resources that can currently be monitored by alarms.

comparisonOperator

[required] The arithmetic operation to use when comparing the specified statistic to the threshold. The specified statistic value is used as the first operand.

threshold

[required] The value against which the specified statistic is compared.

evaluationPeriods

[required] The number of most recent periods over which data is compared to the specified threshold. If you are setting an "M out of N" alarm, this value (evaluationPeriods) is the N.

If you are setting an alarm that requires that a number of consecutive data points be breaching to trigger the alarm, this value specifies the rolling period of time in which data points are evaluated.

Each evaluation period is five minutes long. For example, specify an evaluation period of 24 to evaluate a metric over a rolling period of two hours.

You can specify a minimum valuation period of 1 (5 minutes), and a maximum evaluation period of 288 (24 hours).

datapointsToAlarm

The number of data points that must be not within the specified threshold to trigger the alarm. If you are setting an "M out of N" alarm, this value (datapointsToAlarm) is the M.

treatMissingData

Sets how this alarm will handle missing data points.

An alarm can treat missing data in the following ways:

  • breaching - Assume the missing data is not within the threshold. Missing data counts towards the number of times the metric is not within the threshold.

  • notBreaching - Assume the missing data is within the threshold. Missing data does not count towards the number of times the metric is not within the threshold.

  • ignore - Ignore the missing data. Maintains the current alarm state.

  • missing - Missing data is treated as missing.

If treatMissingData is not specified, the default behavior of missing is used.

contactProtocols

The contact protocols to use for the alarm, such as Email, SMS (text messaging), or both.

A notification is sent via the specified contact protocol if notifications are enabled for the alarm, and when the alarm is triggered.

A notification is not sent if a contact protocol is not specified, if the specified contact protocol is not configured in the Amazon Web Services Region, or if notifications are not enabled for the alarm using the notificationEnabled paramater.

Use the create_contact_method action to configure a contact protocol in an Amazon Web Services Region.

notificationTriggers

The alarm states that trigger a notification.

An alarm has the following possible states:

  • ALARM - The metric is outside of the defined threshold.

  • INSUFFICIENT_DATA - The alarm has just started, the metric is not available, or not enough data is available for the metric to determine the alarm state.

  • OK - The metric is within the defined threshold.

When you specify a notification trigger, the ALARM state must be specified. The INSUFFICIENT_DATA and OK states can be specified in addition to the ALARM state.

  • If you specify OK as an alarm trigger, a notification is sent when the alarm switches from an ALARM or INSUFFICIENT_DATA alarm state to an OK state. This can be thought of as an all clear alarm notification.

  • If you specify INSUFFICIENT_DATA as the alarm trigger, a notification is sent when the alarm switches from an OK or ALARM alarm state to an INSUFFICIENT_DATA state.

The notification trigger defaults to ALARM if you don't specify this parameter.

notificationEnabled

Indicates whether the alarm is enabled.

Notifications are enabled by default if you don't specify this parameter.


Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol

Description

Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol. This action also closes all currently open ports that are not included in the request. Include all of the ports and the protocols you want to open in your put_instance_public_portsrequest. Or use the open_instance_public_ports action to open ports without closing currently open ports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_put_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_put_instance_public_ports(portInfos, instanceName)

Arguments

portInfos

[required] An array of objects to describe the ports to open for the specified instance.

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which to open ports.


Restarts a specific instance

Description

Restarts a specific instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reboot_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_reboot_instance(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance to reboot.


Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reboot_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_reboot_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database to reboot.


Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service

Description

Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_register_container_image/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_register_container_image(serviceName, label, digest)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service for which to register a container image.

label

[required] The label for the container image when it's registered to the container service.

Use a descriptive label that you can use to track the different versions of your registered container images.

Use the get_container_images action to return the container images registered to a Lightsail container service. The label is the ⁠<imagelabel>⁠ portion of the following image name example:

  • ⁠:container-service-1.<imagelabel>.1⁠

If the name of your container service is mycontainerservice, and the label that you specify is mystaticwebsite, then the name of the registered container image will be ⁠:mycontainerservice.mystaticwebsite.1⁠.

The number at the end of these image name examples represents the version of the registered container image. If you push and register another container image to the same Lightsail container service, with the same label, then the version number for the new registered container image will be 2. If you push and register another container image, the version number will be 3, and so on.

digest

[required] The digest of the container image to be registered.


Deletes a specific static IP from your account

Description

Deletes a specific static IP from your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_release_static_ip/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_release_static_ip(staticIpName)

Arguments

staticIpName

[required] The name of the static IP to delete.


Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reset_distribution_cache/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_reset_distribution_cache(distributionName = NULL)

Arguments

distributionName

The name of the distribution for which to reset cache.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.


Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester

Description

Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester. SMS contact methods don't need to be verified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_send_contact_method_verification/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_send_contact_method_verification(protocol)

Arguments

protocol

[required] The protocol to verify, such as Email or SMS (text messaging).


Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource

Description

Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_set_ip_address_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_set_ip_address_type(
  resourceType,
  resourceName,
  ipAddressType,
  acceptBundleUpdate = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The resource type.

The resource values are Distribution, Instance, and LoadBalancer.

Distribution-related APIs are available only in the N. Virginia (us-east-1) Amazon Web Services Region. Set your Amazon Web Services Region configuration to us-east-1 to create, view, or edit distributions.

resourceName

[required] The name of the resource for which to set the IP address type.

ipAddressType

[required] The IP address type to set for the specified resource.

The possible values are ipv4 for IPv4 only, ipv6 for IPv6 only, and dualstack for IPv4 and IPv6.

acceptBundleUpdate

Required parameter to accept the instance bundle update when changing to, and from, IPv6-only.

An instance bundle will change when switching from dual-stack or ipv4, to ipv6. It also changes when switching from ipv6, to dual-stack or ipv4.

You must include this parameter in the command to update the bundle. For example, if you switch from dual-stack to ipv6, the bundle will be updated, and billing for the IPv6-only instance bundle begins immediately.


Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket

Description

Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_set_resource_access_for_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_set_resource_access_for_bucket(resourceName, bucketName, access)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the Lightsail instance for which to set bucket access. The instance must be in a running or stopped state.

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket for which to set access to another Lightsail resource.

access

[required] The access setting.

The following access settings are available:

  • allow - Allows access to the bucket and its objects.

  • deny - Denies access to the bucket and its objects. Use this setting to remove access for a resource previously set to allow.


Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website

Description

Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website. After the certificate is created, it is installed on the specified Lightsail instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_setup_instance_https/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_setup_instance_https(
  instanceName,
  emailAddress,
  domainNames,
  certificateProvider
)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the Lightsail instance.

emailAddress

[required] The contact method for SSL/TLS certificate renewal alerts. You can enter one email address.

domainNames

[required] The name of the domain and subdomains that were specified for the SSL/TLS certificate.

certificateProvider

[required] The certificate authority that issues the SSL/TLS certificate.


Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application

Description

Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application. The session will be active for 1 hour. Use this action to resume the session after it expires.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_gui_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_start_gui_session(resourceName)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The resource name.


Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state

Description

Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state. To restart an instance, use the ⁠reboot instance⁠ operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_start_instance(instanceName)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance (a virtual private server) to start.


Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail. To restart a database, use the ⁠reboot relational database⁠ operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_start_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database to start.


Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application

Description

Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application. The session will close and any unsaved data will be lost.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_gui_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_stop_gui_session(resourceName)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The resource name.


Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running

Description

Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_stop_instance(instanceName, force = NULL)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance (a virtual private server) to stop.

force

When set to True, forces a Lightsail instance that is stuck in a stopping state to stop.

Only use the force parameter if your instance is stuck in the stopping state. In any other state, your instance should stop normally without adding this parameter to your API request.


Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_stop_relational_database(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  relationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database to stop.

relationalDatabaseSnapshotName

The name of your new database snapshot to be created before stopping your database.


Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource. For more information about tags, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_tag_resource(resourceName, resourceArn = NULL, tags)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the resource to which you are adding tags.

resourceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add a tag.

tags

[required] The tag key and optional value.


Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console

Description

Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console. If a notification trigger is configured for the specified alarm, the test also sends a notification to the notification protocol (Email and/or SMS) configured for the alarm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_test_alarm/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_test_alarm(alarmName, state)

Arguments

alarmName

[required] The name of the alarm to test.

state

[required] The alarm state to test.

An alarm has the following possible states that can be tested:

  • ALARM - The metric is outside of the defined threshold.

  • INSUFFICIENT_DATA - The alarm has just started, the metric is not available, or not enough data is available for the metric to determine the alarm state.

  • OK - The metric is within the defined threshold.


Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC

Description

Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_unpeer_vpc/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_unpeer_vpc()

Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource

Description

Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_untag_resource(resourceName, resourceArn = NULL, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceName

[required] The name of the resource from which you are removing a tag.

resourceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which you want to remove a tag.

tagKeys

[required] The tag keys to delete from the specified resource.


Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_bucket(
  bucketName,
  accessRules = NULL,
  versioning = NULL,
  readonlyAccessAccounts = NULL,
  accessLogConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket to update.

accessRules

An object that sets the public accessibility of objects in the specified bucket.

versioning

Specifies whether to enable or suspend versioning of objects in the bucket.

The following options can be specified:

  • Enabled - Enables versioning of objects in the specified bucket.

  • Suspended - Suspends versioning of objects in the specified bucket. Existing object versions are retained.

readonlyAccessAccounts

An array of strings to specify the Amazon Web Services account IDs that can access the bucket.

You can give a maximum of 10 Amazon Web Services accounts access to a bucket.

accessLogConfig

An object that describes the access log configuration for the bucket.


Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket

Description

Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_bucket_bundle/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_bucket_bundle(bucketName, bundleId)

Arguments

bucketName

[required] The name of the bucket for which to update the bundle.

bundleId

[required] The ID of the new bundle to apply to the bucket.

Use the get_bucket_bundles action to get a list of bundle IDs that you can specify.


Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names

Description

Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_container_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_container_service(
  serviceName,
  power = NULL,
  scale = NULL,
  isDisabled = NULL,
  publicDomainNames = NULL,
  privateRegistryAccess = NULL
)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the container service to update.

power

The power for the container service.

The power specifies the amount of memory, vCPUs, and base monthly cost of each node of the container service. The power and scale of a container service makes up its configured capacity. To determine the monthly price of your container service, multiply the base price of the power with the scale (the number of nodes) of the service.

Use the get_container_service_powers action to view the specifications of each power option.

scale

The scale for the container service.

The scale specifies the allocated compute nodes of the container service. The power and scale of a container service makes up its configured capacity. To determine the monthly price of your container service, multiply the base price of the power with the scale (the number of nodes) of the service.

isDisabled

A Boolean value to indicate whether the container service is disabled.

publicDomainNames

The public domain names to use with the container service, such as example.com and www.example.com.

You can specify up to four public domain names for a container service. The domain names that you specify are used when you create a deployment with a container configured as the public endpoint of your container service.

If you don't specify public domain names, then you can use the default domain of the container service.

You must create and validate an SSL/TLS certificate before you can use public domain names with your container service. Use the create_certificate action to create a certificate for the public domain names you want to use with your container service.

You can specify public domain names using a string to array map as shown in the example later on this page.

privateRegistryAccess

An object to describe the configuration for the container service to access private container image repositories, such as Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) private repositories.

For more information, see Configuring access to an Amazon ECR private repository for an Amazon Lightsail container service in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.


Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_distribution/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_distribution(
  distributionName,
  origin = NULL,
  defaultCacheBehavior = NULL,
  cacheBehaviorSettings = NULL,
  cacheBehaviors = NULL,
  isEnabled = NULL,
  viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion = NULL,
  certificateName = NULL,
  useDefaultCertificate = NULL
)

Arguments

distributionName

[required] The name of the distribution to update.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.

origin

An object that describes the origin resource for the distribution, such as a Lightsail instance, bucket, or load balancer.

The distribution pulls, caches, and serves content from the origin.

defaultCacheBehavior

An object that describes the default cache behavior for the distribution.

cacheBehaviorSettings

An object that describes the cache behavior settings for the distribution.

The cacheBehaviorSettings specified in your UpdateDistributionRequest will replace your distribution's existing settings.

cacheBehaviors

An array of objects that describe the per-path cache behavior for the distribution.

isEnabled

Indicates whether to enable the distribution.

viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion

Use this parameter to update the minimum TLS protocol version for the SSL/TLS certificate that's attached to the distribution.

certificateName

The name of the SSL/TLS certificate that you want to attach to the distribution.

Only certificates with a status of ISSUED can be attached to a distribution.

Use the get_certificates action to get a list of certificate names that you can specify.

useDefaultCertificate

Indicates whether the default SSL/TLS certificate is attached to the distribution. The default value is true. When true, the distribution uses the default domain name such as d111111abcdef8.cloudfront.net.

Set this value to false to attach a new certificate to the distribution.


Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution

Description

Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_distribution_bundle/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_distribution_bundle(distributionName = NULL, bundleId = NULL)

Arguments

distributionName

The name of the distribution for which to update the bundle.

Use the get_distributions action to get a list of distribution names that you can specify.

bundleId

The bundle ID of the new bundle to apply to your distribution.

Use the get_distribution_bundles action to get a list of distribution bundle IDs that you can specify.


Updates a domain recordset after it is created

Description

Updates a domain recordset after it is created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_domain_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)

Arguments

domainName

[required] The name of the domain recordset to update.

domainEntry

[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about the domain entry.


Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance

Description

Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, the get_instance or get_instances API operation initially responds with a state of pending. After the parameter modifications are successfully applied, the state changes to applied in subsequent get_instance or get_instances API calls. For more information, see Use IMDSv2 with an Amazon Lightsail instance in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_instance_metadata_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_instance_metadata_options(
  instanceName,
  httpTokens = NULL,
  httpEndpoint = NULL,
  httpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
  httpProtocolIpv6 = NULL
)

Arguments

instanceName

[required] The name of the instance for which to update metadata parameters.

httpTokens

The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the parameter is not specified in the request, the default state is optional.

If the state is optional, you can choose whether to retrieve instance metadata with a signed token header on your request. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials without a token, the version 1.0 role credentials are returned. If you retrieve the IAM role credentials by using a valid signed token, the version 2.0 role credentials are returned.

If the state is required, you must send a signed token header with all instance metadata retrieval requests. In this state, retrieving the IAM role credential always returns the version 2.0 credentials. The version 1.0 credentials are not available.

httpEndpoint

Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained.

If you specify a value of disabled, you cannot access your instance metadata.

httpPutResponseHopLimit

The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. A larger number means that the instance metadata requests can travel farther. If no parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained.

httpProtocolIpv6

Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. This setting applies only when the HTTP metadata endpoint is enabled.

This parameter is available only for instances in the Europe (Stockholm) Amazon Web Services Region (eu-north-1).


Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer

Description

Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer. You can only update one attribute at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_load_balancer_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_load_balancer_attribute(
  loadBalancerName,
  attributeName,
  attributeValue
)

Arguments

loadBalancerName

[required] The name of the load balancer that you want to modify (my-load-balancer.

attributeName

[required] The name of the attribute you want to update.

attributeValue

[required] The value that you want to specify for the attribute name.

The following values are supported depending on what you specify for the attributeName request parameter:

  • If you specify HealthCheckPath for the attributeName request parameter, then the attributeValue request parameter must be the path to ping on the target (for example, ⁠/weather/us/wa/seattle⁠).

  • If you specify SessionStickinessEnabled for the attributeName request parameter, then the attributeValue request parameter must be true to activate session stickiness or false to deactivate session stickiness.

  • If you specify SessionStickiness_LB_CookieDurationSeconds for the attributeName request parameter, then the attributeValue request parameter must be an interger that represents the cookie duration in seconds.

  • If you specify HttpsRedirectionEnabled for the attributeName request parameter, then the attributeValue request parameter must be true to activate HTTP to HTTPS redirection or false to deactivate HTTP to HTTPS redirection.

  • If you specify TlsPolicyName for the attributeName request parameter, then the attributeValue request parameter must be the name of the TLS policy.

    Use the get_load_balancer_tls_policies action to get a list of TLS policy names that you can specify.


Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_relational_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_relational_database(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  masterUserPassword = NULL,
  rotateMasterUserPassword = NULL,
  preferredBackupWindow = NULL,
  preferredMaintenanceWindow = NULL,
  enableBackupRetention = NULL,
  disableBackupRetention = NULL,
  publiclyAccessible = NULL,
  applyImmediately = NULL,
  caCertificateIdentifier = NULL,
  relationalDatabaseBlueprintId = NULL
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your Lightsail database resource to update.

masterUserPassword

The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".

MySQL

Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.

PostgreSQL

Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.

rotateMasterUserPassword

When true, the master user password is changed to a new strong password generated by Lightsail.

Use the ⁠get relational database master user password⁠ operation to get the new password.

preferredBackupWindow

The daily time range during which automated backups are created for your database if automated backups are enabled.

Constraints:

  • Must be in the hh24:mi-hh24:mi format.

    Example: 16:00-16:30

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.

  • Must be at least 30 minutes.

preferredMaintenanceWindow

The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur on your database.

The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of the week.

Constraints:

  • Must be in the ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi format.

  • Valid days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun.

  • Must be at least 30 minutes.

  • Specified in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).

  • Example: Tue:17:00-Tue:17:30

enableBackupRetention

When true, enables automated backup retention for your database.

Updates are applied during the next maintenance window because this can result in an outage.

disableBackupRetention

When true, disables automated backup retention for your database.

Disabling backup retention deletes all automated database backups. Before disabling this, you may want to create a snapshot of your database using the ⁠create relational database snapshot⁠ operation.

Updates are applied during the next maintenance window because this can result in an outage.

publiclyAccessible

Specifies the accessibility options for your database. A value of true specifies a database that is available to resources outside of your Lightsail account. A value of false specifies a database that is available only to your Lightsail resources in the same region as your database.

applyImmediately

When true, applies changes immediately. When false, applies changes during the preferred maintenance window. Some changes may cause an outage.

Default: false

caCertificateIdentifier

Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the database.

relationalDatabaseBlueprintId

This parameter is used to update the major version of the database. Enter the blueprintId for the major version that you want to update to.

Use the get_relational_database_blueprints action to get a list of available blueprint IDs.


Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail

Description

Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_relational_database_parameters/ for full documentation.

Usage

lightsail_update_relational_database_parameters(
  relationalDatabaseName,
  parameters
)

Arguments

relationalDatabaseName

[required] The name of your database for which to update parameters.

parameters

[required] The database parameters to update.


AWS Proton

Description

This is the Proton Service API Reference. It provides descriptions, syntax and usage examples for each of the actions and data types for the Proton service.

The documentation for each action shows the Query API request parameters and the XML response.

Alternatively, you can use the Amazon Web Services CLI to access an API. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface User Guide.

The Proton service is a two-pronged automation framework. Administrators create service templates to provide standardized infrastructure and deployment tooling for serverless and container based applications. Developers, in turn, select from the available service templates to automate their application or service deployments.

Because administrators define the infrastructure and tooling that Proton deploys and manages, they need permissions to use all of the listed API operations.

When developers select a specific infrastructure and tooling set, Proton deploys their applications. To monitor their applications that are running on Proton, developers need permissions to the service create, list, update and delete API operations and the service instance list and update API operations.

To learn more about Proton, see the Proton User Guide.

Ensuring Idempotency

When you make a mutating API request, the request typically returns a result before the asynchronous workflows of the operation are complete. Operations might also time out or encounter other server issues before they're complete, even if the request already returned a result. This might make it difficult to determine whether the request succeeded. Moreover, you might need to retry the request multiple times to ensure that the operation completes successfully. However, if the original request and the subsequent retries are successful, the operation occurs multiple times. This means that you might create more resources than you intended.

Idempotency ensures that an API request action completes no more than one time. With an idempotent request, if the original request action completes successfully, any subsequent retries complete successfully without performing any further actions. However, the result might contain updated information, such as the current creation status.

The following lists of APIs are grouped according to methods that ensure idempotency.

Idempotent create APIs with a client token

The API actions in this list support idempotency with the use of a client token. The corresponding Amazon Web Services CLI commands also support idempotency using a client token. A client token is a unique, case-sensitive string of up to 64 ASCII characters. To make an idempotent API request using one of these actions, specify a client token in the request. We recommend that you don't reuse the same client token for other API requests. If you don’t provide a client token for these APIs, a default client token is automatically provided by SDKs.

Given a request action that has succeeded:

If you retry the request using the same client token and the same parameters, the retry succeeds without performing any further actions other than returning the original resource detail data in the response.

If you retry the request using the same client token, but one or more of the parameters are different, the retry throws a ValidationException with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

Client tokens expire eight hours after a request is made. If you retry the request with the expired token, a new resource is created.

If the original resource is deleted and you retry the request, a new resource is created.

Idempotent create APIs with a client token:

Idempotent create APIs

Given a request action that has succeeded:

If you retry the request with an API from this group, and the original resource hasn't been modified, the retry succeeds without performing any further actions other than returning the original resource detail data in the response.

If the original resource has been modified, the retry throws a ConflictException.

If you retry with different input parameters, the retry throws a ValidationException with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

Idempotent create APIs:

Idempotent delete APIs

Given a request action that has succeeded:

When you retry the request with an API from this group and the resource was deleted, its metadata is returned in the response.

If you retry and the resource doesn't exist, the response is empty.

In both cases, the retry succeeds.

Idempotent delete APIs:

Asynchronous idempotent delete APIs

Given a request action that has succeeded:

If you retry the request with an API from this group, if the original request delete operation status is DELETE_IN_PROGRESS, the retry returns the resource detail data in the response without performing any further actions.

If the original request delete operation is complete, a retry returns an empty response.

Asynchronous idempotent delete APIs:

Usage

proton(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- proton(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_environment_account_connection In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted
cancel_component_deployment Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS deployment status)
cancel_environment_deployment Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an UpdateEnvironment action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
cancel_service_instance_deployment Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an UpdateServiceInstance action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
cancel_service_pipeline_deployment Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an UpdateServicePipeline action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
create_component Create an Proton component
create_environment Deploy a new environment
create_environment_account_connection Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account
create_environment_template Create an environment template for Proton
create_environment_template_version Create a new major or minor version of an environment template
create_repository Create and register a link to a repository
create_service Create an Proton service
create_service_instance Create a service instance
create_service_sync_config Create the Proton Ops configuration file
create_service_template Create a service template
create_service_template_version Create a new major or minor version of a service template
create_template_sync_config Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository
delete_component Delete an Proton component resource
delete_deployment Delete the deployment
delete_environment Delete an environment
delete_environment_account_connection In an environment account, delete an environment account connection
delete_environment_template If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template
delete_environment_template_version If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended version
delete_repository De-register and unlink your repository
delete_service Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline
delete_service_sync_config Delete the Proton Ops file
delete_service_template If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template
delete_service_template_version If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended version
delete_template_sync_config Delete a template sync configuration
get_account_settings Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings
get_component Get detailed data for a component
get_deployment Get detailed data for a deployment
get_environment Get detailed data for an environment
get_environment_account_connection In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection
get_environment_template Get detailed data for an environment template
get_environment_template_version Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template
get_repository Get detail data for a linked repository
get_repository_sync_status Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync
get_resources_summary Get counts of Proton resources
get_service Get detailed data for a service
get_service_instance Get detailed data for a service instance
get_service_instance_sync_status Get the status of the synced service instance
get_service_sync_blocker_summary Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary
get_service_sync_config Get detailed information for the service sync configuration
get_service_template Get detailed data for a service template
get_service_template_version Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template
get_template_sync_config Get detail data for a template sync configuration
get_template_sync_status Get the status of a template sync
list_component_outputs Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
list_component_provisioned_resources List provisioned resources for a component with details
list_components List components with summary data
list_deployments List deployments
list_environment_account_connections View a list of environment account connections
list_environment_outputs List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment
list_environment_provisioned_resources List the provisioned resources for your environment
list_environments List environments with detail data summaries
list_environment_templates List environment templates
list_environment_template_versions List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data
list_repositories List linked repositories with detail data
list_repository_sync_definitions List repository sync definitions with detail data
list_service_instance_outputs Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
list_service_instance_provisioned_resources List provisioned resources for a service instance with details
list_service_instances List service instances with summary data
list_service_pipeline_outputs Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details
list_services List services with summaries of detail data
list_service_templates List service templates with detail data
list_service_template_versions List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data
list_tags_for_resource List tags for a resource
notify_resource_deployment_status_change Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning
reject_environment_account_connection In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account
tag_resource Tag a resource
untag_resource Remove a customer tag from a resource
update_account_settings Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account
update_component Update a component
update_environment Update an environment
update_environment_account_connection In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role
update_environment_template Update an environment template
update_environment_template_version Update a major or minor version of an environment template
update_service Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances
update_service_instance Update a service instance
update_service_pipeline Update the service pipeline
update_service_sync_blocker Update the service sync blocker by resolving it
update_service_sync_config Update the Proton Ops config file
update_service_template Update a service template
update_service_template_version Update a major or minor version of a service template
update_template_sync_config Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName and templateType

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- proton()
svc$accept_environment_account_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted

Description

In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted. When the environment account connection request is accepted, Proton can use the associated IAM role to provision environment infrastructure resources in the associated environment account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_accept_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_accept_environment_account_connection(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the environment account connection.


Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS deployment status)

Description

Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS deployment status).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_component_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_cancel_component_deployment(componentName)

Arguments

componentName

[required] The name of the component with the deployment to cancel.


Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an UpdateEnvironment action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS

Description

Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an update_environment action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS. For more information, see Update an environment in the Proton User guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_environment_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_cancel_environment_deployment(environmentName)

Arguments

environmentName

[required] The name of the environment with the deployment to cancel.


Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an UpdateServiceInstance action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS

Description

Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an update_service_instance action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS. For more information, see Update a service instance in the Proton User guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_service_instance_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_cancel_service_instance_deployment(serviceInstanceName, serviceName)

Arguments

serviceInstanceName

[required] The name of the service instance with the deployment to cancel.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service with the service instance deployment to cancel.


Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an UpdateServicePipeline action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS

Description

Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an update_service_pipeline action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS. For more information, see Update a service pipeline in the Proton User guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_service_pipeline_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_cancel_service_pipeline_deployment(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the service with the service pipeline deployment to cancel.


Create an Proton component

Description

Create an Proton component. A component is an infrastructure extension for a service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_component(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  environmentName = NULL,
  manifest,
  name,
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL,
  serviceSpec = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  templateFile
)

Arguments

clientToken

The client token for the created component.

description

An optional customer-provided description of the component.

environmentName

The name of the Proton environment that you want to associate this component with. You must specify this when you don't specify serviceInstanceName and serviceName.

manifest

[required] A path to a manifest file that lists the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file, template language, and rendering engine for infrastructure that a custom component provisions.

name

[required] The customer-provided name of the component.

serviceInstanceName

The name of the service instance that you want to attach this component to. If you don't specify this, the component isn't attached to any service instance. Specify both serviceInstanceName and serviceName or neither of them.

serviceName

The name of the service that serviceInstanceName is associated with. If you don't specify this, the component isn't attached to any service instance. Specify both serviceInstanceName and serviceName or neither of them.

serviceSpec

The service spec that you want the component to use to access service inputs. Set this only when you attach the component to a service instance.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton component. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateFile

[required] A path to the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file describing infrastructure that a custom component provisions.

Components support a single IaC file, even if you use Terraform as your template language.


Deploy a new environment

Description

Deploy a new environment. An Proton environment is created from an environment template that defines infrastructure and resources that can be shared across services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_environment(
  codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
  componentRoleArn = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  environmentAccountConnectionId = NULL,
  name,
  protonServiceRoleArn = NULL,
  provisioningRepository = NULL,
  spec,
  tags = NULL,
  templateMajorVersion,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

codebuildRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that allows Proton to provision infrastructure using CodeBuild-based provisioning on your behalf.

To use CodeBuild-based provisioning for the environment or for any service instance running in the environment, specify either the environmentAccountConnectionId or codebuildRoleArn parameter.

componentRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in this environment. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision.

You must specify componentRoleArn to allow directly defined components to be associated with this environment.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

description

A description of the environment that's being created and deployed.

environmentAccountConnectionId

The ID of the environment account connection that you provide if you're provisioning your environment infrastructure resources to an environment account. For more information, see Environment account connections in the Proton User guide.

To use Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning for the environment, specify either the environmentAccountConnectionId or protonServiceRoleArn parameter and omit the provisioningRepository parameter.

name

[required] The name of the environment.

protonServiceRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton service role that allows Proton to make calls to other services on your behalf.

To use Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning for the environment, specify either the environmentAccountConnectionId or protonServiceRoleArn parameter and omit the provisioningRepository parameter.

provisioningRepository

The linked repository that you use to host your rendered infrastructure templates for self-managed provisioning. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository.

To use self-managed provisioning for the environment, specify this parameter and omit the environmentAccountConnectionId and protonServiceRoleArn parameters.

spec

[required] A YAML formatted string that provides inputs as defined in the environment template bundle schema file. For more information, see Environments in the Proton User Guide.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateMajorVersion

[required] The major version of the environment template.

templateMinorVersion

The minor version of the environment template.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template. For more information, see Environment Templates in the Proton User Guide.


Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account

Description

Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_environment_account_connection(
  clientToken = NULL,
  codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
  componentRoleArn = NULL,
  environmentName,
  managementAccountId,
  roleArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the environment account connection that the first request created.

codebuildRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM service role in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources using CodeBuild-based provisioning in the associated environment account.

componentRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in the associated environment account. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision in the account.

You must specify componentRoleArn to allow directly defined components to be associated with any environments running in this account.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

environmentName

[required] The name of the Proton environment that's created in the associated management account.

managementAccountId

[required] The ID of the management account that accepts or rejects the environment account connection. You create and manage the Proton environment in this account. If the management account accepts the environment account connection, Proton can use the associated IAM role to provision environment infrastructure resources in the associated environment account.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that's created in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources in the associated environment account.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment account connection. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.


Create an environment template for Proton

Description

Create an environment template for Proton. For more information, see Environment Templates in the Proton User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_environment_template(
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  encryptionKey = NULL,
  name,
  provisioning = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A description of the environment template.

displayName

The environment template name as displayed in the developer interface.

encryptionKey

A customer provided encryption key that Proton uses to encrypt data.

name

[required] The name of the environment template.

provisioning

When included, indicates that the environment template is for customer provisioned and managed infrastructure.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment template. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.


Create a new major or minor version of an environment template

Description

Create a new major or minor version of an environment template. A major version of an environment template is a version that isn't backwards compatible. A minor version of an environment template is a version that's backwards compatible within its major version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_environment_template_version(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  majorVersion = NULL,
  source,
  tags = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

clientToken

When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the environment template version that the first request created.

description

A description of the new version of an environment template.

majorVersion

To create a new minor version of the environment template, include ⁠major Version⁠.

To create a new major and minor version of the environment template, exclude ⁠major Version⁠.

source

[required] An object that includes the template bundle S3 bucket path and name for the new version of an template.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment template version. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template.


Create and register a link to a repository

Description

Create and register a link to a repository. Proton uses the link to repeatedly access the repository, to either push to it (self-managed provisioning) or pull from it (template sync). You can share a linked repository across multiple resources (like environments using self-managed provisioning, or synced templates). When you create a repository link, Proton creates a service-linked role for you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_repository(
  connectionArn,
  encryptionKey = NULL,
  name,
  provider,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

connectionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of your AWS CodeStar connection that connects Proton to your repository provider account. For more information, see Setting up for Proton in the Proton User Guide.

encryptionKey

The ARN of your customer Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) key.

name

[required] The repository name (for example, myrepos/myrepo).

provider

[required] The repository provider.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton repository. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.


Create an Proton service

Description

Create an Proton service. An Proton service is an instantiation of a service template and often includes several service instances and pipeline. For more information, see Services in the Proton User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_service(
  branchName = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  name,
  repositoryConnectionArn = NULL,
  repositoryId = NULL,
  spec,
  tags = NULL,
  templateMajorVersion,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

branchName

The name of the code repository branch that holds the code that's deployed in Proton. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline.

description

A description of the Proton service.

name

[required] The service name.

repositoryConnectionArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the repository connection. For more information, see Setting up an AWS CodeStar connection in the Proton User Guide. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline.

repositoryId

The ID of the code repository. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline.

spec

[required] A link to a spec file that provides inputs as defined in the service template bundle schema file. The spec file is in YAML format. Don’t include pipeline inputs in the spec if your service template doesn’t include a service pipeline. For more information, see Create a service in the Proton User Guide.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateMajorVersion

[required] The major version of the service template that was used to create the service.

templateMinorVersion

The minor version of the service template that was used to create the service.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template that's used to create the service.


Create a service instance

Description

Create a service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_service_instance(
  clientToken = NULL,
  name,
  serviceName,
  spec,
  tags = NULL,
  templateMajorVersion = NULL,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

The client token of the service instance to create.

name

[required] The name of the service instance to create.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service the service instance is added to.

spec

[required] The spec for the service instance you want to create.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service instance. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateMajorVersion

To create a new major and minor version of the service template, exclude ⁠major Version⁠.

templateMinorVersion

To create a new minor version of the service template, include a ⁠major Version⁠.


Create the Proton Ops configuration file

Description

Create the Proton Ops configuration file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_service_sync_config(
  branch,
  filePath,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

branch

[required] The repository branch for your Proton Ops file.

filePath

[required] The path to the Proton Ops file.

repositoryName

[required] The repository name.

repositoryProvider

[required] The provider type for your repository.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service the Proton Ops file is for.


Create a service template

Description

Create a service template. The administrator creates a service template to define standardized infrastructure and an optional CI/CD service pipeline. Developers, in turn, select the service template from Proton. If the selected service template includes a service pipeline definition, they provide a link to their source code repository. Proton then deploys and manages the infrastructure defined by the selected service template. For more information, see Proton templates in the Proton User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_service_template(
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  encryptionKey = NULL,
  name,
  pipelineProvisioning = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A description of the service template.

displayName

The name of the service template as displayed in the developer interface.

encryptionKey

A customer provided encryption key that's used to encrypt data.

name

[required] The name of the service template.

pipelineProvisioning

By default, Proton provides a service pipeline for your service. When this parameter is included, it indicates that an Proton service pipeline isn't provided for your service. After it's included, it can't be changed. For more information, see Template bundles in the Proton User Guide.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service template. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.


Create a new major or minor version of a service template

Description

Create a new major or minor version of a service template. A major version of a service template is a version that isn't backward compatible. A minor version of a service template is a version that's backward compatible within its major version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_service_template_version(
  clientToken = NULL,
  compatibleEnvironmentTemplates,
  description = NULL,
  majorVersion = NULL,
  source,
  supportedComponentSources = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

clientToken

When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the service template version that the first request created.

compatibleEnvironmentTemplates

[required] An array of environment template objects that are compatible with the new service template version. A service instance based on this service template version can run in environments based on compatible templates.

description

A description of the new version of a service template.

majorVersion

To create a new minor version of the service template, include a ⁠major Version⁠.

To create a new major and minor version of the service template, exclude ⁠major Version⁠.

source

[required] An object that includes the template bundle S3 bucket path and name for the new version of a service template.

supportedComponentSources

An array of supported component sources. Components with supported sources can be attached to service instances based on this service template version.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

tags

An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service template version. A tag is a key-value pair.

For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template.


Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository

Description

Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_create_template_sync_config(
  branch,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  subdirectory = NULL,
  templateName,
  templateType
)

Arguments

branch

[required] The repository branch for your template.

repositoryName

[required] The repository name (for example, myrepos/myrepo).

repositoryProvider

[required] The provider type for your repository.

subdirectory

A repository subdirectory path to your template bundle directory. When included, Proton limits the template bundle search to this repository directory.

templateName

[required] The name of your registered template.

templateType

[required] The type of the registered template.


Delete an Proton component resource

Description

Delete an Proton component resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_component(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the component to delete.


Delete the deployment

Description

Delete the deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_deployment(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the deployment to delete.


Delete an environment

Description

Delete an environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_environment(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the environment to delete.


In an environment account, delete an environment account connection

Description

In an environment account, delete an environment account connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_environment_account_connection(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the environment account connection to delete.


If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template

Description

If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_environment_template(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the environment template to delete.


If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended version

Description

If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended version. Delete the Recommended version of the environment template if no other major versions or minor versions of the environment template exist. A major version of an environment template is a version that's not backward compatible.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_environment_template_version(
  majorVersion,
  minorVersion,
  templateName
)

Arguments

majorVersion

[required] The environment template major version to delete.

minorVersion

[required] The environment template minor version to delete.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template.


De-register and unlink your repository

Description

De-register and unlink your repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_repository(name, provider)

Arguments

name

[required] The repository name.

provider

[required] The repository provider.


Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline

Description

Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_service(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the service to delete.


Delete the Proton Ops file

Description

Delete the Proton Ops file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_service_sync_config(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that you want to delete the service sync configuration for.


If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template

Description

If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_service_template(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the service template to delete.


If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended version

Description

If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended version. Delete the Recommended version of the service template if no other major versions or minor versions of the service template exist. A major version of a service template is a version that isn't backwards compatible.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_service_template_version(
  majorVersion,
  minorVersion,
  templateName
)

Arguments

majorVersion

[required] The service template major version to delete.

minorVersion

[required] The service template minor version to delete.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template.


Delete a template sync configuration

Description

Delete a template sync configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_delete_template_sync_config(templateName, templateType)

Arguments

templateName

[required] The template name.

templateType

[required] The template type.


Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings

Description

Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_account_settings()

Get detailed data for a component

Description

Get detailed data for a component.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_component(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the component that you want to get the detailed data for.


Get detailed data for a deployment

Description

Get detailed data for a deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_deployment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_deployment(
  componentName = NULL,
  environmentName = NULL,
  id,
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL
)

Arguments

componentName

The name of a component that you want to get the detailed data for.

environmentName

The name of a environment that you want to get the detailed data for.

id

[required] The ID of the deployment that you want to get the detailed data for.

serviceInstanceName

The name of the service instance associated with the given deployment ID. serviceName must be specified to identify the service instance.

serviceName

The name of the service associated with the given deployment ID.


Get detailed data for an environment

Description

Get detailed data for an environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_environment(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the environment that you want to get the detailed data for.


In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection

Description

In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_environment_account_connection(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the environment account connection that you want to get the detailed data for.


Get detailed data for an environment template

Description

Get detailed data for an environment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_environment_template(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the environment template that you want to get the detailed data for.


Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template

Description

Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_environment_template_version(
  majorVersion,
  minorVersion,
  templateName
)

Arguments

majorVersion

[required] To get environment template major version detail data, include ⁠major Version⁠.

minorVersion

[required] To get environment template minor version detail data, include minorVersion.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template a version of which you want to get detailed data for.


Get detail data for a linked repository

Description

Get detail data for a linked repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_repository/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_repository(name, provider)

Arguments

name

[required] The repository name, for example myrepos/myrepo.

provider

[required] The repository provider.


Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync

Description

Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync. For more information about template sync, see .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_repository_sync_status(
  branch,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  syncType
)

Arguments

branch

[required] The repository branch.

repositoryName

[required] The repository name.

repositoryProvider

[required] The repository provider.

syncType

[required] The repository sync type.


Get counts of Proton resources

Description

Get counts of Proton resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_resources_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_resources_summary()

Get detailed data for a service

Description

Get detailed data for a service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the service that you want to get the detailed data for.


Get detailed data for a service instance

Description

Get detailed data for a service instance. A service instance is an instantiation of service template and it runs in a specific environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_instance(name, serviceName)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of a service instance that you want to get the detailed data for.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that you want the service instance input for.


Get the status of the synced service instance

Description

Get the status of the synced service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_instance_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_instance_sync_status(serviceInstanceName, serviceName)

Arguments

serviceInstanceName

[required] The name of the service instance that you want the sync status input for.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that the service instance belongs to.


Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary

Description

Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_sync_blocker_summary(
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

serviceInstanceName

The name of the service instance that you want to get the service sync blocker summary for. If given bothe the instance name and the service name, only the instance is blocked.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that you want to get the service sync blocker summary for. If given only the service name, all instances are blocked.


Get detailed information for the service sync configuration

Description

Get detailed information for the service sync configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_sync_config(serviceName)

Arguments

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that you want to get the service sync configuration for.


Get detailed data for a service template

Description

Get detailed data for a service template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_template(name)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the service template that you want to get detailed data for.


Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template

Description

Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_service_template_version(majorVersion, minorVersion, templateName)

Arguments

majorVersion

[required] To get service template major version detail data, include ⁠major Version⁠.

minorVersion

[required] To get service template minor version detail data, include minorVersion.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template a version of which you want to get detailed data for.


Get detail data for a template sync configuration

Description

Get detail data for a template sync configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_template_sync_config(templateName, templateType)

Arguments

templateName

[required] The template name.

templateType

[required] The template type.


Get the status of a template sync

Description

Get the status of a template sync.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_template_sync_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_get_template_sync_status(templateName, templateType, templateVersion)

Arguments

templateName

[required] The template name.

templateType

[required] The template type.

templateVersion

[required] The template major version.


Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs

Description

Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_component_outputs/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_component_outputs(
  componentName,
  deploymentId = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

componentName

[required] The name of the component whose outputs you want.

deploymentId

The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested.


List provisioned resources for a component with details

Description

List provisioned resources for a component with details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_component_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_component_provisioned_resources(componentName, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

componentName

[required] The name of the component whose provisioned resources you want.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested.


List components with summary data

Description

List components with summary data. You can filter the result list by environment, service, or a single service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_components/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_components(
  environmentName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL
)

Arguments

environmentName

The name of an environment for result list filtering. Proton returns components associated with the environment or attached to service instances running in it.

maxResults

The maximum number of components to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next component in the array of components, after the list of components that was previously requested.

serviceInstanceName

The name of a service instance for result list filtering. Proton returns the component attached to the service instance, if any.

serviceName

The name of a service for result list filtering. Proton returns components attached to service instances of the service.


List deployments

Description

List deployments. You can filter the result list by environment, service, or a single service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_deployments/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_deployments(
  componentName = NULL,
  environmentName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL
)

Arguments

componentName

The name of a component for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with that component.

environmentName

The name of an environment for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with the environment.

maxResults

The maximum number of deployments to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next deployment in the array of deployment, after the list of deployment that was previously requested.

serviceInstanceName

The name of a service instance for result list filtering. Proton returns the deployments associated with the service instance.

serviceName

The name of a service for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with service instances of the service.


View a list of environment account connections

Description

View a list of environment account connections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_account_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environment_account_connections(
  environmentName = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  requestedBy,
  statuses = NULL
)

Arguments

environmentName

The environment name that's associated with each listed environment account connection.

maxResults

The maximum number of environment account connections to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next environment account connection in the array of environment account connections, after the list of environment account connections that was previously requested.

requestedBy

[required] The type of account making the list_environment_account_connections request.

statuses

The status details for each listed environment account connection.


List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment

Description

List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_outputs/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environment_outputs(
  deploymentId = NULL,
  environmentName,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentId

The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want.

environmentName

[required] The environment name.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next environment output in the array of environment outputs, after the list of environment outputs that was previously requested.


List the provisioned resources for your environment

Description

List the provisioned resources for your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environment_provisioned_resources(
  environmentName,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

environmentName

[required] The environment name.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next environment provisioned resource in the array of environment provisioned resources, after the list of environment provisioned resources that was previously requested.


List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data

Description

List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_template_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environment_template_versions(
  majorVersion = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

majorVersion

To view a list of minor of versions under a major version of an environment template, include ⁠major Version⁠.

To view a list of major versions of an environment template, exclude ⁠major Version⁠.

maxResults

The maximum number of major or minor versions of an environment template to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next major or minor version in the array of major or minor versions of an environment template, after the list of major or minor versions that was previously requested.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template.


List environment templates

Description

List environment templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environment_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of environment templates to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next environment template in the array of environment templates, after the list of environment templates that was previously requested.


List environments with detail data summaries

Description

List environments with detail data summaries.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_environments(
  environmentTemplates = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

environmentTemplates

An array of the versions of the environment template.

maxResults

The maximum number of environments to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next environment in the array of environments, after the list of environments that was previously requested.


List linked repositories with detail data

Description

List linked repositories with detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_repositories/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_repositories(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of repositories to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next repository in the array of repositories, after the list of repositories previously requested.


List repository sync definitions with detail data

Description

List repository sync definitions with detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_repository_sync_definitions(
  nextToken = NULL,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  syncType
)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next repository sync definition in the array of repository sync definitions, after the list of repository sync definitions previously requested.

repositoryName

[required] The repository name.

repositoryProvider

[required] The repository provider.

syncType

[required] The sync type. The only supported value is TEMPLATE_SYNC.


Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs

Description

Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instance_outputs/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_instance_outputs(
  deploymentId = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceInstanceName,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

deploymentId

The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested.

serviceInstanceName

[required] The name of the service instance whose outputs you want.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that serviceInstanceName is associated to.


List provisioned resources for a service instance with details

Description

List provisioned resources for a service instance with details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instance_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_instance_provisioned_resources(
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceInstanceName,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested.

serviceInstanceName

[required] The name of the service instance whose provisioned resources you want.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that serviceInstanceName is associated to.


List service instances with summary data

Description

List service instances with summary data. This action lists service instances of all services in the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_instances(
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

filters

An array of filtering criteria that scope down the result list. By default, all service instances in the Amazon Web Services account are returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of service instances to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next service in the array of service instances, after the list of service instances that was previously requested.

serviceName

The name of the service that the service instance belongs to.

sortBy

The field that the result list is sorted by.

When you choose to sort by serviceName, service instances within each service are sorted by service instance name.

Default: serviceName

sortOrder

Result list sort order.

Default: ASCENDING


Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs

Description

Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_pipeline_outputs/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_pipeline_outputs(
  deploymentId = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

deploymentId

The ID of the deployment you want the outputs for.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service whose pipeline's outputs you want.


List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details

Description

List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources(
  nextToken = NULL,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service whose pipeline's provisioned resources you want.


List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data

Description

List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_template_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_template_versions(
  majorVersion = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

majorVersion

To view a list of minor of versions under a major version of a service template, include ⁠major Version⁠.

To view a list of major versions of a service template, exclude ⁠major Version⁠.

maxResults

The maximum number of major or minor versions of a service template to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next major or minor version in the array of major or minor versions of a service template, after the list of major or minor versions that was previously requested.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template.


List service templates with detail data

Description

List service templates with detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_service_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of service templates to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next service template in the array of service templates, after the list of service templates previously requested.


List services with summaries of detail data

Description

List services with summaries of detail data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_services(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of services to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next service in the array of services, after the list of services that was previously requested.


List tags for a resource

Description

List tags for a resource. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_list_tags_for_resource(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, resourceArn)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of tags to list.

nextToken

A token that indicates the location of the next resource tag in the array of resource tags, after the list of resource tags that was previously requested.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for the listed tags.


Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning

Description

Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_notify_resource_deployment_status_change/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_notify_resource_deployment_status_change(
  deploymentId = NULL,
  outputs = NULL,
  resourceArn,
  status = NULL,
  statusMessage = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentId

The deployment ID for your provisioned resource.

outputs

The provisioned resource state change detail data that's returned by Proton.

resourceArn

[required] The provisioned resource Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

status

The status of your provisioned resource.

statusMessage

The deployment status message for your provisioned resource.


In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account

Description

In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_reject_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_reject_environment_account_connection(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the environment account connection to reject.


Tag a resource

Description

Tag a resource. A tag is a key-value pair of metadata that you associate with an Proton resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton resource to apply customer tags to.

tags

[required] A list of customer tags to apply to the Proton resource.


Remove a customer tag from a resource

Description

Remove a customer tag from a resource. A tag is a key-value pair of metadata associated with an Proton resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove customer tags from.

tagKeys

[required] A list of customer tag keys that indicate the customer tags to be removed from the resource.


Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_account_settings(
  deletePipelineProvisioningRepository = NULL,
  pipelineCodebuildRoleArn = NULL,
  pipelineProvisioningRepository = NULL,
  pipelineServiceRoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

deletePipelineProvisioningRepository

Set to true to remove a configured pipeline repository from the account settings. Don't set this field if you are updating the configured pipeline repository.

pipelineCodebuildRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service role you want to use for provisioning pipelines. Proton assumes this role for CodeBuild-based provisioning.

pipelineProvisioningRepository

A linked repository for pipeline provisioning. Specify it if you have environments configured for self-managed provisioning with services that include pipelines. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository.

To remove a previously configured repository, set deletePipelineProvisioningRepository to true, and don't set pipelineProvisioningRepository.

pipelineServiceRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service role you want to use for provisioning pipelines. Assumed by Proton for Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning, and by customer-owned automation for self-managed provisioning.

To remove a previously configured ARN, specify an empty string.


Update a component

Description

Update a component.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_component/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_component(
  clientToken = NULL,
  deploymentType,
  description = NULL,
  name,
  serviceInstanceName = NULL,
  serviceName = NULL,
  serviceSpec = NULL,
  templateFile = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

The client token for the updated component.

deploymentType

[required] The deployment type. It defines the mode for updating a component, as follows:

NONE

In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated. You can only specify description in this mode.

CURRENT_VERSION

In this mode, the component is deployed and updated with the new serviceSpec, templateSource, and/or type that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated.

description

An optional customer-provided description of the component.

name

[required] The name of the component to update.

serviceInstanceName

The name of the service instance that you want to attach this component to. Don't specify to keep the component's current service instance attachment. Specify an empty string to detach the component from the service instance it's attached to. Specify non-empty values for both serviceInstanceName and serviceName or for neither of them.

serviceName

The name of the service that serviceInstanceName is associated with. Don't specify to keep the component's current service instance attachment. Specify an empty string to detach the component from the service instance it's attached to. Specify non-empty values for both serviceInstanceName and serviceName or for neither of them.

serviceSpec

The service spec that you want the component to use to access service inputs. Set this only when the component is attached to a service instance.

templateFile

A path to the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file describing infrastructure that a custom component provisions.

Components support a single IaC file, even if you use Terraform as your template language.


Update an environment

Description

Update an environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_environment(
  codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
  componentRoleArn = NULL,
  deploymentType,
  description = NULL,
  environmentAccountConnectionId = NULL,
  name,
  protonServiceRoleArn = NULL,
  provisioningRepository = NULL,
  spec = NULL,
  templateMajorVersion = NULL,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

codebuildRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that allows Proton to provision infrastructure using CodeBuild-based provisioning on your behalf.

componentRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in this environment. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision.

The environment must have a componentRoleArn to allow directly defined components to be associated with the environment.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

deploymentType

[required] There are four modes for updating an environment. The deploymentType field defines the mode.

NONE

In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.

CURRENT_VERSION

In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the new spec that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t include major or minor version parameters when you use this deployment-type.

MINOR_VERSION

In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can also specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.

MAJOR_VERSION

In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can also specify a different major version that is higher than the major version in use and a minor version (optional).

description

A description of the environment update.

environmentAccountConnectionId

The ID of the environment account connection.

You can only update to a new environment account connection if it was created in the same environment account that the current environment account connection was created in and is associated with the current environment.

name

[required] The name of the environment to update.

protonServiceRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton service role that allows Proton to make API calls to other services your behalf.

provisioningRepository

The linked repository that you use to host your rendered infrastructure templates for self-managed provisioning. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository.

spec

The formatted specification that defines the update.

templateMajorVersion

The major version of the environment to update.

templateMinorVersion

The minor version of the environment to update.


In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role

Description

In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_environment_account_connection(
  codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
  componentRoleArn = NULL,
  id,
  roleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

codebuildRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM service role in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources using CodeBuild-based provisioning in the associated environment account.

componentRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in the associated environment account. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision in the account.

The environment account connection must have a componentRoleArn to allow directly defined components to be associated with any environments running in the account.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

id

[required] The ID of the environment account connection to update.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that's associated with the environment account connection to update.


Update an environment template

Description

Update an environment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_environment_template(
  description = NULL,
  displayName = NULL,
  name
)

Arguments

description

A description of the environment template update.

displayName

The name of the environment template to update as displayed in the developer interface.

name

[required] The name of the environment template to update.


Update a major or minor version of an environment template

Description

Update a major or minor version of an environment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_environment_template_version(
  description = NULL,
  majorVersion,
  minorVersion,
  status = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

description

A description of environment template version to update.

majorVersion

[required] To update a major version of an environment template, include ⁠major Version⁠.

minorVersion

[required] To update a minor version of an environment template, include minorVersion.

status

The status of the environment template minor version to update.

templateName

[required] The name of the environment template.


Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances

Description

Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service(description = NULL, name, spec = NULL)

Arguments

description

The edited service description.

name

[required] The name of the service to edit.

spec

Lists the service instances to add and the existing service instances to remain. Omit the existing service instances to delete from the list. Don't include edits to the existing service instances or pipeline. For more information, see Edit a service in the Proton User Guide.


Update a service instance

Description

Update a service instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_instance(
  clientToken = NULL,
  deploymentType,
  name,
  serviceName,
  spec = NULL,
  templateMajorVersion = NULL,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

The client token of the service instance to update.

deploymentType

[required] The deployment type. It defines the mode for updating a service instance, as follows:

NONE

In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.

CURRENT_VERSION

In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the new spec that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t include major or minor version parameters when you use this deployment type.

MINOR_VERSION

In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can also specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.

MAJOR_VERSION

In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can specify a different major version that's higher than the major version in use and a minor version.

name

[required] The name of the service instance to update.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service that the service instance belongs to.

spec

The formatted specification that defines the service instance update.

templateMajorVersion

The major version of the service template to update.

templateMinorVersion

The minor version of the service template to update.


Update the service pipeline

Description

Update the service pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_pipeline(
  deploymentType,
  serviceName,
  spec,
  templateMajorVersion = NULL,
  templateMinorVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentType

[required] The deployment type.

There are four modes for updating a service pipeline. The deploymentType field defines the mode.

NONE

In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.

CURRENT_VERSION

In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the new spec that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t include major or minor version parameters when you use this deployment-type.

MINOR_VERSION

In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.

MAJOR_VERSION

In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can specify a different major version that's higher than the major version in use and a minor version.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service to that the pipeline is associated with.

spec

[required] The spec for the service pipeline to update.

templateMajorVersion

The major version of the service template that was used to create the service that the pipeline is associated with.

templateMinorVersion

The minor version of the service template that was used to create the service that the pipeline is associated with.


Update the service sync blocker by resolving it

Description

Update the service sync blocker by resolving it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_sync_blocker(id, resolvedReason)

Arguments

id

[required] The ID of the service sync blocker.

resolvedReason

[required] The reason the service sync blocker was resolved.


Update the Proton Ops config file

Description

Update the Proton Ops config file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_sync_config(
  branch,
  filePath,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  serviceName
)

Arguments

branch

[required] The name of the code repository branch where the Proton Ops file is found.

filePath

[required] The path to the Proton Ops file.

repositoryName

[required] The name of the repository where the Proton Ops file is found.

repositoryProvider

[required] The name of the repository provider where the Proton Ops file is found.

serviceName

[required] The name of the service the Proton Ops file is for.


Update a service template

Description

Update a service template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_template(description = NULL, displayName = NULL, name)

Arguments

description

A description of the service template update.

displayName

The name of the service template to update that's displayed in the developer interface.

name

[required] The name of the service template to update.


Update a major or minor version of a service template

Description

Update a major or minor version of a service template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_template_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_service_template_version(
  compatibleEnvironmentTemplates = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  majorVersion,
  minorVersion,
  status = NULL,
  supportedComponentSources = NULL,
  templateName
)

Arguments

compatibleEnvironmentTemplates

An array of environment template objects that are compatible with this service template version. A service instance based on this service template version can run in environments based on compatible templates.

description

A description of a service template version to update.

majorVersion

[required] To update a major version of a service template, include ⁠major Version⁠.

minorVersion

[required] To update a minor version of a service template, include minorVersion.

status

The status of the service template minor version to update.

supportedComponentSources

An array of supported component sources. Components with supported sources can be attached to service instances based on this service template version.

A change to supportedComponentSources doesn't impact existing component attachments to instances based on this template version. A change only affects later associations.

For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide.

templateName

[required] The name of the service template.


Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName and templateType

Description

Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName and templateType. Repository details (branch, name, and provider) should be of a linked repository. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

proton_update_template_sync_config(
  branch,
  repositoryName,
  repositoryProvider,
  subdirectory = NULL,
  templateName,
  templateType
)

Arguments

branch

[required] The repository branch for your template.

repositoryName

[required] The repository name (for example, myrepos/myrepo).

repositoryProvider

[required] The repository provider.

subdirectory

A subdirectory path to your template bundle version. When included, limits the template bundle search to this repository directory.

templateName

[required] The synced template name.

templateType

[required] The synced template type.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser


AWSServerlessApplicationRepository

Description

The AWS Serverless Application Repository makes it easy for developers and enterprises to quickly find and deploy serverless applications in the AWS Cloud. For more information about serverless applications, see Serverless Computing and Applications on the AWS website.

The AWS Serverless Application Repository is deeply integrated with the AWS Lambda console, so that developers of all levels can get started with serverless computing without needing to learn anything new. You can use category keywords to browse for applications such as web and mobile backends, data processing applications, or chatbots. You can also search for applications by name, publisher, or event source. To use an application, you simply choose it, configure any required fields, and deploy it with a few clicks.

You can also easily publish applications, sharing them publicly with the community at large, or privately within your team or across your organization. To publish a serverless application (or app), you can use the AWS Management Console, AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), or AWS SDKs to upload the code. Along with the code, you upload a simple manifest file, also known as the AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template. For more information about AWS SAM, see AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) on the AWS Labs GitHub repository.

The AWS Serverless Application Repository Developer Guide contains more information about the two developer experiences available:

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- serverlessapplicationrepository(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_application Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call
create_application_version Creates an application version
create_cloud_formation_change_set Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application
create_cloud_formation_template Creates an AWS CloudFormation template
delete_application Deletes the specified application
get_application Gets the specified application
get_application_policy Retrieves the policy for the application
get_cloud_formation_template Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template
list_application_dependencies Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application
list_applications Lists applications owned by the requester
list_application_versions Lists versions for the specified application
put_application_policy Sets the permission policy for an application
unshare_application Unshares an application from an AWS Organization
update_application Updates the specified application

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- serverlessapplicationrepository()
svc$create_application(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call

Description

Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application(
  Author,
  Description,
  HomePageUrl = NULL,
  Labels = NULL,
  LicenseBody = NULL,
  LicenseUrl = NULL,
  Name,
  ReadmeBody = NULL,
  ReadmeUrl = NULL,
  SemanticVersion = NULL,
  SourceCodeArchiveUrl = NULL,
  SourceCodeUrl = NULL,
  SpdxLicenseId = NULL,
  TemplateBody = NULL,
  TemplateUrl = NULL
)

Arguments

Author

[required] The name of the author publishing the app.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127.

Pattern "^[a-z0-9](([a-z0-9]|-(?!-))*[a-z0-9])?$";

Description

[required] The description of the application.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=256

HomePageUrl

A URL with more information about the application, for example the location of your GitHub repository for the application.

Labels

Labels to improve discovery of apps in search results.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Maximum number of labels: 10

Pattern: "^[a-zA-Z0-9+\-_:\/@]+$";

LicenseBody

A local text file that contains the license of the app that matches the spdxLicenseID value of your application. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>.

Maximum size 5 MB

You can specify only one of licenseBody and licenseUrl; otherwise, an error results.

LicenseUrl

A link to the S3 object that contains the license of the app that matches the spdxLicenseID value of your application.

Maximum size 5 MB

You can specify only one of licenseBody and licenseUrl; otherwise, an error results.

Name

[required] The name of the application that you want to publish.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=140

Pattern: "[a-zA-Z0-9\-]+";

ReadmeBody

A local text readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>.

Maximum size 5 MB

You can specify only one of readmeBody and readmeUrl; otherwise, an error results.

ReadmeUrl

A link to the S3 object in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works.

Maximum size 5 MB

You can specify only one of readmeBody and readmeUrl; otherwise, an error results.

SemanticVersion

The semantic version of the application:

https://semver.org/

SourceCodeArchiveUrl

A link to the S3 object that contains the ZIP archive of the source code for this version of your application.

Maximum size 50 MB

SourceCodeUrl

A link to a public repository for the source code of your application, for example the URL of a specific GitHub commit.

SpdxLicenseId

A valid identifier from https://spdx.org/licenses/.

TemplateBody

The local raw packaged AWS SAM template file of your application. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>.

You can specify only one of templateBody and templateUrl; otherwise an error results.

TemplateUrl

A link to the S3 object containing the packaged AWS SAM template of your application.

You can specify only one of templateBody and templateUrl; otherwise an error results.


Creates an application version

Description

Creates an application version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application_version(
  ApplicationId,
  SemanticVersion,
  SourceCodeArchiveUrl = NULL,
  SourceCodeUrl = NULL,
  TemplateBody = NULL,
  TemplateUrl = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

SemanticVersion

[required] The semantic version of the new version.

SourceCodeArchiveUrl

A link to the S3 object that contains the ZIP archive of the source code for this version of your application.

Maximum size 50 MB

SourceCodeUrl

A link to a public repository for the source code of your application, for example the URL of a specific GitHub commit.

TemplateBody

The raw packaged AWS SAM template of your application.

TemplateUrl

A link to the packaged AWS SAM template of your application.


Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application

Description

Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_change_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_change_set(
  ApplicationId,
  Capabilities = NULL,
  ChangeSetName = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  NotificationArns = NULL,
  ParameterOverrides = NULL,
  ResourceTypes = NULL,
  RollbackConfiguration = NULL,
  SemanticVersion = NULL,
  StackName,
  Tags = NULL,
  TemplateId = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

Capabilities

A list of values that you must specify before you can deploy certain applications. Some applications might include resources that can affect permissions in your AWS account, for example, by creating new AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users. For those applications, you must explicitly acknowledge their capabilities by specifying this parameter.

The only valid values are CAPABILITY_IAM, CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM, CAPABILITY_RESOURCE_POLICY, and CAPABILITY_AUTO_EXPAND.

The following resources require you to specify CAPABILITY_IAM or CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM: AWS::IAM::Group, AWS::IAM::InstanceProfile, AWS::IAM::Policy, and AWS::IAM::Role. If the application contains IAM resources, you can specify either CAPABILITY_IAM or CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM. If the application contains IAM resources with custom names, you must specify CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM.

The following resources require you to specify CAPABILITY_RESOURCE_POLICY: AWS::Lambda::Permission, AWS::IAM:Policy, AWS::ApplicationAutoScaling::ScalingPolicy, AWS::S3::BucketPolicy, AWS::SQS::QueuePolicy, and AWS::SNS:TopicPolicy.

Applications that contain one or more nested applications require you to specify CAPABILITY_AUTO_EXPAND.

If your application template contains any of the above resources, we recommend that you review all permissions associated with the application before deploying. If you don't specify this parameter for an application that requires capabilities, the call will fail.

ChangeSetName

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

ClientToken

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

Description

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

NotificationArns

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

ParameterOverrides

A list of parameter values for the parameters of the application.

ResourceTypes

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

RollbackConfiguration

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

SemanticVersion

The semantic version of the application:

https://semver.org/

StackName

[required] This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

Tags

This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API.

TemplateId

The UUID returned by CreateCloudFormationTemplate.

Pattern: [0-9a-fA-F]{8}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{12}


Creates an AWS CloudFormation template

Description

Creates an AWS CloudFormation template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_template(
  ApplicationId,
  SemanticVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

SemanticVersion

The semantic version of the application:

https://semver.org/


Deletes the specified application

Description

Deletes the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_delete_application(ApplicationId)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.


Gets the specified application

Description

Gets the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application(
  ApplicationId,
  SemanticVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

SemanticVersion

The semantic version of the application to get.


Retrieves the policy for the application

Description

Retrieves the policy for the application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application_policy(ApplicationId)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.


Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template

Description

Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_cloud_formation_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_get_cloud_formation_template(
  ApplicationId,
  TemplateId
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

TemplateId

[required] The UUID returned by CreateCloudFormationTemplate.

Pattern: [0-9a-fA-F]{8}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{12}


Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application

Description

Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_dependencies/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_dependencies(
  ApplicationId,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  SemanticVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

MaxItems

The total number of items to return.

NextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating.

SemanticVersion

The semantic version of the application to get.


Lists versions for the specified application

Description

Lists versions for the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_versions(
  ApplicationId,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

MaxItems

The total number of items to return.

NextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating.


Lists applications owned by the requester

Description

Lists applications owned by the requester.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_list_applications(
  MaxItems = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxItems

The total number of items to return.

NextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating.


Sets the permission policy for an application

Description

Sets the permission policy for an application. For the list of actions supported for this operation, see Application Permissions .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_put_application_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_put_application_policy(
  ApplicationId,
  Statements
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

Statements

[required] An array of policy statements applied to the application.


Unshares an application from an AWS Organization

Description

Unshares an application from an AWS Organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_unshare_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_unshare_application(
  ApplicationId,
  OrganizationId
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

OrganizationId

[required] The AWS Organization ID to unshare the application from.


Updates the specified application

Description

Updates the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

serverlessapplicationrepository_update_application(
  ApplicationId,
  Author = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  HomePageUrl = NULL,
  Labels = NULL,
  ReadmeBody = NULL,
  ReadmeUrl = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application.

Author

The name of the author publishing the app.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127.

Pattern "^[a-z0-9](([a-z0-9]|-(?!-))*[a-z0-9])?$";

Description

The description of the application.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=256

HomePageUrl

A URL with more information about the application, for example the location of your GitHub repository for the application.

Labels

Labels to improve discovery of apps in search results.

Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Maximum number of labels: 10

Pattern: "^[a-zA-Z0-9+\-_:\/@]+$";

ReadmeBody

A text readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works.

Maximum size 5 MB

ReadmeUrl

A link to the readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works.

Maximum size 5 MB